706 PDF

ATP
INDEX COPYRIGHT 2002
COPYRIGHT IS NOT CLAIMED AS TO ANY PART OF AN ORIGINAL WORK

PREPARED BY A UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE AS
PART OF THAT PERSONS OFFICIAL DUTIES OR BY ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY
OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE AS PART OF THAT PERSONS DUTIES.
"ATP" is a registered trademark of Aircraft Technical Publishers. All original

authorship of ATP is protected under U.S. and foreign copyrights and is subject
to written license agreements between ATP and its Subscribers.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. NO PART OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE

REPRODUCED, STORED IN A RETRIEVAL SYSTEM, OR TRANSMITTED IN ANY
FORM BY ANY MEANS, ELECTRONIC, MECHANICAL, PHOTOCOPYING,
RECORDING OR OTHERWISE, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE
PUBLISHER.
Ai rcra ft Techn i cal Publ i s hers Customer Serv i ce
~101 South Hill Drive 6AM- 5PM PST M-F
Brisbane, CA 94005 (800)227-4610
ATP G r i d Index to Ma n u fa ct u re r s P ubl i c at i on s
Beech Ai rcra ft Corp

50,65,70,80,90, F90 thru 350
Structural Inspection R
Secti on Tool c
General Information
TITLE PAGE
MANU FACTU RER S I NTRODUCT I ON
RECORD OF REV ISIONS
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REV ISIONS
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL HIGHLIGHTS OF C HANG E S
Ai r fr ame Systems
20.00.00 STANDARD PRACTICES AIRFRAME

20. 00. 00 LIST OF EF FECTIVE PAGES
20. 00. 00 GENERAL
2 0 10 0 0 STANDARD STURCTURAL RE PA I R PROCEDURES
32.00.00 LANDING GEAR

32.00.00 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
32.00.00 GENERAL
32.20.00 NOSE GEAR AND DOORS
32 2 5 0 0 NOSE GEAR DRAG B EAR ING B LOC K P ROC E DU RE S
Structures
57.00.00 WINGS
57. 00. 00 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
57.10.00 CENTER WING
5 7 10 0 0 GE N E RAL MA I NTE NANC E PRACTICES
57.10. 00 MODEL 50
57.11.00 MODELS 65.70,AND 80
57.12. 00 MODEL 88
10 /04/99 Copyr i ght Ai rcra ft Techni cal Publ i s hers Page 1 of 2
BC 1270 R2
Secti on Tool c
57.13. 00 MODEL 90 SERIES

57 13 O 1 CRACK I NS PECT I ON
57.13. 01 ATTACH FITTINGS, CTR SEC OUTBRD WING SPAR CAPS
57.13.02 ATTACH FITTINGS, CTR SEC OUTBRD WING SPAR CAPS
57.13.03 ATTACH FITTINGS AND OUTBOARD WING SPAR CAPS
5 7 13 04 NAC E L LE SPLICE PLATES
57.14. 00 MODEL F90
57 14 0 1 CRACK I NSP ECT I ON
57.14. 01 ATTACH FITTINGS OUTBOARD WING SPAR
57.14.02 ATTACH FITTINGS OUTBOARD WING SPAR
57.15. 00 MODEL 99
57.15.01 CRACK INSPECTION
57.15. 03 ATTACH FITTINGS OUTBOARD WING SPAR CAPS
5 7 15 04 NAC E L L E SPLICE PLATES
57.16. 00 MODEL 100
57.16. 01 CRACK INSP ECTION
57.16. 01 ATTACH FITTING, CTR SEC OUTBRD WING SPAR CAPS
57.16. 02 ATTACH FITTING, CTR SEC OUTBRD WING SPAR CAPS
5 7 16 0 3 NAC E L LE SPLICE PLATES
57.17.00 MODEL 200
57.17. 01 CRACK INSP ECT ION
57.18. 00 MODEL 300 AND B300-350 SERIES
57.18.01 CRACK INSPECTION
Power Plant
91. 00. 00 CHARTS

91. 00. 00 LIST OF EF FECTIVE PAGES
91. 00. 00 GENERAL
91. 00. 00 CONSUMMABLE MATERIALS
End of Index
10 i 04 i 99 C opyr i ght Ai r c ra ft Techn i cal Pu hi i s her s P a ge 2 of 2
BC 1270 R2
IVIFG.
IN TRO
Raytheon Aircraft
Super King Air, 350 (B300 Series)

Super King Air, 300
Super King Air, 200 Series
King Air, 1 00 Series
99 Airliner Series
Ki ng Air, 90 Series
King Air, F90
Qu een Air, 88
Qu een Air, 65, 70, 80 Series
Twin Bonanza, 50 Series
STRU CTURAL INSPE CTION

AND RE PAIR MANUAL
NOTE: This manual was formerly called the Beechcraft Structural

Inspection and Repair Manual.
Published By
RAYT H E O N Al RC RAFT COM PANY
P.O. Box 85
Wich ita, Kan sas 67201
U .S.A.
NOTE
Where Beech Aircraft Corporation or Beechcraft is referred to in this publication, it will be taken to read
Rayth eo n Ai rcraft Com pa ny.
Ray~heon Aircraft
Member of GAMA
I)eech
General Aviation
nawker GAMA Manufacturers Association
RECORD OF REVISIONS
MF% REV
DESCRIPTION ISSUE DATE ATP REV DATE1 INSERTED BY
NO I
R2 Introduction, 20-00-00, 57-14-00, Sep.10,97 12 -29 -97 ATPII~n
57-14-01 57 -14 -O 2 5 7 -17 -O 1
57-17-02.
1 57-17-01 1 051_2 8 /9 9 llgC1819 9 1 ATP/KS

B3
STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AN D REPAIR MAN UAL
LIST OF EFFECTIVE REVISIONS
Always destroy superseded pages when you insert revised pages.
Title Page May 28, 1999
Logo Page
"A" Page B3
PA RT N U M B E R DATE CHAPTERS AFFECTED
98-39006 December 1, 1982 Original issue
98-39006B February 25, 1995 Reissue
98-39006B1 December 8, 1995 20-00-00, 20-10-00, 57-17-00,

57-1 7-01, 57-1 7-02, 57-1 8-00,
57-1 8-01, 57-1 8-02
98-39006B2 September 10, 1997 introduction, 20-00-00, 57-14-00,

57-1 4-01, 57-1 4-02, 57-1 7-01,
57-1 7-02
98-3900683 May 28, 1999 57-17-01
NOTE: A List of Effective pages will be in the front of each chapter. B3
Basic publications assigned a part number which appears on the title page with the date of the issue. Subsequent revisions are identified by the addition of a revi-
are
sion code after the part number. Al after a part number denotes the first revision to the basic publication, A2 the second, etc. Occasionally, it is necessary to com-
pletely reissue and reprint a publication for the purpose of obsoleting a previous issue and outstanding revisions thereto. As these replacement reissues are made,
the code will also change to the next successive letter of the alphabet at each issue. For example, B for the first reissue, C for the second, etc.
When ordering a handbook, give the basic number, and the reissue code when applicable, if a complete up-to-date publication is desired. Should only revision pages
be required, give the basic numberand revision code forthe particularset of revision pages you desire.
RECORD OF TEM PO RARY REVISIONS
ATP REV INSERT DATE REV REMOVE

TEMP
DESCRIPTION ISSUE DATE DATE BY REMOVED INCOR BY
REV NO
STRU CTU RAL INSPE CT ION AND RE PAIR MAN UAL
P/N 98-39006, REVISION B3, MAY 28/99
Th e chapte rs wh i ch have been revised or added a re I i sted below w ith th e Highlights of each ch an g e. R em ove th e
affected pages and insert the 83 revision in accordance with the attached instruction Fag e. Ente r the revis ion n um-
ber and the date inserted on the Record of Revisions page of this manual. The Highlight Page may be retained with
the manual for future reference.
HIGHLIGHTS
Chapter/Section Description of Change

57-17-01 Revised note page 201 to reference Chapter 4 of the Seech Super King Air 200
on
Series Maintenance Man ual or the appl icable Pilot’s Manual Supplement for Special
Purpose Airplanes with approved mission profiles.
Revised Figure 209.Changed washer part number from 95-110025-3 to 90-110032-1,

added reference to Chapter 91-00-00.
Page 1
83 MAY 28/99
1’
REVISION 98-39006B3
to the
STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AN D REPAIR MANUAL
P/N 98-390068 (Reissued: February 28, 1995)
REMOVE CHAPTER INSERT CHAPTER DATED

PAGE PAGE
Title Page Title Page May 28/99

Logo Page Logo Page
"A" Page "A" Page B3
ALL 57-17-01 201 57-17-01 May 28/99

thru
218 May 28/99
NOTE These instruction pages may be discalrded after the above revision has been properly incorporated into
the Structu r~l I n sp ectio n and Rep air M an ual
Page 1 of 1
Ray~heon Aircraft
STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY
CHAPTER-SEC7I0N-SUBJECT PAGE DATE
Introduction-Effectivity 1 Sep 10/97
Introduction
1 Sep 10/97
2 Sep 10/97
Introduction-Effectlvity
Page 1
Sep 10/97
Rayfheon ~craft
INTRODUCTION This manual provides details on the inspection, repair,

and/or replacement of specific structural members on
the Twin Bonanzas, Queen Airs, King Airs, and Model
I -´•´•´•I
WARNING 99 Airliners. The information within a
be
chapter that may
applicable to only one model is arranged In a sub-
chapter and separated with a green tab.
If a particular airplane model has been equipped with
Use only genuine Raytheon Aircraft more than one spar type, the subchapter will be fur-
Company or Raytheon Aircraft Com- ther divided into sub-sub sections which will detail the
pany approved parts obtained from peculiar inspection requirements for each spar type.
Raytheon Aircraft Company approved The sub-sub sections will be separated by white
sources, in connection with the maln- divider tabs which note the model and section.
tenance and repair or Beech air-
I planes.
Genuine
parts are
Raytheon Aircraft Company
produced and inspected
Only personnel trained by Raytheon Aircraft Company I
are qualified to perform the eddy current, magnetic
particle, and fluorescent liquid penetrant test proce-

dures described in this manual. The implementation of
under rigorous procedures to insure these test procedures by unauthorized personnel will
airworthiness and suitability for use not be considered valid.
I in seech airplane applications. Parts

NOTE
purchased from sources other than
Raytheon Aircraft Company, even The date on the Standard Airworthiness
I
though outwardly Identical in appear- Certificate issued with each airplane
ance may not have had the required must be considered as the starting time
tests and inspections performed, may for all inspection and replacement
be different in fabrication techniques schedules presented in this manual.
and materials, and may be dangerous This publication is prepared in accordance with the
when installed in an airplane No, 100
format and is supplemented by the appropriate Main-
Salvaged airplane parts, reworked
parts obtained from non-Raytheon
tenance Manuals, 100/150-Hour Inspection Forms,
I AircraftCompany approved sources,
and the Continuous Inspection Procedures Manuals.
or parts, components, or structural This manual also meets the intent of GAMA (General
assemblies, the service history or Aviation Manufacturers Association) Specification No.
which is unknown or cannot be 2 with respect to the arrangement and content of the
authenticated, may have been sub- system/chapters within the designated chapter num-
lected to unacceptable stresses or bering system.
temperatures or have other hidden
damage not discernible through rou- REVISED PAGES
tine visual or usual nondestructive
testing techniques. This may render REVISED TUCT
the part, component or structural That portion of the text which has been modified by
assembly, even though originally the addition of, or a change in, information is so noted
manufactured by Raytheon Aircriift
I by a solid line (revision bar) at the outside margin of
the column.
airplane use.
REVISED ILLUSTRATION
Raytheon Alrcra ft Company
expressly disclaims any responsibil- When an illustration is modified, the area of change Is
ity for malfunctions, failures, damage noted by a pointing hand. If the illustration is totally
or in/ury caused by use of non~ changed, or if an illustration is new, it will be so noted

I Raytheon Aircraft Company approved by a solid line (revision bar) along the outer side of the
parts, illustration
Introduction
Page 1
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
EFF%C71VITY It shall be the responsibility of the owner/

operator to ensure that the latest revi-
LIST OF EFFECTIVE REVISIONS sion of this manual and any publications
The List of Effective Revisions ~A" page) lists the referenced in this manual is utilized dur-
revisions currently effective for the manual. ing operation, servicing, and mainte-
nance of the airplane.
RECORD OF REVISIONS PAGE
Service Publications reissues and revi-
A Record of Revisions Page is provided following the
sions are not automatically provided to
List of Effective Revisions rA")~Page. When a revi-
the holder of this manual. For informa-
sion Is inserted, the revision number, the date the revi-
sion is Inserted into the manual, and the initials of the tion on how to obtain reissues and revi-
sions applicable to this manual, refer to
person(s) Inserting the revision should be recorded on
this page. the latest revision of Service Bulletin
number 2001. Call 316-676-7279 for----
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES information on Raytheon Aircraft publi-
The list of effective pages at the front of each chapter, cations subscription se~vices.
lists the issue date of each page that is applicable to
the given chapter.
Raytheon Aircraft Customer Support can 1
be contacted by dialing 1-800-625-7043
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGES from 7 p.m. Central Standard
a.m, to 6
Time. If calling from overseas, dial
The table of contents pages, which follow the list of
1-316-676-4556; this will automatically
effective pages, list the topics and page numbers of
convert the call to the 800 system.
the information within the chapter.
Customer support can also be contacted
CORRESPONDENCE
by writing:
If question should arise concerning the care of your
a Raytheon Aircraft Company I
airplane, the airplane serial number must be provided Attn: Customer Support
In any correspondence. The serial number appears on 9709 E. Central
the model designation placard attached to the cabin Wichita, KS 67201-0085
door frame or to the LH aft fuselage skin below the USA
vertical stabilizer.
NOTE
Raytheon Aircraft Company, without
prior notice, expressly reserves the right
to supersede, cancel and/or declare
obsolete any part, part number, kit or
publication referenced in this manual.
Introduction
Page 2
Sep 10/97
C HA PT E R
STANDARD
PRACTICES
(AIRFRAME)
Bay~heon Aircraft
CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES-AIRFRAME
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT PAGE
20-00-00
Standard Practices Airframe 201

Fluorescent Liquid Penetrant Inspection 201
Magnetic Particle Inspection 202
Eddy Current Test Procedure 203
Spar Fastener Hole Inspection 203
Spar Fitting Counterbore and Barrel Nut Hole Inspection 203
Equipment 203
Eddy Current Instrument Set-up 204
Jo-Bolt Removal 205
Lock Bolt Removal Procedure 206
20-1 0-00
Standard Structural Repair Procedures 201
PO-Contents
Page 1
Sep 10l97
Rayt-heon Aircraft
CHAPTER 20 1
STANDARD PRACTICE~SIAIRFRAME
CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJECT PAGE DATE
20-Eflectlvity 1 Sep 10~97

GO-Contents
1 Sep 10/97
2090´•00
201 Sep 10~97
202 Sep 10~97
203 Sep 10~97
204 Sep 10/97
205 Sep 10/97
206 Sep 10/97
20´•1 0-00
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28~95
204 Feb 28 95
205 Feb 28~95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28~95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28~95
212 Dec 08/95
PO´•Effectlvity
Page 1
Sep 10197
Raytheon Aircraft
STANDARD PRACTICES AIRFRAME (black) light. Indications of damage can be found

regardless of the size, configuration, internal structure
The inspection procedures described in this chapter or chemical composition of the workpiece being
are provided as general information on the subject
inspected and regardless of the orientation of the
and are not intended to substitute for competent train-
damage. The fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection
ing, method has been developed into three basic process-
FLUORESCEN7 LIQUID PENETRANT ing systems characterized by the penetrant being

water-washable, post-emulsifiable or solvent-
INSPECTION
removable. For the purpose of conducting the Inspec-
tions covered in this manual, a solvent removable fiuo-
liquid penetrant system such as the Zyglo
I -´•´•´•´•I
WARNING
rescent
(registered trade name of the Magnaflux Corp.) three
component kit (8, Chart 201, 91-00-00) is recom-
prior to performing a fluorescent liq- mended. To perform an inspection using the fluores-
uid penetrant inspection, conduct the cent liquid penetrant method, these essential steps
test on a SRM-1850´•penetrant test must be followed:
block under the same lighting condi-
tions that will exist during the actual a. SURFACE PREPARATION All surfaces of a
Inspection. Under these lighting con- workpiece must be thoroughly cleaned with naphtha
ditlons, parts of three line indications or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00)
on the test block must be visible. The and completely dried before they are subjected to the
test block may be ordered from the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection.
National Bureau of Standards Re~er-
ence Material, Room 8311, Chemistry
b. PENETRATION After the workpiece has been
Building, Gaithersburg, Maryland cleaned, the fluorescent liquid penetrant is applied by
20399. aerosol spray or a brush to form a film of penetrant
over the surface being inspected. The film must
remain on workpiece long enough to allow maxi-
the
mufflpenetration offhe peRetrant into any surface
WARNING
openings that may exist. For applications described in
this manual, a minimum of 30 minutes dwell time at a
Do not remove paint or primer from minimum temperature of 60"F is required.

the area to be fluorescent liquidpene-
c. REMOVAL OF D(CESS PENETRANT Optimum
trant inspected. Use of paint strippers
could contribute to corrosion and
removal of the penetrant is accomplished by
excess
minute particles resulting from tt~e wiping off as much of the penetrant as possible with a
stripping process could fill a fault and paper towel or a lint-free cloth; then wipe off the
prevent adequate penetration of the remaining penetrant with a clean cloth slightly damp-
penetrant. If a fault exists in the ened with the penetrant system cleaner; and finally,
underlaylng metal, it will be detected wipe with a dry paper towel or clean cloth.
in the finish. Should the finish absorb
d. DEVELOPMENT The developing agent is
the penetrant so that bleed-out pre-
applied by aerosol spray to form a film over the sur-
vents satisfactory inspection, or if a
face to be inspected. The developer acts as a blotter
new finish has not cured for at least
to assist the natural seepage of the penetrant out of
30 days, contact thYe Customer Sup-
port Department of Raytheon Aircraft any surface openings and to spread it at the edges to
for consultation, greatly magnify the apparent width of the opening.
The developer also provides a uniform background to
Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection is a non- assist damage interpretation. Caution should be used
destructive method for finding cracks or other discon- in the application of the developer to provide the opti-
tinuities that are open to the surface of solid and mum coating thickness. If the coating thickness is too
essentially nonporous materials. This method utilizes thinly applied, the penetrant will not be spread and a
penetrants which fluoresce brilliantly under ultraviolet crack or other discontinuity will not be easily detected.
20-00-00
Page 201
82 Sep 10/97
Ray~heon Aircraft
If the developer coating thickness is too thickly inspection utilizes a variety of types of equipment for
applied, the penetrant might not bleed through the magnetization as well as several methods for applica-
coating, tion of ferromagnetic particles to the test part. Addi-
e, INSPECTION After being sufficiently developed, tionally, the ferromagnetic particles are available in a
the surface Is visually examined for indications of variety of colors (including fluorescent) and shapes.
penetrant bleedout from surface openings. This Magnetic particle inspections required by this manual
can best be accomplished utilizing the "wet continu-
examination must be performed under suitably dark-
ous method" on the standard wet-horizontal-type
ened conditions fat the penetrant to fluoresce during
exposure to ultrtaviolet light. A model ZB-23A (P/N
equipment with either visible or fluorescent magnetic
Magnaflux Corporation) or equivalent ultraviolet particles suspended in a petroleum-based vehicle
(black) light that meets the following minimum require- (normally kerosene). Since magnetic particle indica-
tions are best obtained when the discontinuity lies in a
ments must be used for this inspection: (1) ~OO-watt
direction transverse to the magnetic field, the following
mercury vapor, (2) 3600- to 4200-angstrom wave
length, (3) 800 microwatts per centimeter squared at procedures are recommended for optimum detection
of discontinuites in both bolts and nuts.
15 inches from the surface to be inspected,
t POST INSPECTION CLEANING After comple-

tion of the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection, the
inspection areas must be thoroughly cleaned to
I w´•I´•´•´•I
WARNING
remove the developer coating and any remaining

traces of the penetrant. Improper operation of magnetic par-
ticle inspection equipment, because
NOTE of faulty equipment or by untrained
All components of the penetrant inspec- persons, can jeopardize the sirwort~t-
ness ofparts being inspected. Minute
tlon system must be from the same
electrical are burns caused during the
manufacturer and designed to be used
together. For instance, it is not permis- inspection by improper operation of
sible to use a penetrant from one manu- the test equipment can result in even-
tual failure ofthe part.
facturer and a cleaner/remover from
another manufacturer to inspect the
same workpiece. Bolts: Inspection of a bolt is accomplished by longitu-
dinal magnetization in a multitum low-fill factor coil
MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION (i.e, the inner diameter of the coil greatly exceeds the
bolt diameter). For proper magnetization the bolt is
Magnetic particle inspection is a method for locating
surface and subsurface discontinuities in ferromag- positioned close to the inside coil wall with the bolt
netic materials (i.e, materials capable of being magne- length perpendicular to the winding direction. The
magnetic particle suspension is flowed on the bolt and
tlzed); consequently, nonferromagnetic materials
the appropriate current is applied to achieve adequate
(such as aluminum alloys, magnesium alloys, copper
field strength. Using the described procedure, labora-
alloys, lead, titanium alloys, nickle-based alloys and
tory testing has indicated that the ampere turn values
many stainless steel alloys) cannot be inspected by
listed in Chart 201 provide for optimum detection of
this method. Magnetic particle inspection is based
discontinuities perpendicular to the bolt axis.
upon the principle that any discontinuities laying in a
direction generally transverse to the direction of the Nuts: Inspection of a nut is accomplished by circular
magnetic field of the part being magnetized for theiest magnetization on a central conductor (usually a cop-
will cause a leakage field to be formed at and above per rod) the approximate size of the inside diameter of
the surface of the part. The presence of the leakage the nut. For proper magnetization the central conduc-
field denoting the discontinuity is detected by the use tar bar is inserted through the nut and the bar is posi-
of finely divided ferromagnetic particles over the sur- tioned between the heads of the wet horizontal equip-
face of the part, Some of the particles are magneti- ment. The magnetic particle suspension is flowed on
cally gathered and held by the leakage field to form an the nut and the appropriate current is applied through
outline indicating the location, size, shape and extent the central conductor to achieve adequate field
of the discontinuity. In general, magnetic particle strength. Using the described procedure, laboratory
20´•00-00
Page 202
Sep 10/97 82
Raytheon Aircraft
testing has indicated that the amperage values listed theon Aircraft Company) reference standard. Probe I
in Chart 202 provide for optimum detection of discon- insertion should be in 1/1B-inch increments; at each
tlnuities parallel to the nut axis. incremental stop, rotate the probe 360 degrees and
take readings.
After magnetic particle inspection, the parts must be
carefully demagnetized and cleaned of the ferromag- SPAR FITTING COUNTERBORE AND BARREL
net[e particles. Carefully check parts for evidence of NUT HOLE INSPECTION
any possible electric are burn that may have occurred
during the inspection. Application inspection procedure is applicable
This
to Model 200 seriesairplanes with integral, tension
CHART 201 fc~ fittings. This type spat was
MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION installed in Model 200 Serials 88-2 thru 88-1157,
(STEEL BOLTS) BE-1159 thru 88-1166, BE-1168 thru BE-1192; ST-i
thru Bf-30; BL-1 thru 8L72 and BN-1 thru BN´•4. This
Bolt Total Bolt Length Ampere
Diameter Including Head To Turns inspection must be performed at the initial and recur-
Nearest 1/4 Inch ring inspection inten/als specified in Chapter 57-17-
5/8 Inch 2 1/2 Inch 7900 011 Chart 201.
5/8 Inch 23141nch 7100 1 EQUIPMENT
5/8 Inch 3 Inch 6600
3/4 Inch 3 Inch 7900
Eddy Current Instrument Magnaflux Corporation,
Model ED-520, ED-530 or ED-530M. Magnaflux Cor-
314 Inch 31/41nch 7400
poration Equipment is distributed by:
314 Inch 31121nch 6700
3/4 Inch 3 3/4 Inch 6300 1 CENTURION NDT, INC.
718 Inch 3 112 Inch 7900 1 707 Remington Rd, Suit 9
7/8 Inch 3 3/4 Inch 7400 1 Schaumburg, IL 60178
718 Inch 4 Inch 6900 Telephone: (708) 884-4949
Fax: (708) 884-8772
718 Inch 5 Inch 5500
1 Inch 5 Inch 6300 _1 Probes Srobes manufactured by Ideal Specialty Co.
of Tulsa, Oklahoma have been developed for the
NOTE: Amperage requirement is the ampere turns
requirements of this inspection. Probe part numbers
value divided by the number of turns on the coil. For
are:
example: A i-inch-diameter x 5-inch-long bolt tested
on a 5-turn coil would require 6300 +5, or 1260 amps. 6270 1.55 This probe is utilized for inspection of the
center of the radius at the bottom circumference of the
CHART 202 barrel nut holes in the outboard wing panel main spar
MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION fittings.
(STEEL NUTS)
6270-1 1.55 This probe is utilized to inspect the inter-
Nut Size Central Amperage section of the radius and bottom of the barrel nut
Conductor Size holes in the outboard wing panel main spat fittings.
5/8 Inch 1/2 Inch 500 Am
6270-3 1.68 Flex Shaft This probe is used to Inspect
3/4 Inch 5/8 Inch 600 Am
the center of the counterbore radius of the center sec-
718 Inch 3/4 Inch 700 Am
tion main spar fittings.
i Inch 7/8 Inch 800 Amps
62704 1.68 Flex Shaft This probe is used to inspect
EDDY CURRENT TEST PROCEDURE the tangent intersection between the counterbore
radius and the counterbore wall of the inboard wing
SPAR FASTENER HOLE INSPECTION fittings. This attachment is also used to inspect the
circumference of the counterbore wall.
To perform the spar fastener hole inspections, use a
P/N ED-520, ED-530, ED-530M (Magnaflux Corpora- Reference Standard An eddy current reference
tion) or equivalent unit equipped with a 3/16-inch and standard (P/N 132351) is required to verify instrument
1/4-inch probe and setup with a P/N 131387 (Ray- set-up prior to conducting an inspection. The standard
20-00-00
Page 203
82 Sep 10197
Raytheon Aircraft
contains machined recesses that duplicate the geom- Select Lift-Off Depress "L.O." button. This allows
etry at the bottom of the barrel nut holes and in the setup with compensation for lift-off.
counterbores. Artificial flaws, created by electrical dis-
Eddy Current Reference Standard Use the eddy
charge machining (EDM), are located in each of the current reference standard
and function.
(P/N 132351) to setup the
recesses to verify equipment setup Eddy
instrument.
I current reference standards are available from
Ray-
theon Aircraft and Raytheon Aircraft-approved parts Attach Lift-Off Paper Apply two short strips of stan-
dlstributors, dard 1/6-inch wide typewn’ter correction tape over the
coil in the probe tone stn’p on top of the other for a
Training A prerequisite for personnel performing the total thickness of approximately 0.006 inch).
eddy current inspections will be the Raytheon Aircraft
I Structural Inspection and Repair Training Course. Probe Insertion Insert the probe into the appropriate
Information on class schedules can be obtained by opening in the reference standard. Ensure that the coil
I calling Flight Safety International, Raytheon Aircraft

Maintenance Training Center, 316-685-5510.
is at least 112 inch away from the artificial flaw. At this
time the coil in the probe should be "lifted off" the sur-
face of the part by an amount equal to the thickness
Inspection Procedure Remove the lower forward of the double of
layer typewriter correction tape over
wing bolts, barrel nuts, washers, preload indicator th, coil.
washer assemblies and clean the fittings as directed
In chapter 57-17-01. Depress Scan Button Momentarily depress the
"Scan" button. The LED and tone will come on for
EDDY CURRENT INSTRUMENT SET-UP
approximately two seconds then discontinue.
NOTE Remove Lift-Off Paper Remove the probe from the

This set-up procedure is for the Magna- reference standard and remove the lift-off paper cov-
flux Corp Models ED-530 and ED-530M ering from the coil.
only. If an equivalent unit is utilized, this Probe Insertion Insert the probe into the appropriate
procedure may not be applicable. opening in the reference standard. Ensure the coil is
Attach Probe Select the probe which is appropn’ate at least 1/2 inch away from the artificial flaw.
for the location to be inspected and attach it to the Depress Scan Button Momentarily depress the
BNC-type connector on the front panel of the instru- "Scan" button. The LED and tone will come on for
ment, approximately two seconds, it will then stop for one
Activate Instrument second, come back on for one second, and then dis-
Depress the "ON-Off" button. It
continue.
will remain In for use.
Balance Adjustment With the probe remaining at
Test Battery Depress the "BAT" button. The indica-
the same location in the reference standard hole,
tor should travel to the right of the red mark on the
meter scale, indicating sufficient charge in the internal adjust the "Balance" potentiometer for a reference
battery, point of 300 on the meter scale.
Select Low Sensitivity Mode Ensure that the "Med" Verify Equipment Setup Verify setup by rotating the
and "Hlgh" buttons are extended. With both buttons probe in the hole. As the coil passes over the artificial
crack, the meter should register a full scale deflection
extended, The "Low" sensitivity mode has been
to the left (down scale).
selected,
Verification ofs~tup procedure Artificial cracks in
Set Frequency potentlometer Adjust the "Fre-
the eddy current standard are closely controlled for
quency" potentiometer to 0.00 and lock. No additional
movement or adjustment of this function is required.
depth, length and width. After set-up for any given
probe, rotation of the probe through the area of the
Balance Potentiometer Initial Setting Adjust the artificial crack location should produce a full scale
"Balance" potentiometer to 5.00 (center of indicator deflection of the meter (below zero on the scale). If a
travel). Additional adjustment may be required later in full scale deflection is not achieved, the setup is not
the setup procedure to establish an indicator refer- considered valid and the eddy current instrument shall
ence point on the meter scale, not be used until the condition is corrected.
20-00-00
Page 204
Sep 10/97 B2
Raytheon Aircraft
Interpretation of Indications Using the setup pro- .10 inch to remove the head as shocvn in Figure 201.
cedure previously outlined, movement of the meter Carefully drive the bolt out of the structure with a
Indicator in a downscale direction should be consid- punch.

ered an indication of possible cracking.
Acceptable Deviation from the Reference Point
Eddy current inspections utilizing this type of equip-
ment, typically result in some degree of indicator
movement which is considered normal and accept-
able. However, with the equipment set-up as previ-
ously described, downscale movement that exceeds
50 units (movement below 250 units) on the scale
should be considered indicative of a possible flaw.
1 i ii
Crack Detection Sensitivity Testing a variety of
specimens, together with historical field experience in
detecting cracks with similar types of eddy current
probes, has shown that the setup procedure previ- I
ously outlined will provide a means to produce positive DRILL JO-BOLT DRILL
crack indications that have propagated to a depth of DEPTH SIZE SIZE
0,06 inch. Actual cracks of this depth will normally pro-
3/16" .1875
duce an indicator deflection (downscale) exceeding 50 l/d" .2500
units on the meter scale, but may not produce a full
downscale deflection.
cwssc~zos c
JO-BOLT REMOVAL
(FIGURE 201)
To remove a io-bolt, use a slow speed driil motor and
a drill bit of the appropriate size. Drill through the cen- Jo-Bolt Removal
ter of the fastener head to a depth of approximately Figure 201
20-0090
Page 205
82 Sep 10197
RayfhesR Aircraft
LOCK 80L
SLIP WASHER OVER COLLAR

AND TAPE TN PLACE TO PROTECT
ADJACENT STRUCTURE DURING
LOCK BOLT REMOVAL
CHISEL
AFTER THE LOCK BOLT COLLAR

HAS BEEN REMOVED THE
EXPOSED PORTION t]F THE LOCK
BOLT SHOULD 88 INSPECTED FOR
ANY DAMAGE THAT MAY HAVE
OCCURRED DURING THE COLLAR
REMOVAL PROCEDURE. ANY DAMAGE OF BOLT AND OF CHISEL MUST
THAT IS DETECTED SHOULD BE 88 PARALLEL TO AVOID ELONGATING
SMOOTHED OUT PRIOR TO HOLE TN SPAR OURING REMOVAL
DRIVING fHE LOCK BOLT OUT
OF THE HOLE; THIS WILL PREVENT
SCRATCHES IN THE HOLE WHICH
COULD CAUSE FUTURE CRACKS AND
FALSE CRACK INDICATIONS DURING
TESTING.
AN960-() WASHER MODIFIED

AS SHOWN
Lock Bolt Removal Procedure

Figure 202
20-0090
Page 296 82
Sep 10/97
Qeec~craft
STRUCTURAL INSPECTION
AND REPAIR MANUAL
STANDARD STRUCTURAL REPAIR damage associated with the fracture of a splice plate.
PROCEDURES Should any unusual conditions be found that cannot
be resolved locally, contact the Customer Support
The repairs shown in this section are standard
repair Department of Seech Aircraft for evaluation and pos-
procedures that may be used to repair secondary sible solutions.
107670
"J" .125 R~ _IL .750
SECTION
.125 R
2024-’13
AL
ALCLAD
.688
DASH NUMBER -6 -4 -2 -8
T .020 INCH .025 INCH .032 INCH .040 INCH
.02 ~e -~1
107470
REINFORCEMENT
SECTION I
lc.70-rl
t
.80
.42iT,r .70
2024-T42ALCLAD
AL .09 .09
T .032 INCH .050 INCH

C95SR20E0119 9
107470 "J" Roiled Section Repair Material

Figure 201
20-10-00
Page 201
feb 28/95
B Reissue
~echcraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
107473
"J" i
SECTION R~/ T 1.000
2024-73
AL
ALCLAD ~.750i
DASH NUMBER -2 j -6 -8
T .032 INCH 040 INCH 051 INCH 064 INCH

R 125 INCH 125 INCH 125 INCH 156 INCH
107473 .55-
.42 .551
REINFQRCEMENT
SECTIONS -1.051.05
2024-742
AL
ALCLAD
f .050 INCH 063 INCH .063 INCH

R .090 INCH 090 INCH .090 INCH
99´•SAM-11
107473 "J" Rolled Section Repair Material

Figure 202
20-1 0´•00
Page 202 B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENf
ANGLE
"d"
SECTION
INSERTION
WEB
J
"J"SECTION
"J"SECTION
FLANGE
C9~Y(20E0118 C
1. Cut and remove the damaged portion of the "J" section and the rivets from each side of
the breach (five if possible).
2. Prepare an insert of the same dimensions, type of material and length as the
removed section.
3. Develop a reinforcament of sufficient length to pick up the fastener hole locations on

each side of the Insert. See Figure 201 and 202 for reinforcement dimensions.
4. Using the existing hole locations as a guide, drill the insert and reinforcement
attachment holes. Install the insert and reinforcer~nt with decos.
5. Drill the fastener holes in the "J" secnon web, insert and reinforcement. Refer to
Chart 201 for correct rivet size, spaang and edge distance requirements.
8. Install the rivets through the reinforcement, insert, "J" section flange, and spar.
These rivets should be of the same type and diameter as the originals.
7. Install MS2047AD rivets through the reinforcement, insert, 3nd "J" section web. See
Chart 201 for the conect rivet size.
front Spar "J" Stiffener Minor Damage Repair

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 203
20-1 0-00
Page 203
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
REPLACEMENT
SECTION
REINFORCEMEM
REINFORCEMEM
ANGLE
"J"
SECTION
"J" SECTION FLANGE
WEB
"J" SECTION
99-SRM´•9
1. Cut and remove the damaged portion of the ’=1" section and
(if possible) up to
five fasteners on each side of the damage.
2. Prepare a replacement section of the same dimensions and type of material as

the original damaged section.
3. Using the existing fastener holes as a guide, drill fastener holes in the
replacement section. Attach the replacement section to the spar with clecos.
4. Fashion a reinforcement of sufficient length to pick up the fasteners removed in

step "1".
5. Using the existing fastener locations as a

guide, drill fastener holes in the
reinforcement Fasten the reinforcement to the "J" section and replacement section with
clecos.
6. Drill fastener holes through the reinforcement. "J" section web, and the
replacement section web. See Chart 201 for the correct fastener dimensions and
composition.
7. Remove the clecos and install rivets in the on~ginal fastener locations. The rivets
must be of the same material and diameter as the
originals.
8. Install MS20470AD rivets through the relnforcement, replacement section

web,
and through the "J" section web. See Chart 201 for the correct rivet size.
Front Spar "J" Stiffener Minor Damage Repair

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 203
20-10-00
B Reissue
Page 204
Feb 28/95
Qeed~rraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
WEB
FLANGE
e e
9 a
0 8
E o
o
o E a
a o
;a O Q
8 SKIN O 8
a ~C II I %Ilo I
o STRAPE ANGLE
E P/ _II_ E~p
EXAMPLE A EXAMPLE 8
REPAIR OF CRACK TO REPAIR OF CRACK TO
CENTER OF FLANGE WIDTH ILLUSTRATION LEGEND EDGE OF FLANGE RADIUS
C INDICATES REINFORCEMENT OVERLAP REOUIREMENT

E INDICATES EDGE DISTANCE REOUIREMENT
P INDICATES RIVET SPACING REOUIREMENT
SEE CHART 203 C9i~9120E0011 C
i. If required, stop drill the end of the crack. See Chart 202 for the correct stop drill
site.
2. Remove four rivets on each side of a crack that affects only the outer ~z of the
rib flange, as shown in Example "A". If the crack extends the full width of the rib flange or
extends into the flange radius as shown in Example "8", remove five rivets on each side
of Me crack.
3. If the crack is similar to the crack shown in Example "A", fashion a strap of the
same material and gage as the flange. Drtll attachment holes in the scrap, util’uing Me
existing holes in the rib ffange as a guide.
4. Attach the strap to the rib ffange with the same type and diameter of nvets used
in the original installation. See example ~’A".
5. If the crack is into the flange radius as shown in Example "8", prepare a
reinforcement of the same material as the nange. See Chart 203 for the correct gage and
overlap of the reinforcement.
5. Using the existing fastener holes in Me rib flange as a guide, drill attachment
holes in the reinforcement. Attach the renforcement to Me rib with decas.
7. Drill fastener holes in Me rib web and reinforcement. See chart 203 for rivet size,
spacing, and edge distance requirements.
8. Install rivetsthrough the skin, rib flange, and reinforcement. The rivets must be
of the same composition and diameter as Me originals.
9. Fasten Me reinforcement to the nb web with MS20470AD rivets.
Rib Flange Damage Repair

Figure 204
20-1 0-00
a Reissue
Page 205
Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
STRUCTURAL 1NSPECTION
AND REPAIR MANUAL
ILLUSTRATION LEGEND
E Indicates Fastener Edge Distance Reautremenr
P Indicates Fastener Spac(ng ReaulremenT
5ee Chart 202 For Values
E ,DAMAGED RIB
DOU8LER
RIB
d´• E
r
P
i’ 3p
B DOUBLER
o
a
i.
Pp
a i.
ira a
C95Ym)E0116 C
1. Aefer to Chart 202 for the correct drill size and stop drill all end cracks.
2. Fabricate a doubler one gage heavier, but of the same material as the rib. The
doubler should be large enough to allow installation of one rivet at each end of the crack
and two staggered rows of rivets on both sides of the crack as shown in the illustration.
3. The doubler shape is optional; however, the comers on a rectangular shaped

doubler must have a:5-inch radius.
4. Drill fastener holes through the doubler and nb, in accordance with the spacing
and edge distance requirements shown on Chart 202.
5. Install MS20470AD or NAS1738 rivets through the doubler and rib. See Chart
202 for the correct fastener size to use.
Rib Damage Repair Procedure

Figure 205
20-10-00
Page 206 B Reissue
Feb 28195
AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHART 201
REPAIRS USING ALUMINUM ALLOY 2024-T3 REINFORCEMENT SECTIONS
ORIGINAL REINFORCING RIVETS RIVETS RIVET PITCH EDGE OVERLAP

SECTION SECTION ON
1 ON EACH SPACING DISTANCE (DIMENSION
THICKNESS THICKNESS ANGLE SIDE OF ("p~ ("E~ ("c~3
WEBS DAMAGE MM INCH
MM INCH MM INCH MIN MAX MIN MAX MM INCH MM INCH
0.51 .020 0.63 .025 AD4 4 13 19 .S .75 6 .25 2 .08
0.63 .025 0.81 .032 AD4 4 13 19 .5 .75 6 .25 2 .08
081 .032 1.01 .040 AD4 4 13 19 .5 .75 6 .25 2 .08
1.01 .040 1.30 .051 AD4 5 13 19 .5 .75 6 .25 2 .08
1.30 .051 1.63 .064 AD5 4 16 24 .62 .94 8 .31 3 .12
1.63 .064 L 1.80 .072 A05 5 19 28 .75 .94 8 .31 3 .12
1.80 .072 2.06 .081 AD6 4 19 28 .75 1.12 10 .38 3 .12
2.06 .081 2.32 .041 A06 4 19 28 .75 1.12 10 .38 3 .12
2.32 .091 2.60 .102 AD6 5 19 1 28 .75 1.12 10 .38 4 .16
2.60 .102 3.17 .125 3/1 6’ 4 19 28 .75 1.12 10 .38 4 .16
~STEEL HI-SMEAR RIVETS
MM MILLIMETER
CHART 202
ALUMINUM ALLOY SHEET REPAIRS
RIVETING
EDGE STOP
MA TERIAL SHEET RIVETS PITCH DISTANCE DRILL
THICKNESS ("E’3 DIA.
MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH

0.5", .020 0.63 .025 A04 13 .5 8 .32 2.5 .098
0.63 .025 0.81 .032 AD4 13 .5 8 .32 2.5 .098
0.81 .032 1,01 .040 A04 13 .5 8 .32 2.5 .098
1.01 .040 1.30 .051 AD4 13 .5 8 .32 3 .125
1.30 .051 1.63 .064 AD5 16 .62 8 .32 3 .125
1.63 .064 1.80 .071 AD6 19 .75 10 .39 3 .125
20-1 0-00
MM MILLIMETER Page 207
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeechcraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHART 203
ALUMINUM ALLOY SHEET AEPAIAS
ORIGINAL REINFORCING RIVET PITCH EDGE OVERLAP

FLANGE SHEET RIVETS SPACING DISTANCE DIMENSION
THICKNESS THICKNESS (1´•p´•3 ("E’1 ("c3
MM INCH MM INCH MIN MAX MM INCH MM INCH
.063 .025 0.81 .031 AD4 4XD 6XD 5 .25 2 .08

.081 .032 1.01 .040 A04 4XD 6XD 6 .25 2 .08
1.01 .040 1.30 .051 AD4 4XD 6XD 6 .25 2 .08
1.30 .051 1.63 .064 AD5 4XD 6XD 8 .31 3 .12
1.63 .064 1.80 .071 AD6 4XD 6XD 10 .39 3 .12
1.80 .071 2.06 .081 AD6 4XD 6XD 10 .39 3 .12
2.06 .081 2.32 .091 AD6 4XD 6XO 10 .39 3 .12
2.32 .091 2.60 .102 3/1 6‘ 4XD 6XD 10 .39 4 .16
2.60 .102 3.17 .125 3/1 6’ 4XD 6XD 10 .39 4 .16
3.17 .125 3.96 .156 3/1 6‘ 4XD 6XD 10 .39 5 .2
MM MILLIMETER
’STEEL HI-SMEAR RIVETS
20-1 0-00
Page 208 B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHART 21)4
APPROVED SUBSTITUTE FASTENER PART NUMBERS
ORIGINAL HUCKBOLT SUPERSEDED 8Y APPROVED SUBSTITUTE

PART NUMBER
ALPPH-TG-8 NAS1466-8 HL20-6-8 Hi-Lee Pin 8 HL86-6 Collar
ALPPH-TG-O NAS14689 HL20-6-9 HI-Lee Pin 8 HL86-6 Collar
ALPPH-TG-11 NAS1466-11 HL20-6-11 Hi’Loe Pin 8 HL86-6 Collar
ALPPH-TG-12 NAS1466-12 HL20-6-12 Hi-Lee Pin 8 HL86-6 Collar
ALPPH-TG-14 NAS146614 HL20-6-14 Hi-Lee Pin 8 HL86-6 Collar
ALPPH-T8-f NAS1468-I HL20-8-7 Hi-Lee Pin 8 HL86-8 Collar
ALPPH-T8-9 NAS1468-9 HL20-8-9 Hi-Lee Pin 8 HL86-8 Collar
ALPPH-T8-10 NAS1468-10 HL20-8-10 Hi-Lee Pin 8 HL86-8 Collar
ACT509H-T6-8 NAS1456-8 HL21-6-8 Hi-Lee Pin 8 HL86-6 Collar
Tension head Huckbolts were used by Beech Aircraft, during production to fasten the
wing attach fittings to the spar
caps. The following list may be used in conjunction with the applicable parts catalog to supersede original Huckbolt part
numbers with NAS Huekbolt part numbers. or to substitute tension head Hi-Lok fasteners. Non-interference
type fasten-
ers are not acceptable substitutes for tension head Huckbolts or Hi-Lok fasteners.
20-1 0-00
Page 209
B Reissue Feb 28/95

Qeecamaft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHART 205
OVERSIZE HI-LOCI( FASTENER PART NUMBERS
Standard 1/64" over 1/32" over 3/64" Over
HL20-6-8 HL64-6-8 HL220-6-8 HL204-6-8

HL20-6-9 HL64-6-9 HL220-&9 HL204-6-9
HL20-6-11 HL64-6-11 HL220-6-1l HL204-6-11
HL20-6-12 HL6d6-12 HL220-6-12 HL204-6-12
HL20-6-14 HL64-6-14 HL220-6-14 HL204-6-14
HL20-8-f HL64-8-7 HL220-8-7 HL204-8-7
HL20-8-9 HL64-8-9 HL220-8-9 HL204-8-9
HL20-8-10 HL64-8-10 HL220-8-10 HL204-8-10
HL21-6-8 HL65-6-8 HL221-6-8 HL205-6-8
HL21-6-10 HL65-6-10 HL221-6-10 HL205-6-10
HL21-8-9 HL65-8-9 HL221-8-9 HL205-8-9
HL21-8-10 HL65-8-10 HL221-8-10 HL205-8-10
HL86-6 HL81-6 HL93-6 HL287-6

HL86-8 HL87-8 HL93-8 HL287-8
CHART 298
FINAL HOLE REAM DIAMETERS FOR INTERFERENCE FIT FASTENERS
Fastener Diameter Hole Diameter
3/16" .187"-.191"
13/64" .202"- .206"
7/32" .217"-.221"
15/64" .232"- .236"
1/4" .247"- .251"
17/64" .262"- .266"
9/32" .277"- .281"
19/64" .292"- .296"
Minimum e/D 1.5 for all fastener holes.

e Hole center to edge of material.
D Hole diameter.
WARNING
If e/D is less than 1.5 at any fastener hole, contact the Commercial Service Department
of Beech Aircraft Corporation for any corrective steps that may be required.
20-1 0-00
Page 210
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHART 207
OVERSIZED HOLE FORMULA
S~ D 2MR
D 20
e 2MR Reasonably Round Hole Reamed

DNEW 20NEW Overs ize
a Hole C, to Edge of Part

D Hole Diameter
D,, Hole Diameter Before Ream
DNEW Hole Diameter After Ream
MR Material Remaining Between Edge of Hole and Edge of Part
The edge distance (e/D) can be calculated using the first formula above.
The second formula will calculate the edge distance (e/D) of a hole after reaming to an oversize. Make
certain e/D will not be below 1.5 before reaming fastener holes.
20-10-00
Page 211
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeechcraft
AND REPAIR NIANUAL
30’ tHAMFEF!
TYPICAL BOTH
ENDS
DIAMETER TO
HATCH BOLT BORE
f-~ ~-----5 INCHES~
IN WING
FITTING_L(
FABRICATE d PINS FROM 4130 STEEL
STEP
GRIL A’T EACH
’d/lRENROC
HOLES
4T v,
GAS OR ARC WELD

O
O
FABRICATE a PLATES FROM
1/4 INCH----T ~2 INLMS-I 1/4-INM 4130 STEEL
STEP 2
ASSEMBLE PIN AND PLATE
STEP 3
HOLES IN MOUNTING BASE TO BE

SLIGHTLY LARGER THIN BOLT BORE
AM) LOCATED TD MATCH INBOARD
WING ATTACH FITTINGS
i~-----
STEP d
FABRICATE A MOUNTING BASE FROM I/I-INM ALUMINUM OR 3/4-INCH HICA BOARD.

POSITION THE MOUNTING BASE ON THE CENTER SECTION AND INSTALL THE FOUR
PINS THROUGH THE MOUNTING BASE AND CENTER SECTION FITTINGS. ATTACH THE
PIN AND PLATE ASSEMBLIES TO THE MOUNTING BASE WITH NUTS AND BOLTS. TO
ENSURE PROPER ALIGNMENT WHEN INSTALLING NEW WING ATTACH FITTIN;S. THE
PIN ASSEMBLIES MUST NOT BE SHIFTED.
Fixture Utilization Instructions
a, Prior to removal of any of the fasteners from a fitting, determine the exact location of the existing fittings.
b. Install the pins through the mounting base and into the fittings. Attach the pins securely to the base with bolts
and nuts,
c, Remove the fixture from the fittings. Ensure that the pins do not shift dun’ng the removal procedure.
d, Remove the faulty fitting and position the new fitting on the spar cap.
e, Install the fitting installation fixture to assure the proper positioning of the new fitting.
f, Install the fitting with the hardware referenced in Charts 204, 205, and 206.
Wing Attach Fitting Installation Aid Fixture

Fabrication And Use Instructions
Figure 206
20-1 0-00
Page 212
Dec 08/95 B1
CHAPTER
LANDING GEAR
Qeechcraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHAPTER 32 LANDING GEAR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT PAGE
32-00100
General-Maintenance Practices 1
32125100
Nose Gear Drag Brace Bearing Block Inspection Procedures 201
Nose Gear Drag Brace Bearing Block Repiaceme;lt Procedures 202
32-00ntents
Page 1
Feb 28195
aeech~aft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHAPTER 32 LANDING GEAR
32-Effectivity 1 Feb 28/95
32-Contente
1 Feb 28/95
32-00-00
1 Feb 28/95
32-25-00
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
32-Effectivity
Page 1
Feb 28/95
aeedrcraft
MODEL 99 AIRLINER SERIES
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES If airplane has been subjected to a hard landing or

an
(MODEL 99) a the prior usage or history of the airplane is unknown

or cannot be authenticated, the inspections in this
This chapter provides instructions and procedures chapter should be initiated immediately and the sub-
required to inspect specific components of the landing
sequent inspections performed. The inspections in
gear and adjacent structures.
this chapter are a supplement to, but do not replace
The inspection times in this chapter may be based on those of the normal airplane inspection procedures,
flight hours or a specific number of cycles that the The Model 99 Airliner Series Maintenance Manual,
landing gear has been operated. A cycle, is defined as the applicable inspection forms or the Continued Air-
one retraction and extension as would be normal for a worthiness Program Inspection Manual.
take off and landing; therefore, one flight should equal
one cycle.
32-00-00
Page 1
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
FUSELAGE STATION
35.25
FUSELAGE STATION
23.56
FUSELAGE STATION
-1.828
DRAG BRACE
SEARING
NOTE
THIS INSPECTION MAY BE
f I\Y
PERFORMED THROUGH THE DETAIL A

NOSE GEAR WHEEL WELL. 99-92-16
An inspection of the drag brace bearing blocks must be performed cycles of landing gear
at the first 15,000
operation and every 2,000 cycles thereafter. This inspection must also be performed anytime the nose landing
gear Is removed,
a, Place the airplane on jacks and remove the drag brace. Refer to Chapter 32-20-00 in the Model 99 Airlines
Series Maintenance Manual for the drag brace removal procedures.
b, each of the bearing blocks for loose fasteners. If any loose fasteners are noted during the inspection,
Inspect
the bearing block which they secure must be replaced.
c, If the fasteners are secure, fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las directed in Chapter 20-00-00) each of!he
bearing blocks and the adjacent structure to which the bearing blocks attach.
found to be cracked, the damaged component must be
d, bearing block or any structural components
If the are
replaced, See Figure 202 In this chapter.
Nose Gear Drag Brace Bearing Block Inspection Procedures

Figure 201
32-25-00
Page 201
feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeechcraft
FUSELAGE STATION FUSELAGE

a P/N SPS TECHNOLOGIES
23.56 STATION
+a P/N HUCK MFG CO.
35.25
FUSELAGE DRAG BRACE
STATION BEARING
-1.828 BLOCKS =-~B
a HL20PB86-6- IO HL2 lP886-~-26 OR
OR
a a NAS 1 466-5 B uu NAS 1456-13
LOCK BOLT
LOCK BOLT
a HL20PB86-6-8 a HL2 I PB86- 12 OR
OR a a NAS 1 056-06
a a NAS 1466-4 0- LOCK BOLT
LOCK BOLT
ioood O
HL20P886-6- I O
OR
LOCK COLLARS ON aa NAS 1466-5 UHL2 lPB86-6-26 OR
LOCK 80LT a NAS 1456- 13 LOCK BOLT
AFT SIDE OF CHANNEL
DETAIL A DETAIL B
a~ Remove the lock bolts that attach the bearing blocks to the structure. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the lock
bolt removal procedures.
b, Remove the bearing blocks and inspect each of the fastener holes in the structure for wear, elongation, and
corrosion. If any of the conditions are found to exist, the affected structural member must be replaced. Refer to
the 99 Airliner Parts Catalog for the appropriate part numbers.
c, If the bearing block mounting holes are acceptable, clean the mating surfaces of the structure and bearing
blocks with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and paint the cleaned surfaces with Zinc
Chromate Primer (4, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
d, Install the bearing blocks with the fasteners shown in the illustration and paint the bearing blocks and sur-
rounding structural members to match the wheel well color.
cnunoNI
CAUTION
7he bearing surface (bore) of the bearing blocks must be free ofpaint, primer, and all
other contaminants.
Nose Gear Drag Brace Bearing Block Replacement procedures

Figure 202
32-25-00
Page 202
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
C H A PT E R
VVINGS
Raytheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 WINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SU&JECT PAGE
57´•´•1 0100
General Maintenance Practices

(Model 50) 201
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Flttfngs, Center Section and Outboard Wing Spars 202
Outboard Wing Main Spar Crack and Corrosion inspection 214
Wing Bolt, Nut, and Spar Fitting Inspection 215
Lower forward Wing Bolt, Nut, and Fitting Inspection 215
Upper Forward, Upper and Lower Aft Wing Bolt, Nut, and Fitting Inspection 216
Wing 801t Maintenance 217
57111100

(Models 65, 70, and 80) 201
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Fittings, Center Section and Outboard Wing Spars 203
Outboard Wing Main Spat Crack and Corrosion Inspection 215
Lower Forward Wing Bolt, Nut, and Fitting Inspection 216
Upper Forward, Upper and Lower Aft Wing Bolt, Nut and fitting Inspection 217
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure 218
Wing Bolt Maintenance 219
57~1 2-00

(Model 88) 201
Crack inspection Wing Attach Fittings, Center Section and Outboard Wing Spars 203
Outboard Wing Main Spar Crack and Corrosion Inspection 215
Wing Bolt, Nut, and Spar Fitting inspection 216
Upper Forward, Upper and Lower Aft Wing Bolt, Nut,and Fitting Inspection 217
57´•´•13´•´•00

(Model 90 Series) 1
5711 3101
Crack inspection Wing Attach Fittings, Center Section and Outboard Wing Spar Caps 201
Outboard Wing Main Spar Crack and Corrosion inspection 216
Wing bolt, Nut, and Spar Fitting Inspection 217
57-Contents
Page 1
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 -WINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
SUBJECT PAGE
57~1 3-02
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Fittlngs, Center Section and Outboard Wing Spar Caps 201
Outboard Wing Main
Spar Crack and Corrosion
Inspection 207
5711 3´•´•03
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Fittings and Outboard Wing Spar Caps 201
Outboard Wing Main
Spar Crack And Corrosion
Inspection 203
57~1 3~04
General Nacelle Splice Plates 201
Maintenance Practices Nacelle Splice Plates 202
57~1 4100
(Model F90) 1
Special Tools and Equipment 1
57´•´•1 4´•´•01
Wing Attach Fittings and Outboard Wing Spar 201

Crack Inspection ~aps
Outboard Wing MainSpar Crack and Corrosion Inspection 202

Lower Forward Wing Bolt, Nut, Washer and joining Inspections 203
Wing-Joining-Fitting Five-Year Fluorescent Liquid Penetrant Inspection 204

Counterbore and Barrel Nut Hole Eddy Current Inspections 204
Inspection Areas 207

Inbard Wing (Center section) Lower Forward Fittings 207
Outboard Wing Fitting Inspection 207

208
Upper Forward, Upper and Lower Aft Wing-Attach-Fitting Inspection
57´•Contents
Page 2
Sep 10/97
Raythedn Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 ~WINGS
SU&IECT PAGE
Uper Forward, Upper and Lower Aft Wing Bolt and Nut Inspection 209
Upper Forward, Upper and Lower Aft Wing Bolt, Nut, Washer and Joining Fitting Inspection 208
57~14-02
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Fittings and Outhoard Wing Spar Caps 201
Lower Forward Wing Fitting Inspection and Bolt Replacement Procedure 206
Upper Forward, Upper and Lower Aft Wing Bolt, Nut, and fitting Inspection 207
57´•´•15-00

(Model 99) 1
57~15´•01
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Fittlngs, Center Section, and Outboard Wing Spat Caps 201
Cutboard Wing Main Spar Crack and Corrosion Inspection 215
Lower Fonnrard Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure 218
57´•´•1 5-02
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Fittings, Center Section and Outboard Wing Spar Caps 201
Cutboard Wing Main Spar Crack and Corrosion Inspection 207
57~1 5103
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Fittlngs and Outboard Wing Spar Caps 201
Wing Bolt Nut and Spar Fitting Inspection 207
Lower Forward Wing Bolt and Fitting Inspection 208
Upper Forward, Upper and Lower Rear Wing Bolt, Nut and Fitting Inspection 209
57´•Contents
Page 3
Sep 10/97
ttsytheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 1
WINGS
SUBJECT PAGE
5711 5-04
5711 6´•´•00

(Model 100) 1
5711 6101
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Fittings, Center Section and Outboard Wing Spar Caps 201
Lower Forward Wing Bolt, Nut, and Fitting inspection 217
Upper Forward, Upper and Lower Aft Bolt, Nut, and Fitting Inspection 218
5711 6-02
Crack Inspection Wing Attach fittings, Center Section and Outboard Wing Spar Caps 201
5711 6-03
57~1 7´•´•00

(Model 200) 1
57´•Contents
Page 4
Sep 10/97
Rayfheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 1 WINGS
SUBIEC~ PAGE
57117-01
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Fittings and Outboard Wing Spat Caps 201
Wing Bolt, Nut, and Fitting Inspection 203
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Inspection 203
Lower Forward Wing Attach Fitting Inspections 204
Wing Attach Fitting Five Yeat Fluorescent Liquid Penetrant Insp 204
Counterbore and Barrel Nut Hole Eddy Current Inspection 205
Inspection Areas 205
Inboard Wing (Center Section) Lower Forward Fittings 205
Outboard Wing Fitting Inspections 207
57´•´•17-02
Crack Inspection Wing Attach Fittings and Outboard Wing Spar Caps 201
Wing Bolt, Nut, and Spat Fitting Inspection 217
Lower Forward Wing Fitting inspection and Bolt Replacement Procedure 217
57~1 &00

Model 300 and B300 (350) Series 1
5711 8-01
Lower Forward I=itting Inspection and Wing Bolt Replacement Procedure 217
Upper Forward, Upper and Lower Aft Wing bolt, Nut, and Fitting Inspection 218
5711 8-02
Lower Forward Fitting Inspection and Wing Bolt Replacement Procedure 217
57´•Contents
Page 5
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 1 WINGS
TABLE OF CON7EN’I~S (Confinued)
SUBJECT PAGE
Upper Fonnrard, Upper and Lower Aft Wing Bolt, Nut, and Fitting Inspection 218
Wing bolt Maintenance 219
57´•Contents
Page 6
Sep 10/97
RayZheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 1 WINGS
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVIP/
CHAP7ER-SECTION-SUBJECT PAGE DATE
B7´•Effectlvity 1 Sep 10/97

2 Sep 10/97
3 Sep 10197
4 Sep 10/97
5 Sep 10197
6 Sep 10/97
7 Sep 10/97
8 Sep 10197
9 Sep 10/97
10 Sep 10/97
fi~Contents
1 Sep 10/97
2 Sep 10197
3 Sep 10~97
4 Sep 10/97
5 Sep 10/97
6 Sep 10/97
57´•1040
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28/95
204 Feb 28/95
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28~95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28/95
212 Feb 28~95
213 Feb 28/95
214 Feb 28/95
215 Feb 28/95
216 Feb 28/95
217 Feb 28/95
218 Feb 28/95
219 Feb 28/95
220 Feb 28195
221 Feb 28~95
222 Feb 28~95
57-11´•00
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28/95
204 Feb 28/95
57-Effectivity
Pagel
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 WINGS
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY (Confinued)

205 Feb 28/95

206 Feb 28195
207 Feb 28/95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28195
212 Feb 28/95
213 Feb 28/95
214 Feb 28/95
215 Feb 28/95
216 Feb 28/95
217 Feb 28/95
218 Feb 28/95
219 Feb 28/95
220 feb 28/95
221 Feb 28/95
222 Feb 28/95
223 Feb 28/95
224 Feb 28/95
225 Feb 28/95
226 Feb 28/95
227 Feb 28/95
228 Feb 28/95
57´•1 2-00
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28~95
204 Feb 28~95
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28/95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28/95
212 Feb 28/95
213 Feb 28/95
214 Feb 28/95
215 Feb 28/95
216 Feb 28/95
217 Feb 28/95
218 Feb 28~95
219 Feb 28/95
220 Feb 28/95
221 Feb 28/95
fi’l´•Eftectlvity
Page 2
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 WINGS
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY (Confinued)

222 Feb 28/95

223 Feb 28/95
224 Feb 28~95
57´•1 3-00
1 Feb 28~95
57´•1 3-01
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28/95
204 feb 28/95
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28~95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28~95
212 feb 28/95
213 Feb 28/95
214 Feb 28/95
215 Feb 28~95
216 Feb 28~95
217 Feb 28~95
218 feb 28~95
219 Feb 28~95
220 Feb 28/95
221 feb 28/95
222 Feb 28/95
223 Feb 28~95
224 Feb 28/95
225 Feb 28/95
57-1 3-02
201 Feb 28~95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28/95
204 Feb 28195
205 Feb 28~95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28/95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28/95
212 Feb 28~95
213 Feb 28/95
YI-Effect~vlty
Page 3
Sep 10197
Raytheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 1
WINGS
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY (Continued)

CHAPTER-SECTION-SU&IECT PAGE DATE
214 Feb 28/95

215 Feb 28/95
216 feb 28/95
217 Feb 28/95
57-1 3-03
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28~95
204 Feb 28/95
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 feb 28/95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28/95
212 Feb 28/95
57´•1 3´•04
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28/95
204 Feb 28/95
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28/95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
57´•1 4´•00
1 Sep 10/97
2 Sep 10/97
57´•1 4´•01
201 Sep 10/97
202 Sep 10/97
203 Sep 10/97
204 Sep 10/97
205 Sep 10/97
206 Sep 10/97
207 Sep 10/97
208 Sep 10/97
209 Sep 10/97
210 Sep 10/97
211 Sep 10/97
212 Sep 10/97
213 Sep 10/97
fill´•Eflectlvlty
Page 4
Sep 10/97
Ray~heon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 1 WINGS
214 Sep 10/97

215 Sep 10/97
57-1 4-02
201 Sep 10/97
202 Sep 10/97
203 Sep 10/97
204 Sep 10/97
205 Sep 10/97
206 Sep 10/97
207 Sep 10197
208 Sep 10/97
209 Sep 10/97
210 Sep 10/97
211 Sep 10/97
212 Sep 10/97
213 Sep 10/97
214 Sep 10/97
57´•1 590
1 Feb 28/95
2 Feb 28~95
57-1 541
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28/95
204 Feb 28/95
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28/95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28/95
212 Feb 28/95
213 Feb 28~95
214 Feb 28/95
215 Feb 28/95
216 Feb 28/95
217 Feb 28~95
218 Feb 28/95
219 Feb 28~95
220 Feb 28/95
221 Feb 28/95
222 Feb 28/95
223 Feb 28~95
224 Feb 28/95
57-Effectivity
Page 5
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 WINGS

CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJEC7 PAGE DATE
57-1 592
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28~95
203 Feb 28/95
204 Feb 28/95
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28~95
207 Feb 28~95
208 Feb 28~95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28/95
212 Feb 28/95
213 Feb 28/95
214 Feb 28/95
215 Feb 28~95
216 Feb 28/95
217 Feb 28/95
57´•1 5´•03
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28/95
204 Feb 28~95
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28~95
208 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28/95
212 Feb 28/95
213 Feb 28/95
214 Feb 28/95
215 Feb28/95.
57-1 5´•04
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28/95
204´• Feb 28/95
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28/95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
57´•16´•00
1 Feb 28/95
2 Feb 28/95
57´•Effectlvity
Page 6
Sep 10/97
Ray~heon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57~WINGS
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVIT/ (Confinued)

57´•1 B-01
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28/95
204 Feb 28/95
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28/95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28~95
212 Feb 28/95
213 Feb 28/95
214 Feb 28/95
215 Feb 28/95
216 Feb 28/95
217 Feb 28/95
218 Feb 28/95
219 Feb 28/95
220 Feb 28/95
221 Feb 28/95
222 Feb 28/95
223 feb 28/95
224 Feb 28~95
225 Feb 28/95
57´•1 6´•02
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
203 Feb 28/95
204 Feb 28/95
205 feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28/95
208 Feb 28/95
209 Feb 28/95
210 Feb 28/95
211 Feb 28/95
212 Feb 28/95
213 Feb 28/95
214 Feb 28/95
215 Feb 28/95
216 Feb 28/95
217 Feb 28/95
57´•1 6-03
201 Feb 28/95
202 Feb 28/95
fif-Effectivity
Page 7
Sep 10/97
Ray~heon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 ~WINGS
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVIP/ (Continued)
CHAPTER-SECTION-SU&IECT PAGE DATE
203 Feb 28~95

204 Feb 28195
205 Feb 28/95
206 Feb 28/95
207 Feb 28/95
57´•17´•00
1 Dec 08~95
2 Dec 08/95
3 Dec 08/95
57´•1 791
201 Sep 10/97
202 Sep 10/97
203 Sep 10/97
204 Sep 10197
205 Sep 10~97
206 Sep 10/97
207 SeplOIS7
208 Sep 10/97
209 Sep 10/97
210 Dec 08/95
211 Dec 08/95
212 Dec 08~95
213 Dec 08~95
214 Dec 08/95
57´•17´•02
201 Sep 10/97
202 Sep 10/97
203 Sep 10/97
204 Sep 10/97
205 Sep 10/97
206 Dec 08/95
207 Sep 10~97
208 Dec 08/95
209 Dec 08/95
210 Sep 10/97
211 Dec08/95
212 Sep 10/97
213 Sep 10~97
214 Sep 10/97
215 Sep 10~97
216 Dec 08/95
217 Sep 10/97
218 Sep 10/97
219 Sep 10/97
220 Sep 10/97
Ei’l´•Effectivlty
Page 8
Sep 10/97
Rayt~heon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 WINGS
221 Dec 08/95

222 Dec 08/95
223 Dec 08/95
224 Dec 08/95
57´•1 8-00
1 Dec 08/95
2 Dec 08~95
57-1 8-01
201 Dec 08~95
202 Dec 08/95
203 Dec 08/95
204 Dec 08/95
205 Dec 08/95
206 Dec 08/95
207 Dec 08/95
208 Dec 08/95
209 Dec08/95
210 Dec 08/95
211 Dec 08/95
212 Dec 08/95
213 Dec 08/95
214 Dec 08195
215 Dec 08/95
216 Dec 08/95
217 Dec 08~95
218 Dec 08/95
219 Dec 08/95
220 Dec 08/95
221 Dec08/95
222 Dec08/95
223 Dec 08/95
224 Dec 08/95
57-1 8-02
201 Dec 08/95
202 Dec 08/95
203 Dec 08/95
204 Dec 08~95
205 Dec 08/95
206 Dec 08/95
207 Dec 08/95
208 Dec 08/95
209 Dec 08/95
210 Dec 08~95
211 Dec 08/95
212 Dec 08~95
57-Etfectivity
Page 9
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
CHAPTER 57 IWINGS
LIST OF PAGE EFFEOTIVIT/ (Continued)
CHAP7ER-SECTION-SU&IECT PAGE DATE
213 Dec 08/95

214 Dec 08/95
215 Dec 08/95
216 Dec 08/95
217 Dec 08/95
218 Dec 08/95
219 Dec 08/95
220 Dec 08/95
221 Dec 08/95
222 Dec 08/95
223 Dec 08/95
224 Dec 08/95
67´•Effectlvlty
Pege 10
Sep 10/97
aeechcraft
NVIN BONANZA 50 SERIES
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES flight operation is within the altitude range of 3,000 to
10,000 feet and flight duration is more than 30 min-
(MODEL 50)
utes. Should the mission or flight profile of a particular
This chapter provides the procedures necessary to airplane differ appreciably from that intended by
inspect the wing attach bolts and nuts and the basic design, such as pipeline surveillance, livestock/
structural components of the center section and out-
predator animal control, search and rescue, naviga-
board wings for corrosion and cracks. These inspec-
tion aids inspection or extraordinary service at low alti-
tfons are a supplement to, but do not replace, the nor-
tude or unusually short flight durations (less than 20
mal airplane inspection procedures and intervals of
the BEECHCRAFT Model 50 Shop Manual and 100-
minutes), the inspection schedule specified in Chart
201 is not appropriate for continuing airworthiness of
Hour Inspection Procedures. The inspection require-
the airplane structure. In such instances or if the prior
ments of this chapter supersede those of BEECH-
CRAFT Service Instructions No. 0514-035. usage history of the airplane is unknown, promptly
notify the Customer Support Department of Beech A~r-
The INSPECTION OUTLINE shown in Chart 201 craft and a special inspection schedule will be estab-
locates and identifies the inspection areas, initial lished. The stated hours for "initial inspection" pees
inspection times and recurring inspection intervals. not take into consideration crack initiation due to dam-
The inspection schedule is based on airplane utiliza- a gear up landing. if such structural damage
age, e.g.
tion, operation and maintenance in a category of ser-
vice for which the airplane was originally designed;
occurs, perform the "initial inspection" after repairing
the damage and continue the recurring inspections as
specifically, an unpressurized private or corporate
specified under "recurring inspection intervals".
transportation vehicle wherein the majority of croise
57-1 0-00
Page 201
B Retssue Feb281~5
’i3eechcraft
TWIN BONANZA 50 SERIES
CRACK INSPECTION WING A~TACH I
FIT~INGS, CENTER SECTION AND I WARNING

WI~PNING
I
OUTBOARD WING SPARS
A crack In the center section lower
At the intervals specified in the STANDARD FLIGHT
forward spar cap necessitates the
PROFILE INSPECTION SCHEDULE (Chart 201) the
wing attach fittings, center section and outboard wing replacement of the lower forrvard
inboard fittings, the lower forward
spar caps must be inspected for cracks, corrosion and
mechanical damage. Prior to, or concurrent with, this spar cap on the center section and
bath autbaard wing panel spar
Inspection, the access doors contained in Main Soar
assemblies. A crack in an autbaard
Inspection Provisions Kit 50-4007 S must be installed,
wing panel spar cap requires replace-
Each area ofinspection is represented by a pictorial ment of the affected wing panel spar
presentation (a line drawing or photograph). Located assembly. A crack in a center section
on the face of each presentation is information regard-
spar fitting requires replacement of
ing the points of inspection, the inspection methods to the affected fitting only. A crack In an
be used and other pertinent information relative to outboard wing panel main spar fitting
accomplishing the required inspection. Brief descrip- necessitates the replacement of the
tlons of the Inspection methods (e.g. FLUORESCENi entire forward spar assembly. A crack
LIQUID PENETRANT INSPECTION), referenced in in an outboard wing panel ah spat flt-
several steps within this procedure, are located in
tlng requires replacement of the
Chapter 20-00-00 (STANDARD PRACTICES AIR- cracked fitting only. If a crack Is
FRAME), found in a spar or fitting, contact the
Customer Support Department of
f-~CAUTION Seech Aircraft prior to the next flight

of the airplane for an operational
The removal of any fasteners necessary safety evaluatlan

to perform the required inspections must
be accomplished very carefully to pre-
vent damage to the spar cap or wing
attach fittings.
57-1 0-00
Page 202
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
1,2.10 6 6 1,2.10 I 10 1.10
o I IYo
o C3 O O o
o O O
o
011´•
00 o´•
I V o~o( I lo~SJo rat
8.9 1,1O 3 4 5 5 4 3 I:10 819 I~lo 7
RH LOWER LH LH UPPER RH
t95JH57EOd09 C
C9CIJH57EOd01) 9
CHART 201
STANDARD FLIGHT PROFILE INSPECTION SCHEDULE
APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE MODEL 50 TWIN BONANZAS
InNdoe~x I F1NB~e Inspection Area Inspection Method Possible Findings Initial Inspection Recurring Inspection Interval Component
Replacement
Schedole
1. 201 All wing attach fitting
flat surfaces, Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks, corrosion and See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
essions, counterbores and bolt bores ant as mechanical e occurs first
2. 202 Lower forward wing fitting-to-spar Eddy current and fluorescent liquid Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
attachment ant as
occurs first
3. 203 Spar cap in wheel well Eddy current and fluorescent liquid Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
ant as
occurs first
4. 204 Spar cap in nacelle, inboard of wheel well Eddy current and fluorescent liquid Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
as
occurs first
5. 205 Lower surface of lower forward spar cap Fluorescent liquid penetrant Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
from nacelle to
occurs first
6. 205 One fastener hale in the lowerforw~ Eddy current Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
at the root
occurs first
7. 206 Area under center section floor board Visual Cracks and loose See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
between the forward and aft
rivets occurs first
8. 207 Outboard wing lower main spar cap from Fluorescent liquid penetrant Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
wi attach to tie down
occurs first
9. 208 Outboard wing upper and lower main spar I\lisual Cracksand corrosion See note Annually None
10. 209 All eight wing attach bolts and nuts Magnified visual and magnaflux as Corrosion, cracks and 2 yrs 2 yrs 6 yrs
thru
specified. mechanical damage
212
NOTE: The time designated for the Initial Inspection has expired. The time shown in the
recurring
Inspection interval column Is now effective for this inspection.
57-10-00
B Reissue Page 203
Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
r In nI 1
O
o
Oo gs Oo8a
o
O
00
o
A
LOWER
SMALL CRACKS IN
THE FEATHERED EDGES SMALL CRACKS IN THE
OF THE FITTINGS CENTER SECTION SLOT
OUTBOARD THAT MAY 88 REMOVED.
THAT MAY 88 REMOVED. CENTER
WING SECTION
FITTING FITTING
O O O oO o o
0000000 0000000
B )~tlllljrcll 8
000000 0
0 0000000
oo oao
CRACKS OF THIS MAGNATUDE

REOUIRES REPLACEMENT OF VIEW A
AFFECTED COMPONENT.
C9UK17E000~ C
a. Remove the wing bolt covers and any placards applied to the wing attach fittings. With the bolts in place and
properly torqued, clean the area to be inspected and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed flat surfaces
of of all sixteen wing attach fittings (View A). Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the fluorescent liquid penetrant
Inspection procedure.
Wing Fitting Inspection

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 0-00
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcrrtft
STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR NIANUAL
CAREFULLY INSPECT
THIS AREA OF THE
COUNTERBORE RADIUS DEPRESSION AREA
O O
O BACK SIDE OF TUB
CENTERBORE
FEATHERED
EDGE it I
Eii:ii:i:iiiiiiiiiiiiiil: I
ij
FITTING o \a o o
FLAT
SURFACE
WING BOLT 80RE
VIEW B C9a~Wrr3073 C
b, In compliance with the Inspection Schedule (Chart 201), remove and inspect the wing bolts one at a time as
instructed under Wing Bolt, Nut And Spar Fitting Inspection in this chapter.
c, Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the depression area and counterbore (washer-face area) of all sixteen
wing attach fittings (View 8); focus extra attention on the counterbore radius.
d, It is possible that small cracks may be removed from the feathered edge of the counterbore and back of the
tub of all fittings and from the slot in the center section mtings. Contact the Customer Support Department of
Beech Aircraft for an evaluation prior to initiating any crack removal procedure.
e, Any fitting cracked beyond acceptable limits, as determined by Customer Support, must be replaced.
f, After Inspection of the wing fittings and bolts is completed, replace the placards which were removed with
new placards and Install the wing bolt covers,

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 0-00
Page 205
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcrsrft
I IYO
o o
o\A I I LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP AFT FLANGE
001 10
LH UPPER~-J RH nl i, o\b
eg
o\ 8 8
88
a a a
D D Ia
a a
REMOYE THIS FASTENER
O a FWD
:jpX 8 8 Q
t
INBD
j
SEE WARNING
vmA C9~JB)E30m
a, Remove the upper access cover, shown on the illustration, to gain access to the outboard aft side of the main
spar wing fittings.
b, Remove the access cover on the augmenter pan (sheet 2) and the outboard nacelle cover shown on sheet 3.
WARNING
A crack of the type shown In the illustration necessitates the replacement of the
lower forward spar cap on the center section and both outboard wing panel spar
assemblies.
c, Remove the nft inboard fastener that attaches the wing attach fitting to the spar. If the original lock bolt is still
installed in this position, refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the lock bolt removal procedure.
d, Eddy current inspect the hole where the fastener was removed. Focus particular attention on the interior of
the spar cap near the surface that joins the wing fitting. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the eddy current inspection
procedure,
Lower Spar Cap and Wing Attach Fitting Inspection

(Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 0-00
Page 206
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeechcraft
FWO
000 oOO OOo
C3 NBD
j
´•I~ o
o
O O
Wo .s, A O;I
RH LH lal
LOWER
INSERT EDDY CURRENT

PROBE FROM THIS
EMAS(EDIS
FASTENER AS SHOWN
’la
IN FIGURE 202 SHEET I)
000 OOo
vrrw A
LOOKING UP AND FORWARD
NOTEI VIEW SHOWS BOLT INSTALLED IN HOLE
AT LOWER FORWARD SPAR
FROM WHICH LOCK 80LT WAS REMOVED
CAP THROUGH LH AUGMENTOR
PAN INSPECTION PANEL
e, If cracks. corrosion or oversized holes are found, ream the 3/16-inch-diameter holes to the next larger
oversize (1/64 or 1/32 inch) as required to clean out the damage. If this fails to adequately clean up the hole.
contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for evaluation and corrective action
recommendations.
NOTE
To prevent moisture from entering the hole and causing corrosion, lubricate the bolt
and fill the hole with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or Mll-C-16173
Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00) prior to installation of
the bolt.
f, Install an NAS464P3A9 bolt in a standard-sized hole, an NAS2903-9 bolt in a 1/64-inch-oversized hole. an

NAS3003-9 bolt in a 1/32-inch-oversized hole, an AN960-10 washer and an M5320364-1032 nut in place of the
fastener removed in step "b". Orient the bolt and nut as shown in the illustration and torque the nut to 20-25 inch-
pounds.
Lower Spar Cap and Wing Fitting Inspection
(Sheet 2 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 0-00
Page 207
B Reissue feb 28/95
aeethc~ft
o
o
O
O
O
O
FLOURESCENT LIOUID
PENETRANT INSPECT DETAIL A
THE FWD SPAR FLANGE
(TYPICAL BOTH SIDES)
C9aJH97Ella~
8´• Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method noted in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the exposed
aft edge of the of the lower spar cap flange O/iew A, sheet 1 of this figure).
Lower Forward Spar Cap and Wing Attach Fitting Inspection

(Sheet 3 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 0-00
Page 208
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeec~craft
cl
RIVET (DO NOT REMOVE THESE FASTENERS LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP
REMOVE)
it~E NOTE
i!
The fasteners shown in thisi~

~e illustration are those used when
lnsPection is complete.
FWD
"m,
r DRAG LEG LOOKING UP AND FORWARD INTO

B.L. 68
B.L. 88 SUPPORT RH MAIN GEAR WHEEL WELL
CAUT1ON
If refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the lock bolt removal procedures. When
required,
removing aluminum rivets from the spar cap, DO NOT DRILL THROUGH THE CAP.
Drill through the rivet head only and carefully drive the rivet shank out of the spar cap
with a pin punch somewhat smaller in diameter than the rivet shank.
a, Remove the two fasteners that attach the drag leg support to the spar cap flange and the fastener that secures
the outboard nacelle angle to the spar cap. To prevent movement of the drag leg support, remove only one fas-
tener at a time for the eddy current hole test.
b. Eddy current Inspect the holes as instructed in Chapter 20-00-00.
c. After completing the eddy current inspection, install three NAS464P3A6 bolts, AN960-10 washers and
MS20364-1032 nuts in place of the fasteners which were removed in step "a". To prevent moisture from entering
the hole and causing corrosion, lubricate the bolt and fill the bolt hole with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201,
91-00-00) or MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Position the nuts
on the lower side of the spar cap. If oversized holes are found during the inspection,
install NAS2903 (1/64-inch
oversize) or NAS3003 (1/321inch oversize) bolts as required. Torque the nuts to 20-25 inch-pounds.
d. Using the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the lower sur-
face and the forward and aff flange edges of the spar cap in the wheel well from BL 68 to BL 88. Since the drag
leg support angle cannot be removed, this inspection cannot be performed on the spar surface covered by the
angle.
Wheel Well Inspection

Figure 203
57-1 0-00
Page 209
B Reissue Feb 28/95

~kechcraft
ACCESS FOR THIS INSPECTION IS LOWER FORWARD (MAIN)

GAINED THROUGH THE OPENING IN SPAR CAP
THE AUGMENTOR PAN
O
O
OO
O
I II I I II I
oo
1F~ A
o
o
O
o
o o
L
8L 62.00 BL 68.00
DETAIL A C90JWX2125
a. Inspect the exposed lower surface of the lower forward spar cap in the nacelle inboard of the main gear wheel
well from BL 68 to BL 62. Use the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection procedure outlined in Chapter 20-00-00.
Inspect this area for cracks, corrosion and loose rivets.
Lower Forward Spar Cap inspection (Inboard Side of Nacelle)

Figure 204
57-1 0-00
Page 210
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeeshn~t
R_L~ THIS PMIEL

TO C~UN ~CCESS M
TtE EIM SIDE OF
THE RIVET
~3YE THIS BNET

~CB SIDE OF
SECTION
a, Remove the rivets identified in the illustration.
b, Ream the holesoutto 13/64inch.
c. Eddy current inspect the holes as described in Chapter 20-00-00.
d. Install NAS2903-6 (1/64-inch oversize) bolts, AN960-10 washers and MS20364-1032 nuts in place of the riv-
ets which were removed. Torque the bolts to 25-30 inch-pounds.
NOTE
To prevent moisture from entering the hole and causing corrosion, lubricate the bolts
and fill the bolt holes with G322L grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MIl-C-16173,´•
Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
e, Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection procedure outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the
exposed lower surface of the lower forward spar cap between each nacelle and the fuselage.
Lower Forward Spar Cap Inspection At Wing Root

Figure 205
57-1 0-00
Page 211
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
O
O
O
o
C94JHJrr0617
DETAIL A
a, Remove the floorboards and access panels immediately forward and aft of the main and rear spars. Visually
inspect the accessible areas of the lower forward and aft spar caps, the belly skin between the spars and the
fuselage forming members for loose rivets. cracks and corrosion.
b. Aepair any damage that may be dete~ctedutilizing FAA Advisory Circular 43.13 which provides the Accept-
able Methods, Techniques and Practices for Structural Repairs.
Center Section Subfloor Inspection

Figure 206
57-1 0-00
Page 212
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
~echcraft
LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP ~t I\ LClwER FORWARD SPAR CAP
C]
O
oCI
0, C] oo
oo 170
o
AH LOWER LH LOWER
a. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed lower surface of the main spar cap of the outboard wing from
the wing attach fitting to the tie-down. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the inspection method instructions.
Outboard Wing Panel Lower Forward Spar Cap Inspection

Figure 207
57-1 0-00
Page 213
B Reissue Feb 28195
Qeechcraft
Inspection of the upper and lower spat caps must be

OUTBOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK
performed as delineated in the following steps:
AND CORROSION INSPECTION
The outboard wing main spat caps must be inspected a. Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper
for corrosion after the first five years of operation and and lower spar caps for any buildup of the whitish,
annually thereafter. salt-like nonmetallic substance indicative of corrosion.
If any buildup of this substance is detected, the area
should receive extra attention. Wax or paint that may
i WapNINC; I be trapped between the edge of the skin and the
exposed portion of the spat cap should not be inter-
7he entire upper and lower spar cap preted as corrosion.
from the wing attach fitting to the
wing tip must be inspected.
b. Utilizing normal cleaning procedures, wash all
exposed surfaces of the upper and lower spat caps.
NOTE
c. Visually inspect all exposed surfaces of the spat
Special emphasis should be placed on
caps for paint blisters, raised areas and/or surface dis-
airplanes that have been operated
tortions and cracks in the metal. The exposed surface
and/or stored for extended periods in
areas where the geographical location
of the spat cap is extruded Rat. Any of the previously
and atmospheric conditions are condu- noted irregularities could indicate corrosion and must
clve to corrosion. be considered suspect (see Figure 208).
THIS ILLUSTRATION REPRESENTS A

TYPICAL SECTION OF ME SPAR CAP
AREAS TO BE INSPECTED FOR
BOX SECTION SKIN
INDICATORS OF POSSIBLE CORROSION.
THE’INDICATORS ARE ALL SHOWN IN ONE
AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR CLARITY.
o ANY ONE OR ANY COMBINATION OF 7HE
SPAR CAP
-r; INDICATORS ARE CAUSE FOR FUR~FHER
INVESTIGATION.
AREAS
CRACKS~ o
0
~5
30"
~-O o
cosJ+rJ
LEADING o
EDGE
THIS RIVET PATTERN WILL VARY

8USTER/ I ON DIFFERENT MODELS
PAINT
Spar Cap Corrosion And Crack Inspection

Figure 208
57-1 0-00
Page 214
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
NOTE washers between the upper wing attach fittings must

be replaced with new washers. New aluminum wash-
Spar cap surface irregularities may be
ers should not be required if wing attach bolts can be
detected by sliding the fingers over the
removed one at a time.
surface, by moving a straightedge over
the surface or by sighting down the NOTE
length of the spar cap.
Ensure that the P/N 50-105011 washers
If wing main spar replacement becomes necessary,
shown in Figure 209 have a fully com-
BEECHCRAFT Kit No. 100-4002-35 should be
plete radius with no sharp edges which
ordered for LH spar replacement and/or BEECH-
could mark the spar fittings. Replace any
CRAFT Kit No. 100-4002-43 for RH spar replace- washers which have an incomplete
ment. BEECHCRAFT Kit No.100-4002-1S provides all radius or sharp edges.
parts and instructions necessary for spar replacement
but does not include the spar. NOTE
If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be Beech Aircraft
Corporation supplies wing
resolved locally, contact the Customer Support attach bolts that have been given an
Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consul- additional magnetic particle inspection
tation. since manufacture. Blue dye on the bolt
head signifies a bolt inspected by the
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR magnetic particle method. Only bolts
INSPECTION supplied by Beech Aircraft or a BEECH-
CRAFT approved vendor are acceptable
for use in BEECHCRAFT airplanes.
lw´•-~I
WARNING
LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT, NUT AND
FITTING INSPECTION
All eight wing attach bolts and nuts
are life-limited parts and most be a. Remove each lower forward wing attach bolt,
replaced upon achieving six calendar washers, and nut. Using a nonmetallic brush, thor-
years of installed bolt and nut time. oughly clean the bolt, nut and washers, with naptha or
methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
Two years after installation, all eight wing bolts and If the
b. wing attach bolt and nuts do not exceed the
their washers and nuts must be removed and life limit as specified in Chart 201, visually inspect
inspected. The wing attach fittings must be inspected each bolt and nut for cracks, corrosion and mechani-
in conjunction with the wing bolt inspection, caldamage with a 10-power or stronger magnifying
Before removing any wing attach bolt, support the glass. The cadmium plating may have areas which are
wing with a wing stand and draw a line across each discolored, rubbed or polished; this usually results
pair of wing fittings with a grease pencil to aid wing from installation of the bolt. Deterioration of the cad-
alignment, should it become necessary. mium plating is not sufficient reason for bolt replace-
ment unless corrosion of the base maten’al has occur-
red. If cracks, corrosion or mechanical damage is
t ~o´•f
CAUTION
detected, replace the affected component.
DO NOT SCRIBE OR SCRATCH THE

c. Using th~ magnetic particle inspection method
outlined inChapter 20-00-00, inspect each bolt for cir-
cumferential crack indications and each nut for longi-
tudinal crack indications. If the bolt and nut prove to
If (using hand pressure
only) wing attach bolt binding be free of all damage (corrosion, cracks, crack indica-
occurs, upon disengagement or installation, support
tions, and mechanical damage), they may be reused
the outboard wing panel, loosen the other three wing
after demagnetization and cleaning.
attach bolts and position the wing in a manner that
releases binding of the bolt. When the wing attach fit- d. Clean the spar fittings and bolt bores with naptha
tings are separated or repositioned, the aluminum or methyl ethylketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
57-1 0-00
Page 215
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechcraff
Do not strip epoxy paint from this area. Fluorescent

liquid penetrant Inspect las instructed in Chapter I CAUTION
20-00-00) the complete visible surface of each fitting

for condition, focusing special attention at the washer When removing the upper forward or
seat and bolt bore area. If scoring, corrosion pitting or upper rearwing bolt, ensure that the
washer impressions are discovered in this area, con- wing is supported so that the aluminum
tact the Customer Support Department of Beech Air- washers between the wing and center
section upper wing attach fittings will not
craft Corporation for consultation. If the fittings are sat-
move.
Isfactory, clean off the fluorescent liquid penetrant and
recoat the bolt-bore and washer/nut bearing faces of a. Remove tone at a time only) an upper forward,
the fittings with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart upper rear or lower rear wing attach bolt, nut, and
201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for approxi- washers. When a fastener is loosened, assure that the
mately five minutes. After the dwell time has elapsed, radii on the outer circumference of the washers, adja-
wash the coated areas with water and blow dry with cent to the wing attach fitting in the outer wing panel
air (do wipe dry). Paint the treated areas with zinc
not and in the wing center section, are facing the radius in
chromate primer (4, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and allow it the wing fitting recess. If a radius is not oriented as
to dry, shown in the applicable illustration, Figure 210, 211,
or 212, contact the Customer Support Department of
e, Coat the spar fitting washer/nut faces, bolt bores, Beech Aircraft for consultation. If the washers are
the complete bolt and nut with MILC-16173 Grade 2 property oriented, proceedwith the remaining steps.
corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-
00). Bolts and nuts which have reached or will reach
their life iimit before the next scheduled inspection,
must not be reused.
lw-´•~I
WARNING
f. Install a wing attach bolt, washers and nut into the Use only the nuts specified on the
wing fitting. applicable illustrations for the upper
forward,the upper or lower rear
or
wing bolt
installation. DO NOT
I -I´•I~I
WARNING
INSTALL THE BLc~CK PM H-20 TYPE
NUTS. Thess nuts are dry-film lubri-
cated with molybdenum dlsulflde.
The flat washer with the outer radius When MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion
must be preventive compound Is added to
positioned with the radius
these nuts, the additional lubrication
against the fitting. Refer to Figure 209
for proper washer orientation. may cause improper preload In the
bolt when it Is tightened to the torque
values specified In the applicable
g. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE LOWER FORWARD
WING ATTACH BOLT AT THIS TIME. Temporarily Illustrations.
snug the bolt down (approximately 1200 inch-lbs). b. Using a nonmetallic brush, clean the spar fittings
and bolt-bore with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or
UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER AFT 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Fluorescent liquid penetrant
WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION inspect las instructed in Chapter 20-00-00) the entire
visible surface of the fitting. Focus extra attention on
the washer-seat and bolt-bore of the fitting. Do not
I ARNING
-p´•lm I strip the epoxy paint from this area. If scoring, corro-
sion pitting or washer impressions are discovered in
the washer-seat or bolt-bore area, contact the Cus-
When the bolt and fitting inspections tomer Support Department of Beech Aircraft Corpora-
are complete, that the drain
ensure tion for evaluation of the problem. If the fitting is
an
holes In the upper fittings are unob- satisfactory, recoat the bolt-bore and washer/nut-
structed and free to drain, bearing faces of the fitting with Alodine 1200, 1200S,
57´•1 0´•00
Page 216
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeechc~cft
or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to f. Install the wing attach bolt, washers, and nut. Hold
dwell for five minutes. Wash the coated areas with the bolt head immobile and torque each nut to the
water and blow dry with air (do not wipe dry). Paint the proper value as specified in the applicable illustration.
treated areas with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart 201,
91-00-00) and allow it to dry.
CPIUTION~(
i CAUTION
c. Using nonmetallic brush, thoroughly clean the
a
bolt, nut and washers with methyl ethyl ketone or Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does
naptha (1 or 2, Chapter 201, 91-00-00) and visually not bottom out against the wing attach
inspect each bolt and nut for cracks, corrosion and fitting. This could result in erroneous tor-
mechanical damage with a 10-power or stronger mag- cue readings and damage to the fitting.
nlfying glass. The cadmium plating may have areas
which appear discolored, rubbed or polished; this usu-
WARNING
ally results from installation of the bolt. Deterioration of
the cadmium plating is not sufficient reason for bolt
replacement, unless corrosion of the base material
The lower forward wing attach bolts
has occurred. If cracks, corrosion or mechanical dam- which were not previously tightened
age [s detected, replace the affected component, should be tightened at this time.
d, Using the magnetic particle inspection method las Remove the wing support before
outlined in Chapter 20-00-00), inspect each bolt for tightening the lower forward wing
circumferential crack indications and each nut for lon- attach bolts.
gitudinal crack indications. If the bolts and nuts prove NOTE
to be free of all damage (corrosion, cracks, crack indi-
cations, and mechanical damage), they may be Coat the exposed bolt threads which
reused after demagnetization and cleaning. protrude through the nut with MIL-C-
16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive
e. Coat the spar fitting, bolt-bores and washer/nut
compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
bearing faces, THE COMPLETE BOLT, WASHER
AND NUT, with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion pre- WING BOLT MAINTENANCE
ventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
a. At the next scheduled inspection (not to exceed
NOTE 100 hours), check the wing bolts for proper torque as
outlined in the applicable illustrations.
Beech Aircraft Corporation supplies
bolts that have been given an additional b. Concurrent with the above step, and annually
magnetic particle inspection since manu- thereafter,coat the exposed threads which protrude
facture. Blue dye on the bolt head signi- through the nuts with MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion
fies a bolt which has received the addi- preventive compound (5, Chart 201,91-00-00)
tional inspection. Only bolts supplied by
c. Prior to installation of the wing fitting covers,
Beech Aircraft or a BEECHCRAFT
ensure that the drain holes in the upper fittings are
approved vendor are acceptable for use
unobstructed and free to drain.
in BEECHCRAFT Airplanes.
57-1 0-00
Page 217
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR THE WING BOLT

WRENCHES AND TOROUE ADAPTERS USED
WITH THIS WING BOLT AND NUT.
O MS-20002-id
WASHER
a 50-105011 WING FITTING
WING FITTING OUTBOARD WASHER CENTER SECTION
EB144 NUT
NASd95-10-27
a NAS495-14-29
a 50-105011 OR
WASHER MS2001d-29
BOLT TOROUE 2880 TO 3000 INCH POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE 80LT NUT
WASHER, WING FITTING BOLT BORES AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-
C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
a CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
H-l THRU H-ll. CH-12 THRU CH-305. CH-333 THRU CH-338 MS20014-28
OR MS20014-29 MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF NASd95-IO-27 BOLT.
a CH-306 THRU CH-332, CH-339 THRU CH-360: DH-I THRU DH-347; EH-I THRU
EH-70: FH-71 THRU FH-93; FH-95. FH-96: GH-S4. GH-97 THRU GH-119:
HH-120 THRU HH-IL9; JH-150 THRU JH-176.
O A SECOND MS20002-14 OR A 50-105011 WASHER MAY BE USED UNDER THE
NUT TO PROVIDE BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Installat(on

Figure 209
51-1 0-00
Page 218
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
105090A032-10J
WASHER MS20002C10 WASHER
MS20002-IO (POSTTION WITH COUNTERSINK
WASHER AGAINST BOLT HEAD)
1309098103 80LT
NAS150-38 BOLT
128108
NUT
WING FITTING WING FITTING

OUTBOARD CENTER SECTION
BOLT TOROUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT.
WASHERS, WING FITTING BOLT BORES, AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-
C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
A SECOND MS20002-10 WASHER MAY 85 USED UNDER THE NUT TO

PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
SERIALS H-l THROUGH H-Il, CH-12 THROUGH CH-305. CH-333 THROUGH CH-338.
SERIALS CH-306 THROUGH CH-332,CH-339 THROUGH CH-360: DH-I THROUGH DH-3P7;

EH-I THROUGH EH-70; FH-71 THROUGH FH-93. FH-95 AND FH-96; GH-9d. GH-97
THROUGH GH-119; HH-120 THROUGH HH-1d9: JH-150 THROUGH JH-176.

WRENCHES ANO TOROUE ADAPTERS USED
NOTE
CONCURRENT WITH THE SCHEDULED

TOROUE CHECK. INSPECT THE UPPER
WING ATTACH FITTINGS TO ASSURE
THAT THE DRAIN HOLES ARE CLEAR.
C99JH57EOOOJC
Upper ForwardWing Bolt Installation

Figure 210
57-1 0-00
Page 219
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
105090A032-10J
WASHER 35-1051 1 1-3 WASHER
MS20002-IO (P0SITION WITH COUNTERSINK
WASHER TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
128108
1309098103
NUT n I 80LT

80LT TOROUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT,
WASHERS, WING FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-
CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
A SECOND MS20002-IO WASHER MAY 8E USED UNDER THE NUT TO


NOTE
CONCURRENT WITH THE SCHEDULED TOROUE

CHECK. INSPECT THE UPPER WING ATTACH
FITTINGS TO ENSURE THAT THE DRAIN
HOLES ARE UNOBSTRUCTED.
Upper Aft Wing Bolt Installation

Figure 211
57-1 0-00
Page 220
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR THE WING 80LT

a 35- i 05 1 1 1-3 WASHER

WING
(POSITION WITH COUNTERSINK
FITTING WING FITTING
MS20002-IO TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
QUTBOARD CENTER SECTION
WASHER
128108 II II I II 1 139098 103

NUT I BOLT
WASHERS, WING FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED 80LT THREADS WITH MIL-
A SECOND MS20002-IO WASHER MAY 8E USED UNDER THE NUT TO

C9~67EOa03 C
Lower Aft Wing Bolt Installation

Figure 212
57-1 0-00
Page 221
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeeca~craft
CHART 202
WING BOLT WRENCHES AND NUT ADAPTERS
Position Bolt Part No. Wrench Part No. Nut Part No. Nut Torque
LOWER NAS 495-14-27 50-590036 88144 50-590014

FORWARD
H-l thru H-ll,
CH-12 thru CH-305,
CH-333 thru OH-338
NAS495-1 4-29
MS2001 4-29
CH-306 thru CH-332, CH-339

thru CH-360;
DH-1 thru DH-347;
EH-1 thru EH-70;
FH-71 thru FH-93, FH-95,
FH-96;
GH-94, GH-97 thru GH-119;
HH-120 thru i-ii-i-I 49,
JH-150 thru JH-176
UPPER 1309098103 9/18inch Alien 128108 50-590013-1
FORWARD Wrench
i-i-I thru H-ll;
CH-333 thru CH-338
NAS1 50-38
CH-306 thru CH-332; CH-339

thru CH-360;
DR-1 thru DH-347;
EH-1 thru EH-70;
FH-71 thru FH-93, FH-95 and
FH-96;
GH-94, GH-97 thru GH-119;
HH-120 thru HH-149;
JH-150 thru JH-176
UPPER AFT 1309098103 9/16-inch Alien 128108 50-590013-1
Wrench
LOWER AFT 1309098103 9/16inch Alien 128108 50-590013-1
Wrench
57-1 0-00
Page 222
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
43eechclraft
QUEEN AIR 65, 70 AND 80 SERIES
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES is at an altitude of 3,000 to 10,000 feet and duration is

AND 80) than 30 minutes. Should the mission or Right
(MODEL 65, 70, more
profile of particular airplane differ appreciably from

a
This chapter provides the procedures necessary to that intended by design, such as pipeline surveillance,
Inspect the wing attachbolts and nuts and basic struc-
livestocklpredator animal control, search and rescue,
tural components of the center section and outboard
navigation aids inspection or extraordinary service at
wing main spars for corrosion and cracks. These low altitude or unusually short flight durations (less
Inspections are a supplement to, but do not replace, than 20 minutes), the inspection schedule specified in
the normal airplane inspection procedures and inter-
Chart 201, index items 1 through 10, Is not appropri-
vals of the BEECHCRAFT Model 65, 70, and 80 Shop
ate for continuing airworthiness of the airplane struc-
Manual, Continuous Inspection Procedures Manual
ture. In such instances, promptly notify the Customer
and the 100-Hour Inspection Procedures. The inspec-
tion requirements of this chapter supersede those of Support Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation
a"d a special inspection schedule will be established.
BEECHCRAFT Service Instructions No. 0393-018,
No. 0514-035 and No. 1208. If the usage history of your airplane is unknown, notify
the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft
The INSPECTION OUTLINE shown in Chart 201
and a special inspection schedule will be established.
locates and Identifies the inspection areas, initial
The stated hours for "initial inspection" do not take
inspection times and recurring inspection inte~vals, into consideration crack initiation due to structural
The inspection schedule specified for index items 1
damage, e.g. a gear-up landing. If such structural
through 10 is based on airplane utilization, operation,
and maintenance in a category of service for which damage occurs, perform the "initial inspection" after
the airplanewas originally designed; specifically, an
repairing the structural damage and continue recurring
unpressurized private or corporate transportation inspections as specified under "recurring Inspection
i"tervals".
vehicle whereln the majority of cruise Right operation
57-11-00
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
I;io I,!o I,io I.io
O I ITo
o~ I IYo
.-I0 7 d
9 1 Il’lo i
I. io 9
LH UPPER RH LH UPPER RH
C~nLP57E0125 C
t
CHART 201
APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE MODELS 65, 70 AND 80 QUEEN AIR SERIES AIRPLANES
Inapectlon Area Inspection Method Posalble Findings initial Inspection Recurring Inspection Interval Component
Replacement
Schedule
1. 201 All wing attach fitting
flat surfaces, Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks, corrosion and See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
essions, counterbores and bolt bores ant as mechanical dam occurs first
attachment ant as
occurs first
ant as
occurs first
ant as
occurs first
from nacelle to
occurs first
8. 205 Two fastener holes in the lower forward Eddy current Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
atthe root
occurs first
between the forward and aft rivets occurs first
attach to tie down
occurs first
9. 208 Outboard wing upper and lower Cracksandcorrosion See note Annually None
10. 210 All eight wing attach bolts and nuts Magnified visual and magnaflux as Corrosion, cracks and 2 yrs 2 yrs 6 yrs
thru specified. mechanical damage
217
NOTE: The time designated for the Initial Inspection has expired. The time shown In the
recurring
Inspection interval column Is now effective for this Inspection.
57-11-00
Page 202
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
aeeckxxaR
CRACK INSPECTION WING ATTACH Kit No. 100-4002-1 contains the parts and informa-
FITTINGS, CENTER SECTION AND tion necessary to replace an outboard wing spar; how-
OUTBOARD WING SPARS ever, the spar is not furnished with this kit.
At the intervals specified in the STANDARD FUGHT Kit No. 100-4002-3 contains a LH main spar and
PROFILE INSPECTION SCHEDULE (Chart 201), the the parts and instructions necessary to install it.
wing attach fittings, center section and outboard wing
Kit No. 100-4002-4 contains a RH main spar and
spar caps must be Inspected for cracks, corrosion and
mechanical damage. Prior to, or concurrent with, this the parts and instructions necessary install it.
inspection, the inspection access doors contained in

the Main Spar Inspection Provisions Kit No. 65-4019 S These kits are available for L-l, L-2, LF-7, LF-8, LC-1
must be Installed on airplanes LB-l and after, tC-l th’u LC-335, LB-l thru LB-35 and LD-270 thru
and after, and LD-1 thru LD-451. Airplanes LD-452 LD-477. Replacement spars components for airplane
and after were delivered with the equivalent of Kit No. Se’ials not covered by these kits may be ordered from
65-4019 S installed. the appropriate Queen Air Illustrated Parts Catalog.
Each area of inspection is represented by a pictorial
presentation (a photograph or line drawing). Located

on the face of each pictorial presentation is informa-
I ARNlNG
tlon regarding the points of inspection, the inspection

methods to be used, and other pertinent information A crack In the center section lower
relative to accomplishing the required inspection. Brief forward spar cap necessitates
descriptions of the inspection methods (e.g. FLUO- replacement of the lower forward
RESCENT LIQUID PENETRANT lNSPECTION), ref- Inboard flttlngs, the lower forward
erenced In several steps within this procedure, are spar cap on the center section, and
both outboard wing panel spar
located in Chapter 20-00-00 (STANDARD PRAC-
assemblies. A crack In an outboard
TICES- AIRFRAME).
wing panel spat cap requires replace-
ment of the affected spar assembly. A
t CAUTION
~noN 1 crack In a center section spar fitting
requires replacement of the damaged
7he removal of any fasteners necessary fitting only. A crack In an outboard
to perform the required inspections must wing panel main spar fitting necessl-
be tates replacement of the entire out-
accomplished very carefully to pre-
vent damage to the spar cap or wing board wing panel spar assembly If a
attach fittings. cracked fitting or spar Is detected,
contact the Customer Support
Should it become necessary to replace the outboard Department of Beach Aircraft Corpo-
wing panel main spar, the following spar replacement ration prior to the next flight of the
kits are available from BEECHCRAFT Parts Market- airplane for an operational safety
Ing: evaluation.
57-11-00
Page 203
B Reissue feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
STRUCTURAL INSPECT(ON AND REPAIR MANUAL
o
O O O o
o
O O
oO o a-(~cr oSo .g,
A
88-32´•2
LOWER
CENTER SECTION SMALL CRACKS IN THE FEATHERED EDGES oUTBOARD WING

FITTING OF THE FITTINGS THAT MAY BE REMOVED FT~ING
o,o
oOo
og
CRACKS OF MIS NATURE AEQUIRE REPLACEMENT

OF THE AFFECTED FITTING ONL~
VIEW A
a. Remove the wing bolt covers and anyplacards applied to the wing attach fittings. With the bolts in place and
property torqued, clean the area inspected and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed flat surfaces
to be
of all sixteen wing attach fittings (View A). Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspec-
tion procedure.
b. In compliance;ith the Inspection Schedule (Chart 201), remove and inspect the wing bolts one at a time as
instructed under Wing Bolt, Nut And Spat Fitting Inspection in this chapter.

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57´•11-00
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
SEGMENT OF FITTING
REMOVED TO SHOW
COVNTERBOR~ DFTp~lL
IHIS SECTOR OF THE

COVNIEPBOPEPADIUS
WING sOLI HOLE
VIEW B 90-3~-62
c, Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the depression area and counterbore (washer-face area) of all sixteen
wing attach fittings (View B); focus extra attention on the counterbore radius.
d, It Is possible that small cracks may be removed from the feathered edge of the counterbore and back of the
tub of all fittings and from the slot in the center section fittings. Contact the Customer Support Department of
Beech Aircraft for an evaluation prior to initiating any crack removal procedure.
f, After inspection of the wing fittings and bolts is complete, replace the placards that were removed with new
placards and replace the wing bolt covers.

NOTE
Prior to installing the wing bolt covers, ensure that the drain holes in the upper fittings
are unobstructed.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-11-00
Page 205
B Reissue Feb 28/95
o~ I I ~o
o~A I I LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP AFT FLANGE
081 10
LH I UPPER RH nl I, o d
\o es
a\ d es
66
a a a
o(a
a a a_,~L-’
REMOYE THIS FASTENER
O O FWO
i\pX 8 8 Q
INBD
_I
SEE WARNING
C91~607EJ071
vnwA
a, Remove the upper access cover, shown on the illustration, to gain access to the outboard aft side of the main
spar wing fittings.
b, Remove the access cover on the augmenter pan (sheet 2) and the outboard nacelle cover shown on sheet 3.
I w-~´•IARNING
A crack of the type shown in the illustration necessitates the replacement of the
lower forward spar cap on the center section and both outboard wing panel spar
assemblies.
c, Remove the aft inboard fastener that attaches the wing attach fitting to the spar. If the original lock bolt is still
procedure,
Lower Forward Spar Cap and Wing Attach Fitting Inspection (Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 202
57-11´•00
Page 206
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeechcraft
STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR FnANUAL
FWD ´•O´• ´•0´• ´•0´•

,.,,i
O
VIEW A
LOOK1NG UP AND FORWARD AT LOWER FORWARD SPAR

CAP THROUGH LH AUGMENTOR PAN INSPECTION PANEL
O
O o8~SO
OI I/ /O
INSERT EDDY CURRENT PROBE FROM THIS SIDE
(SAME FASTENER AS SHOWN
IN FIGURE 202 SHEET 1) ´•O´• ´•O 8
NOTE: VIEW SHOWS BOLT INSTALLED IN HOLE

FROM WHICH LOCK BOLT WAS REMOVEd
Ooaco
RH LOWER LH
6~352
e. If cracks, corrosion or oversized holes are found, ream the 3/16inch-diameter holes to the next larger
oversize (1/64 or 1/32 inch) as required to clean out the damage. If this fails to adequately clean up the hole,
contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft for consultation.
NOTE
To prevent moisture from entering the hole and causing corrosion, lubricate the bolt
and fill the hole with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or Mll-C-16173
Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00) prior to installation of
the bolt.
f. Install an NAS464P3A9 bolt in a standard-sized hole, an NAS2903-9 bolt in a 1/64-inch-oversized hole, an

NAS3003-9 bolt in a 1/32-inch-oversized hole, an AN960-10 washer and an MS20364-1032 nut in place of the
fastener removed in step "b". Orient the bolt and nut as shown in the illustration and torque the nut to 20-25 inch-
pounds.
Lower Forward Spar Cap and Wing Amach Fitting Inspection
(Sheet 2 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 1-00
Page 207
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
OY I IYO
IPISPECT ACCESSIBLE AREAS

QF THE SPAR AND WING
ATTACH FITTINGS UNDER
THIS COVER (LH AND RH) ~1 1111; 11
O
DETAIL B C9~LDJ7EOdla C
g, Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method noted in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the exposed
aft edge of the lower spar cap flange (View A, sheet 1 of this figure).

(Sheet 3 of 3)
Figure 202
57-11´•00
Page 208
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeed~maft
NOTE
The rasteners shown in this ~W Wf i 1 1

Illvsfrotlon are those used
arrer rho Inltl.L In.~scTl.n.
Od I
I
bO
I~
07)01 1 1060
RH LH
LOWER
RIVET
(00 NOT
REMOVE)
BL 87.50
8L 85.82
8L 85.16
BL 83.50 LOWER FORWARD
BL-~1.84 SPAR CAP
BL 81.18
1
ol DRAG CEG tr.
SUPPORT
,1
BL 88
._ _.

INTO RH MAIN GEAR WHEEL WELL
BL 68
~C
csxc~noool a
caunof;-1
t CAUTION
If required refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the lock holt removal procedures. When
with a pin punch somewhat smaller in diameter than the rivet shank.

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 203
57-11-00
Page 209
B Reissue Feb 28/95
a, Remove the three fasteners (1, 2 and 3 on the illustration) that attach the landing gear bumper pad to the spar.
Remove the bumper pad and inspect the spar surface, which it covers, for corrosion. If the area under the pad is
free of corrosion, eddy current inspect the holes as instructed in Chapter 20-00-00.
NOTE
LC-1 thru LC-239 and LD-1 thru LD-269 are equipped with a landing gear bumper pad
that mounts on the nacelle sidewall instead of the spar-mounted type shown in the
illustration. Steps "a"and "e" do not apply to these serials.
b. Remove the fasteners from the drag leg support (4 and 5 on the illustration) one at a time to prevent move-
ment of the support. Eddy current inspect each of the holes as instructed in Chapter 20-00-00. Prior to installa-
tion, lubricate the bolts and fill the bolt holes with G322L siiicone grease (6, chart 201, 91-00-00) or MIL-C-16173
Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Replace the fasteners in the drag leg support
with NAS464P3A6 bolts, AN960-10 washers and MS20364-1032 nuts. Install the nuts on the bottom side of the
spar cap and torque them to 20-25 inch-pounds. If oversized holes are found during the inspection, install
NAS2903 (1/64-inch oversize) bolts or NAS3003 (1/32-inch oversize) bolts as required to properly fit the hole.
c, Remove the fastener that attaches the outboard nacelle angle to the spar cap. Eddy current inspect the hole
as Instructed in Chapter 20-00-00. Before installing the NAS464P3A6 bolt, AN960-10 Washer and the MS20364-
1032 nut, lubricate the bolt and fill the bolt hole with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MIL-C-
16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Position the nut on the bottom side of
the spar cap and torque it to 20-25 inch-pounds.
d. Using the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the entire
exposed lower surface and the forward and aft flange edges of the spar cap in the wheel well from BL 68 to BL
88, Since the drag leg support angle cannot be removed, this inspection cannot be performed on the spat surface
covered by the angle.
e, Lubricate the bumper pad bolts, and fill the bolt holes in the bumper pad and spar with G322L silicone grease
or MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound. Apply a thin film of the lubricant to the mating surfaces
of the bumper pad and spar. Install the bumper pad with three NAS464P3A11 bolts, AN960-10 washers and
MS20364-1032 nuts. Install the nuts on the lower side of the spar cap and torque them to 20-25 inch-pounds.
NOTE
If oversized fastener holes are found during the inspection, install NAS2903 (1/64-inch-
oversized) or NAS3003 (1/32-inch-oversized) as required for the oversized holes.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 203
57-11-00
Page 210
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeecheraft
ACCESS FOR THIS INSPECTION IS LOWER FORWARD (MAIN)

THE AUGMENTOR PAN
Q
O
I II I I \I I
oco
loB A
o
o
o o
L
8L 62.00 BL 68.00
DETAIL A
brazier head
a, Remove the fasteners from the lower aft side of the spar cap. Three or four 5/32 or 3/18inch
rivets still in this location, them to 3/1&inch before pro-
rivets were the original fasteners. If the 5/32-inch are ream
the holes utilizing the eddy current inspection method

ceeding, When the fasteners have been removed, inspect
corrosion oversized holes are indicated, ream the holes to the next
detailed in Chapter 20-00-00. If cracks, or
the holes to 1132-inch oversize fails to clean out all the damage,
larger oversize (1/64 or 1/32-inch). reaming
If
contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for
consultation.
the exposed
b, Using the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method detailed in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect
inboard of the main wheel well from BL 68 to BL 62. Inspect this area
surface of the lower forward spar cap gear
for cracks, corrosion and any other form of damage.
NOTE
Disregard step"c" if a nutplate assembly has been installed. These fasteners will now
become part of the periodic eddy current inspection as dictated by Chart 201.
location. See Chapter 57-13-01, Figure 208 for fabrication instructions.
c. Fabricate a nutplate assembly for this
Grade 2 corrosion preventive
d, Coat the bolts and fill the bolt holes with G322L silicone grease or MIL-C-16173
Install NAS464P3A7 bolts in the two or three standard size inboard
compound (5 and 6, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
in the standard size outboard hole. Install an AN960D10 washer under the head
holes and an NAS464P3A9 bolt
20-25 inch-pounds. If oversized holes are found, use NAS2903 series bolts
of each bolt and torque the bolts to
oversized holes and NAS3003 bolts in 1/32-inch oversized holes.
In 1/64-inch
Lower Forward Spar Cap Inspection (Inboard Side of Nacelle)

Figure 204
57-11-00
Page 211
feb 28/95
B Reissue
aeechcraft
REMOVE MIS PANEL TO GAIN ACCESS TO

BACKSIDE OF OUTBOARD FASTENERS
Ool I loO 3"."53

000 0 0000 3
3 3
o
/cr"
REMOVE THESE FASTENERS´•c~-3
3 o
LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP
REMOVE THIS PANEL TO GAIN ACCESS TO

BACKSIDE OF INBOARD FASTENERS
DETAIL A
LOOKING INBOARD AND UP
AT RH VIING ROOT 88´•32´•4
a. Remove the fasteners shown in the illustration.
b, If original fasteners (flush or universal head rivets) were still in these holes, team the holes to 13/64-inch.
c, Eddy current inspect the holes as described in Chapter 20-00-00.

riv-
d. If flush head rivets were the original fasteners, install NAS1703-6R screws in the holes. If universal head
ets were the original fasteners, install NAS2903-6 bolts in the inboard holes and NAS2903-5 bolts in the outboard
25-30
holes, Install AN960-10 washers and M820364-1032 nuts on the fasteners and torque the fasteners to
Inch-pounds.
NOTE
To prevent moisture from entering the hole and causing corrosion, lubricate the bolts
and fill the bolt holes with G322L grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or Mll-C-16173,
Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
the
e. Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection procedure outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect

Figure 205
57´•11-00
Page 212
B Reissue
Feb 28~95
Qeechcraft
FAONT SPAR
a,
rii
7
AFI SPAR
DETAIL A
a. Remove the floorboards and access panels immediately forward and aft of the main and rear spars. Visually
inspect the accessible areas of the lower forward and aft spar caps, the belly skin between the spars and the
fuselage forming members for loose rivets, cracks and corrosion.
b. Repair any damage that may be detected utilizing PAA Advisc?ry Circular 43.13 which provides the Accept-

Figure 206
57-11´•00
Page 213
B Reissue Feb 28~95
Qeechcraft
QUEEN A(R 65, 70 AND 80 SERIES
Lower
Fomar~ Spar Cap Lower Forward Spar Cap
O I I~ I o
.o
O O O o
O oo
O o
´•o oo
o o
RH LOWER
LH LOWER
a, Fluor~scent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed lower surface of the main spar cap of the outboard wing from
the wing attach fitting to the tie-down. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the inspection method instructions.
Lower Spat Cap inspection

Figure 207
57-11´•00
Page 214
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
QUEEN A(R 65, 70 AND 80 SERIES
inspectionof the upper and lower spar caps must be
OUTBOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK accomplished as follows:

AND CORROSION INSPECTION a. Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper
and lower spar caps for any buildup of the whitish,
The outboard wing main spat caps must be inspected
salt-like nonmetallic substance indicative of corrosion.
for corrosion after the first five years of operation and
If any buildup is detected during the visual inspection,
annually thereafter.
the area should be further examined; however, wax or
paint that may be trapped between the edge of the
I ´•~I´•´•I
WARNING
skin and the
not be
exposed section of the spar cap should
interpreted as corrosion.
b. Wash all exterior surfaces of the upper and lower
AIl of the outboard wing main
areas
spat cap, from the wing attach fitting spar caps by normal cleaning procedures.
to the outboard end of the spar cap,
c. Visually inspect all exterior surfaces of the upper
must be Inspected.
and lower spar caps for paint blisters, raised areas
and/or unevenness and cracks in the metal, Paint blis-
NOTE ters could be caused by corrosion; therefore, if blisters
are detected during the visual inspection, the area of
airplanes that have been operated the blister should be examined closely. The exterior
and/or stored for extended periods in surfaces of the spat caps are extruded flat; therefore,
areas where geographical location and areas of unevenness and/or raised areas on the spar
atmospheric conditions are highly con- caps could indicate corrosion and should be consid-
ducive to corrosion. ered suspect. See Figure 208.
THE ILLUSTRATION REPRESENTS A

TYPICAL SECTION OF THESPAR CAP
BOX SECTION SKIN
INDICATORS OF POSSIBLE CORROSION
THE INDICATORS ARE ALL SHOWN IN ONE
AREA nFcD ARE EXAGGERATED FOR CLARITY
ANY ONE OR ANY COMBINATION OF
SPAR CAP THE
CAUSE FOR FURTHER
LST o
O ~RAISED AREAS
o
~cL--0 o
ox\.
LEADING
EDGE
o ~v coss~

PAINT BLISTER/ I ON DIFFERENT MODELS
Spar Cap Corrosion and Crack Inspection

Figure 208
57-11-00
Page 215
B Reissue Feb 28/95
~eechcraft
STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR IMANUAL
NOTE NOTE
Areas of unevenness and/or raised Ensure that the 50-105011 washers
areas on the spar caps may be detected shown in Figures 210, 211 and 212 and
by sliding the fingers over the surface, the 95-110025-1 washers shown in Fig-
ure 214 have a fully complete radius
by moving a straightedge over the sur-
face or by sighting down the length of with no sharp edges which could mark
the spar cap. the spat fittings. Replace any washers
which have an incomplete radius or
d, If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be sharp edges.
resolved locally, contact the Customer Support
NOTE
Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consul-
tation. Beech Aircraft Corporation supplies wing
attach bolts that have been given an
additional magnetic particle Inspection
WING BOL7, NUT, AND SPAR FIT77NG
since manufacture. These may be iden-
INSPECTION tified by the blue dye on the bolt head.
Only bolts supplied by Beech Aircraft or
a BEECHCRAFT approved vendor are
I WARNING acceptable for use in BEECHCRAFT

.senalp-ria
All eight wing attach bolts and nuts
are lIfe-llmlted parts and must be FITTING INSPECTION
replaced upon achieving six calendar a. Remove each lower forward wing attach bolt,
years of Installed bolt and nut time, washers, and nut. Using a nonmetallic brush, thor-
oughly clean the bolt, nut and washers, with naptha or
Two years after installation, all eight wing bolts must
methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
be removed and the bolts, nuts, washers, and spar fit-
tlngs inspected. Before removing any wing attach bolt, b´• If the wing attach bolts and nuts do not exceed
their life limit as specified in Chart 201, visually inspect
support the wing with a stand and draw a line across
each bolt and nut with a 10-power or stronger magni-
each pair of fittings with a grease pencil to aid realign-
ment, should it become necessary. fying glass for cracks and corrosion and mechanical
damage. The cadmium plating may have areas which
are discolored, rubbed or polished; this usually results
CAUTION from installation of the bolt. Deterioration of the cad-

mium plating is not sufficient reason for bolt replace-
ment unless corrosion of the base material has occur-
DO NOT SCRATCH OR SCRIBE THE
red. If corrosion, cracks or mechanical damage is
NTTINGS
If(using hand pressure only) wing bolt binding occurs c. Using the magnetic particle process as outlined in
during Installation or removal, support the outboard Chapter 20-00-00, inspect each bolt for circumferen-
wing panel, loosen the remaining three bolts and repo- tial crack indications and each nut for longitudinal
sition the wing in a manner that releases binding of crack indications. If the bolt and nut prove to be free
the bolt, When the wing attach fittings are separated of all damage (cr-acks, crack indications, corrosion and
mechanical damage), they may be reused after
or repositioned during procedure, the aluminum
this
washers between each of the upper wing and center demagnetization and cleaning.
section fittlngs must be replaced with new aluminum d. Clean the spar fittings and bolt bore with naptha
washers. New aluminum washers should not be or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
required if wing attach bolts are removed one at a Do not strip the epoxy paint from this area. Fluores-
time, cent liquid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter
57-11-00
Page 216
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeecheraft
20-00-00) the complete visible surface of each fitting UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER AFT
for condition, focusing special attention at the washer WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION
seat and bolt bore area. If scoring, corrosion pitting or
washer impressions are discovered in this area, con- CAUTION
tact the Customer Support Department of Beech Air-
craft Corporation for consultation. If the fitting is satis-
When removing the upper forward or
factory, recoat the bolt bore and washer/nut bearing
faces of the fitting with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 upper rear wing bolt, ensure that the
wing is supported so that the alumhum
(3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for washers between the wing and center
approximately five minutes. After the dwell time has section upper wing attach fittings will not
elapsed, wash the coated areas with water and blow move.
dry with air (do not wipe dry). Paint the treated areas
with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart 201, 91-00-00) a. Remove tone at a time only) an upper
and allow the primer to dry before continuing. upper rear or lower rear wing attach bolt, nut, and
washers. When a fastener is loosened, assure that the
e. Coat the spar fitting washer/nut bearing iaces,
radii on the outer circumference of the washers, adja-
bolt bores, the complete bolt, nut and new preload
cent to the wing attach fitting in the outer wing panel
Indicating washer (used serials LD-34,
on airplane and in the wing center section, are facing the radius in
LD-46, LD-119, LD-151 and after; LC-185 and after; the wing fitting recess. If a radius is not oriented as
and LB-l and after) with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corro- shown in the applicable illustration, contact the Cus-
sion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). tomer Support Department of Beech Aircraft for con-
sultation. If the washers are properly oriented, pro-
ceed with the remaining steps.
I WARNING
w~I., I
The preload Indicating washer
I w´•-I~I
ARNING
assemblies Installed on airplane seri-

als LC-185 and after; LD-34, LD46, Use only the nuts specified on the
LD-1~9, LD-~51 and after, must be applicable illustrations for the upper
forward, or the upper lower rear
or
replaced each time the lower forward
wing bolt Is loosened or removed, wing bolt Installation. DO NOT
Preload Indicating washer assem- INSTALL THE BLACK P/N H-20 P/PE
bliss NUTS. These nuts are dry-film lubri-
are furnished as matched sets
cated with molybdenum disulflde.
and components of Individual assem-
When M~L-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion
biles must not be Interchanged. When
preventive compound is added to
installing the preload Indicating these nuts, the additional lubrication
~Yasher assembly, ascertain that the
may cause Improper preload In the
washer components are properly
bolt when It Is tightened to the torque
assembled and that the outer radius
values specified In the applicable
on the washer assembly Is against Illustrations.
the radius In the wing spar fitting (see
Figure 212). NOTE
f, Install a wing attach bolt, washers and nut into the If BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 100-
wing fitting. 4002-3 or 100-4002-4 has been installed
in an outboard wing panel, the bushing
g. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE LOWER FORWARD in the upper forward outboard wing
WING ATTACH BOLT AT THIS TIME. Temporarily panel bolt bore must be removed before
snug the bolt down to approximately 1200 inch-lbs. the fitting is inspected.
57-11-00
Page 217
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
b. Using a nonmetallic brush, clean the spar fittings

and bolt bore with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or
2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Visually inspect the surface
I WARNING
w~I., I
of the wing fittings for condition in the washer seat and
bolt bore area. Do not strip epoxy paint from this area.
If a bushing was removed from the
If scoring, corrosion pitting or washer impressions are upper forward wing fitting, It must be
reinstalled prior to installation of the
discovered In the washer seat or bolt bore area, con-
bolt.
tact the Customer Support Department of Beech Air-
craft Corporation for an evaluation of the problem. If f. Install the wing attach bolt, washers, and nut. Hold
the fitting is satisfactory, recoat the bolt bore and the bolt head immobile and torque the nuts to the
washer/nut bearing faces of the fitting with Alodine
proper value as specified in the applicable illustration.
1200, 1200S, or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow Do not turn the bolt in the bolt bore. After final torqu-
the coating to dwell for approximately five minutes.
ing of the nut, coat the exposed threads that protrude
Wash the coated areas with water and blow dry with out of the nut with MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion
air (do not wipe dry). Paint the treated areas with zinc preventive compound.
chromate primer (4, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and allow
the primer to dry before proceeding.
t CAUT(ON
c, Using a nonmetallic brush, thoroughly clean the
bolt, nut and washers with methyl ethyl ketone or Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does
naptha (1 or 2, Chapter 201, 91-00-00) and inspect for not bottom out against the wing fitting.
corrosion, cracks and mechanical damage with a This could result in erroneous torque
10-power or stronger magnifying glass. The cadmium readings and damage to the wing fitting
plating may have areas which appear discolored,
rubbed or polished; this usually results from installa- g. When the wing bolt and fitting -inspections are
tlon of the bolt. Deterioration of the cadmium plating is complete, ensure that the drain holes in the upper fit-
not sufficient reason for bolt replacement unless cor- tings are unobstructed and free to drain.
roslon of the base material has occurred. If corrosion,
LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT TIGHTENING
cracks or mechanical damage is detected, replace the
PROCEDURE
affected component.
d. Using the magnetic particle inspection method
(outllned in Chapter 20-00-00), inspect each bolt for
circumferential crack indications and each nut for lon-
I w~i.,
ARNING I
gitudinal crack indications. If the bolts and nuts prove
to be free of all damage (Corrosion, cracks, crack indi- The lower forward wing attach bolts
which were not previously tightened,
cations, and mechanical damage), they may be
reused after demagnetization and cleaning. should be tightened at this time.
Remove the wing support before
e. Coat the spar fitting, bolt bores, washer/nut bear- tightening the lower fo~vard wing
ingfaces and THE COMPLETE BOLT, WASHER attach bolts.
AND NUT with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion pre-
ventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). a. To tighten the lower forward wing attach bolts on
airplane serials LB-l and after; LC-185 and after; and
NOTE LD-34, LD-46, LD-119, LD151 and after (Figure 212),
Beech Aircraft Corporation supplies insert the tool shown in Figure 209 into one of the
bolts that have been given an additional holes in the outer ring of the preload indicating washer
magnetic particle inspection since manu- assembly and rotate the ring back and forth while
facture. These may be identified by the tightening the nut. The bolt is tight when the outer ring
blue dye on the bolt head. Only bolts of the preload indicating washer assembly can no
supplied by Beech Aircraft or a BEECH- longer be turned using 30~5 pounds tangential force
CRATT approved vendor are acceptable applied to the ring as shown in Figure 209. DO NOT
for use in Beech airplanes. TIGHTEN THE BOLT BNOND THIS POINT.
57-11-00
Page 218
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
~eedrcraft
b. After completing the tightening procedure, coat

the exposed threads which protrude through the nuts
with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive com-
pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
WING BOLT MA/NTENANOE
a, At the next scheduled inspection (not to exceed

100 hours) check the wing bolts for proper torque as
outlined in the applicable illustrations.
b. Concurrent with the above step and annually
thereafter, coat the exposed threads which protrude
through the nuts with MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion
preventive compound.
c, Prior to installation of the wing bolt covers, ensure
that the drain holes in the upper fittings are unob- WHEN 30 5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL
structed and free to drain. FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE
INDICATOR RING ON THE
PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER.
ME BOLT IS TIGHT. DO NOT TIGHTEN
THE BOLT BEYOND THIS POINT
2~-316
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tlghten~ng Procedure

Figure 209
57-11-00
Page 219
B Reissue Feb 28~95
QeechcraR
ii
~I REFER TO CHART202 FOR THE WING BOLT
WRENCHES AND TORQUE ADAPTERS USED
4 50-105011 WASHER (POSTnON WITH RADIUS

AGAINST RADIUS IN WING FIT~NG)
4 50-105011 WASHER (POSITION WITH RADIUS
AGAINST RADIUS IN WING FITTING)
WING FITTING
WING FITTING
OIITBOARD I I -CENTER SECTION
-f
E8144
LC-1 THRU LC´•180
LD-1 MRU LD´•150
EXCEPT LD´•34.
LD-46 AND LD-119
MS20014-29 BOLT
BOLT TORQUE: 2880 TO 3000 INCH-POUNDS.

COAT fHE COMPLETE 80LT. NUT.
WASHERS. WING FITTING BOLT BORES. ~HECK WASHER FOR A
AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH SMOOTH CONTINUOUS RADIUS
MIL´•C´•16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
LOWER FORWARD
65~1´•17
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Installation

(LC-1 thru LC-180; LD-1 thru LD-150 Except LD-34, LD-46 and LD-119)
Figure 210
57-11´•00
Page 220
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
REFER TO CHART202 FOR THE WING BOLT

50-105011 WASHER (POSTnON WITH RADIUS

+50´•105011 WASHER (POSITION WITH AGAINST RADIUS IN WING FITTING)
RADIUS AGAINST RADIUS
IN WING FITTING)
WING FITTING
CEMER SECTION
WING FTTnNG-
i
OUTBOARD
EB144 NUT
i ~CL- MS20014-29 BOLT
MS20002-14 WASHER
I LC-181 THRU
LC-181 MRU LC-IB4
LC´•IS4 I
BOLT TORQUE: 2880 TO 3000 INCH-POUNDS.
COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT.
CHECK WASHER FOR A
WASHERS, WING FITTING BOLT BORES.
SMOOTH CONTINUOUS RADIUS
AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH
MIL-C´•16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION
LOWER FORWARD
6551´•16

(LC-181 thru LC-184)
Figure 211
5’1-11-00
Page 221
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
~2eechcraft
i:

WAENCHESANDTORQUEADAPTERSUSED
WING FITTING ~t 50-105011 WASHER (POSTT(ON WITH

OUTBOARD RADIUS AGAINST RADIUS IN WING
FITTING)
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
/1 I I
LWB22-14-32 BOLT
72789´•1414 NUT
LB-l THRU LB-35
I LC-185 THRU LC-335
LD-245ANDAFIER
LWB22-14-31 BOLT
LD-34. LD-46. LD-l 19
LD-151 THRU LD-244
~t CHECK WASHER FOR A

CAUTION SMOOTH CONTINUOUS RADIUS
POSITION WITH
TOWARDS
RADIUS IN WING
USING A 15~16 INCH BOX END WRENCH ON THE BOLT HEAD AND A 1-1’16
FITTING
INCH BOX END WRENCH ON THE NUT AND AN EXTENSION BAR ON EACH.
TIGHTEN THE NUT WHILE APPLYING A TANGENTIAL FORCE OF 30 5
POUNDS 10 THE INDICATOR RING OF THE PRELOAD INDICATING
61475´•j4´•43.5 WASHER. AS SHOWN (N FIGURE 216. NO FURTHER WRENCHING SHOULD
WASHER ASSY BE APPLIED TO ME BOLT WHEN 30 5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL FORCE
WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE INDICATOR RING. THE 61475-14-43.5
PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER ASSEMBLY IS NOT TO 88 REUSED AFTER
ONCE BEING LOADED
LOWER FORWARD
ss-31´•re

(LB-l thru LB-35; LC-185 thru LC-335; LD-34, LD-46, LD-119, LD-1S1 thru LD-244, LD-245 and after)
Figure 212
57-11-00
Page 222
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeechcraft
UPPER FORWARD
105090A032-lpJ WASHER MS20002C10 WASHER

+MS20002-10 WASHER
WIM COUNTERSINK AGAINST
BOLT HEAD)
128108 NUT I
I NAS150-33 OR
MS20010-n BOLT
III I f I
I 1(1 I I I I\ I LD-l MRU LD955

LB-l MRU LESS
LC-1 MRU LC-335
WING FTTnNG CENTER SECTION

WING FITTING -OUTBOARD
~t ONE OR TWO WASHERS MAY BE USED
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH´•POUNDS. UNDER NUT TO PROVIDE A PROPER
COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT, BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT
WASHERS, WING FITTING BOLT BORES, ~i CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOM
AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
MIL´•C´•16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
NOTE
CONCURRENT WIM ME SCHEDULED
TORQUE CHECK, INSPECT THE
UPPER WING ATTACH FTTTINGS TO
ASSURE THAT ME DRAIN HOLES ARE
UNOBSTRUCTED.

WRENCHESANDTORQUEADAPTERSUSED
Lj/vC\R ii
6M(-19
Upper Fonnrard Wing Bolt Installation

(LB-i thru LB55; LC-I thru LC-335; UD-1 thru LD-455)
Figure 213
57-11-00
Page 223
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
+MS20002´•12 WASHER 95-110025-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH

RADIUS TOWARDS WING FITTING)
~t+ 95-110021 WASHER (POSITION WITH
COUNTERSINK TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
I
12NB12S NUT
I MS20012-12-23 BOLT
I II I I
WING FITTING
I
I1DUB IIFTE.I
AND AFTER
LD-455 ~NII
OUTBOARD
105090A032-12K WASHER
WING FITTING ONE OR TWO WASHERS MAY BE USED
BOLT TORQUE: 2380 TO 2500 INCH-POUNDS. CENTER SECTION UNDER NUT TO PROVIDE A PROPER
COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT.
BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT
WASHERS. WING FITTING BOLT BORES,
AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH
MIL´•C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
NOTE
CONCURRENT WITH THE SCHEDULED
TOROUE CHECK, INSPECT THE
UPPER WING ATTACH FITTINGS TO
ASSURE THAT ME DRAIN HOLES ARE
UNOBSTRUCTED.

88 WRENCHESANDTORQUEADAPTERS USED
FS´•31´•2(1
Upper Fonnrard Wing Bolt Instailation

(LD-456 and after)
Figure 214
57-11-00
Page 224
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeec~acraft
000-110100-1
BUSHING
NAS143-10 NASld3-IOC
WASHER WASHER
MS20010-23 OR
NAS150-38 80LT
I
128108
NUT
DRAIN
DRAIN
Ar II R HOLE
HOLE
105090A032-12K
WING FITTING ALUMINUM WASHER WING FITTING
BOLT TOROUE: 1180 TO

1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT,
BUSHING, WASHERS, WING FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT
NUT.
THREADS WITH MIL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
ADDITIONAL NAS143-10 WASHERS MAY BE USED UTILIZED

AS REOUIRED TO ACHIEVE PROPER BOLT GRIP.

WIIH THIS WING BOLT AND NUT.
NOTE

CHECK, INSPECT THE UPPER WING ATTACH
FITTINGS TO ENSURE THAT THE~DRAIN
Upper Forward Wing Bolt Installation

(Wlth 100-4002 Kit Installed)
Figure 215
57-11-00
Page 225
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
105090A032-10J
35-105111-3 WASHER
WASHER
MS20002-10 [POSITION WITH COUNTERSINK
WASHER TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
128108 1309098103 OR
NUT 1 111 11 ;r MS20010-18 BOLT

BOLT TOROUE: 1180 10 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT,
WASHERS, WING FITTING 80LT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-
A SECOND MS20002-IO WASHER MAY BE USED UNDER THE NUT TO


WITH THIS WING BOLT AND NUT,
NOTE

CHECK. INSPECT THE UPPER WING ATTACH
FITTINGS TO ENSURE THAT THE DRAIN

Figure 216
57-11-00
Page 226
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeed~craft

WRENCHESANDTORQUEADAPTERSUSED
WING FITTING´•OUTBOARD x135-105111-3 WASHER (POSTnON WT~

COUNTERSINK AGAINST BOLT HEAD)
I
I WING FTTTING-
CENTER SECTION
1309098103 OR
MS20010-18 BOLT
128108 NUT
iMS20002-10 WASHER
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS s ONE OR TVO WASHERS MAY BE USED UNDER
COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. NUT TO PROVIDE PROPER 80LT GRIP
WASHERS. WING FITTING BOLT BORES. ADJUSTMENT
AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH
MIL-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION x+ CHECK WASHERS FOR A SMOOTH
PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. CONTINUOUS RADIUS
LOWER REAR
65-31´•2:

Figure 217
57-11-00
Page 227
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechc~A
QUEEN AIR 65; 70 AND 80 SERIES
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS
POSITION BOLT PART NUMBER WRENCH PART NUT PART NUT TORQUE
NUMBER NUMBER ADAPTER
LOWER FORWARD I MS20014-29 150-590036 IEB144 150-590014
(LC-1 thru LC-184

LD-1 thru LD-150
Except LD-34, LD-46
and LD-119
LOWER FORWARD i LWB22-1 4-31 15/16-inch box-end 72789-1414’ 50-590014
wrench (offset 15")
(LD-34, LD-46, LD-119,
LD-151 thru LD-2
LOWER f=ORWARD lLW822-14-32 15/16-inch box-end 72789-1414 TS15841\1
wrench (offset 15")
(LB-1thru LB-35;
LC-185 thru LC-335;
LD-245 and
UPPER FORWARD NAS150-38 or MS20010-23 TS1222-7 or 128108 50-590013-1
1/2-inch Alien
(LB-l thru LB-35; Wrench
LC-1 thru LC-335;
LD-1 thru
UPPER FORWARD MS20012-12-23 50-590012 or 128126 TS1176-2
9/18inch Alien
and after~ IWrench
UPPER FORWARD MS20010-23 or NAS150-38 TS1222-7 or 128108 50-590013-1
1/2-inch Alien
(Used in airplanes Wrench
incorporating 8EECHCRAFT
Kit No. 1
UPPER AND 1309098103 or MS20010-18 TS1222-5, 128108 50-590013-1
LOWER REAR 50-590012 or a
9/16inch Alien
Wrench
57´•11-00
Page 228
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
~kechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
STRUCTURAL 1NSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
GENERAL I MAINTENANCE PRACTICES transportation vehicle wherein the majority of cruise

(MODEL 88) flight operation is above 10,000 feet altitude and flight
duration is more than one hour. If the prior usage hls-
This chapter provides the procedures necessary to tory of the airplane is unknown or if the mission or
Inspect the wing attach bolts and basic structural com- flight profile of a particular airplane differs appreciably
ponents of the center section and outboard wing main from that intended by design, such as an air taxi, com-
spars for corrosion and cracks. These inspections are muter air service, pipeline sul7/eillance, livestockl
a supplement to, but do not replace, the normal air-
predator animal control, search and rescue, naviga-
plane inspection procedures and intervals of the tion aids inspection or extraordinary service at low
BEECHCRAFT Model 88 Shop Manual and the 100-
altitude or unusually short flight duration (less than 30
Hour Inspection Procedures. The inspection require-
minutes), the inspection schedule specified In Chart
ments in this chapter supersede those of BEECH-
201, index items 1 through 10, is not appropriate for
CRAFT Service Instructions No. 0514-035 and No.
continued airworthiness of the airplane structure. In
1208.
such instances, promptly notify the Customer Support
The STANDARD FLIGHT INSPECTION SCHEDULE Department of Beech Aircraft and a special inspection
shown in Chart 201 locates and identifies the inspec- schedule will be established. The stated hours for "ini-
tlon areas, initial Inspection times and recurring tial inspection" does not take into consideration crack
inspection intervals. The inspection schedule specified initiation due to structural damage, e.g. a gear-up
for index items 1 through 10 is based on airplane uti- landing. If such structural damage occurs, perform the
lization, operation, and maintenance in a category of "initial inspection" after repairing the structural dam-
service for which the airplane was originally designed; age and continue recurring inspections as specified
specifically, a pressurized executive or corporation under "recurring inspection intervals".
57-12-00
Page 201
B Reissue feb 281~5
BEECHCRAFT
QUEEN AIR 88
1.2. 1,2.
io, 0´• 6 io
1,10 1,10
oYI IYO
O
o
o
O
O c~-lpj I O bl I b 10 V,1 I pll~ o
oo o o oB bl 1 10180 o o~
7 9 3 4 5 5 4 3 1,10 8,9 8832-2

a 8.9 1,10
:to LOWER
UPPER
CHART 201
STANDARD FLIGHT PROFILE- INSPECTION SCHEDULE
APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE MODEL 88 QUEEN AIR
Index I Figure Inspection Area Inspection Method Possible Findings Initial Inspection Recurring Inspection Interval Component
No. No.
Replacement
Schedule
1. 201 All wing attach fitting flat surfaces, Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks, corrosion and See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
essions, counterbores and bolt bores as mechanical occurs first
attachment as occurs first
as occurs first
as occurs first
from nacelle to occurs first
6. 205 Two fastener holes in the lower forward Eddy current Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
at the root occurs first
attach to tie down occurs first
9. 208 Outboard wing upper and lower main spar Visual Cracks and corrosion See note Annually None
10. 210 All eight wing attach bolts and nuts Magnified visual and magnaflux as Corrosion, cracks and 2 yrs 2 yrs 6 years
thru specified. mechanical damage
214
NOTE: The time designated for the Initial Inspection has expired. The time shown In the recurring
Inspection Interval column Is now effective for this Inspection.
57-1 2-00
Page 202
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
aeec~craft
QUEEN AIR 88
CRACK INSPECTION WING ATTACH Kit No. 100-4002-1 contains the parts and instruc-
FITTINGS, CENTER SECTION AND tions necessary to replace an outboard wing spar;
OUTBOARD WING SPARS however, the spar is not supplied with the kit.
Kit No. 100-4002-3 contains the LH main spar and

At the Intervals specified in the STANDARD FLIGHT
PROFILE INSPECTION SCHEDULE (Chart 201), the the parts and instructions necessary to install it.
wing attach fittings, center section and outboard wing Kit No. 100-4002-4 contains a RH main spar and
spar caps must be inspected for cracks, corrosion and the parts and instructions necessary to install it.
mechanical damage. Prior to, or concurrent with, this
inspection, the inspection access doors contained in
the Main Spar Inspection Provisions Kit No. 65-4019S ARNING
must be installed.
Each area of inspection is represented by a pictorial

A crack In the center section lower
presentation (either a photograph or line drawing).
Located on the face of each pictorial presentation is forward spar cap necessitates the
information regarding the points of inspection, the replacement of the lower forward
Inboard flttlngs, the lower forward
Inspection methods to be used, and other pertinent
information relative to accomplishing the required spar cap the center section, and
on
both outboard wing panel main spar
inspection. Brief descriptions of the inspection meth-
ods (e,g. FLUORESCENT LIQUID PENETRANT assemblies. A crack In an outboard
INSPECTION), referenced in several steps within this wing panel spar cap requires replace-
ment of the affected spar assembly. A
procedure, are located in Chapter 20-00-00 (STAN-
DARD PRACTICES AIRFRAME). crack In a center section spar nttlng
requires replacement only of the
damaged fitting. A crack In an out-
CAUTION
board wing panel main spar fitting
necessitates replacement of the
The removal of any fasteners necessary entire outboard wing panel spar
to perform the required inspections, assembly. If a cracked fitting or spar
must be accomplished very carefully to Is detected, contact the Customer
prevent damage to the spar cap or wing Support Department of Beech Aircraft
attach fittings.
Corporation prior to the next flight of
Should it become necessary to replace an outboard the airplane for an operational safety
evaluation.
wing panel main spar, the following main spar replace-
ment kits are available from Beech Aircraft:
57-1 2-00
Page 203
B Reissue Feb 28/95
QeechcI~sft
QUEEN AIR 88
r 1
ULFt O~pj YJO

00 q oSo aB O00
o o
O
A
88´•32´•2
LOWER
SMALL CRACKS IN SM~LL CRACKS IN THE

THE FEATHERED EDGES CENTER SECTION SLOT
OF THE FITTINGS THI\T ~sli\Y BE REMOVED.
THAT MAY BE REMOVED, CENTER
OUTBOARD
WING SECTION
FITTING FITTING
o o o oo o o
0000000 0000000
B
0000000 00000000
oo ooo

REOUIRES REPLACEMENT OF VIEW A
AFFECTED COMPONENT.
csaacsnoool-
a, Remove the wing bolt covers and any placards that are affixed to the wing attach fittings. With the wing bolts
in place and properly torqued, clean the area to be inspected and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed
flat surfaces of all 16 wing attach fittings. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection
procedure.

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57´•1 2-00
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeed~craft
QUEEN AIR 88
SEGMENT OF FITTING
REMOVED TO SHOW
COUNTERBORE DETAIL
CAREFULLrlNSPECT
THIS SEtTOl OF THE
COUNTERIOIEI*DIVS
~Y
WING sOLT HOLE
90.31-62
VIEWB
b. In compliance with the Inspection Schedule (Chart 201), remove and inspect the the wing bolts one at a
time as instructed under the heading WING BOLT, NUT AND SPAR FlmNG INSPECTION in this chapter.
c, Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the depression areas and counterbores (washer-face areas of all 16 wing
attach fittings (View B); focus extra attention on the counterbore radius.
d, It is possible that small cracks may be removed from the feathered edge of the counterbors and from the back
of the tub of all fittlngs and from the slot in the center section fittings. Consult the Customer Support Department
of Beech Aircraft Corporation prior to initiation of any crack removal procedure.
e. Any fitting cracked beyond acceptable limits, as determined by Customer Support, must be replaced,
f. After the inspection of the wing fittings and bolts is completed, replace the placards which were removed for
the fitting Inspection.
g. Ensure that the drain holes in the upper wing attach fittings are unobstructed.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-12-00
Page 205
B Reissue Feb 28195
aeechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
C)o~- I I
o U~7 Acceas to the area shown below Is gained by removing
oJ lo a
thla panel.
LH 1 UPPER
RH
LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP AFT FLANGE
o\ a
o\ o
as
a
as
D a a a
oIa
REMOVE THIS FASTENER a O
FWD
8 8 8
~a INBD
1
SEE WARNING
VIESIA
a, Remove the upper access cover, shown in the illustration, to gain access to the outboard aft side of the cen-
ter section main spar.
b, Remove the access cover from the augmentor pan (sheet 2 of this figure) and the lower forward wing bolt
cover shown in sheet 3.
I ~11´•´•I
WARNING
A crack of the type shown In the illustration mandates the replacement of the
lower forward center section spat cap and both outboard wing panel main spar
assemblies.
c, Remove the aft inboard fastener that secures the wing attach fitting to the spar. if the original lock bolt is still
installed in this position, Refer to ChapteP20-00-00 for the lock bolt removal procedure.
the spar cap near the surface that joins the wing fitting. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the eddy current test pro-
cedure,

(Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 202
57´•1 2´•00
Page 206
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
QUEEN AIR 88
FWD ´•0´• ´•0´• ´•0´•
rNBD
o C~o o
VIEW A
LOOKJNG UP AND FORWARD AT LOWER FORWARD SPAR

CAP THROUGH LH AUGMENTOR PAN INSPECTION PANEL
O
oi io8 O
o oi.
0\ I/ /O
INSERT EDDY CURRENT PROBE FROM THIS SIDE
(SAME FASTENER AS SHOWN
IN FIGURE 202. SHEET 1)
´•O´• ´•0´•
I 1 I 1~W Ylf NOTE: VIEW SHOWS BOLT INSTALLED IN HOLE

FROM WHICH LOCK BOLT WAS REMOVED
OoC~o
RH LOWER LH
55-352
e, If cracks, corrosion or oversized holes are found, ream the 3/16inch-diameter holes to the next larger
oversize (1/64 or 1/32 inch) as required to clean up the hole. If this fails to adequately remove the damage,
contact the Customer Support Department of Beach Aircraft, for an evaluation and corrective action
recommendations.
NOTE
To prevent moisture from entering the bolt hole and causing corrosion, lubricate the
bolt and fill the bolt hole with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MI1-
C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
f, Install an NAS464P3A9 bolt in a standard-sized hole, an NAS2903-9 bolt in a 1/64-inch-oversized hole, an

NAS3003-9 bolt in a 1/32-inch-oversized hole, an AN960-10 washer and an M820364-1032 nut in place of the
fastener removed in step "b". Orient the nut and bolt as shown in the illustration and torque the nuts to 20-25
inch-pounds.
Lower Forward Spar Cap and Wing Attach Fitting inspection
(Sheet 2 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 2-00
Page 207
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
QUEEN A1R 88
I I ~o
B )I\ ’--J---J-
o o
INSPECT ACCESSIaLE AREAS

OF THE SPAR AND WING
ATTACH FITTINGS UNDER
THIS COVER (LH ANO RH) IIUi II~II
i!
DETAIL B C
g. Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method noted in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the exposed
aft edge of the lower forward spar cap. See View A.

(Sheet 3 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 2-00
Page 208
Feb 28~95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
r ii 1
Od I bO
o~ o og,
RH LH
LOWER
RIVET (80 NOT _

h 3 5
_L LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP
I I
NOTE
The fasteners shown in this

illustration those used when,
I
are
inspection is complete.
OUTED
FWD
DRAG LEG SOPPORT-‘:’-’;I .I ~’cl
ttl VIEW A
B.L. 88 LOOKING UP AND FORWARD INTO B.L. 68
RH )I~AIN GEAR WHEEL WELL
CAUTION
If required refer to Chapter ~D-;70-OP

for the lock bolt removal procedures. When
with a pin punch of a somewhat smaller diameter than the rivet shank.

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 203
57-12-00
Page 209
B Reissue Feb 28~95
QUEEN AIR 88
a. Remove the three fasteners (1, 2, and 3 on the illustration) that attach the landing gear bumper to the spar.
Remove the bumper pad and inspect the area under the pad for corrosion. If the area under the pad is free of
corrosion, eddy current inspect the three holes in the spar as instructed in Chapter 20-00-00.
b. Remove the fasteners from thedrag leg support (4 and 5 on the illustration) one at a time to prevent move-
ment of the support. Eddy inspect each of the holes as instructed in Chapter 20-00-00. Lubricate the bolts
current
with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5,
Chart 201, 91-00-00). Replace the fasteners in the drag leg support with NAS464P3A6 bolts, AN960-10 washers,
and M820364-1032 nuts. Place the nuts on the bottom side of the spar cap and torque them to 20-25 inch-
pounds.
c. Remove the fastener that attaches the outboard nacelle angle to the spar cap (6 on the illustration). Eddy cur-
rent Inspect the hole as Instructed in Chapter 20-00-00. Lubricate the hole and fill the bolt hole with G322L sili-
cone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MlL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201,
91-00-00). Replace the rivet with a NAS464P3A6 bolt, AN960-10 washer and an MS20364-1032 nut. Place the
nut on the bottom of the spar cap and torque it to 20-25 inch-pounds.
d. Using the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the entire exposed bot-
tom and edges of the spar cap in the wheel well (BL 68 to BL 88). Since the drag leg support angle cannot be
removed, this inspection cannot be performed on the spat surface covered by the angle.
e. Lubricate the and fill the bolt holes in the pad and spar with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart
bumper pad bolts
201, 91-00-00) MIL-C-16173
or Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Apply a thin film
of the lubricant to the mating surfaces of the bumper pad and the spar. Install the bumper pad with three
NAS464P3A11 bolts, AN960-10 washers and MS20364-1032 nuts. Locate the nuts on the bottom of the spar and
torque them to 20-25 inch-pounds.
NOTE
If oversize fastener holes are located during the inspection, install NAS2903 (1/64-
oversize) or NAS3003 (1/32-inch oversize) bolts as required in the oversize holes.
Wheel Well inspection

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 203
57-12-00
Page 210
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
~eechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
ACCESS FOR THIS INSPECTION IS LOWER FORWARD [MAIN)

THE AUGMENTOR PAN
O
O O
O
Q
I II I I II I
oo
o
A
o
O
o o
BL 62.00" LBL 68.00
DETAIL A C91~1W7E2123
a. Remove the fasteners from the lower aft side of the spar cap (three or four 5/32- or 3/1&inch brau’er head
rivets).If 5/32-inch rivets are found, ream the holes to 3/16 inch. Using the eddy procedure described in
Chapter
20-00-00, inspect each hole. If cracks, corrosion or oversized holes are indicated, ream the holes to the next larger
size (1/64 to 1/32 inch). If reaming to 1/32-inch oversize fails to clean out the damage, contact the Customer
Sup-
port Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consultation.
b. Inspect the lower forward spat cap in the nacelle inboard of the main gear wheel well from BL 68.00 to 62.00.
Use the fluorescent penetrant inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00. Inspect the area for cracks, loose
rivets and other damage.
NOTE
Disregard step "c" if a nutplate assembly has been installed. These fasteners will now
become a part of the periodic eddy current inspection.
c. Fabricate a nutplate assembly similar to that shown in Chapter 57-13-01, Figure 208.
d. Install NAS464P3A7 bolts in the two or three standard inboard holes and a NAS464P3A9 bolt in the standard
outboard hole.
e. Install NAS2903 series bolts in the 1/64-inch-oversized holes or NAS3003 bolts in 1/32-inch-oversized holes.
Install an AN960D10 washer under the head of each bolt and torque them to 25-30 inch-pounds.
Lower Forward Spar Cap Inspection (Inboard Side of Nacelle)

Figure 204
57-1 2-00
Page 211
B Reissue Feb 28/95
~eechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88

O O Q 3
0000 0000 J
do,4i~
8
(C~e0
REMOVE THESE

i~ETA\li A
AT RH WING ROOT as-32j
a, Remove the rivets identified in the illustration. If the original rivets were still in these locations, ream the holes
out to 13/64-inch.
b, Utilizing the eddy current procedure described in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the holes.
c, Install NAS1703-6R (1/64-inch oversized) screws, AN960-10 washers, and M820364-1032 nuts in place of
the fasteners which were removed in step a.
NOTE
To prevent moisture from entering the bolt holes and causing corrosion, lubricate the
bolts and fill the bolt holes with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MI1-
d, Torque the screws to 25-30 inch-pounds.

a, Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection prccdure outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the

Figure 205
57´•1 2-00
Page 212
feb 28/95 B Reissue
(i3eechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
nPi
ca,t-~
FRONT SPAR
jl I-I~ II:
~I ,1~1 n ii.
AFT SPAR
88´•32-6
VIEWA
a. Remove the center aisle floorboards and access panels between the seat tracks
immediately forward and aft
of the main and rear spars. Visually inspect the accessible areas of the lower forward and aft
soar assemblies,
the centerline skin in the area between the forward and aft center section
spars for loose rivets and cracks, and
the fuselage formers along the centerline for cracks.
b. Repair any damage that may be detected utilizing FAA Advisory Circular 43.13 which
provides the Accept-

Figure 206
57-1 2-00
Page 213
B Reissue feb 28/95
Qeechc~tft
QUEEN A)R 88
STRUCTURAL. 1NSPEC710N AND REPAIR MANUAL
Lower ~olward Spat Cap Lower Fonvard soar Cap
[3 Ir I o
ola
O C] O a
oo
oo O O
o o oo
AH LOWER
LH LOWER
a, Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the exposed
surfaces of the tower main spar cap of the outboard wing from the wing attach fitting to the tie-down.
Lower Spar Cap Inspection

flgure 207
57-1 2-00
Page 2~4
Feb 28~95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
NOTE
OU7BOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK Special emphasis should be placed on
AND CORROSION INSPECTION airplanes that have been operated
The outboard wing main spar caps must be inspected areas where geographical location and
for corrosion after the first five years of operation and atmospheric conditions are highly con-
ducive to corrosion.
annually thereafter.
1~-´•11- 1
WARNING accomplished as follows:
a. Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper

All areas of the outboard wing upper and lower spat caps for any buildup of the whitlsh,
and lower main spar caps, must be salt-like nonmetallic substance indicative of corrosion.
visually Inspected from the wing If any buildup is detected during the visual inspection,
attach fitting to the outboard end of the area should be further examined; however, wax or
the spar. paint that may be trapped between the edge of the
skin and the exposed section of the spar cap should
BEECHCRAFT Kits No. 100-4002-3 (LH spat not be interpreted as corrosion.
Included) and 100-4002-4 (RH spat included) should b. Wash all exterior surfaces of the upper and lower
be installed on Model 88’s that require spat repair or
spar caps by normal cleaning procedures.
replacement. BEECHCRAFT Kit No. 100-4002-1 S
provides the parts to Install a spat, but does not c. Visually inspect all exterior surfaces of the upper
include the spar in the kit, and lower spat caps for paint blisters, raised areas
THE ILLUSTRATION REPRESENTS A

rYp!CAL SECTION OF THE SPAR CAP
BOX SECTION SKIN THE INDICATORS ARE ALL SHOWN IN CINE
AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR CLARII’
ANY ONE OR ANY COMBINATION OF THE
INDICATORS ARE CAUSE FOR FURTHER
SPAR CAP INVESTIGATION
AREAS
=RACKS
LEADING
EDGE SKtN/ c991~r
o
VAR*
THIS RIVET PATTERN WIILL
ON DIFFERENT MODELS
PAINT BLISTER
Visual Spar Cap Inspection

Figure 208
57-1 2-00
Page 215
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
STRUCTURAL INSPECT(ON AND REPAIR MANUAL
and/or unevenness and cracks in the metal. Paint blis- and center section fittings must be replaced with new
ters could be causedby corrosion; therefore, if blisters aluminum washers. Replacement of the washers
are detected during the visual inspection, the area of should not be required if wing attach bolts are
the blister should be examined closely. The exterior removed one at a time.
surfaces of the spar caps are extruded flat; therefore,
areas of unevenness and/or raised areas on the spar
NOTE
caps could indicate corrosion and should be consid- Ensure that the P/N 50-105011 washer
ered suspect (see Figure 208). shown in Figure 210 has a fully com-
plete radius with no sharp edges which
NOTE could mark the spat fitting. Replace the
Areas of unevenness and/or raised washer if it has an incomplete radius or
areas on the spar caps may be detected sharp edges.
by sliding the fingers over the surface,
NOTE
face or by sighting down the length of Beech Aircraft Corporation supplies wing
the spar cap. attach bolts that have been given an
additional magnetic particle inspection
d. If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be
since manufacture. These bolts can be
identified by the blue dye on the bolt
Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consul- head. Only bolts supplied by Beech Air-
tation.
craft or a BEECHCRAFT approved ven-
dor are acceptable for use in BEECH-
W/NG BOLT, NUT, AND SPAR NTT~NG
CRAFT Airplanes.
IIVSPECTION
LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT, NUT, AND
FITTING INSPECTION
WARNING
I a. Remove each lower forward
wing attach bolt, pre-
load indicating assembly and nut. Using a
washer
AII eight wing attach bolts and nuts nonmetallic brush, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and
are Il~e-llmlted parts and must be washers, with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2,
replaced upon achieving six calendar Chart 201, 91-00-00).
years ct Installed bolt and nut time.
b, If the wing bolt and nut assemblies do not exceed
Two years after installation, all eight wing bolts must the life limits in Chart 201, visually inspect
specified
be removed and the bolts, nuts, washers, and spar fit- each bolt and nut for cracks, corrosion and mechani-
Cal damage with a 10-power or stronger magnifying
tings Inspected. Before removing any wing attaching
bolt, support the wing with a wing stand and draw a glass. The cadmium plating may have areas that
line across each pair of fittings with a grease pencil to appear discolored, rubbed or polished; this usually
aid wing alignment, should it become necessary, results from installation of the bolt. Deterioration of the
cadmium plating is not sufficient reason for bolt
replacement unless corrosion of the base material has
occurred. If corrosion, cracks or mechanical damage
is detected, replace the affected component.
DO NOT SCRISE OR SCRATCH THE
N1’TINGS.
c. Using the magnetic particle inspection method
described in Chapter 20-00-00, check each bolt for
circumferential crack indications and each nut for lon-
If(uslng hand pressure only) wing bolt binding occurs,
upon dlsengagement or installation, support the out-
gitudinal crack indications. If the bolt and nut prove to
board wing panel, loosen the remaining three bolts be free of all damage (corrosion, cracks, cracks indi-
and reposition the wing In a manner that releases the cations and mechanical damage), they may be reused
binding of the bolt. When the wing attach fittings are
after demagnetization and cleaning.
separated or repositioned during this procedure, the d. Clean the spar fittings and bolt bores with naptha
aluminum washers between each of the upper wing or methyl ethylketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
57-12-00
Page 216
Feb 28~95´• B Reissue
aeechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
Do not strip epoxy paint from this area. Fluorescent g. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE LOWER FORWARD
If quid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter WING ATTACH BOLT AT THIS TIME. Temporarily
20-00-00) the complete visible surface of each fitting snug the bolt down to approximately 1200 inch-lbs.
for condition, paying particular attention to the washer
UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER AFT
seat and bolt bore area. If scoring, corrosion pitting or
washer impressions are discovered in the washer seat WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION
or bolt bore area, contact the Customer Support
Department of Beech Aircraft for consultation. If the

fitting is satisfactory, recoat the bolt bore and washeri
r,,,,, I
CAUTION
nut bearing faces of the fitting with Alodine 1200,

When removing the upper forward or
1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the
upper wing bolt, ensure that the
rear
coating to dwell for approximately five minutes. After wing is supported so that the aluminum
the dwell time has elapsed, wash the coated areas
washers between the wing and center
with water and blow dry with air (do not wipe dry). section upper wing attach fittings will not
Paint the treated areas with zinc chromate primer (4, move.
Chart 201, 91-00-00) and allow the primer to dry
before continuing, a. Remove tone
at a time only) an upper forward,
e. Coatthesparfitting washer/nutfaces, boltbores, upper lower
rear or rear wing attach bolt, nut, and
the complete bolt, nut and the new preload indicating washers. When the fasteners are loosened, ensure
washers assembly with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corro- that the washers are positioned as shown in the appli-
sion preventive compound (5 Chart 201, 91-00-00). cable figure. If a washer is found not positioned as
instructed in the applicable figure, contact the Cus-
tomer Support Department of Beech Aircraft for con-
I ARNING
w~I., I sultation.
The preload Indicating washer ARNING

assembly must be replaced each time
a lower forward wing bolt is loosened
or removed. Preload Indicating wash- Use only the nuts specified on the
ers arefurnished as matched sets applicable illustrations DO NOT
and components of Individual assem- INSTALL THE BLACK P/N H-20 TYPE
biles must not be Interchanged. When NUTS. These nuts are dry film lubrl-
installing the preload Indicating cated with molybdenum dlsulflde.
washer assembly, ascertain that the When MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion
washer components are properly preventive compound Is added to
assembled and that the outer radius these nuts, the additional lubrication
of the washer Is Installed against the may cause improper preload In the
radius In the wing spar fitting (Flgure bolt when it Is tightened to the torque
210). values specified In the applicable
Illustrations.
f, Install wing attach bolt, washer, new preload

a
NOTE
indicating washer and nut into the wing fitting. If BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 100-
4002-3 or 100-4002-4 has been installed
in an outboard wing panel, the bushing
WARNING in the upper forward outboard wing
panel bolt bore must be removed prior to
the fitting inspection.
The flat washer with the outer radius
must be positioned with the radius b. Using a nonmetallic brush, clean the spar fittings
against the fitting. Refer to Figure 210 and bolt bores with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or
for proper washer orientation. 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Fluorescent liquid penetrant
57-1 2-00
Page 217
B Reissue Feb 28/95
QUEEN AIR 88
inspect las instructed In Chapter 20-00-00) the entire

visible surface of the wing fittings. Focus extra atten- I CAUTION
tlon on the washer-seat and bolt-bore areas of the fit-

ting. Do not strip the epoxy paint from this area. If Ensure that the wing bolt wrenches do
scoring, corrosion pitting or washer impressions are not bottom out against the wing fitting.
discovered in the washer seat or bolt bore area, con- This could result in erroneous torque
tact the Customer Support Department of Beech Air- readings and damage to the f~ting.
craft for consultation. If the fitting Is satisfactory, recoat
f. Install the wing attach bolt, washers, and nut, tor-
the bolt bores and washer/nut bearing faces of the fit-
tlng with Alodlne 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, que the nuts to the proper value as specified in the
91´•00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for approximately applicable illustration, (Figures 211, 212, 213 and
five minutes. Wash the coated areas with water and 214). Do not turn the bolt in the bolt bore.
blow diy with air (do not wipe dry). Paint the treated g. After final torquing of the nuts, coat the exposed
areas with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart 201, 91-00- threads that protrude out of the nut with MIL-C-16173
00) and allow it to dry before proceeding. Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart
c, Using a nonmetallic brush, thoroughly clean the 201, 91-00-00).
bolt, nut and washers with methyl ethyl ketone or h. Prior to installation of the wing bolt covers, insure
naptha (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and inspect for that the drain holes in the upper fittings are unob-
corrosion, cracks and mechanical damage with a structed and free to drain.
10-power or stronger magnifying glass. The cadmium
plating may have areas which appear discolored,
rubbed or polished; these areas are usually the result
of installation procedures. Deterioration of the cad-
mium plating is not sufficient reason for bolt replace-
ment unless corrosion of the base material has occur-
red. If corrosion, cracks or mechanical damage is
d. Using the magnetic particle inspection method
described In Chapter 20-00-00, inspect each bolt for
circumferential crack Indications, and each nut for lon-
gitudinal crack Indications. If the bolts and nuts prove
to be free of all damage (conosion, cracks, crack indi-
cations, and mechanical damage), they may be
reused after demagnetization and cleaning. WHEN 30 5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL
FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE
e. Coat the spar fitting, bolt bores and washer/nut INDICATOR RING ON THE
PRE LOAD INDICATING WASHER.
bearing faces, THE COMPLETE BOLT, WASHER THE BOLT IS TIGHT. DO NOT TIGHTEN
AND NUT; with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion pre- THE BOLT BEYOND THIS POINT
ventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91’00’00). 7nl ~(R
I ARNING
w~l., I
upper forward wing fitting, it must be

relnstalled prior to instaliatlon of the Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure
bolt. Figure 209
57-12-00
Page 218
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
QUEEN AIR 88
LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT TIGHTENING b. After

completing the tightening procedure, coat
PROCEDURE the exposed threads which protrude through the nuts
with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive com-
pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
(WIUWINGI
WARNING
WING BOLT MAINTENANCE
7he lower forward wing attach bolts a. At the first scheduled inspection (not to exceed
which were not previously tightened 100 hours) after the bolts have been loosened and
must be tightened at this time. retorqued, check the wing bolts for proper torque as
Ensure that the wing stand has been outlined in the applicable illustration. Ensure that the
removed before tightening the bolt, drain holes in in the upper fittings are unobstructed
before installing the wing bolt covers.
a. To tighten the lower forward wing attach bolts,
Insert the tool shown in Figure 209 into one of the
holes in the outer ring of the preload indicating washer thereafter, coat the exposed threads which protrude
assembly and rotate the ring back and forth while through the nuts with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion
tightening the nut. The bolt Is tight when the outer ring preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
of the preload indicating washer assembly can no c. Prior to installation of the wing bolt covers, ensure
longer be turned using 30 ~t:5 pounds tangential force that the drain holes in the upper fittings are unob-
applied to the ring as shown in Figure 209. DO NOT structed and free to drain.
TIGHTEN THE BOLT BEYOND THIS POINT.
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS
Position Bolt Part No. Wrench Part Nut Part Nut Torque
Number Number
LOWER FORWARD I LWB22-14-32 TK1817 922-5 72789-1414 TS1584N
UPPER FORWARD NAS150-38 751222-5 or 128108 50-590013-1
or 9/18inch Alien
Wrench
MS20010-23 TS1222-7 or
1/2-inch Alien
Wrench
UPPER FORWARD MS20010-23 TS1222-7 or 128108 50-590013-1
(with kit 100-4002-3 lor ’112-inch Alien
or100-4002-4) Wrench
NAS150-38 TS1222-5 or
9/16-inch Alien
Wrench
UPPER AND 1309098103 TS1222-5 or 128108 50-590013-1
LOWER AFT or 9/16inch Alien
Wrench
MS2001 0-18 TS1222-70r

112-inch Alien
Wrench
57-1 2-00
Page 219
B Reissue Feb 28~95
Qeechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
72789-1414 NUT 61475-14-43.5 PRELOAD INDICATING

WING FITTING (USE A TS1584N WASHER ASSEMBLY
OUTBOARD TORQUE WRENCH
WING FITTING
ADAPTER) CEMER SECT[ON
*50-105011
WASHER
´•,r’:´•‘´•´•’i :´•..r´•l.´•´•´•....I
CAUTION
WITH O
RADIUS TOW
IN WING
FITTING
LWB~2-14-32 BOLT
(USE A TK1817 922-5
TORQUE WRENCH ADAPTER)
BOLT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE: COAT ME COMPLETE BOLT, NUT; WASHER, WASHER

ASSEMBLY, AND WING FITTING BOLT BORES WITH Mll-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION PRE-
VENTIVE COMPOUND. TIGHTEN THE BOLT WHILE APPLYING A TANGENTIAL FORCE OF 30 r5
POUNDS TO THE INDICATOR RING OF THE PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER. AS SHOWN IN
FIGURE 209. NO FURTHER WRENCHING SHOULD 80 APPLIED TO THE BOLT WHEN 30 r5
POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE INDICATOR RING. THE
61475-14-43.5 PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER ASSEMBLY IS NOT TO BE REUSED AFTER ONCE
BEING LOADED.
´•kCHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
INSTALL WITH COUNTERSINK TOWARD BOLT HEAD.
&3-31´•13

Figure 210
57-1 2-00
Page 220 B Retssue
Feb 28/95
QeechcraR
QUEEN AIR 88
MS20002C10 WASHER (POSTTION

´•lrMS20002´•10 WASHER--~ I WmM COUNTERSINK AGAINST BOLT HEAD)
NAS150-38 BOLT (USE

A TS1222-5 OR A 9/16-
128108 NUf INCH ALLEN WRENCH)
(USE A TS1176´•1 OR OR
A TS1171´•1 TORQUE 1 MS20010-23 BOLT (USE
WRENCH ADAPTER) II I A 751222-7 OR A 1~2´•
111 1 i INCH ALLEN WRENCH)
1 111 1 I I WING FTTnNG

CENTER SECTION
WING FITTING ’105090 A032-10J WASHER

OUfBOARD
BOLT TORQUE: 1160 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. WASHERS. WING
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND MPOSED BOLT THREADS WIM MlL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
A SECOND MS20002-10 WASHER MAY BE USED UNDER ME NUT TO PROVIDE A PROPER

BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
´•’’o~
BBJ1´•ll

Figure 211
57-12´•00
Page 221
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
80LT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS, COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, BUSHING, NUT, WASHERS,
WING FITTING BOLT 80888, AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORRO-
SION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
’NAS143-10 000-110100-1 NAS1 43-100

WASHER BUSHING /WASHER
128108
MS20010-23 or
NAS150-38
i II 80LT
DRAIN HOLE
105090A032-12K WING FITTING DRAIN HOLE

WING FITTING
ALUMINUM WASHER
(OUTBOARD WING (CENTER SECTION)
PANEL)
’ADDITIONAL NAS143-10 WASHERS MAY BE UTILIZED AS
REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE PROPER BOLT GRIP.
AUTION
INSPECT THE WING
ATTACH FITTINGS TO
ENSURE THAT THE
DRAIN HOLES ARE
CLEAR.
O
0,
t
L
REFER TO CHAP,T 202 FOR THE WING BOLT

WREEICHES AND TORQUE ADAPTERS USED
99300079

(With 100-4002-3 or 100-4002-4 Kit Installed)
Figure 212
57´•1 2-00
Page 222
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qee~hcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
105090A032-10J WASHER
*+MS20002-10 I
128108 NUT
(USE A TS1176-1 OR
A TS1171-1 TORQUE +35-105111-3 WASHER
WRENCH ADAPTER) (POSlTlON WIM COUMERSINK
TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
1309098103 BOLT (USE A

I
1 111 1 I I TSlm´•5 OR A9/1
g~, ALLEN WRENCH)
I OR
MS20010-18 BOLT (USE A
I TSlm-7 OR A 1/2-INCH
I ALLEN WRENCH)
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD WING FTTnNG;
CENTER SECTION
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE 80LT. NUT. WASHERS, WING
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS wm-l MIl-c-161n GRADE 2 CORROSION
A SECOND MS20002-10 WASHER MAY BE USED UNDER ME NUT TO PROVIDE A PROPER

CL’
8631´•(~

Ffgure 213
57-1 2-00
Page 223
B Relasue Feb 28/95
~echcraft
QUEEN AIR 88
r I
35-105111-3 WASHER (POSITION WIM

1309098103 BOLT (USE
A 781222-5 OR A 9/16-
+*MS20002-!0 WASHER INCH ALLEN WRENCH)
OR
MS20010-18 BOLT (USE A
TSlm-7 OR A 112-
INCH ALLEN WRENCH)
WING FITTING IIl I I I

OUTBOARD I
WING FITTING
CEMERSECTION
I
128108 NUT
(USE A TS1171-1
TORQUE WRENCH
ADAPTER)
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
+CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOM CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.

A SECOND MS20002-10 WASHER MAY BE USED UNDER ME NUT 10 PROVIDE A PROPER
ewl-1~

Figure 214
57-1 2-00
Page 224
Feb 28195
B Reissue
KING AIR 90 SERIES
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES areas, initial inspection times, recurring inspection

(MODEL 90 SERIES) intervals and component replacement times. This
inspection schedule is based on airplane utilization,
This chapter provides the procedures necessary to operation and maintenance in a category of service for
Inspect the wing attach bolts and the basic structural which the airplane was originally designed; specin-
components of the center section and outboard wing cally, a pressurized executive or corporate transporta-
main spars for corrosion and cracks. These inspection vehicle wherein the majority of cruise flight opera-
tions are a supplement to, but do not replace, the nor- tion is above 10,000 feet altitude and flight duration Is
mal airplane inspection procedures and intervals of more than one hour. Should the mission or flight pro-
the BEECHCRAFT King Air 90 Series Maintenance file of a particular airplane differ appreciably from that
Manual, the King Air 90 Series Continuous Inspec- intended design, such as air taxi, commuter air ser-
tlons Procedures Manual, King Air 90 Series 150-Hour vice, pipeline surveillance, livestocklpredator animal
Inspection Procedures and the King Air 90 Series 150- control, search and rescue, navigation aids inspection
Hour Extended Inspection Program. The inspection or extraordinary service at low altitude or unusually
requirements of this chapter supersede those of short flight durations (less than 30 minutes), the
BEECHCRAFT Service Instructions No. 0394-018,
inspection schedule specified in Chart 201 is not
No. 0514-035 and No. 1208.
appropriate for continuing airworthiness of the air-
Chapter 57-13 is divided according to the main spar plane structure. In such instances, promptly notify the
types. Section 1 (57-13-01) is applicable to Model 90 Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft and a
serials LW-1 thru LW-347 and W-l thru W-1087 special inspection schedule will be established. If the
except W-1085. These airplanes were constructed prior usage history of your airplane is unknown, con-
with a spar on which the wing attach fittings are sepa- tact the Customer Support Department of Beech Air-
rate and are secured to the spar caps and webs with craft and a special inspection schedule will be estab-
fasteners. lished. The stated hours for the "initial inspection" do
not take into consideration crack initiation due to struc-
NOTE turaldamage, e.g. a gear-up landing. If such structural
Airplanes In this serial group that have damage occurs, perform the "initial inspection" after
incorporated Kit No. 90-4077-18 are not repairing the structural damage and continue recurring
covered in this section. They are cov- inspections as specified under "recurring inspection
ered in Section 2. intervals".
Section two (57-13-02) is applicable to the spar struc- The various inspection requirements within the chap-
ture which features one piece spar caps with integral ter sections are presented in a sequence that facill-
wing attach fittings. This spar type would be found in tates the location of the inspection area on the air-
LW and W series aircraft in which BEECHCRAFT Kit plane and the accomplishment of the required
No. 90-4077-1S has been installed, inspections with a minimum of the time and effort.
Each inspection is identified by an illustration in the
Section three (57-13-03) applies to airplane serials
form of a photograph or a line drawing. Accompanying
W-1085, LJ-1088 and after. These airplanes are the illustration is information regarding the areas of
equipped with a three-element lower spar incorporat- inspection, inspection methods to be used, and other
Ing a clevis-type attach fitting at the lower forward
pertinent information necessary to successfully
attach point,
accomplish the inspection. Inspection methods (e.g.
Each section has an INSPECTION SCHEDULE fluorescent liquid penetrant, etc.) that are referenced
(Chart 201) which locates and identifies the inspection in this chapter may be found in Chapter 20-00-00.
57-1 3-00
Page 1
B Reissue Feb 28/95
KING AIR 90 SERIES
CRACK INSPECTION WING ATTACH

FITTINGS, CENTER SECTION AND I ARNlNG
W~LNING I
OUTBOARD WING SPAR CAPS
A crack in the center section lower
NOTE
This section
(57-13-01) is applicable replacement of all lower forward
only to airplane serials LW-1 thru Inboard flttlngs, the lower forward
LW-347, and W-l thru W-1087, except spar cap on the center section, and
W-1085. Airplanes in this serial group both outboard forward wing panel
into which the BEECHCRAFT Spat Kit main spar assemblies,
No. 90-4077-18 has been incorporated
are covered in section 2 (57-13-02). A crack In an outboard wing panel
At the Intervals designated in the Standard Flight Pro- spar cap requires replacement or the
file Inspection Schedule (Chart 201), the wing attach outboard forward spar assembly.
fittlngs,center section and outboard wing spar caps
A crack In a center section spar flt-
and the nacelle splice plates must be inspected for
cracks, corrosion and damage. Prior to or concurrent tlng requires replacement of the
with this inspection, the inspection doors contained in affected fitting only.
BEECHCRAFT Main Spar Inspection Provisions Kit
A crack In an outboard
wing panel
No. 90-4063 must be incorporated. Airplane serials
main spar fitting necessitates
W-552 and after, and LW-1 and after, were delivered
from the factory with the equivalent of Kit No. 90-4063 replacement of the entire outboard
installed. wing panel spar assembly.
The Customer Support Department of

w\un~Nf
CAUT(ON Beach Aircraft Corporation should be
contacted for an operational safety
When fastener removal Is required to evaluation anytime a crack Is found In
perform inspection, extreme caution
an a wing attach fitting or spar.
must be exercised during the removal
procedure. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 BEECHCRAFT Kit No. 100-4002-3 (LH) or 100-
for fastener removal instructions. 4002-4 (RH) contains the parts and instructions for
replacing the outboard main spat. BEECHCRAFT Kit
NOTE No. 100-4002-1 contains all the parts and instructions
If the
airplane has been equipped with a for replacing an outboard wing spat but does not
spar bridge or any other type of device include the spat.
that will hinder the execution of the
inspections in this chapter, this device
must be removed. Refer to the King Air
90 Series Maintenance Manual for the
spar bridge removal and installation pro-
cedures.
57-13-01
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 28~95
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
II II II II
8 2 3 6 4 3 1 2 8 9
9 9
O
U1 10 O
U
ooooo
O (O O U ioO
lo< "IU\ I "I I I" )lo o
oo odo
RH Lt(
LH I RH
5 5
LOWER WI~IG SURFACE

UPPER WING SURFACE CPJL*e)7E(MIP
CHART 301
APPLICABLE ONLY TO MODEL 90 SERIALS LJ-I THRU LJ-1084, LJ-1086, LJ-1087 AND
LW -1 THRU LW-347 WITHOUT BEECHCRAFT SPAR KIT 90-4077-1S
Area Inspection Method Possible Findings Initial Inspection Recurring Inspection Interval Component
Index I Figure Inspection
No. No. Replacement
Schedule
visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks, corrosion and See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
i. 201 All wing attach fitting flat surfaces, Magnified
ant as mechanical occurs first
essions, counterbores and boltbores
current and fluorescent liquid Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
2. 202 Lower forward wing-fitting-to-spar Eddy
ant as occurs first
attachment
3. 203 Spar cap in wheel well Eddy
ant as occurs first
4. 204 Spar cap in nacelle, inboard of wheel well Eddy
etrant as s occurs first
Cracks See note 1,000 hrs 3 yrs, whichever None
5. 205 Lower surface of lower forward spar cap Fluorescent liquid penetrant or
from nacelle to occurs first

Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
6. 205 Four fastener holes in the lower forward Eddy current
occurs first
s at the wi root
Visual Cracks and loose See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
7. 206 Area under center section floor board
8. 207 Outboard wing lower main spar cap from Fluorescent liquid penetrant or
attach fitti to tie down occurs first
and lower Visual Cracks and corrosion See note Annually None
9. 209 Outboard wing panel upper
main
visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks and See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever 15 yrs or
10. 211 Wing bolts and nuts Magnified
thru penetrant as specified mechanical damage occurs first 15,000 hrs,
whichever
215
occurs first
Visual Cracks 10,000 hrs 1,000 hrs 20,000 hrs

11. Nacelle splice plates (See Chapter
57-1 3-04)
NOTE: The time designated for the initial inspection has expired. The time shown In the recurring
Inspection Interval column is now effective for this inspection.
57-1 3-01
Page 202 B Reissue
Feb 28/95
~eechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
i I
00000
O
o o
00
O I I I ooo
RH
LOWER
SMALL CRACKS IN SMALL CRACKS TN THE

THE FEATHERED EDGES CENTER SECTTON StOT
OF THE FITTINGS THAT MAY BE REMOVEO.
CENTER
OUTBOARD THAT MAY 8E REMOVEO
SECTION
WING
FITTING
FITTING
o o o oO o o
0000000 0000000
B
0 0 0 0 0´•0 O 0 0 0 0 0 O 00
oo ooo
CRACKS OF THIS MAGNATUOE

REOUIRE REPLACEMENT OF VIEW A
AFFECTED COMPONENT.
SEG~ENT OF FITTING
REMOVED TO SHOW
COUNTERBORE DETAIL
CAREFU~LY INSPECT
THIS SECTOR CF THE L
~e
COUNTEi78GRE RADIUS ~--e WING

BOLT
HOLE
I
~--s---i
ii
VIEW B
a. Remove the wing bolt covers and any placards that are aff’oted to the wing attach fittings. With the wing boas
in place and properly torqued, clean the area to be inspected and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed
procedure.
Wing fitting Inspection

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 3-01
Page 203
B Reissue feb 28195
Beechc~t
KING AIR 90 SERIES
STRUCTURAL, INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
CAREFULLY INSPECT
THIS AREA OF THE
O O
0 BACK SIDE OF TU8
r=Et~(TERBQRE
FEATHERED
EDGE
FITTING o o o
FLAT
SURFACE
WING 80LT BORE
VfEW B C9d~W7E5073 C
b, In compliance with the inspection schedule (Chart 201), remove and inspect the the wing bolts one at a
time as instructed under the heading WING BOLT, NUT AND SPAR FI’T~ING INSPEECTION in this chapter~
c. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the depression areas and counterbores (washer-face areas) of all 18 wing
attach fittmgs (View B); focus extra attention on the counterbore radius.
d. It Is possible that small cracks may be removed from the feathered edge of the counterbore and from the back
of the tub of ail fittlngs and from the slot in the center section stings. However, the Customer Support Department
of Beech Aircraft Corporation should be contacted prior to initiation of any crack removal procedure.
e. Any fitting cracked beyond acceptable limits, as determined by Customer Support, must be replaced.
f, After the inspection of the wing fittings and bolts is completed, reyplace the placards which were removed for
B~ Ensure that the drain holes in the upper wing attach fittings are unobstructed.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-13-01
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Pkechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
O O ii
O FWD
o O Oo
INBD
LH UPPER RH
BL 88.50 LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP AFT FLANGE

REMOVE THIS FASTENER
*~t; 3
CRACKS, SUCH AS THE ONE SHOWN, FOUND IN ANY

SECTION OF THE CENTER SECTION LOWER FORWARD
SPAR CAP NECESSITATE THE REPLACEMENT OF ALL
LOWER FORWARD WING ATTACH FITTINGS, THE
LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP ON THE CENTER
SECTION, AND BOTH OUTBOARD WING PANEL MAIN
SPARS.
I CB
VIEWA
’br 1IC
I’1 LOOKING FORWARD AND DOWN AT FORWARD SPAR
1~Lfa AND LOWER WING ATTACH FITTING THROUGH RH

INVERTER ACCESS OPENING.
a, Remove the access covers shown on the illustrations in this figure.
I wU´•I~I
~ING
A crack of the type shown In the illustration mandates the replacement of the
lower forward center section spar cap and both outboard wing panel main spat
assemblies.
b, Remove the aft inboard fastener that secures the wing attach fitting to the spar. If the original lock bolt is still
installed In this position, Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the lock bolt removal procedure.
c, Eddy current inspect the hole where the fastener was removed. Focus particular attention on the interior of
procedure.
(Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 202
51-1 3-01
Page 205
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
II r-\L II ~L
I 1 I I
B o or I In P
000 000
INSERT EDDY CURRENT PROBE FROM
THIS SIDE (SAME FASTENER AS SHOWN
LOWER __RH
IN FIGURE 202, SHEET 1) L~
c~4a7Eal´• LH
LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP FORWARD FLANGE
ii)
INBD
.B i
VIEW
LOOKING UP AND FORWARD AT LOWER FORWARD FWD

SPAR CAP THROUGH RH INVERTER COOLING
OPENING OR INSPECTION PANEL (DEPENDING ON
AIRPLANE MODEL).
oversized holes are found, the 3/lginch-diameter holes to the next larger
ream
d, If cracks, corrosion or
remove the damage,
oversize (1/64 or 1/32 inch) as required to clean up the hole. If this fails to adequately
for evaluation and corrective action
contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft, an
recommendations.
NOTE
lubricate the
To from entering the bolt hole and causing corrosion,
prevent moisture Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MIL-
bolt and fill the bolt hole with G322L silicone grease (6,
Chart 201, 91-00-00).
C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound is,
NAS2903-9 bolt in a 1164-inch-oversized hole, an
e, Install an NAS464P3A9 bolt in a standard-sized hale, an of the
AN960-10 washer and an nn820364-1032 nut in place
NAS3003-9 bolt in a 1/32-inch-oversized hole, an nut to 20-25 inch-
bolt as shown in the illustration and torque the
fastener removed in step Nb". Orient the nut and
pounds,
Lower Forward Spat Cap and Wing Attach Fitting Inspection
(Sheet 2 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 3-01
Page 206 B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeed~xraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
C
O
O
ool I lo
UPPER RH
LH
o d
O o
O
o oo o OUTED
o O
o d
o 0O0
O O O
d
d
OLfZb~
o
FWD
O
~oo
LOOKING DOWN AT THE FORWARD SIDE OF THE

LOWER FORWARD WING FITT(NG AND SPAR
CAP
C91LJaaE0856C
VIEW C
f. Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method noted in chapter 20-00-00, inspect the exposed
aft edge of the lower fon~vard spar cap. See View A.
of the forward R9nge of the lower forward spat cap.
g. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the accessible areas
See View C.
from the of inspection and reinstall the covers removed in step a.

h, Clean the liquid penetrant areas
Lower Forward Spar Cap and Wing Attach Fitting inspection

(Sheet 3 of 3)
Figure 202
57-13-01
Page 207
Feb 28~95
B Reissue
’j3eechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
CU
01 CO
~mj, ~t
Lo 03 FWD
~n
CJ o
coI
~J CO
Ln
03
CO03
-J
R,OI I iOoo0 M
mcomi m -J
j mm m
I’ I’,,, i! ~Pit
AH LOWER LH 2 4 3
RIVET (80 NOf

REMOVE)
f LOWER MRWARD SPAR CAP

f II-I
Q /Q
DRAG LEG SUPPORT
QC 8
t VIEW A
.B.L 88 B.L 68
ji INTO RH MAIN GEAR
UEWLEEHW
t cauno~i
CAUTION
If required, refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the lock bolt removal procedures, When
removing aluminum rivets from the spar cap, DO NOT DRILL THROUGH THE CAP,

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 203
57-1 3-01
Page 208
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
a. Remove the three fasteners (1, 2, and 3 on the illustration) that attach the landing gear bumper to the spar.
Remove the bumper pad and inspect the area under the pad for corrosion. If the area under the pad is free of
corrosion, eddy current inspect the three holes in the spar as instructed in Chapter 20-00-00.
b, Remove the fasteners from the drag leg support (4 and 5 on the illustration) one at a time to prevent move-
ment of the support. Eddy current inspect each of the holes as instructed in Chapter 20-00-00. Lubricate the bolts
with G322L sillcone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MIL-C- 16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5,
Chart 201, 91-00-00). Replace the fasteners in the drag leg support with NAS464P3A6 bolts, AN960-10 washers,
and MS20364-1032 nuts. Place the nuts on the bottom side of the spar cap and torque them to 20-25 inch-
pounds.
c, Remove the fastener that attaches the outboard nacelle angle to the spar cap (6 on the illustration). Eddy cur-
rent Inspect the hole as Instructed in Chapter 20-00-00. Lubricate the bolt and fill the bolt hole with G322L silicone
grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MiL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-
00). Replace the rivet with an NAS464P3A6 bolt, AN960-10 washer and an MS20364-1032 nut. Place the nut on
the bottom of the spar cap and torque it to 20-25 inch-pounds.
d. Using the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00. Inspect the entire
exposed bottom and edges of the spar cap in the wheel well (BL 68 to BL 88). Since the drag leg support angle
can not be removed, this inspection can not be performed on the spar surface covered by the angle.
e. Lubricate the bumper pad bolts and fill the bolts holes in the pad and spar with G322L silicone grease (6,
Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Apply a
thin film of the lubricant to the mating surfaces of the bumper pad and the spar. Install the bumper pad with three
NAS464P3A11 bolts, AN960-10 washers and MS20364-1032 nuts. Locate the nuts on the bottom of the spar and
torque them to 20-25 inch-pounds.
NOTE
If oversize fastener holes are located during the inspection, ream the holes to the next
larger oversize and install NAS2903 (1/64-oversize) or NAS3003 (1/32-inch oversize)
bolts as required in the oversize holes.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 203
57-1 3-01
Page 209
B Reissue Feb 28195
KING AIR 90 SERIES
r\ lo
O ~1
~tf
bo"o
RH LOWER LH
LOWER SURFACE OF THE LOWER

FORWARD SPAR CAP 65.60
~1 ~_t_,-;´•-"
BL
1~7
rt
119
BL 67.38
a-
;ata
i I:" FWD
je:t
i‘
4 BRAZIER HEAD RIVETS OR
:BLIND FASTENERS
VIEW A L.cli
d
VIM LOOKING UP AND FORWARD /71
"ik~
AT INBOARD SIDE OF RH NACELLE
CAUIION
When removing aluminum rivets, do not drill through the spar cap. Drill only through the
rivet head, then carefully drive the rivet shank out of the spar cap with a pin punch.
a, Locate the four brazier head rivets (5/32- or 3/16inch) on the lower aft side of the spar cap. Remove all four
fasteners from each side of the center section and perform the following steps:
NOTE
If the rivets were replaced with bolts during an earlier inspection, remove the bolts one
at a time to prevent movement of the nutplate assembly.

Ream the holes to 3/16 inch prior to conducting the eddy current inspection.
Using the eddy current inspection procedure as instructed in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect each hole. If cracks,
corrosion oversized holes are indicated, ream the holes to the next larger size (1/64 to 1/32 inch), If reaming
or
to 1132-inch oversize fails to clean out the damage, contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft
Corporation for consultation.
Lower Forward Spar Cap Inspection

(Inboard Side of Nacelle)
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 204
51-1 3-01
Page 210
Feb 28~95 B Reissue
~echcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
INSERT NUTPLATE
INBOARD WHEEL MAIN SPAR
ASSEMBLY THROUGH
WELL WALL LOWER AFT
THIS VOID NUTPLATE ASSEMBLY FLANGE
i~J
j
LOOKING UP AT AFT SIDE OF THE MAIN SPAR
b. Inspect the lower forward spar cap in the nacelle inboard of the main gear wheel well from BL 68.00 to
62.00. Use the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection procedure outlined in Chapter 20-00-00. Inspect the area
for cracks, loose rivets and other damage.
NOTE
Disregard step "c" if a nut plate assembly has been installed. These fasteners will now
c. Fabricate a nut plate assembly similar to that shown in Figure 208.
d. Install NAS464P3A7 bolts in the two or three standard inboard holes and an NAS464P3A9 bolt in the stan-
dard outboard hole.
e, Install NAS2903 series bolts in the 1/64-inch oversized holes or NAS3003 bolts in 1/32-inch oversized holes.
Install an AN960D10 washer under the head of each bolt and torque them to 25-30 inch-pounds.
NOTE

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 204
57-1 3´•01
Page 211
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
o o
o’oo oo’o
RH LOWER LH
REMOVE MIS PANEL TO GAIN ACCESS TO

REMOVE THESE FASTENERS
eL 32.19
eL 31.44
BL 30.02
BL 29.27

VIEW A LUW~ FORWARD SPAR CAP

AT RH WING ROOT t CAUTION
,r,,, t
Some early model 90’s have only two large rivets instead of four as shown on the illus-
tration. The two smaller rivets, which are installed with the two large rivets on early
models must not be removed.
a, Remove the fasteners (jo-bolts, brazier head rivets or screws) that attach the wing root rib to the forward
flange of the spar cap. Eddy current inspect the holes as described in Chapter 20-00-00. If jo-bolts were the origi-
nal fasteners, refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for jo-bolts removal procedures. These holes must be reamed out to
13/64 inch.
b. Install NAS2903-6 (1/64-inch oversized) bolts, AN960-10 washers and MS20364-1032 nuts in place of brazier
head rivets. Install NAS1703-6R (1/64-inch oversize) screws, AN960-10 washers and M820364-1032 nuts in
place of jo-bolts. Torque the bolts or screws, as applicable, to 25-30 inch-pounds.
NOTE
bolts and fill the bolt holes with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MIL-
c, Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the exposed
lower surface of the lower forward spar cap between each nacelle and the fuselage.

Figure 205
57-1 3´•0~
Page 212
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
43eechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
O O
O
s,
SPAR
U´•1 UPPER RH
Pli
iil$
"L
c,
9
a
b L
r s
´•a ’i
i f•´f‘
i
REAR SPAR ,t
1
F
i VIEW A
´•I
CENTER AISLE BEMIEEN
q
a
Remove the center aisle floorboards and the access panels shown in the illustration, Visually inspect
th;
a,
of the lower forward and aft assemblies and the centerline skin between the forward a~l aft
accessible areas spar
centerline for cracks.
center section spars for loose rivets and cracks, Inspect the fuselage formers along the
b, Repair any damage that may be detected utilizing FAA Advisory Circular 43.13 which provides the Accept-

Figure 206
57-13-01
Page 213
Feb 28/95
B Relasue
Qeeck~craft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
LOWEA FOAWAAD SPAR CAP--1 A
I I
o O
O
oo
U
_o _I I lo 090
90-604-44
VIEW LOOKING UP AT
LOWER FORWARD RH WING
the exposed
a Utilizing the fluorescentliquid penetrant inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00. inspect
from the wing attach fitting to the tie-down.
surfaces of the lower main soar cap of the outboard wing

Figure 207
57-1 3-01
Page 214
Peb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeec~craft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
NAS1068A3
OR
MS20176L3
NUTPLATES ATTACH NUTPLATES
INSTALL THIS MOUNTING
WITH MS20426AD3-3
NUTPLATE FIRST PLATE
RIVETS
t
1_
_e .50
4.50 1526
a, Fabricate a mounting plate from .063 aluminum. Draw a line down the center of the bottom side of the plate
to aid fastener alignment,
b, Install a nutplate at the inboard end of the mounting plate.
NOTE
The four nutplates should be installed at a 45" angle to the mounting plate length.
c, Remove the sealer at the intersection of the aff side of ihe main spar and keel web.
d, Insert the nutplate assembly through the void created by the sealer removal.
e, Install an NAS464P3A7 bolt and an AN960D10 washer to hold the mounting plate in position.
f. Align the mark on the plate with the centerline of the holes in the spar cap and tighten the bolt sufficiently to
to prevent movement of the plate.
g, Utiiizing the three open holes, mark the remaining fastener locations.
CAUTION
If a drill is used to mark the fastener locations, do not drill through the plate. Drilling
through the plate could result in fuel liner or bladder penetration.
h, Remove the bolt and washer that was used to secure the plate and remove the plate for final assembly,
i, Utilizing a vacuum source and a small hose capable of entering the intersection void, clean out all debris that
resulted from the fastener removal procedure.
j, Drill the mounting plate at the three marked spots and install NAS1068A3 or MS20176L3 nutplates.
Mounting Plate Fabrication

Figure 208
57´•1 3-01
Page 215
B Reissue Feb 28/95
KING AIR 90 SERIES

performed as described in the following steps:
The outboard wing main spar caps must be inspected a´• Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of´•the upper
for corrosion after the first five years of operation and and lower spar caps for any buildup of the whitish,
annually thereafter, salt-like nonmetallic substance indicative of corrosion.
should receive extra attention. Wax paint that may
I w´•,,,,,
~ARNING I be
or
trapped between the edge of the skin and the

exposed portion of the spar cap should not be inter-
The entire upper and lower spar cap preted as corrosion.
wing tip must be Inspected.
exposed surfaces of the upper and lower spar caps.
NOTE
c. Visually inspect all exposed surfaces of the spar
caps for paint blisters, raised areas and/or surface dls-
and/or stored for extended periods in tortions and cracks in the metal. The exposedurface
areas where the geographical location of the spat cap is extruded flat. Any of the previously
cive to corrosion. be considered suspect. See Figure 209.

TYPICAL SECTION OF THE SPAR CAP.
BOX SECTION SKIN AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR CLARITY
O
INVESTIGATION.
S´•PAR CAP
s~ o
CRACKS o RAISED AREAS
o o
o
O
LEADING o
EDGE

PAINT BLISTER ON DIFFERENT MODELS
Spar Cap Crack and Corrosion Inspection

figure 209
57´•1 3-01
Page 216
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeec~craft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
NOTE
CAUIION
Spar cap irregularities may be
surface
oO NOT SCRIBE OR S~RATCH THE
the surface or by sighting down the
length of the spar cap. If (while using hand pressure only) wing attach bolt
d, Ifwing main spar replacement becomes neces- binding occurs, upon disengagement or installation,
loosen the remaining three wing attach bolts and posi-
sary, BEECHCRAFT Kit No. 100-4002-38 should be
tion the wing in a manner that releases binding of the
bolt. If the wing attach fittings are separated or reposi-
CRAFT Kit No. 100-4002-4S for RH spar replace-
ment. BEECHCRAFT Kit No. 100-4002-1S provides
tioned, the aluminum washers between the upper
all parts and Instructions necessary for spar replace- wing attach fittings must be replaced with new wash-
ers. Replacement of these washers will not be
ment but does not include the spat.
required if the wing attach bolts~can be removed one
e. If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be at a time. The preload indicating washer assembly at
resolved locally, contact the Customer Support the lower forward attach point must be replaced with a
Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consul- new assembly each time the the wing bolt at this point
tation, is loosened or removed.
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR FITTING NOTE

INSPECTION Ensure that the 50-105011 washer
shown in Figure 211, the 90-110032-1
NOTE washer shown in Figures 212, 214 and
These inspections are for airplane seri- 215 and the 95-110025-1 washer shown
als LW-1 thru LW-347, and W-l thru in figure 213 have a fully complete
radius with no sharp edges which could
W-1087, except W-1085. Airplanes in
this serial group into which BEECH- mark the spar fittings. Replace any
CRAFT Kit No. 90-4077-13 has been washers which exhibit an incomplete
radius or sharp edges.
installed, are covered In Section 2 (57-
13-02). LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT, NUT AND
FITTING INSPECTION
I WARNING
w~,., I a.
load
Remove each lower forward
indicating washer
wing attach bolt, pre-
assembly and nut. Using a
nonmetallic brush, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and
All eight wing attach bolts must be washers with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2,
removed and each of the wing attach Chart 201, 91-00-00).
flttlngs Inspected. The wing bolts and b. If the wing attach bolts and nuts do not exceed the
nuts are life-limited parts and must be
specified life limit of 15 years, visually inspect them
replaced In compliance with the time with a 10-power or stronger magnifying glass for
Ilmlts designated In Chart 201. Ren-
cracks and mechanical damage. Scratches and mark-
der unserviceable all components
removed In compliance with their life
ings in the cadmium plating, and or localized deterio-
ration of the cadmium plating is not reason to reject a
Ilmlt.
bijlt. The cadmium plating may be discolored and may
New wing attach components must have areas exhibiting a rubbed or polished appear-
be obtained only from Beech Aircraft ance, usually resulting from the installation procedure.
or a BEECHCRAFT approved source.
If cracks or mechanical damage is found on any com-
Before removing any of the wing attach bolts, ensure ponent, replace the affected component.
that the wing is properly supported in a manner which c. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las directed
prevents wing shifting. Draw a line across each pair of in Chapter 20-00-00 each inconel wing bolt and nut. If
fittings with a grease pencil to aid wing alignment, if the bolts and nuts prove to be free of all damage, they
required, may be reused after cleaning.
57-1 3-01
Page 217
B Reissue Feb 28/95
KING AIR 90 SERIES
STRUCTURAL INSPECT(CN AND REPAIR MANUAL
d. Clean the spar fittings and bolt-bores with naptha inspection. Perform the inspection as detailed in this
or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). section, then replace and torque the bolt to the value
Do not strip the epoxy paint from this area. Fluores- specified in the appropriate illustration before remov-
cent liquid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter ing another bolt.
20-00-00) the complete visible surface of each fitting b. With the
for condition, focusing extra attention at the washer- wing properly supported, remove an
seat and bolt-bore area. If scoring, corrosion pitting, upper forward, upper rear or lower rear wing attach
crack indications, or washer impressions are found in
bolt, nut and washer. When a fastener is loosened,
ensure that the radius on the outer circumference of
these areas, contact the Customer Support Depart-
each washer adjacent to the wing attach fitting in the
ment of Beech Aircraft for consultation. if the fitting is
outer wing panel and in the wing~center section is fac-
satisfactory, clean off the fluorescent liquid penetrant
and recoat the bolt-bore and washer/nut-bearing faces ing the radius in the end of the fitting recess (does not
of the fitting with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, apply to MS20002 or NAS143 washers). If the radius
is not orientated as shown in the applicable inusta-
Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for
tion, contact the Customer Support Department of
approximately five minutes. After the time has
Beech Aircraft for consultation. If the washers are
elapsed, wash the coated areas with water and blow
Installed correctly, proceed with the remaining steps.
dry (do not wipe). Paint the treated areas of the
washer seat with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart 201, Clean the spat fitting and bolt-bore with naptha or
91-00-00) and allow sufficient time for drying. methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
e, Coat the spar fitting bolt-bores and washer/nut- Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the entire visible
bearing faces, the complete bolt, nut and new preload surface of the fitting. Focus extra attention on the
Indfcatlng washer assembly with MIL-C-16173, Grade washer seat and bolt-bore of the fitting. Do not strip
2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, the epoxy paint from the fittings. Refer to Chapter 20
91-00-00). for the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection proce-
dure. If scoring, corrosion pitting, cracks or washer j
impressions are noted, contact the Customer Support
WARNING Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consul-
tation. If the fittings are satisfactory, clean off the fluo-
rescent liquid penetrant and recoat the bolt-bore and
7he components of the preload Indi-
eating washer assembly constitute a washer/nut-bearing faces of the fittings with Alodine
matched set and Its components 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow
must not be Interchanged with any the coating to stand for approximately fn~e minutes.
other preload Indicating washer When the time has elapsed, wash the coated areas
assembly. It Is essential that the radl- with water and blow dry with air (do not wipe). Paint
used outside diameter of the flat the coated areas with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart
washer portion of the preload Indlcat- 201, 91-00-00) and allow sufficient time for drying,
Ing washer assembly be placed with If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their
the radius toward the fitting washer-
d. 15-year
life limit, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and washers
seat. See Figure 211 for proper orlen-
with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201,
tatlon.
91-00-00) and inspect for cracks and mechanical
f, a wing attach bolt, new preload indicating
Install
damage with a 10-power or stronger magnifying glass.
washer assembly and nut into the wing fitting. If mechanical damage or cracks are found, replace the
g. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE LOWER FORWARD affected component. Scratches and markings in the
WING ATTACH BOLT AT THIS TIME. Temporarily cadmium plating, and or localized deterioration of the
snug the bolt down to approximately 1200 inch- cadmium plating is not reason to reject a bolt. The
pounds, cadmium plating may be discolored and may have
areas exhibiting a rubbed or polished appearance,
UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER REAR
usually resulting from the installation procedure. If the
WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION
components are acceptable after the visual Inspec-
a, Ensure that the wing is properly supported for tion, perform a fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection
maintenance. Remove only one wing bolt at a time for on each of the bolts and nuts (see Chapter 20-00-00).
57-1 3-01
Page 218
Feb 29/95 B Reissue
43eechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
If the bolts and nuts are free of cracks and mechani-

cal damage, they may be reused after cleaning. t~f CAUTION
e, Coat the spar fittings, bolt-bore and washer nut-

Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does
bearing face, the complete bolt, washer and nut with
not bottom out against the wing f~tli7g.
MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive com-
Wrench contact with the fitting could
pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). result in fitting damage.
f. Install the wing attach bolt, washers and nut, and
b´• After completing the tightening procedure on the
torque the nut to the torque value specified in the
IOwe’ forward bolt, coat the exposed threads which
applicable illustration (Figure 212, 213, 214 or 215).
protrude through the nut with MIL-C-16173 Grade 2
g, After the nut is properly torqued, coat the exposed corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-
threads of the wing bolt with Mll-C-16173, Grade 2
cc).
00). WING BOLT MAINTENANCE
a. At the first scheduled airplane inspection las des-

CAUTION
ignated by the BEECHCRAFT King Air 90 Series
Maintenance Manual or applicable Inspection Form)
Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does after the bolts have been loosened and retorqued or
not bottom out against the wing fitting. after initial installation, check the wing bolts for proper
torque as stated in the illustration for the specific loca-
result in erroneous torque readings and
tion (Figures 212, 213, 214 or 215). Check the preload
fitting damage, indicating washer at the lower forward attach point as
shown in Figure 210 and 211.
I--~I
ARNING
Prior to the wing bolt cov-

Installing
ers, ensurethat the drain holes in the
upper forward and ah flttlngs are free
ofobstructlons.

PROCEDURE
lw´•--I
WARNING
WHEN 30 5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL
The lower forward wing attach bolt INDICATOR RING ON THE
which was not tightened after inspec-
THE BOLT IS TIGHT. DO NOT TIGHTEN
tlon must be tightened at this time. THE BOLT BEYOND THIS POINT
Remove any wing supports before
tightening this bolt.
a. pin on the tool shown in Figure 210 into
Insert the
one of the holes in the outer ring of the preload indi-
cating washer assembly and rotate the ring back and
forth while tightening the nut. The bolt is tight when
the outer ring of the preload indicating washer assem-
bly can no longer be turned using 30 5 pounds of
tangential force applied to the ring as shown in Figure Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure
210. Do not tighten the nut beyond this point. Figure 210
5’1-1 3-01
Page 219
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechc~ift
KING AIR 90 SERIES
b, Concurrent with the above step and annually

coat the exposed bolt threads which pro-
thereafter,
trude through the nuts with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 cor-
I WARNING
w~l-
I
rcslcn preventive compound.
Prior to Instamng the attlng covers,
ensure that the drain holes In the
upper lo~vard and upper ah attach
flttlngs are unobstructed and can
drain ~eely.
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS
POSITION BOLT PART WRENCH PART NUT PART NUT TORQUE

NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER ADAPTER
LOWER FORWARD 181784-14-31 or TK1817 922-5 or a 81790-1414 TS1584N
VCC0035 (W-l thru 15/16-inch box-end
W-67 except wrench modified to
airplanes with accept a 40-inch
BEECHCRAFT Spar lextension
Kit 90-4077-18
LOWER FORWARD 181784-1 4-32 or TK1817 922-5 or a 81790-1414 TS15841\1

VCC0026 (LW-1 15/1&inch box-end
thru LW-347, W-68 wrench modified to
thru W-1087 except laccept a 40-inch
W-1085and extension
airplanes with
BEECHCRAFT Spar
Kit 90-4077-18
UPPER FORWARD 81785-10-23 or TS1222-7 or 1/2 81791-1018 TS1176-1 or

VCN0003 (W-I thru linch Alien Wrench TS1171-1
W-567, LW-1 thru
LW-4 except
airplanes with
BEECHCRAFT Spar
Kit 90-40T7-1S
UPPER FORWARD 81785-12-23 or TS1222-5 or 81791-1216 TS1176-2 or

VCN0007 (LW-5 50-590012 or a 9/ TS1171-2
thru LW-347, W-568 116inch Alien
thru W-1087 except IWrench
W-1085 and
airplanes with
BEECHCRAFT Kit
No. 90-4077-18
UPPER AND 81786-10-18 or TS1222-5, 81791-1018 TS1176-1 or

LOWER REAR VCN0014 50-590012 or a 9116 TS1171-1
inch Alien Wrench
51´•1 3-01
Page 220
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
REFER TO CHART202 FOR THE WING

BOLT
61475-14´•43.5 PRELOAD INDICATING WING FITTING WING FITTING

WASHER ASSEMBLY OUTBOARD ~CENTER SECTION
81790-1414
O
NUT
~S‘´•
81784-14-31 OR
VCC0035 BOLT
1 THRU W-67)
81784-14-32 OR
VCC0026 BOLT
WASHER (LW-1 THRU LW-347
CAUTION LH-68 THRU LJ-1088
EXCEPT LJ-1085~
POSITION WITH
RADIUS TOWARDS
RADIUS IN WING
FITTING
*CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS
BOLT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE: COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. WASHER. WASHER
ASSEMBLY. AND WING FITTING BOLT BORES WITH MIL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. TIGHTEN THE BOLT WHILE APPLYING A TANGENTIAL FORCE OF 30 I S
POUrJDS TO THE INDICATOR RING OF THE PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER. AS SHOWN IN
FIGURE 211. NO FURTHER WRENCHING SHOULD BE APPLIED TO THE BOLT WHEN 30 =5 POUNDS
OF TANGENTIAL FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE INDICATOR RING.THE 61475-14´•43.5
PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER ASSEMBLY IS NOT TO BE REUSED AFTER ONCE BEING
LOADED. AFTER TIGHTENING THE NUT. COAT THE EXPOSED THREADS WITH CORROSION
EO-3~´•ij
Lowet Forward Wing Bolt Installation
(LW;I thru LW-347 and W-l thru LI-1087 except W-10B5 and airplanes with BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No.
90-4077-1S installed)
Figure 211
5~-13-01
Page 221
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeedrcraft
K1NG AIR 90 SERIES
.90-110032-1 WASHER (POSITION

WITH RADIUS TOWARDS FITnNG)-\ 35-1051 11-3
WASHER (POSmON
++NAS143-10 WASHER1 I WITH COUNTERSINK
AGAINST BOLT HEAD)
81791-1018 NUT 1LQr~ _81785-10-23 OR

I~- VCN0003 BOLT
I I II I I I
I WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
~L- 105090A032~10J WASHER

DRAIN WING FITTING DRAIN
HOLE OUTBOARD HOLE
80LT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. WASHERS. WING
F17TING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH Mll-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
+´•k AN NAS14310 WASHER MAY BE USED 8EIWEEN THE NUT AND THE
90-110032-1 WASHER TO PROVldE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
REFER TO CHART 202 fOR ME WING 80LT

99 WITH THIS WING BOLT AND NUT.
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
ENSURE MAT THE DRAIN
t HOLES ARE CLEAR.
90-31-50
Upper forn~ard Wing Bolt Installation

(LW-1 thru LW-4 and W-l thru W-567 except airplanes with BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 90-4077-18
Installed)
Figure 212
57-1 3-01
Page 222
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
+95-110025-1W
+95-110021 WASHER (PO3ITION WITH
(POSITION WITH RADIUS
TOWARDS WING FITTING)
81791-1216 NUT
´•?´•´•I;
I I I
I
I
1 81785-12´•23
OR VCN0007 BOLT
WING FITTING i WING FITTING

-OUTBOARD CENTER SECTION
DRAIN
+~rMS20002´•12 WASHER-~ L--105090A032-12K WASHER HOLE
DRAIN HOLE
BOLT TORQUE: 2380 TO 2500 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. WASHERS, WING
FITTING BOLT BORES, AND EXPOSED 80LT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
*CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
1´•+ MS20002-12 WASHERS MAY BE USED AS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE NUT AND 95-110025-1
WASHER TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
I I ENSURE THAT THE DRAIN
I I HOLES ARE CLEAR.
’r=
o’
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR THE WING 80LT r

WAENCHESANDTORQUEADAPTERSUSED L
90-3(´•47
thru W-i 087 except U4 085 and

Upper Forward Wing Bolt Installation (LW-5 thru lW-347, W-568
airplanes with BEECHCRAFT Spar K(t No. 90-4077-18 Installed)
Figure 213
57-1 3-01
Page 223
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
f90-~10032´•1 WASHER (POSITION WITH

RADIUS TOWARD THE WING FI~TnNG
105090AO32-10J WASHER
r* NAS14310 WASHER
,35-105111-3 WASHER
81791-1018
NUT (POSITION WITH COUNTERSINK
TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
i
i II I I
II I I
81786-10-18 OR
VCN0014 BOLT
DRAIN
HOLE
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD WING FITTING ~-DRAIN HOLE
CENTER SECTION
80LT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. WASHERS. WING
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED 80LT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS

AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY 89 USED 8ENVEEN THE NUT AND THE 90-110032-1 WASHER
~´•k
TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

.2:
ATTACH FITTINGS TO
ENSURE THAT THE DRAIN
HOLES ARE CLEAR,
CI‘
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR THE WlkG BOLT

90´•3!58

Figure 214
57-1 3-01
Page 224
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeed´•rcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR IVIANUAL

r:
´•’’0~
35-105111-3 WASHER (POSITION WITH


RADIUS TOWARDS WING FITTING) 81786-10-18 OR
VCN0014 BOLT
WING FITTING
i 7
OUTBOARD
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
81791´•1018 NUT
NAS143-10 WASHER
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
´•IrCHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.

~t+ AN NAS14310 WASHER MAY BE USED 8E~WEEN THE NUT AND ME 90-110032-1 WASHER
903152

Figure 215
57-1 3-01
Page 225
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
~-kechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES

FITTINGS, CENTER SECTION AND lw´•-~I
WARNING

A crack Inan outboard wing panel
NOTE
main spar cap or fitting requires
This section (57-13-02) is applicable replacement of the affected spar
only to airplanes into which BEECH- assembly only.
CRAFT Spar Kit No. 90-4077-15 has
been installed. This kit features one A crack ina center section upper for-
piece spar caps with integral tension ward or upper or lo~er ah fitting or an
type fittings. outboard wing panel aft flttfng
At the intervals designated in the Inspection Outline requires replacement of the affected
(Chart 201), the wing attach fittings, center section fitting only.
and outboard wing spat caps and the nacelle splice
If any cracks are found In the wing
plates must be inspected for cracks and damage.
structure, contact the Customer Sup-
port Department of Beech Aircraft
I CAUIION t prior to the next flight for an opera-
tional safety evaluation.
When fastener removal is required to
perform inspection,
an extreme caution
procedure. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00
for fastener removal instructions.
NOTE
If the
airplane has been equipped with a
spar bridge or any other type of device
Inspections in this chapter, it must be
removed. Refer to the King Air 90 Series
Maintenance Manual for removal and
installation of the BEECHCRAFT Manu-
factured Spar Bridge.
57-13-02
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
4 31 6 6 .13
4 1 1 4
O O
O O
O
O O
OOt)O
O
)5
oooo
O O
or 1 5( 00\ 1 01 1 10 /40 1 ~O O oo oo
O
601 1 10
RH RH LOWER WING SURFACE LH

LH UPPER WING SURFACE
t91LJ57E1212 C C
CHART 201
APPLICABLE ONLY TO LJ-1 THRU LJ-1084, LJ-1086, LJ-1OS’I AND LW-1 THRU LW-347 WITH
BEECHCRAFT SPAR KIT 90-4077-1S
No. No. Replacement
Schedule
1. 201 Allwing attach fitting flat surfaces, depressions, Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks, corrosion and See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
counterbores and bolt bores and the radii at the penetrant as specified mechanical damage occurs first
bottom of the which house the barrel nuts.
2. 202 Area under center section floor board between Visual Cracks and loose See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
the forward and aft rivets occurs first
3. 203 Outboard wing lower main spar cap from wing Fluorescent liquid penetrant Cracks See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
attach to tie down occurs first
4. 204 Outboard wing panel upper and lower main spar Visual Cracks and corrosion See note Annually None
5. 207 Wing bolts and nuts Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks and See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever 15 yrs or
thru penetrant as specified mechanical damage occurs first 15,000 hrs,

211 whichever
occurs first
6. Nacelle splice plates (See Chapter 57-13-04) Visual Cracks 10,000 hrs 1,000 hrs 20,000 hrs
Note. The time designated for the initial Inspection has expired. The time shown in the
recurring Inspection Interval column is now effective for this Inspection.
57-1 3-02
Page 202
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
aeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
P"000~10 [7
A31 1.´•~
RH LOWER
WING FITTING -CENTER SECTION
CAREFULLY INSPECT THE

RADIUS IMMEDIATELY ABOL~E BOLT
VJI~´•IG FITTING OUTBOARD
THE BARREL NUT NOTE THIS FITTING IS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AIRPLANES IN-
CORPORATING BEECHCRAFT KIT NO. 90-40T7-1 S
SEGMENT OF FITTING
REMOVED TO SHOW DETAIL A
COUNTERBOREDETAIL
CAREFULLY INSPECT
THIS SECTOR OF TnE
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
~9
UPPER FWD FITTING
bolts in
a. Remove the wing bolt covers and any decals that may be affixed to the fitting surface. With the wing
place and properly torqued, clean the area to be inspected and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed
flat surfaces of all 10 wing attach fittings. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection~
procedure.
at a time as
b. In compliance with the Inspedion Schedule (Chart ~01), remove and inspect the wing bolts one
detailed unber the heading WING BOLT, NUT AND SPAR FITTING INSPECTION.
Wing Fitting Inspection (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 201
5~-1 3-02
Page 203
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
CAREFULLU INSPECT
THIS AREA OF THE
O O
O BACK SIDE OF TUB
CEPITERBORE
FEATHERED
EDGE
FITTING o ‘s o o
FLAT
SURFACE
WING BOLT BORE
VfEW B C90~W7E3013 3
c, As the wing bolts are removed for inspection, fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the depression areas and
counterbores of the 14 bathtub style fittings. Focus extra attention on the counterbore radius. Fluorescent liquid
penetrant inspect the radii at the bottom of the outboard forward fittings which house the barrel nuts.
d, It is possible that small cracks may be removed from the feathered edge of the counterbore and the back side
of the bath tub type fittings and from the slot in the center section fittings; however, the Customer Support Depart-
ment of Beech Aircraft Corporation should be contacted prior to initiation of any crack removal procedure.
e. Any fitting cracked beyond acceptable limits, as determined by Customer Support, must be replaced.
f, After the Inspection of the wing fittings and bolts is completed, replace the placards which were removed for
the fitting inspections,
g~ Ensure that the drain holes in the upper wing attach fittings are unobstructed before replacing the wing boR
covers,
Wing Fitting inspection

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-13-02
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
O O
O
o o I I o o I ´•._,-_,
LH UPPER RH FORWARD SPAR
~r,
E-,
~rr
1~6
(3
~U"-i´•- _p
´•a
2 r:F :´•i~
j:j-/I r´•
T
REAR
SPAR~ 8
I~ i c
Pnc3
I: ~´•,t
\B.r
t
VIEW A
;c;br
LOOKING FORWARD AT CENTER AISLE BETWEEN
c 3
MAIN AND REAR SPARS
a, Remove the center aisle floorboards and seat track access panels between the forward and aft spars, Visu-
ally Inspect the accessible areas of the spare, lower fuselage skin panel and fuselage formers for loose rivets,
cracks and damage,
b, Repair any damage that may be detected utilizing the FAA Advisory Circular 43.13 which provides the
Acceptable Methods, Techniques and Practices for Structural Repairs.

Figure 202
57-1 3-02
Page 205
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeed~craft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
LOWER FORWARD SPAR

CAP-1
01 IMC1
o O
O Oo
oo
1, 000
s~oo´•sJ
VIEW LOOKING UP AT
LOWER FORWARD RH WING
a. Utilizing the inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed
surface of the lower main spar cap of the outboard wing panels from the wing attach fitting to the tie-down lug.
Ootboard Wing Spar Inspection

Figure 203
57-1 3-02
Page 206
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
~kechcraft
KING AIR 90 SER1ES

OU7BOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK
The outboard wing main spar caps must be inspected a. Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper
for corrosion after the first five years of operation and anh lower spat caps for any buildup of the whitish,
annually thereafter. salt-like nonmetallic substance indicative of corrosion.
I WARNING
w~,,, I be trapped between the edge of the skin and the
~om the wing attach fitting to the
NOTE
airplanes that have been operated caps for paint blisters, raised areas and/or surface dis-
and/or stored for extended periods in tortions and cracks in the metal. The exposed surface
of the spar cap is extruded flat. Any of the previously

TYPICAL SECTION OF THE SPAR CAP
INDICATORS OF’POSSIBLE CORROSION.
BOX SECTION SKIN AREA AND k9E EW\GGERATED FOR CLARITY
INVESTIGATION.
SPAR CAP
3~ o
CRACKS o RAISED AREAS
,--´•o r
o
O
~I-0 o
o o
o
~io
LEADING o
EDGE

CP3-~5´•t3
Spar Cap Crack and Corrosion inspection

Figure 204
57-13-02
Page 207
B Aelssue Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
NOTE If (while using hand-pressure only) wing attach bolt

Spar cap surface irregularities may be binding occurs upon either disengagement or installa-
detected by sliding the fingers over the tion, loosen the remaining three wing attach bolts and
surface, by moving a straightedge over position the wing in a manner that releases binding of
the surface or by sighting down the the bolt.
length of the spar cap. If the wing attach fittings are separated or reposi-
d. If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be tioned, the aluminum washers between the upper
resolved locally, contact the Customer Support wing attach fittingsmust be replaced with new wash-
Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consul- ers. Replacement of these washers will not be
tatton. required if the wing attach boas can be removed one
at a time.
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR
The preload indicating washer assembly at the lower
INSPECTION
forward attach point must be replaced with a new
NOTE assembly each time the the wingbolt at this point is
loosened or removed.
These inspections are applicable only to
Model 90 airplanes into which BEECH-
NOTE
CRAFT Spar Kit No. 90-4077-18 has
been Incorporated. These airplanes fall Ensure that the 90-110032-1 washers
within a serial range of LW-1 thru shown in Figures 208, 210 and 211 and
LW-347, and W-l thru W-1087, except the 95-110025-1 washer shown in Fig-
W-1085. Airplanes in this series which ure 209 have a full complete radius with
have not incorporated the BEECH- no sharp edges which could mark the
CRAFT Spar Kit are covered in 57-13- spar fittings. Replace any washers which
01. exhibit an incomplete radius or sharp
edges.
lw~M´•I
ARNING LOWER FORWARD WING
FITTING INSPECTION
BOLT, NUT AND
All eight wing attach bolts and nuts a. Remove each lower forward wing attach bolt, pre-
must be removed and each of the load indicating washer assembly and barrel nut. Using
wing attach 8ttlngs Inspected. The a nonmetallic brush, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and
wing bolts and nuts are Ilfe Ilmlted washers with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2,
parts and must be replaced In compli- Chart 201, 91-00-00).
ance with the time limits designated
In Chart20~. Render unserviceable all NOTE
components removed In compliance
with their life Ilmlt. The barrel nut must be disassembled for
a thorough inspection of its components.
New wing attach components must
Disassembly is accomplished by push-
be obtained only from Beach Aircraft
ing the roll pin to one side of the cradle
or a BEECHCRAFT approved source,
and separating the the nut. Refer to Fig-
Before removing any of the wing attach bolts, ensure ure 205.
that the wing is properly supported in a manner which
b. If thewing attach boas and nuts do not exceed
prevents wing shifting. Draw a line across each pair of theirspecified life limit as designated in Chart 201,
fittlngs with a grease pencil to aid wing alignment, if
visually inspect them with a 10-power or stronger
required,
magnifying glass for cracks and mechanical damage.
Scratches and markings in the cadmium plating,
f"-~
CAUTION and/or localized deterioration of the cadmium plating
is not reason to reject a bolt. The cadmium plating
DO NOT SCRISE OR SCRATCH THE may be discolored and may have areas exhibiting a
N7TINGS. rubbed or polished appearance, usually resulting from
57-1 3´•02
Page 208
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeeca~craft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
the installation procedure. If any component exhibits approximately five minutes. After the time has
cracks or mechanical damage, replace the affected elapsed, wash the coated areas with water and blow
component. dry (do not wipe). Paint the treated areas of the
directed washer seat with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart 201,
c, Fluorescentliquid penetrant inspect las
in Chapter 20-00-00) each Inconel wing bolt and nut. 91-00-00) and allow sufficient time for drying..
If the bolts and nuts prove to be free of all damage, f. Coat the spar fitting bolt-bores and washer/nut-
they may be reused after cleaning. bearing faces, the complete bolt, nut and new preload
d, Reassemble the barrel nut as shown in figure indicating washer assembly with MIL-C-16173, Grade
2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201,
208,
91-00-00).
e. Clean the spar fittings and bolt-bores with naptha
or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
Do not strip the epoxy paint from this area. Fluores-
cent liquid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter
I .................................................~ING

for condition, focusing extra attention at the washer The components of the preload Indl-
seat and bolt-bore area. If scoring, corrosion pitting, eating washer assembly constitute a
crack indications, or washer impressions are found in matched set and Its components
these areas, contact the Customer Support Depart- must not be Interchanged with any
ment of Beech Aircraft for consultation. If the fitting is other preload Indicating washer
satisfactory, clean off the fluorescent liquid penetrant assembly. It Is essential that the radl-
used outside diameter or the flat
and recoat the bolt-bore and washer/nut-bearing faces
washer portion of the preload Indlcat-
of the fitting with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3,
Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for Ing washer assembly_be placed with
the radius to~vard the fitting washer
tatlon.
g. Install a wing attach bolt, new preload indicating

washer assembly and barrel nut into the wing iitting.
LUBRICATIPN FITTING Ensure that the lubrication fitting on the barrel nut is
positioned in a manner that allows access of a lubrica-
tion noule.
ROLL PIN
h. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE LOWER FORWARD
WING ATTACH BOLT AT THIS TIME. Temporarily
NUT
snug the bolt down to approximately 1200 inch-
CAUTION
BEVELED AREA pounds.
ON NUT MUST
MATCH CONTOUR UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER REAR
OF NUT CRADLE WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION
CRADLE
a. Ensure that the wing is properly supported for
maintenance. Remove only one wing bolt at a time for
inspection. Perform the inspection as detailed in this
section, then replace and torque the bolt to the value
specified in the appropriate illustration ´•before remov-
ing another bolt.

rl,o JI r
NOTE
If a bushing is installed in the upper for-
ward outboard wing attach fitting bolt
Barrel Nut Assembly bore, it must be removed prior to per-
Figure 205 forming the fitting inspection.
57-13-02
Page 209
B Reissue Feb 28/95
KING AIR 40 SERIES
b. Remove an upper fonnrard, upper rear or lower Mll-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive com-
rear wing bolt, nut and washers. When a fastener is pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
loosened, ensure that the radius on the outer ci~cum-
ference of the washers face the radius in the end of
the fitting recess (does not apply to P/N MS20002 or
NAS143 washers). If a washer radius is not positioned
lw~-M´•I
ARNING
as shown in applicable illustration (208, 209 210 or

211), contact the Customer Support Department of
Seech Aircraft for consultation. if the washers are upper forward outboard wing attach
fitting, ensure that It Is In place prior
properly installed, proceed with the remainder of these
to Installing the bolt.
steps.
c. Clean the spar fitting and bolt-bore with naptha or f´• Install the wing attach bolt, washers and nut and
methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). torque the nut to the torque value specified In the
Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the entire visible applicable illustration (Figure 208, 209, 210, or 211).
surface of the fitting. Focus extra attention on the After the nut is properly torqued, coat the exposed
washer seat and bolt-bore of the fitting. Do not strip threads of the wing bolt with Mll-C-16173, Grade 2
the epoxy paint from the fittings. Refer to Chapter corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-
20-00-00 for the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspec- 00).
tion method. If scoring, corrosion pitting, cracks or
washer Impressions are noted, contact the Customer
Support Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for
t CAUTION
CnUIION f
consultation. If the fittlngs are satisfactory, clean off
the fluorescent liquid penetrant and recoat the bolt-
not bottom out against the wing fitting.
bore and washer/nut-bearing faces of the fittings with
Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-
result in enoneous torque readings and
00). Allow the coating to dwell for approximately five fitting damage.
minutes, When the time has elapsed, wash the coated
areas with water and blow dry with air (do not wipe).
g~ Prior to installing the covers, ensure that the drain
Paint the coated areas with zinc chromate primer (4, holes in the upper forward and aft fittings are unob-
Chart 201, 91-00-00) and allow sufficient time for dry- structed and can drain Freely.
Ing,
d, If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their life limit
PROCEDURE
as designated in Chart 201, thoroughly clean the bolt
nut and washers with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1
or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and inspect for cracks and
mechanical damage with a 10-power or stronger mag-
nifying glass. If mechanical damage or cracks are
I AARNING
w~,.,
I
found, replace the affected component. Scratches and
markings In the cadmium plating, and/or localized which were not tightened after
deterioration of the cadmium plating is not reason to
Inspection must be tightened at this
reject a bolt. The cadmium plating may be discolored time. Remove any wing supports
and may have areas exhibiting a rubbed or polished
before tightening this bolt.
appearance, usually resulting from the installation pro-
cedure. If the components are acceptable after the Insert the pin on the tool shown in Figure 206 into
a.
visual Inspection, perform a fluorescent liquid pene-
trant Inspectron on each of the bolts and nuts (see
eating washer assembly and rotate the ring back and
Chapter 20-00-00). If the bolts and nuts are free of forth while tightening the nut. The bolt is tight when
cracks and mechanical damage, they may be reused the outer ring of the preload indicating washer assem-
after cleaning,
bly can no longer be turned using 30 t 5 pounds of
e. Coat the spar fittings, bolt-bore and washer nut- tangential force applied to the ring as shown in Figure
bearing face, the complete bolt, washer and nut with 206. Do not tighten the nut beyond this point.
57´•1 3-02
Page 210
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
~echcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
The compound emerges from between the two

CAU’IION
portions of the barrel nut.
The compound emerges from the locking portion
Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does of the nut assembly.
Wrench contact with the fitting could The fitting will accept no additional compound
result in fitting damage, after several pumps of the gun.
b, After completing the tightening procedure on the c. Coat the exposed threads which protrude through
lower forward bolt, inject MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corro- the nut with MILC-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preven-
sion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00) tive compound.
into the barrel nut lubrication fitting with a grease gun
and an Alemite grease nonel (P/N 314150). Inject the WING BOLT MAINTENANCE
compound until one of the following conditions are a. At the first scheduled airplane inspection as des-
noted:
Maintenance Manual or Inspection Form, after the
bolts have been loosened and retorqued or after initial
installation, check the wing bolts for proper torque as
stated in the illustration for the specific location (Flg-
ures 208, 209, 210 or 211). Check the preload Indicat-
ing washer at the lower forward attach point as shown

in Figure 207.

thereafter,coat the exposed bolt threads which pro-
rosion preventive compound.
c. At the lower forward attach points, inject MIL-C-
16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound into
the barrel nut lubrication fittings until one of the follow-
WHEN 30 S POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL
FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE ing conditions are noted:
INDICATOR RING ON THE
THE BOLT IS TIGHT DO NOT TIGHTEN portions of the nut.
THE BOLT BEYOND THIS POINT
The compound emerges past the locking portion
of the nut assembly.
The fitting will accept no additional compound
after several pumps of the gun.
d. Prior toinstalling the fitting covers and any time

the wing bolt covers are removed, ensure that the
drain holes in the upper forward and upper aft attach
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure
fittings are unobstructed and can drain freely.
Figure 206
57-1 3-02
Page 211
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR THE WING BOLT .~R I

WRENCHES AND TORQUE ADAPTERS USED L
r.
;_i
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
81784-14´•46 OR
VCC0027 80LT
LUBRICATION FI’ITING
WING FITTING 90-380019-1 PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER

OUTBOARD ASSEMBLY
8069108-1414 BARREL
NUT ASSEMBLY I POSITION WITH RADIUS
AGAINST RADIUS
IN WING FITTING
BOLT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE: Coat the complete bolt,

nut, washer, washer
assembly and wing fitting bolt bores with MlL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion pre-
ventive compound. Tighten the bolt while applying a tangential force of 30+5
pounds to the indicator ring of the preload indicating washer, as shown in Figure
206, No further wrenching should be applied to the bolt when 30+5
pounds of
tangential force will no longer move the indicator ring. The 90-380018-1 preload
indicating washer assembly is not to be reused after having been loaded. After
tightening the bolt, inject MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound
POSITION WITH
into the lubrication fitting on the barrel nut. Coat the
exposed threads with COUNTERSINK AGAINST
MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound. ITHE BOLT HEAD
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Installation 99-31´•59
(LW-1 thru LW-347 and W-l thru W-1087 With Kit No. 90-407711S
Installed, Except U-1085)
Figure 207
57-1 3-02
Page 212
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeec~craft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
STRUCTURAL 1NSPECTICN AND REPAIR MANUAL
WASHER (POSITION 000-110100-1

WITH RADIUS TOWARDS BUSHING
105090AO32-10J
81791-1018 WASHER
NUT
I
81785-10-23 OR
VCN0003 BOLT
´•´•I I:...;..
DRAIN +tNAS143 +35-105111-3

DRAIN
HOLE WASHER WASHER (POSITION
HOLE
WING FITTING WITH COUNTERSINK
OUTBOARD AGAINST BOLT HEAD)
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. BUSHING. NUT.
WASHERS, WING FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-C-16173.
GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND
+CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
**AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE
90´•110032-1 WASHER TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
.2:
CL~

-N´•

(LW-1 thru LW-4 and W-l thru W-567 With Kit No. 90-4077-18 Installed)
Figure 208
57-13-02
Page 213
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
+95-110025-1W
495-110021 WASHER (POSITION WITH
IPOSITION WITH RADIUS
TOWARDS WING FITTING) COUNTERSINK TOWARDS 80LT HEAD)
81791-1216 NUT
I I IRC~I ~fi\YI I
i
I
1 81785-12´•23
OR VCN0007 BOLT
i
WING FITTING I
!I WING FITTING
-OUTBOARD
t
\1 CENTER SECTION
DRAIN
++MS20002´•~2 WASHER---/ i--´•105090A032-12K WASHER HOLE
DRAIFI HOLE
FITTING BOLT 80985. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION
PRE\/ENTIVE COMPOUND.
MS20002-~2 WASHERS MAY 85 USED AS REQUIRED 8ETWEEN THE NUT AND 95-110025-1
WASHER TO PROVIDE A PROPER 80LT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
AUTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS fO

III
40-3(-1:

(LW-5 thru LW-347, W-fi68 thru W-1087 With Kit 90-4977-15 Installed, Except W´•1085)
Figure 209
57-1 3-02
Page 214
Feb 28/95 B Rebsue
KING AIR 90 SERIES
k90-110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH

RADIUS TOWARD THE WING
NAS143-10 WASHER .105090A032-10J WASHER
81791-1018 +35-105111-3 WASHER

’TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
i
I
I
I
81786-10-18 OR
VCN0014 80LT
DRAIN
HOLE
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD WING FITTING \-DRAIN HOLE
CENTER SECTION
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT.NUT. WASHERS. WING
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS

AN NAS143´•10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE 90´•110032-1 WASHER
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

.f:.´•. ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
0‘

L
WITH THIS WING BOLTAND NUT.
Z~O-31´•4S

Figure 210
57-1 3-02
B Rels8ue
Page
215
Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
REFER TO CHART 202506 THE WING BOLT

r=
35-105111-3 WASHER [POSITION WITH

+90-110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH

81786-10-18 OR
VCN0014 BOLT
--r
I~´•´•´•´• I I
WING FITTING
-II i II I I I
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
81791-1018 NUT
+~t NAS143-10 WASHER
WASHERS, WING
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT ME COMPLETE BOLT. NUT.
GRADE 2 CORROSION
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH Mll-C-16173.
RADIUS.
~kCHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER
THE NUT AND ME 90-110032-1 WASHER
AN NAS14310 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN
TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT
Lower Aft Wing Bolt Instaliation

Figure 211
57-1 3-02
Page 216
Feb 28~95 B Reissue
Qeeca~craft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS

LOWER FORWARD i 81784-14-46 or TK1817 9~22-5 or a 80691-1414 (barrel None
VCC0027 15/16inch box end nut)
wrench modified to
accept a 40-inch
extension
UPPER FORWARD 81785-10-23 or TS1222-7 or 1/2 81791-1018 TS1176-1 or
VCN0003 (W-l thru inchAllenWrench TS1171-1
W-567, LW-1 thru

VCN0007 (LW-5 50-590012 or a 9/ TS1171-2
thru LW-347, W-568 116-inch Alien
thru W-1087, except IWrench
W-l
UPPER AND 81786-1 0-18 or TS1222-5, 81791-1018 TS1176-1 or
LOWER REAR VCN0014 50-590012 or a 9/16 TS1171-1
inch Alien Wrench
NOTE: This Chart Is applicable only to Model 90 Series airplanes into which BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit
No. 90-4077-15 has been fnstalled.
57-13-02
Page 217
B Reissue Feb 28/95
~eechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
CRACK INSPECTION WING ATTACH At the intervalsdesignated in the Inspection Outline

FITTINGS AND OUTBOARD WING SPAR (Chart 201), thewing attach fittings, center section
and outboard wing spar caps, and the nacelle splice
CAPS
plates must be inspected for cracks, corrosion and
NOTE damage.
This section (57-13-03) is applicable
only to King Air 90 Serials W-1085,
W-1088 and after, iwhich are equipped
with the three-element main spar. The
three-elemeht main spar may be identi-
fied by the clevis fittings at the lower for-
ward wing attach points.
57-1 3-03
Page 201
8 Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
3.5 6 6 3,5
~I O
o o
ol lu 1\1 II I Ii II( Ut I Ct
O
ootz~o
0
O O 0
0"00
ol_ 1 2,4( ´•a\ I ol 1 10 Illlo )2.4 1 ~O 0 _-~II I I___I I 11__1 I 115(_
o01 1 10
2 2

c91o19Ja c cpaola3a c
CHART 201
APPLICABLE ONLY TO LJ-1085, W-1088 AND AFTER
Possible Findings Initial Inspection Recurring Inspection Interval Component
Index Flgure Inspection Area Inspection Method
No. No.
Replacement
Schedule
5 yrs 1 yr None
1. 201 Upper and lower outboard wing panel main Visual Cracks, corrosion
5 yrs 5 yrs None

2. 202 Flat surfaces, depressions and Visual and fluorescent liquid penetrant Cracks, corrosion,
counterbores of the upper forward, upper mechanical damage
and lower aft attach
5 yrs 5 yrs None
3. 204 Lower forward sheer (clevis) fitting Visual Cracks, corrosion,
bore dam
5 yrs, whichever 5,000 hrs 5 yrs, whichever 15 yrs or
4. 205, Wing bolts and nuts upper forward, upper Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks, mechanical 5,000 hrs or or
first occurs first hrs,

206, and lower aft pe~etrant damage occurs 000,51revehcihw
207
occurs first
5 yrs or
5. 204 Lower forward wing attach bolts and nuts
anytime the
bolt is
removed
regardless of
time in
service
Cracks 10,00C) hrs 1,000 hrs 20,000 hrs

8. Nacelle splice plates (See 57-13-04 for Visual
inspection and replacement procedures)
57-1 3-03
Page 202
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
KING AIR 90 SERIES
OUTBOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK a. Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper
AND CORROSION INSPECTION and lower spar caps for any buildup of the whithh,
The outboard wing main spar caps must be inspected If any buildup of this substance is detected, the area
for corrosion after the first five years of operation and should receive extra attention. Wax or paint that may
annually thereafter, be trapped between the edge of the skin and the
preted as corrosion.
I ~ARNING
w~I., I b. Utilizing normal cleaning procedures, wash all
7he entire upper and lower spar cap
caps for paint blisters, raised areas and/or surface dls-
NOTE of the spar cap is extruded flat. Any of the previously
noted irregularities could indicate corrosion and must
Special emphasis should be placed on be considered suspect. See Figure 201.
and/or stored for extended periods in NOTE
and atmospheric conditions are condu- Spar cap surface irregularities may be
cive to corrosion.
Inspection of the upper and lower spar caps must be the surface or by sighting down the
performed as described in the following steps: length of the spat cap.

AREAS 10 BE INSPECTED FOR
INDICATORS Of POSSIBLE CORROSION.
THE INDICATORS ARE ACL SHOWN IN ONE
BOX SECTION SKIN AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR CLARITY
INVESTIGATION.
SPAR CAP
3~ o
RAISED AREAS
CRACKSyL o
e~
O
~-O o
o o
o
o
~o
LEADING O
EDGE

css~ca
Spar Cap Corrosion and Crack Inspection

Figure 201
57-1 3-03
Page 203
B Reissue Feb 28/95
KING AIR 90 SERIES
If replacement of the wing panel main spar becomes If (while applying hand pressure only) wing attach bolt
necessary, consult the King Air 90 Series Parts Cata- binding occurs upon disengagement or installation,
logfor component part numbers. support the outboard wing panel, loosen the other
three wing attach bolts and position the wing in a man-
If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be
ner that releases binding of the bolt. Even though the
lower forward wing bolts must be driven from the fit-
tation. tings with a pin, excessive force should not be used to
remove this bolt. When upper wing attach fittings are
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR FITTING separated or shifted, the aluminum washers between
these fittings must be replaced with new washers.
INSPECTION
New aluminum washers should not be required if wing
NOTE attach bolts can be removed one at a time.
These Inspections are applicable only to NOTE

airplane serials W-1085, W-1088 and
after. Ensure that the 101-100011-1 washer
shown in figure 205, and the
90-110032-1 washers shown in Figure
I ~I´•´•I
WARNING 206, and 207 have a full complete radius
with no sharp edges which could mark
the spar fittings. Replace any washers
All eight wing attach bolts and nuts which exhibit an incomplete radius or
must be removed and each of the sharp edges.
wing attach Nttlngs Inspected. The
wing bolts and nuts are life Ilmlted
parts and must be replaced with new FITTING INSPECTION
components In compliance with the
time limits designated In Chart 201. NOTE
Render unserviceable all components The lower forward wing bolts must be
removed In compliance with their life removed and the fittings inspected every
limitation. five years. The bolts, nuts and washers
New wing attach components must at this location are not reusable. These
be obtained only from Beech Aircraft parts must be replaced with new compo-
or a BEECHCRAI~T approved vendor, nents any time the bolt is removed for
any reason regardless of time in service.
1~noN
CAUTION t a. Cut the safety wire from the bolt head and nut.
b. Remove the retaining bolts and clips at the head

As the lower forward wing attach bolt is of the bolt and at the nut.
being driven from the fittings, periodi- c. Hold the bolt head immobile and remove the nut.
cally check the bolt head side of the ft-
tlngs to ensure that the bushings in the
bolt bore are not being driven out with CAUTION
the bolt.
Before removing any wing attach bolt, support the Exercise extreme care when driving the
wing with a wing stand and draw a line across each bolt and aligning pin out of the flttings.
pair of wing fittings with a grease pencil to aid wing As the bolt is being driven out of the fit-
alignment, if required. tings, ensure that the bushings in the
bolt bore are not being driven out with
the bolt. Use only the BEECHCRAF~
CAUTION
approved aligning pin for this procedure.
The aligning pin (P/N 10966) may be
DO NOT SCRISE OR SCRATCH THE ordered from Seech Aircraft or a
NTT~NGS. SEECHCRAFT approved outlet.
57-13-03
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
d. Carefully drive the bolt out of the fitting with the (does not apply to NAS143 washers). if the radius is
aligning pin and a rawhide mallet. When the bolt has not orientated as shown in the applicable illusttation,
been removed, drive the aligning pin out of the fittings contact the Customer Support Department of Beech
with a flat-end smaller diameter pin. Aircraft for consultation. If the washers are installed
e. Discard the bolt, washers and nut, correctly proceed with the following steps:
C´• Clean the spar fitting and bolt bore with naptha or
f. Clean the flttings and bolt bore with naptha or
methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Do
not strip the epoxy paint from the fittings. Fluorescent
liquid penetrant inspect the entire visible surface of
each fitting. Focus extra attention on the washer seat
NOTE
and bolt bore areas of the bathtub style fittings and the
Use a 10-power or stronger magnifying radiused areas in the fittings which house the barrel
Instrument for the visual inspections of nuts. If cracks, corrosion or mechanical damage Is
the fitting surfaces and bolt bore. noted in any fitting, contact the Customer Support
Department of Beech Aircraft for consultation.
d´• If the fittings satisfactory, clean off all traces of
are
g. Inspect all visible surfaces of the fitting and the
bolt bore for cracks, corrosion and mechanical dam- the fluorescent liquid penetrant and coat the bolt bore
and washer/nut bearing faces of the fittings with Alo-
age,
dine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE Allow the coating to dwell for approximately five mrn-
If any of the conditions noted in step "g" utes. When the time has elapsed, wash the coated
areas with water and blow dry with air (do not wipe).
are found, contact the Customer Support
Department of Beech Aircraft Corpora- Paint the coated areas with zinc chromate primer (4,
tfon for consultation. Chart 201, 91-00-00) and allow sufficient time for dty-
ing.
h. Coat the exposed surfaces of the Rtting with Alo-

dine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). NOTE
Allow the coating to dwell for approximately fn~e min- The barrel nut must be disassembled for
utes then rinse the coated surfaces with water and proper inspection. This may be accom-
blow dry. Do not wipe the treated surfaces. plished by moving one of the roll pins
i. Install Rush with the inside cradle surface and
a new bolt, washers and nut
instructed in
as
figure 204. Torque the nut, install the safety wire and removing the nut. See Figure 203.
clips as instructed in Figure 204. e. If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their life limit,
thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and washers with
naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201,
WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION 91-00-00) and inspect for cracks and mechanical
damage with a 1 0-power or stronger magnifying glass.
a. Ensure that the wing is properly supported for
Scratches and markings in the cadmium plating,
maintenance. Remove only one wing bolt at a time.
and/or localized deterioration of the cadmium plating
Perform the inspection as detailed in this section, then
replace and torque the bolt to the value specified in may be discolored and may have areas exhibiting a
the appropriate illustration before removing another
rubbed or polished appearance, usually resulting from
bolt.
the installation procedure. If any mechanical damage
b. Remove an upper forward, upper aft or lower aft or cracks are noted in any of the components, replace
wing attach bolt, nut (barrel nut at the upper forward the affected component. If the components are
fitting) and washers. When a fastener is loosened, acceptable after the visual inspection, perform a fluo-
ensurethat the radius on the outer circumference of rescent liquid penetrant inspection on each of the
each washer adjacent to the wing attach fitting in the bolts and nuts (see Chapter 20-00-00). If the bolts and
outer wing panel and in the wing.center section is fac- nuts are free of cracks and mechanical damage, they
Ing the radius In the end of the wing fitting recess may be reused after cleaning.
57-1 3-03
Page 205
B Reissue Feb 28195
BEECHCRAFT
KING AIR 90 SERIES
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
DEPRESSION AREA a
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
BORE
1
r
I
DEPRESSION AREA O00
.i-~
C‘
q
DRAIN HOLE
WING FITTING
DRA~N HOLE
A
d
oo
CENTER SECTION FITTING

DETAIL A
DETAIL C
FITTING FLAT SURFACE BEARING FACE RADIUS
DEPRESSION AREA
CAVITY RADIUS ~--FITTING FLAT SURFACE
I
WING FITTING
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
BOLT BORE _
OUTBOARD -BOLT BORE DEPRESSION AREA
DEPRESSION AREA
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
DETAIL D
CENTER SECTION FITTING
WING FITTING DRAIN HOLE DRAIN HOLE
cssu~Jxoe70
DETAIL B
Remove the wing bolt covers and any decals that may be affixed to the wing fittings. With the bolts in place and
properly torqued, clean the fittings and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed flat surfaces of the upper
forward and upper and lower aft fittings. As the wing bolts are removed for inspection, fluorescent liquid penetrant
Wing Attach Fitting Inspection
Figure 202 inspect the depressions and counterbores of the bathtub type fittings and the radii at the bottom of the fittings
which house the barrel nuts. Focus special attention on the counterbore radius of the aft spar fittings. If a crack
is indicated in any of the fittings, contact the Customer Support Department of Seech Aircraft for consultation.
57-13-03 When the inspections are complete replace any decals thatwere removed from the wing fittings. Prior to install-
Page 206
ing the wing bolt covers, ensure that the drain holes in the upper fitting are unobstructed.
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
aeec~craft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
f, Reassemble the barrel nut as shown in Figure h. install the wing attach bolt, washers and nut and
203. torque the nut (bolt at the upper forward attach point)
to the torque value specified in the applicable Illustra-
g. Coat the spar fittlngs, bolt bore and washer nut
tion (Figure 205, 206, or 207). After the nut (bolt at the
bearing face, the complete bolt, washers, and nut or
barrel nut with Mll-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion pre- upper forward attach point) is properly torqued, coat
ventfve compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). the exposed threads of the wing bolt with MIL-C-
16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5,
Chart 201, 91-00-00). Inject Mll-C-16173 Grade 2
c~uoohlf
CAUIION
00) into the barrel nut lubrication fittings with a good
quality grease gun and an’Alemite nettle (P/N
314150). Inject the compound until one of the follow-
Wrench contact with the fitting oould
ing objectives is achieved:
fitting damage. The compound emerges from between the two
portions assembly.
of the nut
NOTE The compound emerges beyond the locking por-

tion of the nut.
When installing the barrel nuts in the
upper forward wing fittings, install them The fitting will accept no further compound after
in a manner which ensures that the lubri- several pumps of the gun.
cation fittings are accessible.
NUT
FlmNo
ki ~t------- CRADLE
ROLL PIN .040 INCH

(80691CF-1216;it‘
NUT
.060 INCH
(80891CF-1612)
CAUT~I’ON
BEVELED AREA NUT MUST BE BEVELED OR CHAMFERED AS SHOWN
ON NUT MUST CRADLE TO PREVENT SCORING THE SIDES OF THE BARREL
MATCH CONTOUR NUT HOLE IN THE SPAR. IF NOT. REPLACE NUT
OF NUT CRADLE OR REWORK NUT AS SHOWN.
200-31-9
Barrel Not Assembly

Figure 203
51-1 3-03
Page 207
B Reissue Feb 28195
KING AIR 90 SERIES
Prior to Installing the wing attach fitting covers, trude through the nuts with MILC-16173, Grade 2 cor-
ensure that the drain holes in the upper forward and rosion preventive compound. At the upper forward
aft flttings are free of obstructions and can drain freely. attach nuts, inject MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion
preventive compound into the barrel nut assemblies
WING BOLT MAIN7ENANOE until one of the conditions are noted:
a, At the first scheduled airplane inspection as des- The compound emerges from between the two
ignated by the BEECHCRAFT King Air 90 Series portions of the nut
assembly.
Maintenance Manual or inspection Form, after the The compound emerges past the locking portion
bolts have been loosened and retorqued or after initial of the nut.
Installatron, check the upper forward, upper and lower
aft wing bolts for proper torque as stated in the illus-
tratlon for the specific location (Figures 205, 206 and
207). c. Prior to installing the fitting covets, ensure that the
drain holes in the upper forward and aft fittings are
unobstructed and can drain freely.
coat the exposed bolt threads which pro-
thereafter,
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS

LOWER FORWARD 1 1309098175 1 1/4-inch box end 1309091\146 11001
wrench
UPPER FORWARD IVCC0025 or TS1176-10, 80691CF-1216 or None
81784-12-32 TS1171-5 or SL4092-12 (Barrel
TS1171-10 N
LOWER AFT VCN0014 50-590012 or a 9/16 TS1171-1
inch Alien Wrench
NOTE: The tools listed in this chart are applicable only to W-1085, W-1088 and after.
57-1 3-03
Page 208
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
MS20995C41
SAFETY WIRE
.070 INCH DIA. HOLE
NAS1515H14 WASHER
CENTER SECTION SPAR
AN960PD1416L
WASHER
F E3 RETAINER
0 MS20995C41
SAFETY WIRE
r
NAS1515H14 .i
WASHER
AN960PD1416L;
WASHER~
I’5718909031
~.li 1
.070 INCH WING SPAR
BOLT DIA. HOLE
AN960PD1416L
CENTER SECTION
NAS1515H14 WASHER (AS REO.)
SPAR
WASHER (NYLONJ 130909N46 NUT
RETAINER CLIP WING SPAR
RETAINER CLIP
DETAIL A DETAIL B
COAT THE SPAR BUSHING BORES, BOLT NU7; METAL MASHERS, AND THE 10996 ALIGN-
ING PIN WITH MIL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. USING A
RAWHIDE MALLET DRIVE THE 10996 ALIGNING PIN INTO THE FlTTINGS. INSTALL AN
AN960PD1416L METAL WASHER AND AN NAS1515H14 (NYLON) WASHER ON THE BOL7:
THE METAL WASHER MUST BE DIRECTLY UNDER THE BOLT HEAD AND THE NYLON
WASHER MUST BE POSITIONED UNDER THE METAL WASHER. POSITION THE BOLT ON
THE FORWARD SIDE OF THE FITTINGS. DRIVE THE BOLT INTO THE FITnNGS UNTIL THE
WASHERS AND BOLT HEAD REST FIRMLY AGAINST THE FITTINGS. THE ALIGNING PIN
WILL BE DRIVEN OUT OF THE FTTnNGS AS ME BOLT IS DRIVEN IN. INSTALL AN NAS
1515H14 NYLON WASHER AND THE NUT ONTO THE MREADED PORTION OF THE BOLT.
HOLD THE BOLT HEAD IMMOBILE WITH A BOXEND WRENCH AND TORQUE THE NUTTO
30 TO 50 INCH-POUNDS WITH A 11001 ADAPTER AND TORQUE WRENCH. THE SLOTS IN
THE CASTELLATED NUT MUST ALIGN WITH THE SAFEPI WIRE HOLE IN THE BOL7: IF
ALIGNMENT CANNOT BE ATTAINED WITHIN THE TORQUE UMTTATIONS, REMOVE THE
NUT AND INSTALL AN AN960PD1416L (METAL) WASHER. INSTALL THE NUT AliP RE-
TORQUE TO 30 TO 50 INCH-POUNDS. INSTALL THE RETAINER CUPS AND SAFETY ME
BOLT HEAD AND NUT TO THEIR RESPECTIVE CLIPS wm~ MS20995C41 SAFETY WIRE.
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Installation 9031-110
(W-1085, W-1088 and After)

Figure 204
51-1 3-03
Page 209
B Reissue Feb 28/95
~-kechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
f~B
a
I´•
o 000
i’
a
0"-
9~´•a Q
o
VIEY A o:1,~ A
r101-10001 I-I
WASHER
8069 ICF- 1216~ 101-110023-3 1 VCC0025
OR WASHER OR
SLd092- 12 81784-12-32
8ARREL NUT BOLT
ASSEMBLY
NAS578-128
RETAINER
GRAIN
HOLE DRAIN
HOLE
OUTBOARD WING
PANEL FITTING
MY B CENTER SECTION
WING FITTING
u INSTALL THE WASHER WITH THE RADIUS TOWARD THE FITTING SURFACE.
THE UPPER FOREWARD WING BOLTS ARE TO 8E INSTALLED AS FOLLOWS: COAT THE SPAR
FITTINGS BOLT BORE, WASHER BEARING SURFACES, THE COMPLETE 80LT, NUT ASSEMBLY
AEID WASHER WITH MIL-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. TOROUE
THE 80LT TO 2380-2500 INCH-POUNDS. INJECT MIL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
PREVENTIVE COMPOU~ INTO THE BARREL NUT LUBRICATION FITTING WITH A GREASE GUN
(CAPABLE OF 2000 TO 4000 PSI) EOUIPPED WITH A NO. 314150 (P/N OF ALEMITE TOOL,
A DIVISION OF STEWART WARNER) GREASE NOZZLE. COAT THE EXPOSED THREADS OF THE
BOLT WITH MIL-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION PRE\/ENTIVE COMPOUND. ASSURE THAT THE
DRAIN HOLES IN THE FITTINGS ARE OPEN AND FREE TO DRAIN.

(W-1085, W-1088 and After)
Figure 205
57-1 3-03
Page 210
Feb 28~95 B Reissue
KING AIR 90 SERIES

NAS14310 WASHER
+35-105111-3 WASHER
81791-1018 (POSFTION WITH COUNTERSINK
cI~
NUT TOWARDS 80LT HEAD)
81786-10-18 OR
VCN0014 80LT
DRAIN
HOLE
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD WING FITTING HOLE
CENTER SECTION
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIl-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
x CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.

~t AN NAS143´•10 WASHER MAY 88 USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE 90-110032-1 WASHER
TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP AIXIUSTMENT.
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
CI‘

WRENCHES AND TORQUE ADA
803, 69
Upper Aft Wing Polt Installation

Figure 206
5f-1 3-03
Page 211
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Beechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
REFER 10 CHART 202 FOR THE WING BOLT


*90´•110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH

81786-10-18 OR
VCN0014 BOLT
r
II;M..... I
WING FITTING
-i);flE~YAi;d It II I I I
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
81791-1018 NUT
NAS14310 WASHER
NUT. WASHERS. WING

BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT.
GRADE 2 CORROSION
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH Mll-C-16173.
OUTER RADIUS.
´•IrCHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS
BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE 90-110032-1 WASHER
´•Irk AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY BE USED
403152

Figure 207
51-1 3-03
Page 212
Feb 29/95 B Reissue
aeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
GENERAL NACELLE SPLICE PLATES 203. If a cracked

splice plate is found, the secondary
inspections shown inFigure 202 must be performed
The four nacelle splice plates must be inspected for
and structural repairs effected as required. When new
cracks at 10,000 hours and every 1,000 hours there-
splice plates are installed, the inspection cycle Is
after until reaching their life limit of 20,000 hours. At
repeated with the first inspection due at 10,000 hours.
20,000 hours the splice plates must be removed and If unusual conditions are encountered that cannot be
replaced with new components. resolved locally or if an alternate splice plate replace-
The splice plate inspection procedure is detailed in ment procedure is desired, contact the Customer Sup-
Figure 201 and the replacement procedure in Figure port Department of Beech Aircraft for consultation.
57-1 3-04
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechrraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES NACELLE SPLICE PLATES
NOTE
Remove only the access panels shown in this illustration. Removal of the riveted skins
should not be required for the inspection process.
a. Remove the access panels shown as shaded areas on the illustration.
b. Visually inspect the edges of the splice plates on top of the upper spar forward flange.
c, If a crack Is found in one of the splice plates, proceed to the splice plate replacement procedure shown in Fig-
ure 203,
O O
O
I I \b/o o I I I o
LH UPPER RH
REMOVE THIS ACCESS PANEL AND INSPECT

THE FORWARD INBOARD EDGE OF THE INBOARD
SPLICE PLATE THROUGH THE OPENING.

THE FORWARD OUTBOARD EDGE OF THE OUTBOARD
VfRIA USPLICE PLATES
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON LH

SIDE OF THE CENTER SECTION C
Nacelle Splice Plate Inspection

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 3´•04
Page 202
Feb 28/95 8 Reissue
13eechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
VISUALLY INSPECT THE OUTBOARD

EDGES OF THE INBOARD SPLICE r
r= ~t
PLATES FROM ON TOP OF THE
SPAR FORWARD FLANGE TO THE
PLATE
9
I
~E 1
FORWARD INBOARD WHEEL WELL
VISUALLY INSPECT ME INBOARD

EDGES OF THE OUTBOARD SPLICE
PLATES FROM ON TOP OF THE
SPAR FORWARD FLANGE TO THE
FORWARD END OF EACH SPLICE
PLATE
i:
c
i3~: t
r.
r)~´•JC
.-~i
FORWARD OUTBOARD WHEEL WELL
d, Thoroughly examine the edges of the splice plates from on top of the spar forward flange to the forward
ends,
e. Focus close attention on the area from the bulkhead to immediately forward of the main spar.
f, If any cracks are located in this area, proceed to the splice plate replacement procedure.
g, Anytime a crack is found in a splice plate, the splice plate must be replaced and the secondary damage
inspections shown in Figure 202 must be performed.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 3-04
Page 203
B Reissue feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
INSPECT THE RIB ASSEMBLIES

AT BL 30.63 AND BL 57.43
INSPECT ALL THE STIFFENERS

THE FORWARD SIDE OF
VIEWA GNOLAPAPSNIAMEHT
VIEW LOOKING AT FORWARD SIDE OF SPAR BL 30.63 TO BL 50.00
´•n ~51 C~ I R MAIN SPAR
~-irtll AFT
ii I
1
O O
00QI I looo
RH LOWER LH
j
O O ’fi
C] MAMINE THE
o d I I I d
CHANNEL THAT
ATTACHES THE
FORWARD NACELLE
,j! t
RIB TO THE MAIN SPAR BL 68.00
VIEW B
LH UPPER RH
a. If a crack is found in any of the four splice plates, the structural components shown in this illustration must be
Inspected for secondary structural damage.
b. If the nacelle rib attach channel is damaged, it must be replaced with a new channel. If any of the other struc-
tural components shown in this illustration are damaged, repairs may be effected utilizing one of the standard
repair procedures shown in Chapter 20-10-00.
Additional Inspections That Are Required When a Cracked Splice Plate Is Found
Figure 202
57´•1 3-04
Page 204
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
E)eechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
REMOVE THE AFT NACELLE SKINS

NOTE
On airplane serials LJ-I
thru LJ-177 the entire
~9 O
aft nacelle skin is not
to be removed. Remove only
the forward section of the
aft skin as shown on sheet i o O I I I O o
3 of this figure. A
LH UPPER RH
iP
MAIN SPAR
.t´•
’INBOARD SPLICE OUTBOARD SPLICE
PLATE VIEW A PLATE
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON RH SIDE OF CENTER SECTION
t CAUTION
~1´• t
Use a hoist with steel rollers or one that is firmly mounted to a solid surface to support
the engine when the splice plates are removed. DO NOT use a hoist with Nbber tires.
a. To prevent unacceptable loading of the nacelle structure when the splice plates are removed, support the
engine with a 50-590141-1 or other Beechcraft approved sling and a hoist.
CAUTION I
DO NOT drill into the spat cap.
b. Remove the fasteners attaching the aft nacelle skin to the center section and remove the skins shown as
shaded areas on the locator view.

c. Remove the plumbing and equipment as necessary to gain access to the splice plate fasteners foNvard of
the main spar.
d. Remove the n’vets attaching the splice plates to the structure and the lock bolts that secure the splice plates
to the spar. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the lock bolt removal procedures.
Splice Plate Replacement Procedure

(Sheet 1 of 5)
Figure 203
57-13-04
Page 205
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
aeechcraft
KING AIR 90 SERIES
P/N SPS TECHNOLOGIES i. HL64P887-6-4 Lock Pin Assembly

P/N HUCK MFG CO. 12Places
2. HL64PB87-6-7 Lock Pin Assembly
+If
+4
+14
-tl+
D12 PLACES
10 PLACES
1 2 Places
3. HL20PB86-6-7f Lock PinAssemblyor

NAS1466-7 f* Lock Pin 8 LC-CB Collar
~IC +f 1 Place
2 6
2 PLACES 2 PLACES -)++3U 4. HL20PB86-6-4 Lock Pin Assembly or
NAS1466-4 ff Lock Pin LC-C6 Collar
NAC STA 125.00
8 Places
3 7
-f´•l~---- -I+f
PLACE 2 PLACES 5. HL64P887-6-4*Lock PinAssembly
7-r 10 Places
8
3´• 10 PLACES +f
b ff 6. HL64P887-6-7 Lock Pin Assembly
fC 8 PLACES 2 Places
vrmB vrm C 7.
2 HL64PB87-6-7 Lock Pin
ytbmessA
Places
OUTBOARD NACELLE INBOARD NACELLE
SPLICE PLATE SPLICE PLATE 8. HL64PB87-6-4 Lock Pin Assembly
50-980002-1 17 LH 50-980002-159 LH 10 Places
50-980002-118 RH 50-980002-160 RH
e., Remove all burrs from the fastener holes.
f..Vacuum up all debris that may have been caused by the drilling operation.
f~l CALTION
When using the old splice plate as a template, ensure that it is the splice plate which
was removed from the location for which the new splice plate is being prepared.
g.. Install the new splice plates and fasteners as indicted in the iliustration.
NOTE
When installing lock bolts in holes that were formerly occupied by rivets, ream the
holes with a number 12 ream to ensure a snug fit.
h. Utilizing the fasteners shown on sheets 3, 4 and 5 of this figure, install the aft nacelle skins.
i. Install any plumbing or equipment that was removed for the splice plate replacement procedure.

(Sheet 2 of 5)
Figure 203
57´•1 3-04
Page 206
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
KING AIR 90 SERIES
AN509-10R
SCREW
SPlaces
]-R01-525NA
SPAR
SCREW
105
1 Place
SCREW
1 Place
OUTBOARe INBOARO
I SPLICE SPLICE
I
-C´•
PLATE PLATE
AN509-10R
SCREW
10 Places
AN509-10RSCREW
10 Places
ANS09-10R
SCREW
6 Places
AFT NACELLE SKIN AND FASTENERS (LJ-1 thru LJ-177)

(Sheet 3 of 5)
Figure 203
57-1 3-04
Page 207
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
KING AIR 90 SERIES
PERMISSIBLE TO INSTALL NAS1097AD5 RIVETS IN OVERSIZE HOLES.
CI
I-----------?
Q,a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a ’MS20426AD4 RIVETS
a a a a a ae_a a a oo
a a o_eo MS20426AD4 RIVETS
I
r/ "MS20426AD5 RIVET
aQQ a a a a a a a a a a a a 00 a a a 00
MS20426AD4 RIVETS
OR
MS20601AD4W2 BLIND
RIVETS
oaoo
FWD
’MS20426AD4 RIVETS
tINBD
"MS20426AD5 RIVET
MS20426AD4 RIVETS
MS20426AD41/5" DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET.

MS20426AD5 3/31 DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET.
NAS1097AD5 5/32 DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET.
NAS1097AD6 3/16 DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET.
?O´•SRM-IP
MS20601AD4W2 1/5" DIA ALUMINUM, FLUSH-BLIND RIVET
Aft Nacelle Skin And Fasteners (LW-1 And After, LJ-178 Thru LJ-1087 Except W-1085)

(Sheet 4 of 5)
Figure 203
57-1 3-04
Page 208
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
KING AIR 90 SERIES
STRUCTURAL INSPECT1ON AND REPAIR MANUAL
I\
_j
I-----------f
D
I ’MS20426AD4 RIVETS
MS20426AD4 RIVETS
it I
r 7
’MS20426ADS RIVET
C´•
10´•´•´•´•´•~’e0´•´•´•´•´•o
NAS 173985
OR
082248-5
BLIND RIVETS
´•´•L´•~O.
08763-4 OR
:NAS1739B4
’"MS20426ADS RIVETS
MS20426AD4 RIVETS
Permissible to install NAS1097AD5 rivets in oversize holes.

Permissible to install NAS1097AD6 nvats In oversize holes.
MS20426AD4 118’ DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET

MS20426AD5 3/32’ DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET
NAS1097AD5 5/32’ DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET
NP.31739B5 5/32’ DIA ALLOY STEEL-FLUSH BLIND RIVET-MECHANICALLY
LOCKED. SPINDLE BULBED
082248-5 5/32’ DIA(P/N CHERRY TEXTRON INC) ALUMINUM-FLUSH. BLIND
RIVET-MECHANICALLY LOCKED. SPINDLE BULBED
00763-4 118’ DIA(P/N CHERRY TU(TRDN INC) ALVMINUM-FLUSH. BLIND
NAS1739B4 1/8’ ALUMINUM-FLUSH. BLIND RIVET-MECHANICALLY LOCKED.
SPINDLE BULBED
Aft Nacelle Skin And Fasteners (LJ-1085, LJ-1088 And After)
Splice Place Replacement Procedure

(Sheet 5 of 5)
Figure 203
57-1 3-04
Page 209
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Raytheon Airc~afi
BEECH KING AIR F90 STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES nance in the category of service far which the airplane
(MCDEL F90) was originally designed; specifically a pressurized

executive or corporate transportation vehicle wherein
This chapter provides the procedures necessary to the majority of cruise is above 1 0,000 feet altitude and
Inspect the Beech King Air F90 wing attach-fittings, flight duration is more than one hour. Should the air-
bolts and nuts and the outboard wing main spat caps craft be used for missions other than that intended by
for various types of damage. These inspections are a
design, such as an air taxi, commuter air service,
supplement to, but do not replace, the normal airplane pipeline surveillance, livestocklpredator animal con-
inspection procedures and intervals of the Beech King
I
trol, search and rescue, navigation aids inspection,
Air F90 Maintenance Manual, the Beech King Air F90
extraordinary service at low altitude or unusually short
Continuous Inspections Procedures, Beech King Air
duration flights (less than 30 minutes), the inspections
F90 150-Hour Inspection Procedures, the Beech King
specified in the Standard Flight Profile Inspection
Air 90 Series 150-Hour Extended Inspection Program
Schedule (Chart 201) are not appropriate for contin-
or any succeeding Inspection programls which may be
I published. The inspection requirements of this chapter

supersede those of BEECHCRAFT Service Instruc-
tions No. 1140.
ued airworthiness of the airplane structure. In such
cases, promptly notify the Customer Support Depart-
ment of Raytheon Aircraft and a special inspection I
program will be established 10 address the unique
Chapter 57-14 is divided according to the main spat requirements of the airplane’s mission.
types. Section one (57-14-01) covers airplane serials
LA-2 thru LA-225 This series of airplanes is equipped T"e Stated hours for the "initial
inspection" do not take
with main spat caps which feature integral-tension- i"to consideration crack initiation due to structural
type wing-attach fittings. damage, e.g. a gear-up landing. If such structural

damage occurs, perform the initial inspection after
Section two (57-14-02) applies to airplane serials
repairs are complete, then perform the recurring
LA-226 thru LA-236 These airplanes are equipped
inspections as specified under Recurring Inspection
with a main spat which incorporates integral-tension
Interval.
wing attach-fittings on the upper spat cap and three-
element clevis-type (shear) attach-fittings on the lower
SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
spat cap.
The inspection schedule (Chart 201) in Chapters Each tool listed in Chart 1 is provided as an example
57-14-01 and 57-14-02 identify the inspection areas, of the equipment designed to perform a specific func-
Initial Inspection periods, recurring inspection intervals tion. Generic or locally manufactured tools that are the
and component replacement times. This schedule is equivalent with respect to accuracy, function, and
based on airplane utilization, operation and mainte- craftsmanship may be used in lieu of those listed.
CHART 1
TOOL NAME PART NO. SUPPLIER USE

1, Eddy Current Inspection Magnaflux Centurion NDT, Inc. Inspect for cracks in the
Instrument Model ED-520, wing-attach fittings.
ED-530 or
ED-530M
2. Eddy Current Probe 6270 1.55 Ideal Specialty Co. Inspect the center radius at the
bottom circumference of the
barrel nut holes.
3. Eddy Current Probe 6270-1 1.55 Ideal Specialty Co. Inspect the intersection of the
radius and bottom of the barrel
nut holes.
4. Eddy Current Flex Shaft 6270-3 1.63 Ideal Specialty Co. Inspect the center of the
Probe counterbore radius of the center
section main spat fittings.
57-14-00
Page 1
82 Sep 10/97
Ray~heon Aircraft
CHART1
SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)
5. Eddy Current Flex Shaft 6270-4 1.68 Ideal Specialty Co. Inspect the tangent intersection
Probe between the counterbore radius
and the counterbore wall of the
center section fittings. Inspect the
counterbore wall.
6, Eddy Current Reference 132351 Raytheon Aircraft To verify eddy current instrument
Standard Company setup.
Suppliers’ Addresses:
Centurion NDT, Inc., 707 Remington Rd, Suit 9, Schaumburg, IL 60178

Phone: (708) 884-4949
Fax: (708) 884-8772
Ideal Specialty Co., 2531 E. Independence St., Tulsa, OK 74110-5359

Phone: (91 8) 834-1657
Raytheon Aircraft Company, 9709 E. Central, P.O.Box 85, Wichita, KS 67201-0085

Phone: (316) 676-7111
57-1 4-00
Page 2
82
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
SEECH KING AIR F90 STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
INSPECT1ON WING ATTACH

FITnNGS AND CUTBOARD WING SPAR
CAPS
CHART 201
STANDARD FLIGHT PROFILE
INSPECTION SCHEDULE
NOTE: This chart is applicable to airplane serials LA-2 thru LA-225 operated
in the category of service for which they were originally designed.
3 Index
3 4 Inspection Area Fig Inspection Possible Initial Recurring Component
No, Method Findings Inspection I Inspection Replacement
interval Schedule
1~0 1 Wing attach-fitting 202 1 Magnified Cracks, 5 yrs 5 yrs None
flat surfaces,
C] O nl n depressions,
visual and
fluorescent
corrosion
and
counterbores and liquid penetrant I mechanical
O
or I 1~ I’´•I I lo /00 )1 I la barrel nut holes as specified damage
o lower outbd fittings
2 Lower forward fitting 203 1 Eddy current Cracks 20,000 hrs 1,200 hrs None
counterbores and
3 3
barrel nut holes
LH UPPER WING SUR’AtE 4H
3 Inconel wing bolts 206, 1 Magnified Cracksand 5yrs 5 yrs Refer to Chapter 4
and nuts 207, Ivisual and mechanical in the King Air F90
208, 1 fluorescent damage Maintenance
209 (liquid penetrant Manual
as (1 09-59001 0-1 9)
4 /Outboardwing panel 201 Visual Cracks, 5 yrs Annually None
upper and lower spar corrosion
5 Nacelle splice plates Visual Cracks 10,000 hrs 11,000 hrs 20,000 hrs
4~- 1, 2, 3 5 5 1, 2, 3 4 (see 57-13-04 for
inspection and
Qe replacement
procedures)
C3 C3
oc~o I-
01 10 oc~o
17 oo 3 O
ao
WARNING: Personnel performing the eddy current inspections referenced in this chart must meet, or
exceed, level II requirements of eddy current proficiency in compliance with MIL-STD-Q1OE.
3 3
RH COWE~ UZNG SURCACE LH
57-1 4-01
Page 201
at
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
At the intervalsdesignated in the Inspection Outline A crack in an ah spar fitting requires QL

(Chart 201), the
wing bolts, wing-attach fittings, out- replacement only of the affected fit-
board wing spar caps and the nacelle splice plates tlng.
must be inspected for cracks, corrosion and damage.
If any cracks are found in the wing
NOTE structure, contact the Customer Sup-
port Department of Raytheon Aircraft
if the airplane has been equipped with a
prior to the next flight for an opera-
spar bridge or any other type of device tiona/
that wiil hinder the execution of the
safety evaluation.
Inspections in this chapter, it must be
removed.
Refer to Chapter 57 in the Seech King AND CORROSION INSPECTION
Air F90 Maintenance Manual for removal
and installation of the Seech manufac- The outboard wing main spar cap must be inspected
tured spar bridge. after the first 5 years of operation and every year
thereafter.
i ~-´•´•´•I
~NARNING
I WARNING
A crack In the main spar cap or fitting

of an outboard wing panel requires The entire upper and lower spar cap
replacement of the affected wing from the wing-attach fitting to the
panel spar assembly. wing tip must be inspected.
THIS ILLUSTRATION REPRESENTS A TYPICAL

SECTION OF THE SPAR CAP AREAS TO BE
8OX SECTION SKIN INSPECTED FOR INDICATORS OF POSSIBLE
CORROSION. THE INDICATORS ARE ALL SHOWN
SPAR CAP IN ONE AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR
CLARITY. ANY ONE OR ANY COMBINATION OF
CRACKS O
THE INDICATORS ARE CAUSE FOR FURTHER
I~VESTIGAIION
o
o
RAISED AREAS
a o
\C~
‘C,,P
o $~O
LEADING -Z
EDGE SKIN
PAINT BLISTER~, O, THIS RIVET PATTERN WILL VARY

ON DIFFERENT MODELS.
C358857E1514 8
Outboard Wing Panel Spar Inspection

Figure 201
57´•14-01
Page 202
Sep 10/9’7 82
Raytheon Aircraft
NOTE Render unserviceable all components

removed in compliance with the time
Special emphasis should be placed on limitations shown In Chart 201.
and/or stored for extended periods in New wing-attach components must
areas where geographical location and
be obtained only from Raytheon Alr-
craft or a Raytheon Aircraft-approved
atmospheric conditions are highly con-
ducive to corrosion. source.
a. Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the uppet

Before removing any of the wing-attach bolts, ensure
and lower spar caps for any buildup of a whitish, salt-
that the wing is properly supported to prevent shifting.
D’aw a line across each pair of frttings with a grease
like nonmetallic substance indicative of corrosion. If
pencil to aid alignment of the wing, if required.
any buildup is detected during the visual inspection,
the area should be thoroughly inspected. Do not inter-
pret wax or paint that may be trapped between the I
edge of the skin and the exposed section of the spat
cap as corrosion residue. DO NOT SCRATCH OR SCRIBE THE
FITT7NGS.
spar caps by normal cleaning procedures. If (while using hand-pressure only) wing-attach-bolt
c, Visually inspect all exterior surfaces of the upper binding occurs upon disengagement or reinstallation,
loosen the remaining three bolts and reposition the
and lower spat caps for paint blisters, raised areas
and/or unevenness and cracks in the metal. The spar wing to release binding of the bolt. If the wing fittings
are separated or repositioned, the aluminum washers
caps are extruded flat surfaces and any of these mani-
between each of the upper wing-attach fittings must
festations may Indicate an area of corrosion. A thor-
be replaced with new aluminum washers. Replace-
ough inspection of any suspect area must be per-
ment of these washers will not be required If wing-
formed. See Figure 201.
attach bolts can be removed one at a time. The pre-
NOTE load indicating washer assembly at the lower forward
attach point must be replaced with a new assembly
Areas of unevenness and/or raised
each time the wing bolt is loosened or removed.
areas on the spat caps may be detected
by sliding the fingers over the surface, NOTE

by moving a straightedge over the sur- Ensure that the radiused washers used
face, or by sighting down the length of at the wing-attach points have a full
the spar cap,
radius with no sharp edges that could
d. If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be mark the attach fittings. Replace any
resolved locally, contact the Customer Support imperfect washers.
Department of Raytheon Aircraft for consultation. LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT, NUT AND
WING´•ATTACH´•FIT~NO INSPECTIONS
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR
INSPECTION a. Remove the wing bolt cover, lower forward wing-
attach bolt, preload-indicating washer assembly and
barrel nut assembly. Using a nonmetallic brush, thor-
I WARNING
W~INING I oughly clean the bolt, nut and washers with naphtha
or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201,
91-00-00).
All eight wing bolts must be removed NOTE
and each of the wing-attach fittings
Inspected. The wing bolts and nuts The preload indicating washer (refet to
must be inspected or replaced as figure 206) cannot be reused and may
directed in Chart 201. be discarded at this time.
57´•1 4-01
Page 203
82 Sep 10I91
Raytheon Aircraft
NOTE f. Paint the treated areas of the washer seat with
The barrel nut must be disassembled

zinc chromate primer (refer to 4, Chart 201, 91-00-00)
and allow to dry.
before the inspection can be performed,
This may be accomplished by moving
NOTE
one of the roll pins flush with the inside
of the cradle and removing the nut. See If the Eddy Current Inspections are due
Figure 204. at this time, skip the remaining steps in
this inspection. If not, proceed with the
b. If the bolts and nuts have not reached their life
remaining steps.
limit, visually Inspect the wing-attach bolts and nuts
g. Coat the spar-fitting bolt bores and washer/nut
with a 10X or stronger magnifying glass for cracks or
mechanical damage. Scratches and markings in the bearing faces, the complete bolt, nut, and new
cadmium plating, and or localized deterioration of the preload-indicating washer assembly with MIL-C-16173
Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (refer to 5,
cadmium plating is not sufficient reason to reject a
Chart 201, 91-00-00).
bolt. The cadmium plating may be discolored and may
have areas exhibiting a rubbed or polished appear-
ance, usually resulting from the installation proce-
dures, If cracks or mechanical damage is detected, I ARNING
w~., I
replace the component.
c, liquid penetrant inspect las outlined in
Fluorescent Pay particular attention to the
Chapter 20-00-00) each Inconel wing bolt and nut If prel~ad-indicatlng washer assembly.
the bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks and ft Is matched set and Its compo-
a
mechanical damage, they may be reused after ciean- interchanged with

nents must not be
other preloadlindlcatlng washer
Ing, Reassemble the nuts into the cradles as shown in
assemblies. It is essentlal’that the
Figure 204,
radiused outside diameter of the flat
WING-A7T;L~CH-FITTIN FIVE-YEAR washer portion of the preload-
FLUORESCENT LIQUID PENETR4NT INSPECTION indicating washer assembly be
placed with the radius toward the fit-
a, Clean the spar mlngs and bolt bores with naphtha ting washer seat. See Figure 206 for
ormethyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). proper washer orientation
Do Not strip the epoxy paint from the fittings.
h. Install the
wing-attach bolt, new preload-indicating
NOTE washer assembly into the
assembly, and barrel nut
Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for fluores- wing fitting.
cent liquid penetrant inspection proce-
NOTE
dures.
When the barrel nut assembly,
installing
b. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the complete
ensure that the lubrication fitting is
visible surface of each fitting, focus extra attention at
accessible.
the washer seat, bolt bore and the radii at the bottom
of the barrel nut recess, i. Do not tighten the lowerfon~vard wing-attach bolt at
this time. Temporarily snug it down to approximately
c. If cracks,
scoring, corrosion pitting or washer 1200 inch-pounds.
impressions are detected, contact the Customer Sup-
port Department of Raytheon Aircraft for consultation. COUNTERBORE AND BARREL NUT HOLE EDDY
If the fittings
satisfactory,
are recoat the bolt bore
I
and washer/nut bearing faces of the fitting with Alo-
dine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). NOTE
Allow the coating to dwell for approximately five min-
This inspection is mandatory when the
utes.
airframe has accrued 20,000 hours and
e. After the dwell time has elapsed, wash the coated must be repeated at 1,200 hour intervals
areas with water and blow dry (do not wipe dry). thereafter.
57´•1 4-01
Page 204
Sep 10/97 82
RaldtreenAircraft
KING AIR F90 STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
BARREL NUT
RECESS BARREL NUT WING FITTING-
COUNTER
ASSEMBLY CENTER SECTION
BORE
RADIUS
T BORE
FITTING-
OUTBOARD WITH THE ~ING BOLTS IN PLACE
AND PROPERLY TOROUED. INSPECT
THIS AREA OF THE FOUR ATTACH
POINTS
P/P(CAL LOWER FORWARD FITTINGS
WING FITT
WING FITTIN~’ CENTER SECTION
OUTBOARD
BOLT BORE---
DEPRESSION AREA
DEPRESSION AREA
C3UNTERBORE RADIUS ~---L ~r COUNTERBORE RADIUS
NOTE:
VIEW ROTATED
DETAIL D UP>ER
A
NPICAL UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER AFT FITTINGS
CAREFULLY INSPECT
WING BOLT BORE THIS AREA OF THE
COUNTERBORE RADIUS ,DEPRESSION AREA
O O
O BACK SIDE OF TUB
COUNTERBORE
FEATHERED
EDGE
FITTING O
FLAT O O O O
SURFACE
DETAIL A LPt g9721oS C
Wing Attach Fitting Fluorescent Liquid Penetrant Inspection Areas

Figure 202
57-1 491
Page 205
as
Sep 10/97
Ray~hebn Aircraft
TANGENT OF THE COUNTERBORE

RADIUS AT THE
SIDE OF THE COUNTERBORE
,ci
CENTER OF THE
M]UNTERBORE
A
TANGENT OF THE RADIUS LOWER FORWARD FITTING CENTER SECTION
I\ 1
--4 ~--J-- RADIUS CTR

I
THE COUNTERBORE WALL FROM

THE RADIUS TANGENT TO
1/4 INCH INBOARD
LOWER FORWARD FITTING OUT8OARD WING
COUNTERBORE FACE
DETAIL A
L~d)ES1?1?’1 C
Lower Fol7hard Wing Fitting

Eddy Current Inspections
Figure 203
57´•1441
Page 206
Sep 10/97 82
Raytheon Aircraft
Clean the counterbore area of the wing fitting with c. Counterbore Wall Inboard of the Radius Tan-
naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart gent Fabricate four 1l16-inch-thick washer-type
201, 91-00-00). Perform the following eddy current spacers of phenolic, cardboard or some other non-
Inspections with equipment setup as instructed in metallic substance, shaped to fit over the end of the
Chapter 20-00-00. probe (refer to 5, Chart 1, 57-14-00) and rest against
the surface that contacts the counterbore face. Place
INSPECTION AREAS (SEE FIGURE 203) one of the washers on the end of the probe and insert
the probe into the counterbore. With the probe coil In

INBOARD WING (CENTER SECTION) LOWER
contact with the counterbore wall, slowly rotate the
FORWARD FITTINGS
probe through multiple 360" revolutions while obse~v-
The center of the counterbore radius located ing the meter’s indicator. Repeat this step, succes-
at the bottom of the wing bolt counterbore, sively adding one spacer to the end of the probe, until
the inspection is complete with a total of four spacers.
The tangent of the counterbore radius at the
Downscale movement of the indicator may be ind~ca-
side of the wing bolt counterbore, where the radius
tive of cracking.
intersects the counterbore wall.
The wing bolt counterbore wall, from the tan- NOTE

gent intersection with the counterbore radius to 1/4- The lower side of the counterbore wall is
inch Inboard, interrupted by the cutout for the bathtub
section of the wing fitting. Deflection of
a. Countarbore Radius Center With the
eddy cur- the indicator will occur as the probe coil
rent instrument and flex shaft probe (refer to 4, Chart passes across the interrupted area.
1, 57-14-00) setup as described in Chapter 20-00-00,
Insert the probe into the counterbore. With the probe
OUTBOARD WING FITTING INSPECTIONS
coil In contact with the surface of the center section
counterbore radius, slowly rotate the probe through Locations on the lower fonnrard outboard wing fitting
multiple 360" revolutions while observing the meter. that require eddy current inspection are:
Downscale movement of the indicator may signify a
The center of the radius at the bottom of the
crack.
barrel nut hole.
NOTE
The tangentwhere the radius at the bottom of
The lower side of the counterbore wall is the barrel nut hole intersects the bottom face of the
interrupted by the cutout for the bathtub hole.
section of the wing fitting. Deflection of
the indicator will occur as the probe coil a. Barrel Nut Hole Bottom Radius Center with
passes across the interrupted area theeddy current instrument and probe (refer to 2,
Chart i, 57-14-00) setup as described in Chapter
b. Tangent of Counterbare radius Insert the
20-00-00, insert the probe into the barrel nut hole.
probe (refer to 5, Chart 1, 57-14-00) into the counter- With the probe coil in contact with the center of the
bore. With the probe coil In contact with the surface of
hole bottom radius, slowly rotate the probe through
the counterbore wall at the tangent of the counterbore
multiple 360" revolutions while monitoring the meter.
radius, slowly rotate the probe through multiple 360"
Downscale movement of the indicator may be indica-
revolutions while observing the meter, downscale
tive of cracking.
movement of the indicator may be indicative of cradk-
ing. b. Tangent of the Radius at the Barrel Nut Hole
Bottom Utilizing the equipment set up as in the pre-
NOTE vicus step, insert the probe (refer to 3, Chart i, 57-14-
On the lower side of the counterbore, 00) into the barrel nut hole. With the probe coil in con-
the counterbore wall is intenupted by the tact with the surface of the tangent of the radius at the
cutout for the bathtub section of the wing bottom of the hole, slowly rotate the probe through
fitting. Deflection of the indicator will multiple 360" revolutions while moniton’ng the meter.
occur as the probe coil passes across Downscale movement of the indicator may be indica-
the interrupted area. tive of cracking.
57´•1 4-01
Page 207
82
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
NOTE NOTE
If any crack indications are noted during When barrel nut assemblies,
installing
the eddy current inspections, contact the ensure that the lubrication fittings are
Customer Support Department of Ray- accessible.
theon Aircraft for consultation.
e. Do not tighten the lower forward bolt at this time.
c. If the fitting eddy inspection results are
current Temporarily snug it down to approximately 1200 inch-
acceptable, coat the spar fitting bolt bores and pounds. Perform the required inspections on the
washer/nut bearing faces, THE COMPLETE BOLT, remaining fittings and attaching hardware. When
NUT AND NEW PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER these inspections are complete and the bolts properly
ASSEMBLY with MILC-16173, Grade 2 corrosion torqued, tighten this bolt as instructed under LOWER
FORWARD WING BOLT TIGHTENING PROCE-
preventive compound (refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-
DURE.
00),
WING BOLT, NUT, WASHER AND ATTACH
I WARNING
WJVININO I FITTING INSPECTION
NOTE
Pay particular attention to the
preload´•lndlcatlng washer assembly.
These inspections should be performed
It is a matched set and its compo-
one attach-point at a time with the bolt
installed and properly torqued prior to
nents must not be Interchanged with
other preload-lndlcating washer
moving to the next location. When
assemblies. It Is essential that the
removing an upper forward or upper aft
wing bolt, ensure that the wing is sup-
radlused outside diameter of the flat
ported in a manner which will preclude
washer portion of the preload-
the possibility of any movement of the
Indicating washer assembly be upper wing-attach fittings.
piaoed with the radius toward the fit-
tlng washer seat. See Figure 206 for a. Remove the wing bolt covers and any decals
which may be affixed to the fittings. Clean the acces-
proper orientation,
sible flat areas of the fitting with naptha or methyl ethyl
d, Install a wing-attach bolt, new preload-indicating ketone (refer to 1 or 2 Chart 201, 91-00-00). Do not
washer assembly and barrel nut assembly into the strip the epoxy paint from the fittings. With the wing
wing fitting, bolts in place and properly torqued, fluorescent liquid
57´•1 491
Page 208
82
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
penetrant inspect the accessible fiat areas of the fit- bore of the fittings. Inspect for clacks, scoring, corro-
tings. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the fluorescent sion pitting and washer impressions.
liquid penetrant inspection procedure to be used. d. If any of these conditions are detected, contact
Focus e>itra attention on the area of the fittings shown
the Customer Support Department of Raytheon Air-
in Figure 202
craft
b, Remove the wing bolt washers and nut and clean
bolt bores and fitting recesses. Ensure that the radius NOTE
on the outer circumference of the washer under the It is possible that certain small cracks
nut is adjacent to the fitting face and that the counter- may be removed from the feathered
sink in the washer under the bolt head is facing the edge of the counterbore and from the
bolt head. If a radius or countersink is not oriented as back side of the tub. However, the Cus-
shown in the applicable illustration, contact the Cus- tomer Support Department of Raytheon
tomer Support Department of Raytheon Aircraft for Aircraft should be consulted prior to ini-
consultation. Refer to Figure 207, 208, and 209 for tiation of any crack removal procedure.
proper washer orientation. If the washers are property

e. If the is satisfactory, recoat the bolt bore
fitting
oriented, proceed with the Inspection.
and washer/nut bearing faces of the fitting with Alo-
c, Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the acces- dine 1200, 12008 or 1201 (refer to 3, Chart 201,
sible surfaces of the fittings which were not accessible 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for five minutes.
prior to removal of the attaching hardware. Utilize the After the dwell time has elapsed, wash the coated
fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection procedure out- areas with water and blow d~y with air (do not wipe
lined in Chapter 20-00-00 for this inspection. Focus dry). Paint the treated areas with zinc chromate primer
extra attention washer seat, bolt bore and counter (refer to 4, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and allow to dry.
LUBRICATION FITTING
NUT
´•-´•´•´•´•~16) I; .060 INCH

[80691CF-1612)
CAUTION
BEVELED AREA NUT MUST BE BEVELED OR CHA~FERED
AS SHOWN
QN NUT MUST TO PREVENT SCORING THE SIDES OF THE BARREL
CRADLE
C9~891rrlS19 C
Barrel Nut Assembly

Figure 204
57-1 491
Page 209
82 Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH WNG AIR F90 STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
f, If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their specified

with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to I or 2,
I -´•´•´•I
’ARNING
Chart 201, 91-00-00) and inspect for cracks and

The lower forward wing attach 641ts,
mechanical damage with a 10X or stronger magnify- which were not tightened after the
ing glass. Scratches and markings in the cadmium lo~ver forward bolt, nut and fitting
plating, andlor localized deterioration of the cadmium inspection, should be tightened at
plating is not sufficient reason to reject a bolt. The this time. Remove any wing support
cadmium plating may be discolored and may have before tightening the lo~ver forward
areas exhibiting a rubbed or polished appearance, bolt.
usually resulting from the installation procedures. If
mechanical damage or cracks are found, replace the
affected component. i CAUTION
´•iunoN t
g, Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las outlined 70 prevent fitting damage, ensure that
In Chapter 20-00-00) each wing bolt and nut. If the the wing bolt wrench does not bottom
bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks and mechani- out against the wing
cal damage, they may be reused after cleaning.
a. To tighten the lower forward wing-attach bolts,
h, Coat the spar fittings, bolt bores and washer/nut insert the pin of the tool shown in Figure 205 into one
bearing faces and THE COMPLETE BOLT, WASHER of the holes in the outer n’ng of the preload-indicating
AND NUT with Mll-C-~6173, Grade 2 corrosion pre- washer assembly and rotate the n’ng back and forth
ventlve compound (refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). while tightening the bolt. The bolt is tight when the
outer n’ng of the preload-indicating washer assembly
CAUTION

7hls could result In erroneous torque
readings and fitting damage.
I, Install the wing bolt, washer and nut. Torque the

nuts to the proper value as specified in theapplicable
illustration (Refer to Figure 207, 208 or 209).
NOTE
Coat the exposed threads which pro-
trude through the nuts with MIL-C-16173
Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound
(refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). WHEN 30 15 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL FORCE
WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE INDICATOR RING
oN THE PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER, THE
i, Install any wing fitting decals which were removed 80LT IS TIGHT. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE
to facilitate the fitting inspections. BOLT BEYOND THIS POINT.
k, Prior to Installation of the wing bolt covers, ensure C95SBS7E2532 C
that the drain holes in the upper forward and aft fit-
tlngs are unobstructed and can drain freely.

PROCEDURE Lower Porward Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure
Figure 205
67´•1491
Page 210
Sep 10/97 B2
Ral~heon Aircraft
can no longer be turned using 30 ~5 pounds tangen- been loosened and retorqued or after initial installa-
tial force applied to the ring as shown in Figure 205. tion, check the bolts for proper torque (refer to Figures
DO NOT TIGHTEN THE BOLT BEYOND THIS 207, 208, and 209). Check the preload indicating
POINT. washer at the lower forward attach paint. Refer to Fig-
U’e 204 for the proper checking procedure.
I b. Install any decals which
the wing fitting inspections.
were removed to facilitate
b. Concurrent with the bolt torque check and annu-
c. Aftertightening the lowerforward wing-attach bolt, ally thereafter, inject MILC-16173 Grade 2 corrosion
apply MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive preventive compound (refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00)
into the barrel nut lubrication fittings with a 314150
compound (refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00) to the bar-
rel nut lubrication fitting. Use a good quality grease grease noule (P/N of Alemite Tool, a division of Stew-
gun and an Alemite P/N 314150 grease nozzle. Apply
artWarner). Inject the compound until one of the fol-
the corrosion preventive compound until one of the lowing conditions ate met:
following conditions Is met: Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
between the two portions of the barrel nut assembly.
Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
between the two portions of the barrel nut assembly. Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
Corrosion preventive compound emerges from the locking portion of the barrel nut.
the locking portion of the wing-attach bolt.
The fitting will not accept corrosion preventive
The fittingwill not accept corrosion preventive after several actions of the grease gun.
compound
compound after several actuations of the grease gun.
c. Coat the exposed threads which protrude through
d, Coat the exposed threads which protrude through
the nuts with MILC-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preven-
the nuts with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preven-
tive compound.
tive compound.
d. Prior to installing the wing bolt covers, ensure that
WING BOL7 MAINTENANCE the drain holes in the upper fittings ate unobstructed
and can drain freely.
a, At the first scheduled normal airplane inspection
las designated by the Beech King Air F90 Mainte-
nance Manual or Inspection Form) after the bolts have
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS

LOWER FORWARD 181784-14-46 or TK1817 922-5 or a 80691CF-1414 None
VCC0027 15/16inch box end (barrel nut)
wrench modified to
accept a 40-inch
extension
UPPER FORWARD 81785-12-24 of TS1222-5 or 81783-1216 TS1 i 76-10
VCN0004 50-590012
UPPER AND 81786-10-18 or TS1222-5, 81783-1018 TS1176-11
LOWER REAR VCN0014 50-590012 or a 9/16
inch Alien Wrench
NOTE: The tools listed on this chart are applicable to Beech F90 serials LA-2 thru LA-225.
51´•1 4-01
Page 211
82 Sep 10/97
Ray~heon Aircraft
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR

THE WING BOLT WRENCHES.
80691CF-ld14 NUT WING FITTING

90-380019-1
CENTER SECTION
WASHER ASSY
81784-16-46
OR VCC0027
WING FITTING
J BOLT
OUTBOARD LUBE FITTING
CAUTION
ASSEMBLE WITH RADIUS

TOWARDS SPAR CAP
BOLT TOROUE NONE
COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT,AND WASHER

ASSEMBLY WITH MIL-C-16173 GRADE 2 COR-
ROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. TIGHTEN THE
BOLT AS DIRECTED IN FIGURE 205. THE 90-
380019-1 WASHER ASSEMBLY IS NOT TO 89
REUSED AFTER BEING LOADED. AFTER TIGHT- 90-380019-1
ENING THE BOLT, INJECT MIL-C-16173 GRADE WASHER ASSY
2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND INTO THE LOADED
LUBRICATION FITTING ON THE BARREL NUT UNLOADED
CONDITION
USING A P/N 314150 GREASE NOZZLE. CONDITION
C9W7E007~ 9

Figure 206
57´•1 441
Page 212
Sep 10/97 B2
Rayttroon Aircraft
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR THE WING 80Lf

CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING ATTACH
FITTINGS TO ENSURE THAT
THE DRAIN HOLES ARE CLEAR
95-110025-1 WASHER [P0SITION WITH 95-1 10021 WASHER

RADIUS TOWARD THE WING FITTING) POSITION WASHER WITH
INNER CHAMFER AGAINST THE
BOLT HEAD RADIUS AND THE
OUTER RADIUS AGAINST THE
RADIUS IN THE WING FITTING
81783-1216
NUT
i _
81785-12-2´•40R
VCN000d 80LT

DRAIN DRAIN
HOLE 105090A032-12K HOLE
MS20002-12 WASHER
WASHER
80LT TOROUE1 2380 TO 2500 INCH-POUNDS, COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT AND
WASHERS, WING FITTING 80LT BORES. AND EXPOSED 80LT THREADS WITH MIL-
0-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
AN MS20002-12 WASHER MAY BE ADDED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE 95-110025-1
WASHER TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT,
E96C~7E1910 C
Upper ForwardWing Bolt Installation

Figure 207
57-1 4-01
Page 213
82 Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft

WITH THIS WING 80LT AND NUf.
a CAUTION
FTTTINGS TO ENSURE THAT
90-110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH 35-105111-3 WASHER.

RADIUS TOWARD THC WING FITTING) POSITION WASHER WITH
81783-1018
NUT
I 81786-10-18 OR
VCN001d BOLT

DRAIN DRAIN
105090A032-10J HOLE
HOLE NASld3-IO WASHER
WASHER
BOLT TOROUEI 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE 80LT, NUT AND
AN NkS143-10 WASHER MAY BE ADDED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE 90-110032-1
C%L~JSE1971 C

Figure 208
57´•1 491
Page 214
Sep 10/97 B2
Raytheon Aircraft

35-105111-3 WASHER.
POSITION WASHER WITH
90-110032-1 WASHER (P0SITION WITH INNER CHAMFER AGAINST THE
RADIUS TOWARD THE WING FITTING) BOLT HEAD RADIUS AND THE
I
WING FITTING
I
CENTER SECTION
I
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD
81786-10-18 OR
81783-1018
VCN0014 BOLT
NUT
NAS143-IO WASHER
BOLT TOROUEI 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT AND
WASHERS, WING FITTING BOLT 80988, AND EXPOSED 80LT THREADS WITH MfL-
AN NASIP3-tO WASHER MAY BE ADDED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE 90-110032-1

Figure 209
57´•1491
Page 215
82 Sep 10~97
Raltheon Aircraft
CRACK INSPECTION -WING ATTACH

FITTINGS AND OUTBOARD WING SPAR
CAPS CHART 201
NOTE: This Chart is applicable to airplane serials LA-226 thru LA 236 operated INSPECTION SCHEDULE
in the category of service for which they were originally designed.
Index Inspection Area Fig Inspection Possible Initial Recurring Component

No. Method Findings Inspection Inspection Replacement
Interval Schedule
1 Lower forward (main 1202 IVisual and Cracks 15,000 hrs 16,000 hrs None
2
spar) lugs fluorescent or5 yrs,
liquid penetrant whichever
O O occurs first
2 IOutboard wing panel 1203 IVisual Cracks and 5 yrs Annually None
O O O upper and lower corrosion
forward r
O
5.3~ i ct I P ~3,5 1 lo I1 13 1 Flat surfaces, 1205 IVisual and I Cracks, 15 yrs 15 yrs 1None
O o\ I I~ fluorescent corrosion
b o I Jdepressions,
counterbores, and liquid penetrantland
bolt bores at the mechanical
upper forward, upper damage
and lower
LH UPPER WING SURFACE RH attach
4 1 Lower forward wing 206 INot applicable Not Not Not Refer to Chapter 4
bolt applicable applicable applicable of the Seech King
Air F90
Maintenance
Manual
109-590010-1
5 1 Inconel wing bolts 207, 1 Magnified Cracksand 5yrs 5 yrs Refer to Chapter 4
and nuts at the 208, Ivisual and mechanical in the Seech King
1 Air F90
2 4 6 6
upper forward, upper 1209 Ifluorescent damage
4 2
and lower aft attach liquid penetrant Maintenance
points as specified Manual
109-590010-1
6 INacelle splice plates Visual Cracks 10,000 hrs 1 1,000 hrs 20,000 hrs
C) O (see 57-1 5-04 for
inspection and
oooo O replacement
03 O 000C>
O O
010
procedures)
00
5 5
RH LOWER WING SURFACE LH
57-1 4-02
Page 201
82 Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH KlNG AIR F90 STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
At the intervals designated in the Standard Flight festations may indicate an area of conosion. A thor-
Profile Inspection Schedule (Chart 201) the wing ough inspection of any suspect area must be per-
bolts, nuts, wingattach fittings, outboard wing spar formed. Refer to Figure 203.
caps, and the nacelle splice plates must be
Inspected for cracks, corrosion, and damage. NOTE
NOTE Areas of unevenness andlor raised

areas on the spar caps may be detected
If the airplane has been equipped with a
spar strap or any other type of devise by moving a straightedge over the sur-
that may hinder the execution of the face or by sighting down the length of
inspections in this chapter, it must be the spar cap.
removed prior to initiation of the inspec-
tions, d. If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be
Department of Raytheon Aircraft for: consultation. I
OUTBOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR
AND CORROSION INSPECTION INSPECTION
The outboard wing main spar cap must be inspected
after the first 5 years of operation and annually there-
after. I WARNING
Ah eight bolts must be

WARNING removed and each of the ~Ying-attacCI
fittings Inspected. The wing bolts and
nuts must be inspected or replaced
The entire upper and lower spat cap
as directed In Chart 201.
from the wing-attach fitting to the
Render unserviceable all components
removed in compliance with the time
limitations shown In Chart 201.
NOTE
New wing-attach components must
be obtained only from Raytheon Air-
craft or a Raytheon Aircraft approved I
source.
atmosphen’c conditions are highly con- Before removing any wing-attach bolts, ensure that
ducive to corrosion, is properly supported to prevent shifting.
the wing
D’aw a line across each pair of fittings with a grease
a, Visually Inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper
pencil to aid wing alignment, ii required.
and lower spar caps for any buildup of a whitish, salt-
like nonmetallrc substance indicative of corrosion. If
(I
any buildup is detected during the visual inspection, CAUTION
prat wax or paint that may be trapped between the DO NOT SCRATCH OR SCRISE THE
ad:ge of the skin and the exposed section of the spar
FITTINGS.
cap as corrosion.
If (while using hand-pressure only) wing-attach bolt
binding occurs upon disengagement or reinstallation,
spar caps by normal cleaning procedures. support the outboard wing panel, loosen the remain-
c, Visually inspect all exten’or surfaces of the upper ing three bolts and reposition the wing to release bind-
and lower spat caps for paint blisters, raised areas ing of the bolt. Even though the lower forward wing
and/or unevenness and cracks in the metal. The spar bolts must be driven from the fittings with a pin, exces-
caps are extruded flat surfaces and any of these mani- sive force should not be necessary to remove this bolt
57´•1 4-02
Page 202
Sep 10/97 82
Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH KING AIR F90 STRU CTU RAL INSPE CTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHECK THE UPPER AF T NUT

FOR I 1 80 TO 1 300
I a INCH-POUNDS OF TOROUE
CHECK THE UPPER FORWARD

BOLT FOR 2380 TO 2500
INCH-POUNDS OF TOROUE
CHE CK THE LOWER AF T NUT

FOR 1 180 TO 1 300 I NCH-P OUN DS
OF TOROUE
I
DETAIL B
I
Q
""oo
Q O
IT WILL NOT BE NECESSARY

TO CHECK THE NUT TOROUE
AT THIS POINT
DETAIL A
CPbLU7E 1~1)1
Wing Bolt Maintenence

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Pig ore 201
57-1 4-02
Page 203
82 Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
At the first scheduled normal airplane inspection las designated by the Beech King Air F90 Maintenance Manual)
after the bolts have been loosened and retorqued or after installation, check the bolts for proper torque as shown
in the Illustration.
NOTE
It will not be necessary to perform a torque check on the lower forward bolt used in the
clevis fitting.
NOTE
The 314150 grease noule required for the following step may be obtained from Ray-
theon Aircraft or a Raytheon Aircraft approved supplier.
a. Concurrent with the bolt torque check and annually thereafter, inject MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion pteven-
tive compound into the barrel nuts with a 314150 grease nouel and a grease gun capable of approximately
20,000 psi Injection pressure. Inject the compound into the barrel nut grease fitting until one of the following con-
ditions is met:
Corrosion preventive compound emerges from between the two portions of the barrel nut assembly.
Corrosion preventive compound emerges from the threaded portion of the wing bolt which protrudes through
the locking feature of the barrel nut.
The fitting will accept no additional corrosion preventive compound after several actuations of the grease
gun,
b, Coat the eicposed threads which protrude through the nuts with MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 conosion preventive
compound.
c, After maintenance and anytime the upper wing bolt covers are removed, inspect the fittings to ensure that the
drain holes are unobstructed.
Wing Bolt Maintenance

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57´•1 492
Page 204
Sep 10/97 82
Raytheon Aircraft
CENTER
SECTION
SPAR
~Q loo
Q b)
Q
WING aOO
W.S.
~O P,
SPAR
82.50
SMEAR W.S. Q 8o
96 46~
FITTING 0 A
ELEMENTS a
SMEAR FITTING DETAIL A

LUG INSPECTION
W.S.
FLUORESCENT LIOUID SMEAR 109.00
PENETRANT INSPECT THE FITTING
FACES AND ACCESSIBLE EDGES ELEMENTS
OF EACH OF THE 5 LUGS.
C9~LU7E1886 C
a, The shear fitting bushings must be removed, the lugs inspected, and the bushings replaced as instructed In
Kit Drawing No. 101-4050. This procedure must be performed at, or prior to, achieving 20,000 hours of airframe
time.
b. Detach the wing as detailed in Chapter 57 of the Beech King Air F90 Maintenance Manual.
c, Thoroughly clean the lugs with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00), and fluo-
liquid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter 20-00-00) the fo~ward and aft faces of each of the fitting
rescent
lugs,
d. If any mechanical damage or cracks are found during the inspection, contact the Customer Support Depart-
ment of Raytheon Aircraft.
e. If the fittings are satisfactory after inspection, reinstall the wing.
NOTE
The bolts washers and nuts at the lower forn~ard aftach points must be replaced with
new components anytime the installed bolt is removed, regardless of time in service.
Main Spar Lower Fitting Lugs at the Bolt Bore

Figure 202
57-1 4´•02
Page 208
82 Sep 10197
RayBeon Aircraft
If the wing attach fittings are separated or repositioned a. Cut and remove the safety wire from the bolt head
during this procedure, the aluminum washers between and r~t.
each upper wing and center section fittings must be b. Remove the attaching bolts and clips from over
replaced with new aluminum washers. New aluminum the bolt head and nut.
washers should not be required ii the wing-attach
c. Hold the bolt head immobile and remove the nut.
bolts are removed one at a time,
NOTE
CAUTION
Ensure that the radiused washers used
at the wing-attach points have full radii extreme care when driving the
with no sharp edges that could mark the bolt and aligning pin out of the fittings.
attach fittings. Replace any imperfect Use only the Flayfheon Airc~aff approved
washers.
1
aligning pin for bolf removal.
LOWER FORWARD WING FITTING INSPECTION
AND BOLT REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
As the bolt is being driven from the fit-
NOTE tings, periodically check the bolt head
side of the fittings to ensure that the
The bolt, washers and nut must be
bushings in the bolt bore are not being
replaced with new components when driven out with the bolt.
reaching 5 years of installed time or any-
Utilizing the Raytheon Aircraft approved aligning
time the bolt is removed from the fitting
for any reason regardless of time in ser-
d.
pin (P/N 10996, available from Raytheon Aircraft I
vice, Authorized Outlets) and a rawhide mallet, carefully

BOX SECTION SKIN INSPECTED FOR INDICATORS OF POSSIBLE
SPAR CAP,’ IN ONE AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR
CRACKS THE INDICATORS ARE CAUSE FOR FURTHER
INVESTIGATION
c~ RAISED AREAS
~r´•-
~L-----9
LEADING
EDGE SKIN
PAINT BLISTER’~ \THIS RIVET PATTERN WILL VARY

C95BB57EIJ14 C

Figure 203
57´•1492
Page 206
82
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
BEECH WNG AIR F90 STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
drive the bolt out of the fittings. When the bolt has 1200, 1200S or (refer to 3, Chart 201- 91-00-00).
1201
been removed, drive the aligning pin out of the fittings Allow the coating approximately five min-
to dwell for
with a flat end pin of a smaller diameter. utes. After the dwell time has elapsed, wash the
e, Clean the fittings with naphtha or methyl ethyl coated areas with water and blow dry. Do not wipe
ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). With the dry.

aid of a lOX or stronger magnifying glass, visually g. Install new wing-attach components, torque the
inspect the visible surfaces of the fittings and bushings nuts, and install the safety wire and clips. Refer to
in the bolt bore for cracks, corrosion and mechanical Figure 205.
damage.
NOTE UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER AFT
If the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspec-
tion Is due, as stated in Chart 201, it
should be performed at this time. Refer I CAUTION f
to Figure 202. If not, proceed with the
remainder of these inspections. When removing an upper fo~vard or
NOTE upper aff wing bolt, ensure that the wing
is supported in a manner which will pre-
If any of the conditions stated in step "e" elude the possibility of any movement of
the upper wing-attacfi fitting.
I Department of Raytheon Aircraft for con-
sultation, Remove
a. only one bolt at a time forinspection.
f. If the fitting surface and bolt bore is satisfactory, Perform the inspection as outlined below. Replace
coat the exposed surface of the fittings with Alodine and torque the bolt to the designated torque value
ADLE
LUBRICATION FITTING
NUT
.060 INCH
(80691CF-1612)
CAUTION
BEVELED AREA NUT MUST 88 8EVELED OR CHA~FERED AS SHOWN
ON NUT MUST TO PREVENT SCORING THE SIDES OF THE BARREL
~IATCH CONTOUR CRADLE
NUT HOLE IN THE SPAR, IF NOT. REPLACE NUT
C9~883X131J C
Barrel Nut Assembly

Figure 204
87-14-02
Page 207
82 Sep 10197
Raytheon Aircraft
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
DEPRESSION AREA I
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
sb~; o
1 II
I
DEPRESSION AREA
oOO
B~dlio t
DRAIN HOLE
WING :ITSING I
DRAIN HOLE
8 D
CENTER
DETAIL A SECTION FITTTNG
DETAIL C
FITTING FLAT SURFACE BEARING FACE RADIUS
DEPRESSION AREA
CAVITY RADIUS FITTING FLAT SURFACE
BOLT BORE
jDRAOBTUO
WING FITTING
DEPRESSION
/i
AREA
-BOLT BORE
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
DEPRESSION AREA
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
CENTER ~ECTION FITTING DETAIL D
WING FITTING DRAIN HOLE DRAIN HOLE
DETAIL B C91LL~57E0863 t
Remove the wing bolt

covers and any decals which may be affixed to the wing fittings. With the bolts
in place and
properly torqued, clean the fittings and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed
flat surfaces of the upper forward, upper, and lower aft fittings. As the
wing bolts are removed for
inspection, fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the depressions and counterbores of the bathtub type
fitting and the radii at the bottom of the fittings which house the barrel nuts. Focus special attention
on the counterbore radius of the aft
spar fittings. If a crack is indicated in any of the fittings, contact
Wing Fitting Inspection the Customer Support Department of Raytheon Aircraft for consultation. When the inspections are
Figure 205 complete, replace any decals which were removed from the fittings. Prior to installation of the wing
bolt covers, ensure that the drain holes in the upper fittings are unobstructed.
57-1 4-02
Page 208
Sep 10/97 82
Ray~heon Aircraft
prior to removing the next bolt. As the bolts are nut. If the bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks and
removed for inspection, ensure that the radiused mechanical damage. they may be reused after clean-
washers are positioned with the radius toward the fit- ing.
tlng and that the countersunk washers are positioned e. Coat the spar fittings, bolt bores and washer/nut
with the countersink toward the bolt head (does not
apply to MS20002 washers). Refer to Figure 206, 207 AND NUT, with MILC-16173, Grade 2 corrosion pre-
or 208. If a radius is not oriented as illustrated in the
ventive compound (refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
applicable illustrations, contact the Customer Support
I Department of Raytheon Aircraft Company. If properly
oriented, proceed with the remainder of these steps. t CAUTION
caunoH t
b. Clean the spar fittings and bolt bores with naphtha
or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 5 Chart 201,
91-00-00). Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las
This could result in erroneous torque
Instructed in Chapter 20-00-00) the wing fitting flat sur-
faces, depressions, washer seat areas and bolt bore readings and damage to the wing fitting.
areas for cracks, scoring, corrosion pitting or washer
f. Install the wing bolt, washers and nut. Torque the
impressions. Do not strip epoxy paint from this area If nuts on the aft fittings and the bolt on the upper for-
any damage is found during the inspection, contact ward fitting to the torque values specified on the appli-
I the Customer Support Department of Raytheon air-

cable illustration for each attach point. Refer to Fig-
ures 206, 207 and 208. After torquing the upper
factory, recoat the bolt bore and washer/nut bearing
forward wing bolt, inject Mll-C-16173 Grade 2 corro-
faces of the fitting with Alodine 1200, 12008 or 1201
sion preventive compound (refer to 5, Chart 201,
(refer to 3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to
dwell for approximately five minutes. After the dwell
91-00-00) into the barrel nut lubrication fitting with a
314150 grease noule (P/N of Alemite Tool, a division
time has elapsed, wash the coated areas with water
of Stewart Warner) and a good quality grease gun.
and blow dry with air (do not wipe dry). Paint the
treated areas with zinc chromate primer (refer to 4,
Inject the corrosion preventive compound until one the
Chart 201, 91-00-00) and allow the primer to dry.

following objectives have been achieved:
Corrosion prevent’Ne compound emerges from
c. If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their specified
with methyl ethyl ketone or naphtha (refer to 1 or 2, Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
Chart 201, 91-00-00) and inspect for mechanical dam- the locking portion of the barrel nut.
age and cracks with a 10X or stronger magnifying
The fitting will not accept any additional corro´•
glass. Scratches and markings in the cadmium plating
sion preventive compound after several actuations of
the grease gun.
may be discolored and may have areas exhibiting a NOTE
rubbed or polished appearance, usually resulting-from
the Installation procedures. If any mechanical damage Coat the exposed threads which pro-
or cracks are found in any of the components (nut, trude through the nuts with MIL-C-16173
bolt, washer), replace the affected component.
(5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
g. Prior to installation of the wing bolt covers,
The barrel nut must be disassembled ensure that the drain holes in the upper fonn~ard and
before inspection. This may be accom- aft fittings are unobstructed and can drain freely.
plished by moving one of the roll pins
flush with the inside of the cradle and WING BOLT MAINTENANCE
separating the nut.
Refer to Figure 201 for maintenance instructions.
d. Using the procedure outlined in Chapter 20-00-00,
fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect each wing bolt and
57-1 492
Page 209
82 Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
O/ I/a
ooO
NAS 603-8 AN960-IO
OR
MS27039-1-07
SCREW(B REQUIRED
WASHER
f I::
AY EACHCLIP)
CENTER
SECTION ´•i´•~
L´•Iii
SPAR
ir‘i
CENTER NAS1515HId
SECTION RETAINER WASHER
SPAR CLIP
AN960PD1416L
0.070 INCH WASHER
DIA HOLE
RETAINER CLIP 1309098175
MS20995C41 WING SPAR
BOLT
SAFETY WIRE
MS20995C41SAFETY WIRE vm A
RETAINER
CLIP
130909Na6
NUf
0.070 INCH WING SPAR AN960PDld16L

DIA HOLE WASHER
NAS 1515HIb
(AS REQUIRED)
WASHER
AN960PD1416L
VPY B NAS1515Hld
WASHER WASHER
COAT THE SPAR BUSHING BORES.BOLT. NUT. METAL WASHERS AND THE 10996 ALIGNING PIN
WITH MIL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. USING A RAWHIDE MALLET,
DRIVE THE 10996 ALIGNING PIN INTO THE FITTINGS. INSTALL AN AN960PD1616L METAL
WASHER ANO AN NAS1515Hld (NYLON) WASHER ON THE BOLT. THE METAL WASHER MUST BE
DIRECTLY UNDER THE BOLT HEAD AND THE NYLON WASHER MUST BE POSITIONED UNDER THE
METAL WASHER. POSITION THE BOLT ON THE FORWARD SIDE OF THE FITTINGS. DRIVE THE
80LT INTO THE FITTINGS UNTIL THE WASHERS AND BOLT HEAD REST FIRMLY AGAINST THE
FITTINGS. THE ALIGNING PIN WILL 88 DRIVEN OUT OF THE FITfINGS AS THE BOLT IS
DRIVEN IN. INSTALL AN NAS1515Hld NYLON WASHER AND THE NUT ONTO THE THREADED
PORTION OF THE BOLT. HOLD THE BOLT HEAD IMMOBILE WITH A BOX END WRENCH AND
TOROUE THE NUT TO 30 TO 50 INCH-POUNDS WITH A 11001 ADAPTER AND TOROUE WRENCH.
THE SLOTS IN THE CASTELLATED NUT MUST ALIGN WITH THE SAFETY WIRE HOLE IN THE
BOLT. IF ALIGNMENT CANNOT BE ATTAINED WITHIN THE TOROUE LIMITATIONS. REMOVE THE
NUT AND INSTALL AN AN960PD1416L (METAL] WASHER. INSTALL THE NUT AND RETORQUE TO
30 TD 50 INCH-POUNDS. INSTALL THE RETAINER CLIPS AND SAFETY THE BOLT HEAD AND NUT
TO THEIR RESPECTIVE CLIPS WITH MS20995C41 SAFETY WIRE.
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Instellation

LA-226 thru LA-236
Figure 206
57´•1 462
Page 210
Sep 10/97 82
Raytheon Aircraft
I o a
oo"
~o i-,
I´•
A
2´• lo
vnwA
101-110023-3 101-100011-1 VCC0025

80691CF-1216
WASHER WASHER OR
OR
SLd092-12 81784-12-32
BARREL NUT BOLT
ASSEMBLY
NAS578-12B
RETAINER
CENTER SECTION
OUTBOARO WING
PANEL FITTING vrm B WING FITTING
THE UPPER FORWARD WING 80LTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AS FOLLOWS, COAT THE SPAR
FITffNGS BOLT BORE, WASHER BEARING SURFACES, THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT ASSEMBLY
AND WASHER WITH MIL-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. TOROUE
THE BOLT TO 2380-2500 INCH-POUNDS. INJECT MIL-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION
PREVENTIVE COMPOUND INTO THE BARREL NUT LUBRICATION FITTING WITH A GREASE GUN
(CAPABLE OF 2000 TO 4000 PSI) EOUIPPED WITH A NO. 314150 [P/N OF ALEMITE TOOL,
A DIVISION OF STEWARf WARNER] GREASE NOZZLE. COAT THE EXPOSED THREADS OF THE
BOLT WITH MIL-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. ASSURE THAT THE
DRAIN HOLES IN THE FITfINGS ARE OPEN ANO FREE TO DRAIN.
´•INSTALL THE WASHER WITH THE RADIUS TOWARD THE FITTING SURFACE.
C~MCW’IEIIM) C

LA-226 thru LA-236
Figure 207
57-1 4´•02
Page 211
B2 Sep 10/97
Ray~heonAircraft

WITH THIS WING BOLT AND NUf.
o-
CAUTION
FIfTINGS TO ENSURE THAT
90-110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH 35-105111-3 WASHER

RADIUS TOWARD THE WING FITTING] POSITION WASHER WITH
81783-1018
NUT
i 81786-10-1809
VCN001d BOLT
.WING FITTING WING FITTING

OUfBOARD CENTER SECTION
DRAIN DRAIN
se NASld3-IO 105090A032-10J HOLE
HOLE
WASHER WASHER
BOLT TOROUEI 1160 TO 1300 INCH-POUND. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUf,
se AN~NASld3-IO WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE 90-110032-1
CWL~7E11’10 C

Figure 208
57´•1 492
Page 212
B2
Sep 10/97
Raytkeon Aircraft

WITH THIS WING 80LT ANO NUT.
cs
90-110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH 35-105111-3 WASHER POSITION WASHER

RADIUS TOWARD THE WING FIfTINGI WITH INNER CHAMFER AGAINST THE 80LT
HEAD RADIUS ANO THE OUTER RADIUS
AGAINST THE RADIUS IN THE WING FITTING
W’INGFITTTNG
OUTBOARD
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
81783-1018
NUT
81786-10-18 OR
VCN001d 80tT
NAS1d3-10
WASHER
80Lf TOROUE: 1180 fO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT~ NUT,
WASHERS. WING FITTING BOLT BORES, AND EXPOSED 80LT THREADS WITH MIL-
C- 16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS RADIUS.
e´• AN NASld3-IO WASHER MAY 8E USED BETWEEN THE NUf AND THE 90-110032-1
Lower Aft Wing Boff installation

Figure 209
37-14-02
Page 213
82 Sep 10/97
RaytbeonAircraft
BEECH KING AIR f=90 STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHART 203
WING BOLT TOOLS

UPPER PORWARD 81784-12-32 or TS1 t 76-6 80691CF-1216 or None
VCC0025 SL4092-12@arrel
nut)
LOWER FORWARD 11309098175 1 1/4-inch box-end 1309091\146 11001
wrench
UPPER AND 81786-10-18 or TS1222-5 or 81 783-1 018 TS1 1 76-1 1
LOWER REAR VCN0014 50-590012
NOTE: The teals listed on this chart are applicable to Beech King Air F90 serials: LA-226 thru LA-236.
57-1 4´•02
Page 214
Sep 10/97 82
aeechcraft
GENERAL- MAINTENANCE PRACTICES intervals and component replacement times. This
(99 AIRLINER SERIES) inspection schedule is based an airplane utilization,

operation and maintenance in a category of service for
NOTE which the airplane was originally designed; specifi-
This chapter is applicable only to the cally, an unpressurized airliner wherein the majority of
BEECHCRAFT Model 99 Airliner Series. cruise flight operation is within the altitude range of
3,000 to 10,000 feet and flight duration is 30 minutes
Chapter 57-15 provides the procedures necessary to or more. If the prior usage history of the airplane is
inspect the wing attach bolts, nuts and the basic struc- unknown or if the mission or flight profile of a particu-
tural components of the center section and outboard lar airplane differs appreciably from that intended by
wing main spars for corrosion and cracks. These design, such as air taxi, commuter air service, pipeline
inspections are a supplement to, but do not replace, surveillance, livestock/predator animal control, search
the normal airplane inspection procedures and inter-
and rescue, navigation aids inspection or extraordi-
vals of the BEECHCRAFT Model 99 Airliner Sejies
nary service at low altitude or unusually short flight
Maintenance Manual or the Continued Airworthiness
durations (less than 30 minutes), the inspection
Program Inspection Manual. The inspection require- schedule specified in Chart 201 is not appropriate for
ments of this chapter supersede those of BEECH-
CRAFT Service Instructions No. 0388-018, No. 0514-
continuing airworthiness of the airplane structure. In
such instances, promptly notify the Customer Support
035, No.1140 and No. 1208.
Department of Seech Aircraft and a special inspection
Chapter 57-15 Is divided according to the main spar schedule will be established. The stated hours for the
type with which a specific series of airplanes is "initial inspection" do not take into consideration crack
equipped. The first section (57-15-01) is applicable to initiation due to structural damage, e.g. a gear-up
airplanes which are equipped with a lower fonnrard landing. If such structural damage occurs, repair the
spar cap to which the attach fittings are secured with damage and perform the initial Inspection; then, con-
fasteners. This spar configuration is installed in U-l tinue the recurring inspections as instructed in Chart
thru U-164, except U-50 and except those serials into 201 of the applicable chapter section.
which BEECHCRAF~ Spar Kit No. 99-4023-18 has
been installed. The various inspection requirements within the chap-
Section iwo (57-15-02) is applicable to airplane serials
te’ Sections are presented in a sequence that facili-
tates the location of the inspection area on the air-
U-l thru U-49, and U-51 thru U-164 into which
BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 99-4023-18 has been plane and the accomplishment of the required
Incorporated. inspections with a minimum of time and effort. Each
inspection is identified by an illustration in the form of
Section three (57-15-03) applies to airplane serials a photograph or line drawing. Accompanying the illus-
U-50, U-165 and after. These airplanes are equipped tration is information regarding the areas of inspec-
with a one piece center section lower main spar cap tion, inspection methods to be used, and other perti-
with integral attach fittings. nent information necessary to successfully accomplish
Each section has an INSPECTION SCHEDULE the inspection. Inspection methods (e.g. fluorescent
(Chart 201) which locates and identifies the inspection liquid penetrant, etc.) that are referenced in this chap-
areas, Initial Inspection times, recurring inspection ter may be found in Chapter 20-00-00.
57-1 5-00
Page 1
B Reissue Feb 28195
aeechcraft
CHART i
WING SPAR AND FITTING KITS
Kit Number
99-4023-1S U-l thru U-164, except Provides parts and information for installation of an integral
U-50 lower main center section spar cap, and outboard wing
fitting,
main
99-4023-38 U-lthru U-164, except Provides parts and information for installation of a center section
U-50 main spar cap and outboard wing panel main spar assemblies
on aircraft which have i the 90-4323-1S kit.
100-4002-1S U-146 thru U-l 53 Provides parts and information for installation of a LH or RH
outboard wing main (fo~ward) spar. Spat is NOT included in the
kit.
100-4002-38 U-146 thru U-153 Provides parts and information for installation of a LH outboard
main IS included in the kit.
100-4002-4S U-146 thru U-153 Provides parts and information for installation of a RH outboard
main IS included in the kit.
90-4108-1S U-l thru U-164, except I Provides parts and information for replacement of a LH upper aft
U-50 outboard attach
90´•41 08-2S U-l thru U-164, except Provides parts and information
U-50 aft outboard attach
90-4109-1S U-l thru U-164, except I Provides parts andinformation for replacement of a LH lower aft
90-4109-2S U-l thru U-164, exceptl Provides parts and informationfor replacement of a RH lower aft
90-4110-1S U-l thru U-164, except Provides parts and information
U-50 forward center section attach
90-4110-28 U-l thru U-164, except)Provides parts andlnformation for replacement of a PI-i upper
90-4110-38. U-l 46 thru U-164, Providesparts and information for replacement of a LH upper
90-4110-4S U-146 thru U-164, Provides parts and information for replacement of a RH upper
90´•4111-1S U-l thru U-164, except Provides parts and information for replacement of a LH lower
90-4111-2S U-l thru U-164, except Provides parts and information for replacement of a Pi-i lower
90-4113-1S U-l thru U-164, except I Provides parts and information for replacement of a LH upper aft
U-50 center section attach
90-4113-2S U-l thru U-164, except Provides parts and information for replacement of a Pi-i upper
U-50 aft center section attach
90-4114-1S U-l thru U-164, except I Provides parts and informationfor replacement of the iH lower
90-4114-28 U-l thru U-164, except Provides parts and information
99´•4021-1S U-l thru U-150, except I Provides parts and information for fabrication of a LH RH wing
Furnished with Kit IU-50 attach fitting hole pattern.
No.99-4023
99-4021 -3S U-151 thru U-164 Provides parts and information for fabrication of a LH RH wing
Furnished with Kit attach fitting hole pattern.
No. 99-4023
57-1 5-00
Page 2
Feb 28/95 8 Reissue
Qeechcraft

WARNING
FITTINGS, CENTER SECTION AND
A crack in the center section lower
NOTE
forward spar cap or fitting necessi-
This section (57-15-01) applicable
is to fates the replacement of the lower
airplane serials U-l thru U-164, except forward spar cap and fittings on the
U-50, and except airplanes into which center section, and both outboard
BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 99-4023-1S forward wing spar assemblies.
has been installed.
A crack in an ootboa‘rd wing panel
At the intervalsdesignated in the Inspection Outline
forward (main) spar cap or fitting
(Chart 201), the wing attach fittings, center section
and outboard wing spar caps, and the nacelle splice requires replacement of the outboard
forward spat assembly.
plates must be inspected for cracks and damage.
A crack in a center section upper for-
t~ CAUTION ward, upper or
requires replacement only

lower aft fitting
of the
When fastener removal is required to affected fitting.
an
must be exercised during the removal A crack in an outboard wing panel
procedure. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 upper or lower aft spar fitting
for fastener removal instructions. requires replacement of the affected
fitting only.
NOTE
with See Chart I in 57-15-00 for spar and
If the airplane has been equipped a
spar strap or any other type of device fitting replacement kits.

If any cracks are found in the wing
inspections in this chapter, it must be
removed prior to initiating the inspec- structure, contact the Customer Sup-
tions. Refer to Chapter 57 in the 99 Air- port Department of Seech Aircraft
liner Series Maintenance Manual for Corporation prior to the next flight for
removal and installation of the BEECH- an operational safety evaluation.
CRAFT Manufactured Spar Bridge.
57-1 5-01
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeedxxaft
f! !9
’t B 3!’ f 6 4 8
110 O
O o
io O
>10
o
O
to
O O to O
o
o
00
oOl I O oo\ll I ~a 80
LH RH LH
RH 1 5 5 1
7 1
CP3U167E05BB LOWER WING SURFACE
UPPER WING SURFACE C43U~67E0597
CHART 201
APPLICABLE ONL~6 TO U-l THRU U-49, U-51 THRU U-164 WITHOUT BEECHCRAFT
SPAR KIT 99-4023-1S
No. No. Replacement
Schedule
1. 201 All wing attach fitting flat surfaces, Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks, corrosion and 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 500 hrs or 1 yr, whichever occurs None
counterbores and bolt bores as mechanical occurs first first
2. 1202 Lower forward wing fitting-to-spar Eddy current and fluorescent liquid Cracks 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 500 hrs or 1 yr, whichever occurs None
attachment as occurs first first
3. 1203 Spar cap in wheel well Eddy current and fluorescent liquid Cracks 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 500 hrs or 1 yr, whichever occurs None
as occurs first first
4. 204 Spar cap in nacelle, inboard of wheel well Eddy current and fluorescent liquid Cracks 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 500 hrs or 1 yr, whichever occurs None
as specified occurs first first
5. 205 Four fasteners holes in the lower forward Fluorescent liquid penetrant Cracks 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 500 hrs or 1 yr, whichever occurs None
at the root occurs first first
6. 1205 Lower surface of the lower forward spar Eddy current Cracks 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 500 hrs or 1 yr, whichever occurs None
from the nacelle to the occurs first first
7. 206 Area under center section floor board Visual Cracks and loose 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 500 hrs or 1 yr, whichever occurs None
between the forward and aft rivets occurs first first
8. 207 Outboard wing lower main spar cap from Fluorescent liquid penetrant Cracks 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 500 hrs or 1 yr, whichever occurs None
attach to tie down occurs first first
9. 209 Outboard wing panel upper and lower Visual Cracks and corrosion 5 yrs Annually None
main
10. 211 Wing bolts and nuts Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks and 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 500 hrs or 1 yr, whichever occurs 30,000 hrs or
thru penetrant as specified mechanical damage occurs first first 15 yrs,
215 whichever
occurs first
11. Nacelle splice plates (See Chapter Visual Cracks 10,000 hrs 1,000 hrs 20,000 hrs
57-1 5-04)
57-1 5-01
Page 202
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
ii
o
4~0&14 0,
1 09,
RH LOWER
CENTER SECTION SMALL CRACKS IN THE FEAMERED EDGES OUTBOARD WING

FITTING OF ME F17TINGS THAT MAY BE REMOVED FITTING
o o Od II\I o o o
o o o o o o o
ooooooo o
O0O O O O O O ooooooo
o o \o I\ n oo o
VIEW A CRACKS OF MIS NATURE REQUIRE REPLACEMENT

OF ME AFFECTED FITTING ONLY wsas-~
OF nmHO
IIMOVtDTOIHOW
EOUNrt~lOlEDlrUL
~YtQ
1HIT I(CtOl Of IHE
COVHIIIIOIEIIDIUI
t
YINOd~rHOL. VIEW B 9D-31´•~1
a. Remove the wing bolt covers andany placards that are affixed to the wing anach
the wing fittings.~ith bolts
and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed
in place and properly torqued, clean the area to be inspected
procedure.

(Sheet I of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 5-01
Page 203
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
---------------c~-------------- -------*-.----~--T-
Qeeclxxaft
CAREFULLU INSPECT
THIS AREA OF THE
COUNTERBORE RADIUS /DEPRESSION AREA
O O
O BACK SIDE OF TUB
COUNTERBORE
FEATHERED
EDGE
FITTING o o o
FLAT
SURFACE
WING 80LT BORE
VIEW B C9d~lw4rrJ073 C
b. In compliance with the Inspection Schedule (Chart 201), remove and inspect the wing bolts, one at a time,
as instructed under the heading WING BOLT, NUT AND SPAR FITTING INSPECTION in this chapter.
c. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the depression areas and counterbores (washer-face areas) of all 10 wing
attach fittings (View B); focus extra attention on the counterbore radius.
d. It is possible that small cracks may be removed from the feathered edge of the counterbore and from the back
of the tub of all fittings and from the slot in the center section fittings. Contact the Customer Support Department
a. Any fitting cracked beyond acceptable limits, as determined by Customer Support, must be replaced.
f. After the inspection of the wing fittings and bolts is completed, replace the placards which were removed for
g. Ensure that the drain holes in the upper wing attach fittings are unobstructed.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 5-01
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeec~raft
_1.
nO O RWD _2~
C]
on no
INBD
LH UPPER RH
REMOVE MIS FASTENER

L
BL 88.50 ~11
LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP AFT FLANGE

LOWER FORWARD WING ATTACH FITTINGS, THE
SECTION, AND BOTH OUTBOARD WING PANEL LOWER
SPAR CAPS.
YIEW A
LOOKING FORWARD AND DOWN AT FORWARD SPAR
AND LOWER WING ATTACH FITTING THROUGH RH
a. Remove the access covers shown on sheets 1 and 2 of this figure.
I ~´•´•I
WARNING
of the
A crack of the type shown in the illustration mandates the replacement
lower forward center section spar cap and fittings and both outboard wing panel
main spar assemblies.
If the on’ginal lock bolt is still
b. Remove the aft inboard fastener that secures the wing attach fitting to the spar.
the interior of
c. Eddy current inspectthe hole where the fastener was removed. Focus particular attention on
procedure.
(Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 5-01
Page 205
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
I~echcraft
i 1
Oo oO
13 og o"o
RH LOWER LH

IN F(GURE 202, SHEET 1) BL 88.50
-wr
P-.
OUTED
VIEW B
‘T
LOOKING UP AND FORWARD AT LOWER FORWARD
AIRPLANE MODEL), FWD
d. If cracks, corrosion oroversized holes are found, ream the 3/1&inch-diameter holes to the next larger over-
size (1/64 or 1/32 inch) as required to clean up the hole. If this fails to adequatelyremove the damage, contact
the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft, for an evaluation and corrective action recommendations.
NOTE
To prevent moisture from entering the bolt hole and causing corrosion, lubricate the
bolt and fill the bolt hole with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 210, 91-00-00) or MIL-
e. Install an NAS464P3A9 bolt in a standard-sized hole, an NAS2903-9 bolt in a 1/64-inch-oversized hole, an

NAS3003-9 bolt in a 1/32-inch-oversized hole, an AN960-10 washer and an MS20364-1032 nut in place of the
fastener removed in step "b". Orient the nut and bolt as shown in the illustration and torque the nuts to 20-25
Inch-pounds.

(Sheet 2 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 5-01
Page 206
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeec~craft
C
O
O
oO O
a
a
a
a
a o
o
a
o a/o o OUTED
a a 66 a
O
bo O
o
a
eP 60 O
o FWD
800

C91LJOOE08JbC
f. Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method noted in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the exposed
g. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the accessible areas of the forward flange of the lower forward spar cap.
See View C.
h. Clean the liquid penetrant from the areas of inspection and reinstall the covers removed in step a.

(Sheet 3 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 5-01
Page 207
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
jaBO buiso
IA J
LOWER LH
REMOVEMESE FASTENERS. i
AH
J
RIVET(89 NOf
RIVET (Do NOT
REMOVE) J
’REMOVE)
BL 68.5
8L 87.60
DRAG LEG SUPWRT
BL80.68 I BL 75.32
LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP:

VIEW A
1’ CI
L88
LOOK1NG UP AND FORWARD
INTO RH MAIN GEAR WHEEL
WELL IIBL 68
:I
FEAI;;~;;I
CAUTION
Ifrequired, refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the lock bolt removal procedures. When
a. Remove the fasteners shown in the illustration and eddy current inspect the holes. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00
for theinspection instructions.
NOTE
To prevent movement of the drag leg support bracket, eddy current inspect only one
fastener hole at a time. After the hole has been inspected, install a fastener in the
inspected hole before removing the other fastener.
b. To prevent moisture from entering the holes and causing corrosion, lubricate the bolts and fill the bolt holes
with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5,
Chart 201, 91-00-00). Install NAS464P3A6 bolts at BL 87.60 and BL 75.32. Install an NAS464P3A7 bolt at BL
68.5. Install AN960-10 washers, and M820364-1032 nuts on the bolts. Place the nuts on the bottom side of the
found during the inspection, ream the holes
spar cap and torque them to 20-25 inch-pounds. If oversized holes are
to the next oversize
larger and install NAS2903 (1/64-inch oversize) or NAS3003(1/32-inch oversize) bolts as
required in the oversized holes.
NOTE
If the nutplate assembly referenced in Figure 208 was not installed during a previous
inspection, it must be installed before installation of the fastener at FS 68.5.
c. Utilizing liquid penetrant inspection method referenced in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the
the fluorescent
the area of
exposed areas of the lower spar cap in the wheel well from BL 68 to BL 83. Focus extra attention on
the fastener holes.
Wheel Inspection
Figure 203
57-1 5-01
Page 208
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
i;
~s 1
BL 66.20 BL 65.60
a
,O
o"o
LOWER SURFACE OF THE LOWER
FORWARD SPAR CAP LX
RH LOWER
8L67.38 BL66.80
~cl´•.
rib
BRAZIER HEAD RIVETS OR

BUND FASTENERS
FWD
t;r:r´•: 7
OUTED
VIEW A
VIEW LOOKING UP AND FORWARD
AT INBOARD SIDE OF RH NACEUE
CAUTION
the
When removing aluminum rivets, do not drill through the spar cap. Drill only through
NOTE
the bolts
It the rivets were replaced with bolts during an earlier inspection, remove one
n’vets) on the lower aft side of the spar

a. Locate the four brazier head rivets (5/32- or 3/16-inch brazier head
cap. Remove all four fasteners
from each side of the center section and perform the following steps:
Using the eddy current inspection procedure outlined Chapter 20-00-00, inspect each hole. If cracks, corro-
in
to 1/32-
sion or oversized holes are indicated, ream the holes to the next larger size (1/64 to 1/32 inch). If reaming
out the damage, contact the Customer Support Department
of Seech Aircraft Corpo-
inch oversize fails to clean
ration for consultation.

(Inboard Side ofNacelle)
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 204
57-1 5-01
Page 209
Feb 28195
B Reissue
Qeechcraft
INSERT NUTPLATE MAIN SPAR
ASSEMBLY THROUGH LOWER AFT

INBOARD WHEEL
WELL WALL THIS VOID NUTPLATE ASSEMBLY FLANGE
‘)s~L
REFER TO FIGURE 203 FOR A

VIEW OF THE FASTENER AT
BL 68.5

wheel well from BL 88.00 to
b. Inspect the lower fon~vard spar cap in the nacelle inbaard of the main gear
62.00. Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection procedure outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the
area for cracks, loose rivets and other damage.
NOTE
Disregard step "c" if a nut plate assembly has been installed. These fasteners will now

similar to that shown in Figure 208.
c. Fabricate a nut plate assembly
d. Install NAS464P3A7 bolts in the standard holes.
bolts in 1/32-inch oversized
e. Install NAS2903-7 or -9 bolts in the 1/64-inch-oversized holes or NAS3003-7 or -9
holes. Install an AN960D10 washer under the head of each bolt and torque them to 25-30 inch-pounds.
NOTE
~O pwYent moisture from entering the bolt holes

anid
causing corrosion, lubricate the
MIL-
bolts and fill the bolt holes with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 204
57-1 5-01
Page 210
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeedacraft
Oo oO
da oOo
RH LOWER LH

BL 32.19
BL 31.44
BL 30.02
BL 29.27
REMOVE THIS PANEL--TO GAIN ACCESS TO
VIEW A
AT RH WING ROOT
a. Remove the fasteners (jo-bolts or screws) that attach the wing root rib to the forward flange of the spar cap.
Inspect the holes utilizing the eddy current inspection procedure described in Chapter 20-00-00. If jo-bolts were
the original fasteners, refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for jo-bolts removal procedures. These holes must be reamed out
to 17/64 inch.
b. Install NAS1704-6R screws, AN960-10 washers and MS20364-1032 nuts in place of fasteners which were
removed. Torque the screws to 25-30 inch-pounds.
NOTE
c. Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the exposed
lower surface of the lower forward spar cap between each nacelle and the fuselage.
Lower Forward Spar Cap At Wing Root Inspection

Figure 205
57-1 5-01
Page 211
B Reissue Feb 28195
-----1~----
Qeec;f~aft
O O
O
oOl A I no
LH UPPER RH
FORWARD SPAR l~QIl
.rrf
~"r
L1:
-i~i
REAR SPAR
7´• :li;
~tid .6
VIEW A
MAIN AND REAR SPARS
a, Remove the center aisle floorboards and access panels shown in the illustration. Visually inspect the acces-
sible areas of the lower forward and aft scar assemblies, the centerline skin between the forward and aft center
section spars and the fuselage formers for loose rivets and cracks.
b. Repair any damage that may be detected utilizing FAA Advisory Circular 43.13 which provides the Accept-

Figure 206
57-1 5-01
Page 212
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
43eechcraft
r 1
O
I 1
o
O O
IOo
(1 00
99´•M)4´•97
VIEW LOOKING UP AT
LOWER SURFACE OF RH WING
Using the procedure outlined inChapter 20-00-00, fiuorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed surface of the
lower main spar cap of the outboard wing panel from the attach fitting to the tie-down lug.

Figure 207
57-15-01’
Page 213
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
NAS 1068A3 ATTACH NUTPLATES THIS HOLE TO

OR WITH MS20426AD3-3 REMAIN OPEN
INSTALL THIS MS 20176L3 RIVETS FOR FASTENER
NVTPLATE FIRST NUTPLATES MOUNTING PLATE AT BL 68.50
I
1 I t ´•50
C~
4.50"";
------S~ILt. ----JI-L-x; -i~Ls
a. Fabricate a mounting plate from .063 aluminum. Draw a line down the center of the bottom side of the plate
to aid fastener alignment.
b. Install a nutplate at the inboard end of the mounting plate.
NOTE
The four nutplates should be installed at a 450 angle to the mounting plate length.
c. Remove tile sealer at the intersection of the aft side of the main spar and keel web.
d. Insert the nutplate assembly through the void created by the sealer removal.
e. Install an NAS464P3A7 bolt and an AN960D10 washer to hold the mounting plate in position.
f. Align the mark on the plate with the centerline of the holes in the spar cap and tighten the bolt sufficiently to
to prevent the movement of the plate.
g. Utilizing the three open holes, mark the remaining fastener locations.
CAUTION
If a drill is used to mark the fastener locations, do not drill through the plate. Drilling
h. Remove the bolt and washer that were used to secure the the plate and remove the plate for final assembly.
i. Utilizing a vacuum souice and a small hose capable of entering the intersection void, clean out all debris that
resulted from the fastener removal procedure.
j. Drill the mounting plate at the three marked spots and install NAS1068A3 or MS20176L3 nutplates.
Nutplate Assembly Fabrication Procedure

Figure 208
57-1 5-01
Page 214
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeec~hcraft
Inspection of the upper and lower spar caps must be

CUTBOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK
The outboard wing main spat caps must be inspected a´• Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper
for cracks and corrosion after the first five years of and lower spat caps for any buildup of the whitish,
operation and annually thereafter, salt-like nonmetallic substance indicative of corrosion.

I WARNING
w~,,,
I be trapped between the edge of the skin and the
NOTE
of the spat cap is extruded flat. Any of the previously
THIS ILLUSTRATION REPdESENTS A

BOX SECTION SKIN THE INDICATORS ARE ALL SHOWN IN ONE
AREA AND ARE U(AGGERATED FOR CLARITY.
ANY ONE OR ANY COMBINATION OF
THE
o INDICATORS ARE CAUSE FOR FURTHER
SPAR CAP
INVESTIGATION.
CRACKS~ o ~AnaEo AREAS

~/==-C
O
o
LEADING o
EDGE
THIS RIVET PAITERN WILL VARY

PAINT BLISTER/ ON DIFFERENT MODELS
css-j~r

Figure 209
57-1 5-01
Page 215
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
NOTE If (while using hand-pressure only) wing attach bolt
surface irregularities may be

binding occurs upon either disengagement or installa-
Spat cap
tion, loosen the remaining three wing attach bolts and
surface, by moving a straightedge over position the wing in a manner that releases binding of
the bolt. If the wing attach fittings are separated or
the surface or by sighting down the
length of the spar cap. repositioned, the aluminum washers between the
upper wing attach fittings must be replaced with new
d. If wing main spat or fitting replacement becomes washers. Replacement of these washers will not be
necessary, refer to Chart 1 in Chapter 57-15-00 for a required if the wing attach bolts can be loosened and
complete listing of available kits, removed one at a time. The preload indicating washer
e. If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be assembly at the lower forward attach point must be
resolved locally, contact the Customer Support replaced with a new assembly each time the the wing
Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consul- bolt at this point is loosened or removed.
tation,
NOTE
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR NTTING Ensure that the 50-105011 washer
INSPECTION shown in Figure 211, 90-110032-1
washers shown in Figures 212, 214 and
NOTE 215 and the 95-110025-1 washer shown
These inspections are applicable to in Figure 213 have a full complete radius
Model 99 Airliner Serials U-l thru U-164, with no sharp edges which could mark
except U-50.
which exhibit an incomplete radius or
sharp edges.
I WARNING
w~,.,
I LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT, NUT AND
FITTING INSPECTION
All eight wing attach bolts must be
removed and each of the wing attach a. Remove each lower forward wing attach bolt and
preload indicating washer assembly. Using a nonme-
Ilttlng~ Inspected. The wing bolts and
nuts are life Ilmlted parts and must be tallic brush, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and washers
replaced in compliance with the time with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201,
limits designated In Chart 201. Ren- 91-00-00).
b. If the wing attach bolts and nuts do not exceed
which have been retired in compll-
their life limit, as specified in chart 201, visually
ance with their life limit.
inspect them with a 10-power or stronger magnifying
glass for cracks and mechanical damage. Scratches
and markings in the cadmium plating, and/or localized
New wing attach components must deterioration of the cadmium plating is not reason to
be obtained only from Reach Aircraft reject a bolt. The cadmium plating may be discolored
or a BEECHCRAI~T approved source, and may have areas exhibiting a rubbed or polished
Before removing any of the wing attach bolts, ensure appearance, usually resulting from the installation pro-
cedure. If any component exhibits cracks or mechani-
that the wing is properly supported in a manner which
cal damage, replace it with a n~v part.
prevents shifting. Draw a line across each pair of fit-
tings with a grease pencil to aid wing alignment, if c. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las directed
required. in Chapter 20-00-00) each inconel wing bolt and nut.
If the bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks and
mechanical damage, they may be reused after
CAUTION
.gnI-naelc
DO NOT SCRISE OR SCRATCH THE d. Clean the spar fittings and bolt-bores with naptha
NTT1IVGS. or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
57-1 5-01
Page 216
feb 28~95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
Do not strip the epoxy paint from the fittings. Fluores- section, then replace and torque the bolt to the value
cent Itquid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter specified in the appropriate illustration before remov-
20-00-00) the complete visible surface of each fitting ing another bolt.
for condition, focusing extra attention at the washer
b. Removean upperforward, upperorloweraftwing
seat and bolt-bore area. If scoring, corrosion pitting,
bolt, nut and washers. When a fastener is loosened,
cracks, or washer impressions are found in these
ensure that the radius on the outer circumference of
areas, contact the Customer Support Department of
the washers face the radius in the end of the fitting
Beech Aircraft for consultation. If the fitting is satisfac-
recess (does not apply to P/N MS20002 or NAS143
tory, clean the fluorescent liquid penetrant from the fit-
washers). If a washer radius is not positioned as
ttng and recoat the bolt-bore and wast-ter/nut-bearing shown in applicable illustration, contact the Customer
faces of the fitting with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201
Support Department of Beech Aircraft for consultation.
(3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for If the washers are properly installed, proceed with the
approximately five minutes. After the time has remainder of these steps.
elapsed, wash the coated areas with water and blow
dry (do not wipe). Paint the treated areas of the sparfitting and bolt-bore with naptha or
Clean the
washer seat with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart 201, methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Do
91-00-00) and allow sufficient time for drying. not strip the epoxy paint from the fittings. Fluorescent
e, Coat the spar fitting bolt-bores and washer/nut- liquid penetrant inspect the entire visible surface of the
bearing faces, the complete bolt, nut and new preload fitting. Focus extra attention on the fitting washer seat
indicating washer assembly with MIL-C-16173, Grade and bolt-bore. Refer to Chapter 20 for the fluorescent
2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, liquid penetrant inspection procedure. If scoring, cor-
91-00-00). rosion pitting, cracks or washer impressions are
noted, contact the Customer Support Department of
Beech Aircraft Corporation for consultation. If the fit-
I ARNING
W*PNING I tin’gs are satisfactory, clean the fluorescent liquid
penetrant from the fitting and recoat the bolt-bore and
washer/nut-bearing faces of the fittings with Alodlne
Thecomponents or the preload indi- 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow
eating washer assembly constitute a the coating to dwell for approximately five minutes.
matched set and Its components
When the time has elapsed, wash the coated areas
must not be Interchanged with any
with water and blow dry with air (do not wipe). Paint
other preload Indicating washer
the coated areas with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart
assembly. It is essential that the radi-
201, 91-00-00) and allow sufficient time for drying.
used outside diameter of the flat
washer portion of the preload Indlcat- d. If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their specified
Ing washer assembly be placed with limit, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and washers with
the radius toward the fitting washer
naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201,
91-00-00) and inspect for cracks and mechanical
tatlon.
damage with a 10-power or stronger magnifying glass.
f, Install a wing attach bolt, new preload indicating Scratches and markings in the cadmium plating,
washer assembly and nut into the wing fitting. and/or localized deterioration of the cadmium plating
g. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE LOWER FORWARD may be discolored and may have areas exhibiting a
WING A~TTACH BOLT AT THIS TIME. Temporarily rubbed or polished appearance, usually resulting from
snug the nut down to ~pproximately 1200 inch- the installation procedure. If mechanical damage or
pounds, cracks are found, replace the affected component. If
the components are acceptable after the visual
UPPER f=ORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER AFT
inspection, perform a fluorescent liquid penetrant
BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION
inspection on each of the bolts and nuts (see Chapter
a. Ensure that the wing is properly supported for 20-00-00). If the bolts and nuts are free of cracks and
maintenance. Remove only one wing bolt at a time for mechanical damage, they may be reused after clean-
inspection. Perform the inspection as detailed in this ing.
57-1 5-01
Page 217
B Reissue Feb 28/95

Qeechc~ft
b. After completing the tightening procedure on the

CAUTION lower forward bolt, coat the nut and exposed bolt
threads which protrude through the nut with MIL-C-
Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does 16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5,
not bottom out on the wing fitting. Chart 201, 91-00-00).
Wrench contact with the fitting can result
in fitting damage and erroneous torque WING BOLT MAINTENANCE
readings. a. At the first scheduled airplane inspection as des-
ignated by the BEECHCRAFT 99 Airliner Series Main-
e, Coat the spar fittings, bolt-bore and washer/nut-
tenance Manual (not to exceed 100 hours) and annu-
bearing faces, the complete bolt, washer and nut with
ally thereafter, after the bolts have been loosened and
retorqued or after initial installation, check the wing
pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). bolts for proper torque as stated in the illustration for
f, Install the wing attach bolt, washers and nut and the specific location (Figures 212, 213, 214 or 215).
torque the nut to the torque value specified in the Check the preload indicating washer at the lower for-
applicable illustration. After the nut is properly ward attach point as shown in Figure 210 and 211.
torqued, coat the bolt threads which protrude through Concurrent with the previous step, coat the
the nut with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preven-
exposed bolt threads which protrude through the nuts
tive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
with MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive com-
g, Prior to installing the fitting covers, ensure thatthe pound.
drain holes in the upper forward and aft fittings are Prior to
c. installing the fitting covers, ensure that the
drain holes in the upper fittings are unobstructed and
can drain freely.
PROCEDURE
~I WARNING

which were not tightened after
time. Remove any wing supports
a, Insert the pin on the tool shown in Figure 210, into

cating washer assembly and rotate the ring back and
bly can no longer be turned using 30 5 pounds of WHEN 30´•´•5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL
tangential force applied to the ring as shown in Figure FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE
210. Do not tighten the nut beyond this point. INDICATOR RING ON THE PRELOAD
INDICATING WASHER, THE BOLT IS T(GHT.
DO NOT TIGHTEN THE BOLT BEYOND THIS
t~ CAUTION POINT.

Wrench contact with the fitting could Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure
result in fitting damage. Figure 210
51-1 5´•01
Page 218
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeed´•d~aft
REFER TO CHART202 FOR THE WING 80LT

wrm THIS WING BOLT AND NUT.
r
LI

61475-14-43.5 PRELOAD INDICATING CENTER SECTION
WASHER ASSEMBLY OUTBOARD
81790-1414 1 1110
NUT
81784-14-32 OR
BOLT
~50-1 05011
WASHER
CAUTION
POSITION WITH
RADIUS TOWARDS
RADIUS IN WING
FITTING
~tCHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
BOLTTIGKTENING PROCEDURE: COATTHE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT, WASHER, WASHER

ASSEMBLY, AND WING FITTINGBOLT BORES WITH MIl-C16173 GRADE2 CORROSION
PRNENTIVECOMPOUND. TlGHTENTHEBOLT WHILEAPPLYINGA TANGENTIAL FORCEOF
30 t 5 POUNDS TO THE INDICATOR RING OF THE PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER, AS SHOWN
5
IN FIGURE 210. NO FURTHER WRENCHING SHOULD BE APPLIED TO THE BOLT WHEN 30
POUNDS OFTANGENTIAL FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVETHEINDICATOR RING. THE
61475-14-43.5 PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER ASSEMBLY IS NOT TO BE REUSED AFTER ONCE
BEING LOADED. AFTER TIGHTENING THE NUT, COAT THE MPOSED THREADS WTTH
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
Lower FonnrardWing Bolt Installation (U-l thru U-49, U-51 thru U-164)
(without BEECHCRAFT Boar Kit No. 99-4023-13)
Figure 211
57-1 5-01
Page 219
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeec~craft
90-110032-1 WASHER (POSITION

WITH RADIUS TOWARDS FITnNG)7 +35-105111-3
WASHER (POSITION
++NAS143´•10 WASHER~ I WIM COUMERSINK
AGAINST BOLT HEADI
81791-1018 NUT~ 11 i nn~i a _81785-10-23 OR

I III I I ~vcNooos BOLT
I I II I I I
I III I I I I ,WING FITTING

CENTER SECTION
-W
DRAIN WING FITTING 105090AO32-10J WASHER DRAIN

HOLE OUTBOARD -HOLE
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. WASHERS. WING
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN ME NUT AND THE

90-110032-1 WASHER TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.

99 WITH THIS WING BOLT AND NUT.
UTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
so-315
Upper FoMlard Wing Bolt Installation (0-1 thru U-49, U-51 thru U-150)
(without BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 99-4023-1S)
Figure 212
57-1 5-01
Page 220
B Reissue
F=eb 28/95
Qeechcraft
+95-110025-1
~95-110021 WASHER (PO5ITION WITH
(POSITION WITH RADIUS COUNTERSINK TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
81791-1216 NUT
I IIML~I
~LYI
I I
I
81785-12-23
I
OR VCN0007 BOLT
I II I I
I II I I WING FITTING
WING FITTING i CENTER SECTION
-QUTBOARD
DRAIN
**MS20002-12 WASHER---~ ~----105090A032-12K WASHER HOLE
DRAIN HOLE
BOLT TORQUE: 2380 TO 2500 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE

BOLT. NUT. WASHERS. WING
GRADE 2 CORROSION
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173
MS20002-12 WASHERS MAY BE USED AS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE NUT AND 95-110025-1
WASHER TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT
UTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
´•’’0~
REFER 10 CHART 202 FOR THE WING BOLT

Upper Fonnrard Wing Bolt Installation (U-151 thru U-164)

(without BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 99-4023-1S)
Figure 213
57-1 5-01
Page 221
Feb 28195
B Reissue
Qeecficraft
WASHER (POSITION WITH

k90-110033-1
105090AO32-105 WASHER
NAS14310 WASHES
+35-105111-3 WASHER
81791-1018 (POSTTION WITH COUNTERSINK
NUT TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
81786-10-18 OR
I VCN0014 80LT
I
DRAIN
HOLE
WING FITTING
HOLE
OUTBOARD WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
COMPLETE 80LT. NUT. WASHERS. WING

BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE
MlL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
FITTING BOLT BORES, AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH
RADIUS.
CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER
ME NUT AND THE 99110033-1 WASHER
AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
2:~´•. I I I ENSURE THAT THE DRAIN
HOLES ARE CLEAR.

90´•31~8

Figure 214
57-1 5-01
Page 222
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR TNE WING BOLT

WITH THIS WING BOLTAND NUT.
´•’’0~
Re I
35-105111-3 WASHER IPOSITION WITH


VCN0014 BOLT
..M
WING FITTING i I~´•´•´•´•´•:´• I
OUTBOARD jl II I I
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
81791-1018 NUT
NAS14310 WASHER
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT ME COMPLETE BOLT NUT. WASHERS. WING
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH M1L-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
+CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOBH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.

AN NAS143´•10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN ME NUT AND ME 90´•110032-1 WASHER
40-31´•52

Figure 215
57-1 5-01
Page 223
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS

´•NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER ADAPTER
LOWER FORWARD 181784-14-32 or TK1817 922-5 or a 81790-1414 TS1584N

VOC0026 (U-l thru 15/16-inch box-end
U-164, except U-50) wrench modified to
accept a 40-inch
extension
UPPER FORWARD 181785-10-23 or TS1222-7 or 81791-1018 TS1176-1,
VCN0003 (U-l thru 1/2-inch Alien TS1171-1 or
U-150, Wrench 50-590013-1
VCN0007 (U-151 50-590012 or TS1171-2

thru U-164) 9/16-inchAilen
Wrench
UPPER AND 81786-10-18 or TS1222-5, 81791-1018 TS1176-1,
LOWER REAR VCN0014 50-590012 or TS1171-1 or
9/16inch Alien 50-590013-1

Wrench
U-50
NOTE: The tools listed on this chart are applicable to the following serials: U-l thru U-164, except
serial into which BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 99-4023-1S has been
and except any airplane
Incorporated.
57-15-01
Page 224
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
CRACK INSPECTION WING A77ACHI See Chart I In 57-~5-00 for spar and
FITTINGS, CENTER SECTION AND fitting replacement kits. For compo-

nents not available In kit form, refer
to the Model C99 Airliner parts cata~
NOTE log for the applicable part numbers.
This section (57-15-02) is applicable to If any cracks found In the
are wing
U-l thru U-49, and U-51 thru U-164, into
structure, contact the Customer Sup-
which BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No.
99-4023-18 has been incorporated.
These airplanes feature a one piece
Corporation prior to the next flight for
center section lower spar cap with inte-
anoperational safety svaluatlon.
gral tension type fittings.
At the intervals designated in the Inspection Outline U\UIIDK~f
CAUTION
(Chart 201), the wing attach fittings, center section
and outboard wing spar caps, and the nacelle splice
When fastener removal is required to
plates must be inspected for cracks and damage. perform inspection, extreme caution
an

procedure. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00
I w~´•I
ARNING
for fastener removal instructions.
A crack In the center section upper NOTE

forward, upper or lower ah wing has been
If the airplane equipped with a
attach fitting requires replacement of
spar strap, or any other type of device
the affected fitting.
A crack In an outboard wing panel inspections in this chapter, it must be
forward (Maln) spar fitting necessl- removed prior to initiation of these
tates replacement of the entire for- inspections. Refer to Chapter 57 in the
ward spar assembly. 99 Airliner Series Maintenance Manual
for removal and installation of the
A crack In an outboard wing panel ah
BEECHCRAFT Manufactured Spar
spar fitting requires replacement of
Bridge.
the affected fitting only.
57-1 5-02
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechc~aft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
3 4 6 6 6 3 4
4 1 4
LD ii
O O
O O
o
o
5
s
o O
s
o
o Oo oC3 5
o
O O
o
O o oo 00
o"o I Il~o
LH i i i RH RH LH
UPPER WING SURFACE LOWER WING SURFACE
C93Ut57E0723
C93Ut57E0722
CHART 201
APPLICABLE ONLY TO U-l THRU U-49, U-51 THRU U-164 WITH BEECHCRAFT SPAR
KIT 99-4023-1S
InNd0~xl F~,ule Inspection Area Inspection Method Posalble Findings Inlttal Inspection Recurring Inspection Interval Component
Replacement
Schedule
1. 201 All wing attach fittingflatsurfaces, Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks, corrosion and 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
essions, counterbores and bolt bores as mechanical dam occurs first first
occurs
2. 202 Area under center section floorboard Visual Cracks, loose rivets 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
between the forward and aft and occurs first occurs first
3. 203 Outboard wing lower main sparcapfrom Fluorescent liquid penetrant Cracks 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 1,000 hrs 3 yrs, whichever
or None
attach to tie down occurs first o’ccurs first
4. 204 Outboard wing panel upper and lower Visual Cracks and 5 yrs
main
Annually None
corrosion
5. 207 Wing bolts and nuts Magnified visual fluorescent liquid Cracks and 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever 30,000 hrs or
penesant as specified mechanicaldamage occurs first occurs first 15 yrs,
whichever
occurs first
a. Nacelle splice plates (See Chapter Visual Cracks 10,000 hrs 1,000 hrs 20,000 hrs
57-1 5-04)
57-1 5-02
Page 202
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
aeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
BARREL NUT ASSEMBLY WING FITTING

CENTER SECTION
BOLT
WING FITTING
NOTE: THIS FITTING IS APPLICABLE ONLY
OUTBOARD
TO AIRPLANES INCORPORATING
BEECHCRAFT KIT NO. 90-4077-1 S
CAREFULLY INSPECT THE RADIUS
IMMEDIATELY ABOVE THE BARREL NUT
SEGMENT OF FITTING
REMOVED TO SHOW
COUNTERBORE DETAIL
CAREFULLY INSPECT
THIS SECTOR OF THE L
i~
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
5~-’"
:I
~’/i
C-F
UPPER FWD FITTING

C
bolts in
a. Remove the wing bolt covers and any decals that may be affixed to the fitting surface. With the wing
place and properly torqued, clean the area to be inspected and Ruarescent liquid penetmnt inspect the exposed
flat surfaces of all 16 wing attach fittings.
b, In compliance with the Inspection Schedule (Chart 201), remove and inspect the wing bolts, one at a time, as
detailed under the heading WING BOLT, NUT AND SPAR FITTING INSPECTION.

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 5-02
Page 203
Feb 28195
B Reissue
99 AIRLINER SERIES
CAREFULLY INSPECT
THIS AREA OF THE
COUNTERBORE RADIUS ,DEPRESSION AREA
O O
O BACK SIDE OF TUB
COUNTERBORE
FEATHERED
EDGE
FITTING o ~3 O O
FLAT
SURFACE
WING BOLT BORE
VIEW B C3QMtE3073 3
and counterbores of the 14 bathtub type fittings. Focus extra attention on the counterbore radius. Fluorescent
liquid penetrant inspect the radii at the bottom of the outboard forward fttings which house the barrel nuts.
d, It Is possible that small cracks may be removed from the feathered edge of the counterbore and the back side
of the bathtub type fittings, Contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation prior to Ini-
tiation of any crack removal procedure.
f. After the Inspection of the wing fittings and bolts is completed, replace the placards which were removed for
the fitting Inspections.
g, Ensure that the drain holes in the upper wing attach fittings are unobstructed.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
figure 201
57-1 5´•02
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeecaK~craft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
O O
O
001
FORWARD SPAR
LH UPPER RH
1~\PZ
i~
5 ~o 1
i~dr´•
i
\i
´•i
REAR SPAR
F r?
1
kl
n
LOOKING FORWARD AT CENTER SECTION AREA
cr3 O BETWEEN THE FORWARD (MAIN) AND AFT SPARS
illustration. Visually inspect

a. Remove the center aisle floorboards and seat track access panels shown in the
skin panel and fuselage formers for loose rivets, cracks and
the accessible areas of the spars, lower fuselage
damage.
Circular 43.13 which provides the
b. Repair any damage that may be detected utilizing the FAA Adviso~y
Acceptable Methods, Techniques and Practices for Structural Repairs.

Figure 202
57-1 5-02
Page 205
Feb 28195
B Retssue
4l)eeshct~\ft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
Pi O
O
0 OI1
00 O
c 00
9960(´•97
VIEW LOOKING UP AT
surface of the lower main spar cap of the outboard wing panel, from the wing attach fitting to the tie-down lug.
Outboard Wing Soar Inspection

Figure 203
57´•1 5-02
Page 206
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES

OU7BOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK performed as described in the following steps:
The outboard wing spar caps must be inspected for
a. Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper
and lower spar caps for any buildup of the whitish,
cracks and corrosion after the first five years of opera-
tlon and annually thereafter.
WARNING be trapped between the edge of the skin and the
The entire upper and lower spar cap, preted as corrosion.
~om the wing attach Iltting to the
wing tip, must be Inspected. surfaces of the upper and lower spat caps.
exposed
NOTE
c.Visually inspect all exposed surfaces of the spar
Special emphasis should be placed on Opsfor paint blisters, raised areas and/or surface dis-
airplanes that have been operated tortions and cracks in the metal. The exposed surface
noted irregularities could indicate corrosion and must
and atmospheric conditions are condu-
cive to corrosion, be considered suspect. (See Figure 204).
MIS ILLUSTRATION REPRESENTS A

TYPICAL SECTION OF ME SPAR CAP
sox SECTION SKIN _
AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR CLARITY
ANY ONE OR ANY COMBINATION OF ME
o
SPAR CAP INVESTIGATION
o ~RAISED AREAS
;r~sr
~cS
~Z
o o
,-r
o Y~ o
LEADING o
EDGE

PAINT 8LISTEA/ I ON DIFFERENT MODELS
Spar Cap Crack and Corrosion Visual Inspection

Figure 204
57-1 5-02
Page 207
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
YSeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
NOTE

I w´•w,,,
AiZNiNG I
surface, by moving a straightedge over All eight wing attach bolts must be
the surface, or by sighting down the removed and each of the wing attach
length of the spar cap. fittlngs Inspected. The wing bolts and
nuts are life limited parts and must be
d, If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be replaced In compliance with the time
resolved locally, contact the Customer Support Ilmlts designated In Chart 201. Ren-
for consul- der unserviceable all components
Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation
tatton. removed In compliance with their life
Ilmlt.
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR FITTING

INSPEC710N New wing attach components must
NOTE or a BEECHCRAF~ approved source.
These Inspections are applicable only to Before removing any of the wing attach bolts, ensure
U-l thru U-49, and U-51 thru U-164, that the wing is properly supported in a manner which
which have been modified by the instal- prevents wing shifting. Draw a line across each pair of
latlon of BEECHCRAFT Spat Kit No. fittings with a grease pencil to aid wing alignment, if
99-4023-1 S. required.
NUT
LUBRICATION FITTING \Ii

Iii CRADLE
.040 INCH
ROLL PIN
(80691CF-121
.060 INCH
NUT
(80691CF-1612)
BE’/ECLAEUDTkORNEA NUT MUST aE BEVELED OR CHAMFERc~D

AS C´•UOWN
OF THE BAhREL
CRADLE TO PREVENT SCORING THE SIDES
ON E(UT MUST NUT
NUT HOLE IN THE SPAR. IF NOT. REPLACE
MATCH CONTOUR
OR REWORK NUT AS ~HOWN.
OF NUT CRADLE
200-31-0
Barrel Nut Assembly

Figure 205
57-1 5-02
Page 208
Feb 28~95 B Reissue
Y3eec~maft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
I CAUI(ON
~II´•´• t appearance, usually resulting from the installation pro-
cal damage, replace it with a new part.
c. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las directed
in Chapter 20-00-00) each inconel wing bolt and nut.
attach bolt
If (while using hand-pressure only) wing If the bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks and
installa-
binding occurs upon either disengagement or mechanical damage, they may be reused after clean-
bolts and
tion,loosen the remaining three wing attach
of ing.
position the wing In a manner that releases binding
d. Reassemble the bariel nut as shown in Figure
the bolt. If the wing attach fittings are separated
or
the 205.
repositioned, the aluminum washers between
be replaced with new Clean the spar fittings and bolt-bores with naptha
upper wing attach fittings must e.
be or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2,
Chart 201, 91-00-00).
washers. Replacement of these washers will not
if the wing attach bolts can be removed one Do not strip the epoxy paint from this area. Fluores-
required
inspect las instructed in Chapter
at a time. The preload indicating washer assembly at cent liquid penetrant
the lower forward attach point must be replaced
with a 20-00-00) the complete visible surface of each fitting
at this point for condition, focusing extra attention at the
washer
new assembly each time the the wing bolt
is loosened or removed. seat and bolt-bore area. If scoring, corrosion pitting,
crack indications, washer impressions are found in
or
NOTE these areas, contact the Customer Support Depart-
is
Ensure that the 90-110032-1 washers ment of seech Aircraft for consultation. If the fitting
shown in Figures 208, 210 and 211 and satisfactory, clean off the fluorescent liquid penetrant
the 95-110025-1 washer shown in Fig- and recoat the bolt-bore and washer/nut-bearing faces
ure 209 have a full complete
radius with of the fitting with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3,
could mark the Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell
for
no sharp edges wSlich
washers which minutes. After the time has
Replace any
spar fittings. approximately five
blow
exhibit an incomplete radius or sharp elapsed, wash the coated areas with water and
Paint the treated areas of the
edges, dry (do not wipe).
washer seat with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart 201,
91-00-00) and allow sufficient time for drying.
FITTING INSPECTION
f. Coat the spar fitting bolt-bores and washerlnut-
a. Remove each lower forward wing attach bolt, pre- bearing faces, the complete bolt, nut and new preload
Grade
load indicating washer assembly and barrel nut. Using indicating washer assembly with MIL-C-16173,
nonmetalllo brush, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201,
a
washers with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, 91-00-00).
Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
I w~´•´•I
~ING
The barrel nut must be disassembled for

a thorough inspection of its components. of the preload Indl-
The components
Disassembly is accomplished by moving eating washer assembly constitute a
one,of the roll pins flush with the inner matched set and Its components
surface of the cradle and separating the must not be interchanged with any
the nut. Refer to Figure 205. other preload Indicating washer
b. If the wing attach bolts and nuts do not exceed assembly. It Is essential that the rad]-
their life limit, as specified in Chart 201, visually used outside diameter of the flat
stronger magnifying washer portion of the preload Indlcat-
inspect them with a 10-power or
glass for cracks and mechanical damage.
Scratches ing ~yasher assembly be placed with
the radius toward the fitting washer
and markings in the cadmium plating, and/or localized
seat. See Figure 207 for proper orlsn-
deterioration of the cadmium plating is not reason to
discolored tatlon.
reject a bolt. The cadmium plating may he
57-1 5-02
Page 209
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
~eechcrcdt
99 AIRLINER SERIES
g, Install a wing attach bolt, new preload indicating
washer assembly and barrel nut into the wing fitting, the coated areas with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart
Ensure that the lubrication fittings on the barrel nuts 201, 91-00-00) and allow sufficient time for drying.
are positioned in manner that allows access of the d. If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their specified
lubrication noule. life limit, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and washers
h, DO NOT TIGHTEN THE LOWER FORWARD with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201,
WING ATTACH BOLT AT THIS TIME. Temporarily 91-00-00) and inspect for cracks and mechanical
snug the bolt down to approximately 1200 inch- damage with a IO-power or stronger magnifying glass.
pounds. Scratches and markings in the cadmium plating,
UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER REAR is not reason to reject a bolt. The cadmium plating
WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION may be discolored and may have areas exhibiting a
rubbed or polished appearance, usually resulting from
a, Ensure that the wing is properly supported for th, installation procedure. If mechanical damage or
maintenance. Remove only one wing bolt at a time for cracks are found, replace the affected component. If
Inspection. Perform the inspection as detailed in this th, components are acceptable after the visual
to the value
section, then replace and torque the bolt inspection, perform a fluorescent liquid penetrant
specified in the appropriate illustration before remov-
inspection on each of the bolts and nuts (see Chapter
ing another bolt. 20-00-00). If the bolts and nuts are free of cracks and
mechanical damage, they may be reused after c(ean-
NOTE
ing.
The bushing utilized In the upper fonn~ard e. Coat the spar fittings, bolt-bore and washer/nut-
bolt bore on airplane serials U-l thru
bearing faces, the complete bolt, washer, and nut with
U-150 must be removed prior to per-
forming the fitting inspection.
pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
b, Remove upper forward, upper
an rear or lower
rear wing bolt, nut and washers. When a fastener is
loosened, en5ure that the radius on the outer circum-
ference of the washers face the radius in the end of
I WARNING
w~I-
I
the fitting recess (does not apply to NAS143 washers).
If a washer radius is not positioned as shown in appli-
upper forward fitting (see Figure 208),
cable illustration (208, 209 or 210), contact the Cus-
It must be relnstalied prior to Install-
tomer Support Department of seech Aircraft for con- Ing the bolt.
sultation. If the washers are properly installed,
proceed with the remainder of these steps.
c, Clean the spar fitting and bolt-bore with naptha or CAUTION
methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Do
not strip the epoxy paint from the fittlngs. Fluorescent
liquid penetrant inspect the entire visible surface of the not bottom out against the wing fitting.
fitting, Focus extra attention on the washer seat and Wrench contact with the fitting could
bolt-bore of the fitting, Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for
result in erroneous tcrque readings and
the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection procedure.
fitting damage.
If scoring, corrosion pitting, cracks or washer impres-
sions are noted, contact the Customer Support
f. Install the wing attach bolt, washers and nut and
tation. If the fittings are satisfactory, clean off the Ruo- torque the nut to the torque value specified in the
rescent liquid penetrant and recoat the bolt-bore and applicable (Figure 208, 209, 210 or 211).
illustration
washerlnut-bearing faces of the fittings with Alodine properly torqued, coat the the wing bolt
After the nut is
1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow threads which protrude through the nut with MIL-C-
the coating to dwell for approximately five minutes. 16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5,
When the time has elapsed, wash the coated areas Chart 201, 91-00-00).
57-15-02
Page 210
B Reissue
F=eb 28~95
----_--~------..
aeed~eraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
drain Insert the pin on the tool shown in Figure 206 into
g, Prior to installing the covers, ensure that the a
holes in the upper forward and aft fittings are free of one of the holes in the outer ring of the preload indi-
obstructions and can drain freely. eating washer assembly and rotate the ring back and
LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT TIGHTENING the outer ring of the preload indicating washer assem-
PROCEDURE bly can no longer be turned using 30 5 pounds of
tangential force applied to the ring as shown in Figure
206. Do not tighten the nut beyond this point.
I w~,,,-I
WARNING b. After completing the tightening procedure on the
lower forward bolt, inject MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corro-
sion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00)
The lower forward wing attach bolts into the banel nut lubrication fitting with a good quality
which were net tightened after Alemite grease nouel (P/N
grease gun and an
Inspection must be tightened at this 314150). Inject the compound until one of the follow-
time. Remove any wing suppo~ts
ing conditions are noted:
CAU’IION The compoundmerges from the locking portion
Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does The fitting will accept no additional compound
not bottom out against the wing fitting, after several pumps of the gun,
result in fitting damage,
the nut with Mll-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preven-
tive compound.
a. At the first scheduled airplane inspection as des-

Maintenance Manual or Inspection Form after the
stated in the illustration for the specific location (Figure
208, 209, 210 or 211). Check the preload indicating
washer at the lower forward attach point as shown in
Figure 206 and 207.
thereafter, coat the exposed bolt threads which pro-
WHEN 30~5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL

PORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE c. Inject MIL-C-16173 Grade 2,corrosion preventive
THE PRELOAD
INDICATOR RING ON compound into the barrel nut lubrication fitting until
INDICATING WASHER, THE BOLT iS TIGHT. one of the following conditions are noted:
DO NOT TIGHTEN THE BOLT BNOND THIS
POINT.

Lower Forward Wing Bolt TIghtening Procedure The fitting will accept no additional compound
Figure 206 after several pumps of the gun.
5’1-1 5-02
Page 211
Feb 28195
B Reissue
~Seechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
d. Prior to installing the fitting covers, and anytime

the covers are removed, ensure that the drain holes in
the upper forward and upper aft attach fittings are
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS

LOWER TK1817 922-5 or a 80691CF-1 414 None
VCC0027 15/16-inch box-end
wrench modified to
accept a 40-inch
extension
UPPER FORWARD 81785-10-23 or TS1222-7 81791-1018
or TS1176-1,
(U-l thru U-49, VCN0003 1/2-inch Alien TS1171-1 or
U-51 thru U-150 Wrench 50-590010-1
Incorporating Spar
Kit No. 99-4023-1
UPPER FORWARD 81785-12-23 or TS1222-5, 81791-1216 TS1176-2 or
(U-151 thru U-164 VCN0007 50-590012 or TS1171-2
incorporating Spar 9/16inch Alien
Kit No. 90-4023-1S Wrench
UPPER AND 81786-10-18 or TS1222-5, 81791-1018 iS1176-1,
LOWER AFT VCN0014 50-590012 or TS1171-1 or
9/16inch Alien 50-590013-1
Wrench
NOTE: The tools listed on this chart are applicable only U-l thru U-49, U-51 thru U-164 Into which
BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No, 99-4023-18 has been Installed,
57-15-02
Page 212
T=eb 28/95 B Reissue
aeechrrcift
99 AIRLINER SERIES
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR THE

WING BOLT WRENCHES AND
TOROUE ADAPTERS USED WITH
THIS WING BOLT AND NUT.
80691CF-1414 90-380019-1 WING FITTING

BARREL NUT PRELOAD INDICATING CENTER SECTION
ASSEMBLY WASHER ASSEMBLY
81784-14-46 OR
A VCC0027 BOLT
WING FITTING LUBRICATION
OUTBOARD FITTING
CAUTION
POSITION WITH RADIUS AGAINST
RADIUS IN WING FITTING
NUT,
80LT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE: COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT,
MIL-
WASHER ASSEMBLY AND WING FITTING BOLT BORES WITH
TIGHTEN
C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
3045
THE BOLT WHILE APPLYING A TANGENTIAL FORCE OF
POUNDS TO THE INDICATOR RING OF THE PRELOAD
INDICATING
WRENCHING
WASHER, AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 206. NO FURTHER
OF TAN-
SHOULD 8E APPLIED TO THE BOLT WHEN 30+5 POUNDS CAUTION
FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE INDICATOR RING.
GENTIAL
THE 90-380019-1 PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER
ASSEMBLY IS POSITION WITH COUNTER-
NOT TO BE REUSED AFTER ONCE 8EING LOADED.
AFTER TIGHTEN- SINK AGAINST THE BOLT
ING THE BOLT, USE A HIGH OUALITY GREASE GUN
AND AN HEAD RADIUS
ALEMITE P/N 314150 GREASE NOZZLE TO INJECT
MIL-C-16173
THE BARREL
GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND INTO
NUT LUBRICATION FITTING. vnw A
COMPOUND.
THROUGH THE NUT WITH CORROSION PREVENTIVE
C91U117EOZP8 C
Lower forward Wing Bolt installation

thru U-49, U-51 thru U-164 with BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 994023-18 installed)
(U-l
Figure 207
57-1 592
Page 213
feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
000-110100-1
90´•110032-1 WASHER (POSITION
WITH RADIUS TOWARDS FITnNG)1 BUSHING
105090AO32-10J
81791-10181 WASHER
NUT
I II~--="--"1 I 81785-10-23 OR
1 111 1 I ‘I VCN0003 BOLT
DRAIN ~35-10511r-3 DRAIN

+*NAS143´•1
’HOLE WASHER (POSITION HOLE
WASHER
WITH COUNTERSINK
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD AGAINST BOLT HEAD) WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
BOLT. BUSHING. NUT.

BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE
THREADS WITH MIL-C-16173
WASHERS. WING FITTING 80LT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT
GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND
*~t AN NAS14310 WASHER MAY BE USED BRWEEN THE NUT AND THE
90-110032-1 WASHER TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP AI~JUSTMENT.
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
Z:
0‘
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR THE WING BqlT

WITH THIS WING BOLT AND NUT
~a´•3:´•jI
Upper Fonnrard Wing Polt Installation

(U-l thru 49, U-51 thru U-150 with BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 999023-~S Installed)
Figure 208
57-1 5-02
Page 214
B Reissue
Feb 28~95
Qeec~craft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
+95-110025-1W
(POSITION WITH RADIUS
+95-110021 WASHER (POSITION WITH
81791-1216 NUT
I I 1
I I
I II I I 81785´•12-23
OR VCN0007 BOLT
I
WING FITTING I
i I WING FITTING
-OUTBOARD CENTER SECTION
.I,
DRAIN
x*MS20002´•12 WASHER---I l-105090AO32-12K WASHER HOLE
DRAIFI HOLE
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED 80LT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
~CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
jr+ MS20002-12 WASHERS MAY 88 USED AS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE NUT AND 95-110025-1
UTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
’r.
0’

40-J1-L7
Upper Fornrard Wing Bolt Installation

(U´•151 thru U-164 with BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 99-4923-15 Installed)
57-1 5-02
Page 215
Feb 28/95
a Reissue
Qeechcr;ift
99 AIRLINER SERIES
"90´•110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH

r~ NAS14310 WASHER I 105090AO32-10J WASHER
81791-1018 ~-+35-105111-3 WASHER

TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
I
81786-10-18 OR
i I I VCN0014 80LT
DRAIN
HOLE
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD
WING FITTING LDRAIN HOLE
CENTER SECTION
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT
THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. WASHERS. WING
FITTING 80LT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT
THREADS WITH MIL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION

RADIUS.
AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY 88 USED BETWEEN THE NUT iWD THE
90-110032-1 WASHER
TO PROVIDE A PROPER 80LT GRIP ADJUSTMENT
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

I I I ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
REFER TO CHART 202 FOR THE WING

BOLf
WAENCHESANDTOR(3UE ADAPTERS USED
WITH THIS WING BOLT AND NUI.
90-3(´•J8
Upper Aft Wing BoR Installation

Figure 210
57-1 5´•02
Page 216
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeec~craft
99 AIRLINER SERIES


COUNTERSINK TOWARDS 80LT HEAD)
~k90-110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH

RADIUS TOWARDS WING FI~FING)
81786-10-18 OR
VCN0014 BOLT
E :IC~
I I
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD I
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
81791-1018 NUT
NAS143-10 WASHER
WASHERS. WING
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNOS COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT.
2 CORROSION
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED 80LT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173 GRADE

THE 90-110032-1 WASHER
++AN NAS14310 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN ME NUT AND
TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUST~nENT
40´•31´•j’-

Figure 211
57-1 5-02
Page 217
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
aeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
CRACK INSPECTION WING ATTACH A crack In an outboard wing panel ah
FITTINGS, CENTER SECTION AND spar fitting requires replacement of

the affected fitting only.
See Chart I In 57-15-00 for spat and
NOTE
fitting replacement kits. For compo-
This section (57-15-03) is applicable to nents not available In kit form, refer
U-50, U-165 and after. These airplanes to the Model C99 Airliner Parts Cata-
feature a one piece center section lower
log for the applicable part numbers.
spar cap with Integral tension-type fit-
tings. If any cracks are found In the wing
At the intervals designated in the Inspection Outline structure, contact the Customer Sup-
(Chart 201), the wing attach fittings, center section port Department of Beach Aircraft
and outboard wing spar caps, and the nacelle splice Corporation prior to the next flight for
plates must be inspected for cracks, corrosion and an operational safety evaluation.
damage.
NOTE
I ARNING
w´•I´•-
I the airplane has
deviceIf
been equipped with
spar strap or any other type of
a

A crack In the center section upper inspections in this chapter, it must be
forward, upper or lower aft wing removed prior to initiation of these
attach fitting requires replacement of inspections. Refer to Chapter 57 in the
the affected fitting only. 99 Airliner Series Maintenance Manual
for removal and installation of the
A crack In an outboard wing panel
BEECHCRAFT Manufactured Spar
forward (Main) spat fitting necessi-
Bridge.
tates replacement of the entire for-
ward spat assembly.
57-1 5-03
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechc~dft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
5 5 5 5
3 2
3 3 2 3
C~
110 O
O
o I II I I I\ I o
0( Or\
o
IIU ol lo 01\ /YO \4 1 I I 110
OIO
o
oo
4 Oo oO 40
O O
O
O O (3 I o~o 0"
LH I/ \I RH RH
LH
UPPER WING SURFACE

C9~V157EOIOI C
LOWER WING SURFACE
C95U157E0102 C
CHART 201
APPLICABLE ONLY TO U-50, U-165 AND AFTER
No. No. Replacement
Schedule
1. 201 All wing attach fitting flat surfaces, Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks, corrosion and 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
counterbores and bolt bores penetrant as specified mechanical occurs first occurs first
2. 202 Outboard wing lower main spar cap from Fluorescent liquid penetrant Cracks 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
attach fitti to tie down occurs first occurs first
3. 203 Outboard wing panel upper and lower Visual Cracks and 5 yrs Annually None
main corrosion
4. 206 Wing bolts and nuts Magnified visual fluorescent liquid Cracks and 3,000 hrs or 6 yrs, whichever 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever 30,000 hrs or
thru penetrant as specified mechanical damage occurs first occurs first 15 yrs,
209 whichever
occurs first
5. Nacellesplice plates (See Chapter Visual Cracks 10,000 hrs 1,000 hrs 20,000 hrs
57-15-04)
57-1 5-03
Page 202
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
SEGMENT OF FITTING
REMOVED 10 SHOW
COUNTERBORE DETAIL
ylNSrECT
THIS SECTOR OF THE
COUNTERBO~EIADIUS
~B
5-
WING BOLT HOLE
90´•~1-62
CAREFULLY INSPECT IHE

RAOIUSIMMEDIATELYABOVE
BOLT
THE BARREL NOT
WING FITTING OUTBoARD
and any decals hat may be affixed to the fitting surface. With the wing bolts
in
a. Remova the wing bolt covers
the to be inspected and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed
place and properly torqued, clean area
flatsurfaces of all 16 wing attach fiBings. Refer to Chapter 20-00dtc for the fluorescent liquid penetrant
inspection
instructions.
at
Inspection Schedule (Chart 201), remove and inspect the wing bolts and
nuts one
b, In compliance with the
a time as detailed under the heading WING BOLT, NUT AND SPAR FITTING INSPECTION.

Figure 201
57-1 5-03
Page 203
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
aeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
CAREFULLY INSPECT
THIS AREA OF THE
COUNTERBORE RADIUS /DEPRESSION AREA
O O
O BACK SIDE OF TUB
COUNTERBORE
FEATHERED
EDGE
F:X:’""’ o o o
SURFACE
WING BCLT BORE
VIEW B C3CMrr~07J C
and counterbores of the 14 bathtub type fittings. Focus extra attention on the counterbore radius. Fluorescent
liquid penetrant inspect the radii at the bottom of the outboard forward fittings which house the barrel nuts.
of the bathtub type fittlngs. Contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation prior to Ini-
tratlon of any crack removal procedure.
e, Any fitting cracked beyond acceptable limits, as determined by customer support, must be replaced.
f, After the inspection of the wing fittings and bolts is completed, replace the placards which were removed for
the fitting inspections.
g, En~ure that the drain holes in the upper wing attach fittings are unobstructed.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 5-03
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
LOWEA FOAWAAD SPAA CAP
pi O
O
O
O O
Oo
0 00
99-604´•Ql
VIEW LOOKING UP AT
surface of the lower main spar cap of the outboard wing panel from the wing attach fitting to the tie-down lug.
Outboard Wing Spar Inspection

Figure 202
57-1 5-03
Page 205
B Reissue Feb 28/95
99 AIRLINER SERIES
inspection of the upper and lower spar caps must be

OUTBOARD WING~- MAIN SPAR CRACK
The outboard wing spar caps must be inspected for a´• Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper
cracks and corrosion after the first five years of opera- and lower spar caps for any buildup of the whitish,
tion and annually thereafter. salt-like nonmetallic substance indicative of corrosion.

WARNING
be trapped between the edge of the skin and the
wing tip must be inspected.
NOTE
caps for paint blisters, raised areas andlor surface dis-
and atmosphen~e conditions are condu- noted irregularities could indicate corrosion and must
cive to corrosion. be considered suspect. See figure 203.

BOX SECTION SKIN AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR CLARITY.
ANY ONE OR ANY COMBINATION OF ME
o INVESTIGATION
SPAR CAP
AREAS
o o
O
o Y~
--=t
o C
LEADING O
EDGE
THIS RIVET PA~FERN WILL VARY

I ON DIFFERENT MODELS
PAINT BLISTER/
Spar Cap Crack and Corrosion Visual Inspection

Figure 203
57-1 5-03
Page 206
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
aeecheraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
NOTE

I ~ARNING
w~., I
surface, by moving a straightedge over AII eight wing attach bolts must be
the surface, or by sighting down the removed and each of the wing attach
length of the spar cap. flttlngs Inspected. The wing bolts and
nuts are life Ilmitedparts and must be
d. If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be
resolved locally, contact the Customer Support replaced In compliance with the time
limits designated In Chart 201. Ren-
tatlon,
removed in compliance with their life
Ilmlt
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR FITTING
INSPECTION New wing attach components must
NOTE or a BEECHCRAFT approved source.

These inspections are applicable only to Before removing any of the wing attach bolts, ensure
U-50, U-165 and after. that the wing is properly supported in a manner which
NUT
jii _
ii CRADLE
ROLL PIN .040 INCH

(80691CF-1
.060 INCH
NUT
(80691CF-1612)
CAUTION
ON NUT MUST CRADLE TO PREVENT SCORING THE SIDES OF THE BARREL
20031-9
Barrel Nut Assembly

Figure 204
52-1 5-03
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 281~5

Qeeshcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
prevents wing shifting. Draw a line across each pair of b. If the wing attach bolts and nuts do not exceed
fittings with a grease pencil to aid wing alignment, if their life limit specified in Chart 201, visually inspect
as
required, them with a 10-power or stronger magnifying glass for

cracks and mechanical damage. Scratches and mark-
~´•noNt
t CAUTION ings in the cadmium plating, and/or localized deterio-
bolt. The cadmium plating may be discolored and may
NTTINGS. have areas exhibiting a rubbed or polished appear-
ance, usually resulting from the installation procedure.
If (while using hand-pressure only) wing attach bolt
If any component exhibits damage (cracks or
binding occurs upon either dlsengagement or installa- mechanical damage), replace it with a new part.
tion, loosen the remaining three wing attach bolts and
position the wing In a manner that releases binding of c. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las directed
the bolt. If the wing attach fittings are separated or in Chapter 20-00-00) each inconel wing bolt and nut.
repositioned, the aluminum washers between the If the bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks and
upper wing attach fittings must be replaced with new mechanical damage, they may be reused after clean-
washers. Replacement of these washers will not be
ing.
required if the wing attach bolts can be removed one
at a time. The preload indicating washer assembly at d´• Reassemble the barrel nut as shown in Figure
the lower forward attach point must be replaced with a 204.
new assembly each time the wing bolt at this point is
e. Clean the spar fittings and bolt-bores with naptha
loosened or removed.
NOTE Do not strip the epoxy paint from this area. Fluores-
Ensure that the 90-110032-1 washers
shown in Figures 208 and 209 have a 20-00-00) the complete visible surface of each fitting
full complete radius with no sharp edges for condition, focusing extra attention at the washer
which’could mark the spar fittings. seat and bolt-bore area. If scoring, corrosion pitting,
Replace any washers which exhibit an cracks, or washer impressions are found in these
incomplete radius or sharp edges. areas, contact the Customer Support Department of
Beech Aircraft for consultation. If the fitting is satisfac-
tory, Clean off the fluorescent liquid penetrant and
FITTING INSPECTION
recoat the bolt-bore and washer/nut-bearing faces of
a~ Remove each lower forward wing attach bolt, pre- the fitting with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart
loadIndicating washer assembly and barrel nut. Using 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for approxi-
a nonmetallic brush, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and mately five minutes. After the time has elapsed, wash
washers with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, the coated areas with water and blow dry (do not
Chart 201, 91-00-00). wipe). Paint the treated areas of the washer seat with
zinc chromate primer (4, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and
NOTE
allow sufficient time for drying.
The barrel nut must be disassembled for
f. Coat the spar fitting bolt-bores and washer/nut-
a thorough inspection of its components.
Dlsasser;lbly i~ accompli~hed b; moving bearing faces, thecomplete bolt, nut and new preload
one of the roll pins flush with the inner indicating washer assembly with MILC-16173, Grade
surface of the cradle and separating the 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201,
the nut. Refer to Figure 204. 91-00-00).
57-1 5-03
Page 208
Feb 28/95 8 Reissue
~3eechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
Do not strip the epo>cy paint from the fittings. Fluores-

I ARNING
w,.,.,
I cent liquid penetrant inspect the entire visible surface
of the fittings. Focus extra attention on the washer
seat and bolt-bore area of the fttings. Refer to Chap-
The components of the preload Indl- ter 20-00-00 for the fluorescent liquid penetrant
eating washer assembly constitute a inspection procedure. If scoring, corrosion pitting,
matched set and its components
cracks or washer impressions are noted, contact the
Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft Cor-
other preload indicating washer
poration for consultation. If the fittings are satisfactory,
assembly. It Is essential that the radi- clean off the fluorescent liquid penetrant and recoat
used outside diameter of the flat
the bolt-bore and washer/nut-bearing faces of the fit-
washer portion of the preload Indlcat-
tings with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201,
Ing washer assembly be placed with
the radius toward the fitting washer 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for approximately
five minutes. When the time has elapsed, wash the
tatlon. coated areas with water and blow dry with air (do not
wipe). Paint the coated areas with zinc chromate
g. Install a wing attach bolt, new preload indicating primer (4, Chart 201; 91-00-00) and allow sufficient
washer assembly and barrel nut into the wing fitting, time for drying.
Ensure that the lubrication fitting on the barrel nut is
positioned in manner that allows access for the lubri- NOTE
cation noule.
ARer inspection, reassemble the barrel
h. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE LOWER FORWARD nut as shown in Figure 204.
WING ATTACH BOLT AT THIS TIME. Temporarily
d. If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their life Ilmit
snug the bolt down to approximately 1200 inch-
pounds. as specified in Chart 201, thoroughly clean the bolt,
nut and washers with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1
UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER REAR 21 Chart 201, 91-00-00) and inspect for cracks and
WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION mechanical damage with a 10-power or stronger mag-
Ensure that the wing is properly supported for

nifying glass. Scratches and markings in the cadmium
a,
plating, and/or localized deterioration of the cadmium
plating is not reason to reject a bolt. The cadmium
inspection. Perform the Inspection as detailed in this
plating may be discolored and may have areas exhib-
section, then replace and torque the bolt to the´•value
iting a rubbed or polished appearance, usually result-
ing from the installation procedure. If mechanical dam-
ing another bolt.
age or cracks are found, replace the affected
b. Remove upper forward, upper rear or lower
an component. If the components are acceptable after
rear wing bolt, nut and washers. When a fastener is the visual inspection, perform a fluorescent liquid
loosened, ensure that the radius on the outer circum- penetrant inspection on each of the bolts and nuts
ference of the washer faces the radius in the end of (see Chapter 20-00-00). If the bolts and nuts are free
the fitting recess (does not apply to NAS143 washers). of cracks and mechanical damage, they may be
If a washer radius Is not positioned as shown in appli- reused after cleaning.
cable illustration (208 and 209), contact the Customer
e. Coat the spar fittings, bolt-bore and washerlnut-
Support Department of Beech Aircraft for consultation.
If the washers are properly installed, proceed with the bearing face, the complete bolt, washer and nut with
remainder of these steps. MlL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive com-
pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
f. Install thewing attach bolt, washers and nut and
The barrel nut at the upper forward torque the nut (bolt at the upper forward attach points)
attach point must be disassembled prior to the torque value specified in the applicable illustra-
to inspection. Refer to Figure 204. tion (Figure 207, 208 or 209). After the nut (bolt at the
c. Clean the spar fittings and bolt-bore with naptha upper forward attach point) is properly torqued, coat
the bolt threads which protrude through the nut with
57-1 5-03
Page 209
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
~3eechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
Mll-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive com-
pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). I ARNING

w~I., I
F~II CAUTION The lower forward wing attach bolts
Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does time. Remove any wing supports
not bottom out against the wing fitting, before tightening this bolt.
a. pin on the tool shown in Figure 204 into
Insert the
fitting damage. one of the holes in the outer ring of the preload indl-
Prior to installing the fitting covers, ensure that the eating washer assembly and rotate the ring back and
g,
forth while tightening the nut. The bolt Is tight when
drain holes in the upper forward and aft fittings are
free of obstructions.
bly can no longer be turned using 30 5 pounds of
tangential force applied to the ring as shown in Figure
PROCEDURE
CAUTION

result in fitting damage.
b. completing the tightening procedure on the

After
lower forward bolt, inject MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corro-
sion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00)
into the barrel nut lubrication fitting with a good quality
grease gun and an Alemite grease nozzel (P/N
314150). Inject the compound until one of the follow-
ing conditions are noted:

WHEN 30~5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL
FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE c. Coat the exposed threads which protrude through
INDICATOR RING ON THE PRELOAD the nut with MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion pre~en-
INDICATING WASHER, THE BOLT IS TIGHT. tive compound.
DO NOT TIGHTEN THE BOLT BF(OND THIS
POINT. WING BOLT MAINTENANCE
a. airplane inspection as des-

At the first scheduled
ignated by the BEECHCRATT King Air 90 Series
Maintenance Manual or inspection form after the
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure bolts have been loosened and retorqued or after initial
Figure 205 installation, check the wing bolts for proper torque as
57-15-03
Page 210
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
.-------------*T--c---
aeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
stated in the illustration for the specific location (Fig- The compound emerges from between the two
ures 207, 208 or 209). Check the preload indicating portions of the nut.
washer at the lower forward attach point as shown in The compound emerges from the locking portion
Figure 205 and 206. of the nut assembly.
rosion preventive compound. d. Prior to installing the fitting covers, ensure that the
drain holes in the u’pper forward and upper aft attach
c. Inject MlL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive
mings are unobstructed and can drain freely.
compound into the barrel nut lubrication fitting until
one of the following conditions are noted:
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS


wrench modified to
accept a 40-inch
extension
UPPER FORWARD 181784-12-32 or TS1176-6 torque 80691CF-1216 None
VCC0025 Barrel Nut
UPPER AND 81786-10-18 or TS1222-5, 81791-1018 TS1176-1,
LOWER AFT VCN0014 50-590012 or TS1171-1 or
9/18inch Alien 50-590013-1
Wrench
NOTE: The tools Ilsted on this chart are applicable only to U-50, U-165 and after.
57-1 5-03
Page 211
B Reissue Feb 28~95
aeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES

WING 80LT WRENCHES AND
80691CF-Id1P 90-380019-1
BARREL NUT WING FITTING
PRELOAD INDICATING
ASSEMBLY CENTER SECTION
WASHER ASSEMBLY
81784-14-46 OR
WING FITTING
A
OUTBOARD LUBRICATION
FITTING
CAUTION
POSITION WITH RADIUS AGAINST
RADIUS TN WING FITTING
BOLT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE: COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT,

WASHER ASSEMBLY AND WING FITTING BOLT BORES WITH MIL-
C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. TIGHTEN
THE BOLT WHILE APPLYING A TANGENTIAL FORCE OF 30+5
POUNDS TO THE INDICATOR RING OF THE PRELOAD INDICATING
WASHER, AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 206. NO FURTHER WRENCHING
SHOULD BE APPLIED TO THE BOLT WHEN 30+5 POUNDS OF TAN-
GENTIAL FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE INDICATOR RING. CAUTION
THE 90-380019-1 PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER ASSEMBLY IS POSITION WITH COUNTER-
NOT TO BE REUSED AFTER ONCE BEING LOADED. AFTER TIGHTEN- SINK AGAINST THE BOLT
ING THE BOLT, USE A HIGH OUALITY GREASE GUN AND AN HEAD RADIUS
ALEMITE P/N 314150 GREASE NOZZLE TO INJECT MIL-C-16173
GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND INTO THE BARREL
FILIT LUBRICATION FITTING. COAT THE THREADS WHICH PROTRUDE
THROUGH THE NUT WITH CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
vrm A
C9W187EOn0 C
Lower Fonnrard Wing Bolt Installation

(U-50, U-165 and after)
Figure 206
57-1 5-03
Page 212
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
-r
Qeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
8091CF-1216 BARREL
NUT ASSEMBLY
LUBRICATION FITTING
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD 101-110023-3 WASHER
+101-100011-1 WASHER
81784-12-32 OR
VCC0025 BOLT
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
NAS 578-1 DRAIN HOLE DRAIN HOLE

RETAINER
BOLT TORQUE: 2380 TO 2500 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT. WASHER. AND
WING FITTING BOLT BORES WITH MlL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
AFTER TORQUING THE BOLT. USE A HIGH QUALITY GREASE GUN AND AN ALEMITE P/N 314150
GREASE NOULE TO INJECT MlL-C-16173 GRADE 2 INTO THE LUBRICATION FITTING IN THE
BARREL NUT AND COAT THE EXPOSED THREADS WITH CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
POSITION THE 101-100011-1 WASHER WITH THE COUNTERSINK AGAINST THE BOLT HEAD
RADIUS AND THE OUTER RADIUS AGAINST ME RADIUS IN THE WING FITTING; CHECK THE
WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.

FTTTINGS TO ENSURE THAT
THE DRAIN HOLES ARE
r: CLEAR.

I
L
99-31-60

(U-50, U-165 And After)
Figure 207
57-1 5-03
Page 213
B Reissue Feb 28~95
Qeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES

r~ NAS143´•10 WASHER
+35-105111-3 WASHER
81791-1018
(POSITION WITH COUNTERSINK
NUT
TOWARDSBOLTHEAD)
i
i II I I
81786-10-18 OR
I VCN0014 BOLT
DRAIN
HOLE
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD WING FITTING ’-DRAIN HOLE
CENTER SECTION
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH Mll-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NL~TAND THE 90´•110032-1 WASHER
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
~I
90-31-18

Figure 208
57-1 5-03
Page 214
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeeca~craft
99 AIRLINER SERIES

r:
i I
L

COUNTERSINK TOWARDS 80LT HEAD)

VCN0014 80LT
~I´•´•
I~"";´• ...M
I I
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD I
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
~--r--:´•---´• .~y I
81791-1018 NUT
NAS143-10 WASHER
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION

AN NAS143´•10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN ME NUT AND THE 90-110032-1 WASHER
90 3’ 2~
Lower Aft Wing Polt InstalIatlon

Figure 209
57-1 5-03
Page 215
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
7‘iT-
Qeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
GENERAL NACELLE SPLICE PLATES inspections shown in Figure 202 must be performed
and structuralrepairs effected as required. When new
The four nacelle splice plates must be inspected for
splice plates are installed, the inspection cycle is
cracks at 10,000 hours and every 1,000 hours there- the first due at 10,000 hours.
inspection
repeated with
after until reaching their life limit of 20,000 hours. At If unusual conditions are encountered that cannot be
20,000 hours the splice plates must be removed and resolved locally or if an alternate splice plate replace-
replaced with new components. ment procedure is desired, contact the Customer Sup-
The splice plate inspection procedure is detailed in port Department of Seech Aircraft Corporation for rec-
Figure 201 and the replacement procedure in Figure ommendations.
203, If a cracked splice plate is found, the secondary
5ir,l 5-04
Page 201
Feb 28195
B Reissue
_---
cj3eechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES I NACELLE SPLICE PLATES
O O
O
I ~b/o o I I I o
LH UPPER RH

THE FORWARD INBOARD EDGE OF THE INBOARD

Y
VrEW A SPLICE PLATES
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON LH C9W151E0110 C
SIDE OF THE CENTER SECTION
NOTE
Remove only the items shown on the illustration. Do not remove any of the skins for
the inspection.
a. Remove the access panels shown on the illustration.
b. Using a flashlight and mirror, visually inspect the edges of the splice plates on tap of the upper spar cap for-
ward fiange.
c. Focus close attention on the area from the nacelle bulkhead to immediately forward of the main spat.

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 1
57-1 5-04
Page 202
B Reissue
Fah 3111~fi
Qeechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
o oC3 O
o
o OD o
oo 0 o
o
00 o o II I ~a o"o I IL o~
RH LOWER LH
o
AREAS OF INSPECTION IN THE
WHEEL WELL FWD OF THE MAIN
i,
P
SPAR.
~III
VIEWA
VIEW LOOKING UP INTO WHEEL WELL AT FORWARD SIDE OF THE MAIN SPAR
d. From inside of the wheel well, thoroughly examine the edges of the splice plates from on top of the spar
cap forward flange to the forward ends.
e. If any cracks are detected in the splice plates, repairs must be affected as outlined in Figure 203 and the
secondary damage inspections performed as instructed in Figure 202.
f. If no damage is found the

on splice plates and they have not reached their 20,000 hour life limit, reinstall the
access panels. The inspection is complete.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-15-04
Page 203
B Reissue Feb 28/95
~eechcraft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
INSPECT ALL THE STIFFENERS ALONG I ~INSPECT THE RIB

THE FORWARD SIDE Of THE MAIN SPAR AT BL 57.44
CI1
.´•I- d
´•IH(IPECT TnE AIB

AT BL 30.83
mlNSPECT THE CHANNEL

THAT ATTACHES THE
FORWARD NACELLE RIB
JJ;
TO THE MAIN SPAR tr;i
Part Number Location Serial

99-120022-3 X
Left Side U-l thru U-164, except U-50
99-120022-4 Side
99-120079-1 Left Side U-50, U-165 and after
99-120079-2 Side
50-120079-13 *k
Left Side U-l thru U-164, except U-50
50-120079-14 Side
50-120080-2 Side
99-120012-15 Left Side U-l thru U-122, except U-50
99-120012-16 Side
99-120012-83 Left Side U-123 thru U-164
99-120012-84 ioht Side
99-120024-6 Right Side
a. If crack is found in any of the four nacelle plates, the

a structuraj’components shown in this illustration must
be inspected for secondary damage.
b, If damaged, the 99-120012 channel must be replaced with a new part.

c, If damage is found in any of the other designated locations, the damaged components may be repaired by
utilizing one of the standard repair procedures shown in Chapter 20-10-00.
Additional Inspections Required When a Cracked Splice Plate Is Found

Figure 202
57-1 5-04
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeecl~craft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
REMOVE THE SKINS SHOWN AS

SHADED AREAS IN THIS VIEW
I ~-O ~7 ~9 O
MAIN SPAR
00) 1 10
INBOARD
SPLICE VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON TOP
PLATE OF THE CENTER SECTION
OUTBOARD
SPLICE
PLATE
vawA
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON LH SIDE OF THE C35U1~7EOnl C
CENTER SECTION WITH NACELLE SKIN REMOVED
SPLICE PLATE REMOVAL
CAUTlON
that
When the nacelle plates are to be removed, use a hoist with steel wheels or one
Is mounted to a solid surface. Do not use a hoist with rubber tires or wheels.
when the splice plates removed, support the

prevent unacceptable loading of the nacelle structure
are
a, To
engine with a 50-590141-1 sling and an approved hoist.
assembly. Remove the skins shown

b. Remove the fasteners attaching the aft nacelle skin to the center section
as shaded areas in the illustration.
CAUTION t
Do NOT drill into the spar cap.
c. Remove the rivets that attach the splice plates to the structure.
NOTE
Remove any plumbing or equipment that may hinder access to the splice plates.
d. Remove the lock bolts that attach the splice plates to the spat. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the proper lock
bolt removal procedure.
e. Remove the lock bolts from the structure.

Plate Replacement Procedure (Sheet 1 of 5)
Splice
Figure 203
57-1 5-04
Page 205
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
99 AIRLINER SERIES
NOTE: These splice plates are applicable only

P/N SPS TECHNOLOGIES to U-l thru U-164, except U-50. See Sheet 3 of
P/N HUCK MFG CO.
this figure for the splice plates used on U-50,
I U-165 and after.
+13´• 5 ++1 I 1. HL64PB87-6-4 Lock Pin Assembly
-1- ´•t- 10 PLACES 12 Places
12 PLACES
fl-t´•l I I 1++ 2. HL64PB87-6-7+Lock PinAssembly
+1+1 I L~l++l 1 2 Places
2 6
PLACES 2 PLACES 3. HL20PB86-6-7 X Lock Pin Assembly or
NAS1466-7 *k Lock Pin LC-C-6 Collar
NAC STA 125.00
1 Place
3 7
~1- ~1++
PLACE 2 PLACES 4. HL20PB86-6-4 Lock Pin Assembly or
3.’q a LCC6 Collar
NAS1466-4 *f Lock Pin
´•t -t- 10 PLACES
8 Places
f d
3- 8 PLACES +f 5. HL64PB87-6-4f Lock PinAssembly
3´• 10 Places
c vrEw B vrEw C
6. HL64PB87-6-7*Lock PinAssembly
OUTBOARD NACELLE INBOARD NACELLE
SPLICE PLATE 2 Places
SPLICE PLATE
50-980002- 1 17 LH 50-980002- 159 LH
50-980002-160 RH
50-980002-118 RH
cssuw7Eolos c
2 Places
8. HL64PB87-6-4XLock PinAssembly
10 Places
SPLICE PLATE INSTALLATION
a, Remove all burrs from the fastener holes in the structure and vacuum away all debris that may have been
caused by the fastener removal procedure.
b. Using the old splice plates as templates, drill the fastener holes in the new splice plates with a 3/18inch (#12)
bit.
CAUTION
When using old splice plate as a template, ensure that it is the

an one which was
removed from the position for which the new plate is being prepared.
c, Install the fasteners in the splice plates as shown on sheet 4 and 5 of this figure.
NOTE
When installing lock bolts in holes that were formerly occupied by rivets, the holes must
be reamed out with a No. 12 ream to assure a snug fit.

(Sheet 2 of 5)
Figure 203
57´•1 5´•04
Page 206
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
99 AIRLINER SERIES
NOTE: These splice plates are applicable only to U-50, U-165

and after.
1 Designates HL20PB86-6-4 pin and collar~assemblies or
NAS1 466-04 lock pins and NAS1080-06 collars.

2 Designates HL20PB86-6-7 Pin and collar assemblies or
NAS1 466-07 lock pins and NAS1080-06 collars.

3 Designates HL64PB87-6-4 pin and collar assemblies.
FwD
~tlNBO
Illlt I I rl t "t"
-t 191$ 3
r12 PLACES
-t 3
10 PLACES
-t- IIII$ ff
f cf
_LDT~
F~I ,_j
I
---r
:-i
I
i 2
4 PLACES
4 PLACES
---1
1
C +t
i~_lC +T-l I (;+""t~!
___I
t
1 3
I 8 PLACES 10 PLACES
(1 _t
-t
ct 99-SAMd
SPLICE PLATE. LH OUTED P/N 99-980002-3

SPLICE PLP;TE. LH INBD P/N 99-980002-5
SPLICE PLATE. RH INBD PIN 99-980002-6
SPLICE PLATE. PI-I OUTED P/N 99-980002-4
VIEW B VIEW C
sheet 4 5 of this figure install the aft nacelle skins.
d. Employing the fasteners shown on or
a. Install any plumbing or equipment that was removed for the splice plate replacement procedure.

(sheet 3 of 5)
Figure 203
57-15-04
Page 207
Feb 28/95
B Rel8sue
Qeec~craft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
rii
_ _,_
_I
1- ’MS20426AD4 RIVETS
i´•´•´•´•o´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•
i I ’MS20426A04 RIVETS
I
----rr 7
’MS20426AD5 RIVET
I
C´•
I
o o o~ ´•7´• r´•
NAS 173985
OR
CR2248-5
BLIND RIVETS
´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•o_´•
CRT63-4 OR
NAS173984
RIVETS
MS20426AD4 RIVETS
Permissible to Install NAS1097AD5 rivets In oversize holes.

Permissible to install NAS1097AD6 rivets In oversize holes.
MS20426AD4 1/8’ DIA ALUMINUM ALLOYCOUNTERSUNK RIVET

MS20426AD5 3/32’ DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET
NAS1097AD6 3/16’ DIA ALUMINUM ~ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET
NAS173985 5/32’ DIA ALLOY STEEL-FLUSH BLIND RIVET-MECHANICALLY
CR2248-5 5/32’ DIA(PIN CHERRY TEXTRON INC) ALUMINUM-FLUSH. BLIND
08763-4 r/8’ DIA(PIN CHERRY TECTRON INC) ALUMINUM-FLUSH. BLIND
NAS173984 1/8’ ALUMINUM-FLUSH. BLIND RIVET-MECHANICALLY LOCKED.
SPINDLE BULBED 90´•SRM´•&OOI
AFT NACEtLE SKIN AND FASTENERS (U-l thru U99, U-51 thru U-164)
Splice Plate Replacement Procedure (Sheet 4 of 5)

Figure 203
57-1 5-04
Page 208
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeec~craft
99 AIRLINER SERIES
PERMISSIBLE TO INSTALL NAS1097ADS RIVETS IN OVERSIZE HOLES.
~----------f
a a a a a a a a a a a O a a a
i ’MS20426AD4 RIVETS
ao a a o a a oo a oo´•
MS20426AD4 RIVETS
a a e´•
~o
"i" -i----r
´•C´• ’MS20426AD5 RIVET
I j C´•:
a a a a a o a a a
oo a a a eo a
NAS1739B5
BLIND RIVETS OR
CR2248-5 LOCK
RIVETS
’MS204264AD4
FWD
o a a a o a o a o o oo a
INBD
MS20426AD4 1/8’ DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET.

NAS1097AD5 5/32’ DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET.
MS20426AD5 3/32’ DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET.
NAS1097AD6 3/16’ DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET.
NAS1739B5 5/32’ DIA. FLUSH-BLIND RIVET.
B4SRM´•5
CR2248-5 (P/N CHERRY TEXTRON INC) 5/32’ DIA. FLUSH-LOCK BOLT. 001
Aft Nacelle Skin And Fastenets (U-50. U-165 And After~

Figute 203
57-1 5-04
Page 209
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
STRUCTURAL INSPECT~ON AND REPAIR MANUAL
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES cally, pressurized executive or corporate transporta-

a
SERIES) tion vehicle wherein the majority of cruise flight opera-

(MODEL 100
tion is above 10,000 feet altitude and flight duration Is
NOTE more than one hour. If the prior usage history of the
This chapter (57-16) is applicable only to airplane is unknown or if the mission or flight profile of
BEECHCRAFT King Air 100, A100 and a particular airplane differs appreciably from that
8100 Models. intended by design, such as air taxi, commuter air ser-
vice, pipeline surveillance, livestock/predatot animal
Chapter 57-16 provides the procedures necessary to control, search and rescue, navigation aids Inspection
Inspect the wing attach bolts and the basic structural or extraordinary service at low altitude or unusually
components of the center section and outboard wing short flight durations (less than 30 minutes), the
main spats for corrosion and cracks. These inspec-
tions are a supplement to, but do not replace, the nor-
inspection schedule specified in Chart 201 Is not
mal airplane Inspection procedures and intervals’ of appropriate for continued airworthiness of the airplane
structure. In such instances, promptly notify the Cus-
the BEECHCRAFT King Air 100 Series Maintenance
tomer Support Department of Beech Aircraft and a
Manual, the King Air 100 Series Continuous Inspec-
tions Procedures Manual, or the King Air 100 series special inspection schedule will be established. The
150-Hour Inspection Procedures. fhe inspection stated hours for the "initial inspection" do not take into
consideration crack initiation due to structural dam-
requirements of this chapter supersede those of
BEECHCRAFT Service Instructions No. 0514-035 and age, e.g. a gear-up landing. If such structural damage
No. 1206. occurs, perform the "initial inspection" after repairing
the structural damage and continue recurring ~nspec-
Chapter 57-16 is divided according to the main spat
tions as specified under "recurring inspection Inter-
types. Section one (57-16-01) is applicable to the spar
Vals"
type on which the attach fittings are secured to the
spat cap with fasteners. The various inspection requirements within the chap-
Section two (57-16-02) applies airplane serials into
to ter sections are presented in a sequence that facill-
which BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 100-4007-1S has tates the location of the inspection area on the alr-
been installed. These airplanes are equipped with a plane and the accomplishment of the required
one piece center section lower main spat cap with inspections with a minimum of time and effort. Each
integral wing attach fittings. inspection is identified by an illustration in the form of
a photograph or line drawing. Accompanying the illus-
Each section has an INSPECTION SCHEDULE
which locates and identifies the inspection tration is information regarding the areas of inspec-
(Chart 201)
areas, initial inspection times, recurring inspection tion, inspection methods to be used, and other perti-
Intervals and component replacement times. This nent information necessary to successfully accomplish
inspection schedule is based on airplane utilization, the inspection. Inspection methods (e.g. fluorescent
operation and maintenance in a category of service for liquid penetrant, etc.) that are referenced in this chap-
which the airplane was originally designed; specifi- ter may be found in Chapter 20-00-00.
57-1 6-00
Page 1
B Relseue Feb 28/95
Qeechc~tft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
CHART I
WING SPAR AND FITTING KITS
Kit Number
100-4007-1-5 B-1 thru 8-247, BE-1 thru Provides parts and information for installation of an
BE-137 main center section spar cap and
integral fitting, lower
outboard main
100-4002-15 8-90 thru 8-193 Provides parts and information for installation of a LH or
RH outboard wing main (forward) spar. Spar is NOT
included in the kit.
100-4002-38 8-90 thru 8-193 Provides parts and information for installation of a LH
outboard wing main (forward) spar. Spar is included in
the kit.
100-4002-45 8-90 thru 8-193 Provides parts and information for installation of a RH
outboard wing main (forward) spar, Spar is included in
the kit.
90-4103-15 B-1 and after, BE-1 and Provides parts and information for replacement of a LH
after aft outboard attach
90´•4108-2S B-1 and after, 88-1 and Provides parts and information for replacement of a RH
after aft outboard attach
90-4109-15 8-1 and after, BE-1 and Provides parts and information for replacement of a LH
after lower aft outboard attach
90-4109-25 B-1 and after, BE-1 and Provides parts and information for replacement of a Pi-i
after lower aft outboard attach
90-4110-15 B-1 and after Provides parts and information for replacement of a LH
u forward center section attach
90-4110-25 B-1 and after Provides parts and information for replacement of a RH
u forward center section attach
90-4110-35 B-1, 8-90 thru 8-92, 8-94 1 Provides parts
and information for replacement of a LH
thru 8-204, 8-206 thru upper forward center section wing attach fitting.
8-247, BE-1 and after
90-4110-45 8-1, 5-90 thru 8-92, 8-94 Provides parts and information for replacement of a RH
thru 8-204, 8-206 thru upper forward center section wing attach fitting.
8-247, BE-1 and after
90´•4111-1S B-1 and after, BE-1 and Provides parts and information for replacement of a LH
after lower forward center section attach
90-4111-25 B-1 and after, BE-i and Provides parts and information for replacement of a Pi-i
after lower forward center section attach
90-4113-15 B-1 and after, BE-1 and Provides parts and information for replacement of a LH
after u aff center section attach
90-4113-25 B-l and after, BE-1 and Provides parts and information for replacement of a Pi-i
after aft center section attach
90-4114-15 B-1 and after, BE-1 and Provides parts and information for replacement of the LH
after lower aft center section attach
90-4114-25 B-1 and after, BE-1 and Provides parts and information for replacement of the RH
after lower aft center section wing attach fitting
57-16-00
Page 2
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
CRACK INSPECTION WING ATTACHI A crack in a center section fitting

FITTINGS, CENTER SECTION AND requires replacement only of the
affected fitting.
A crack In an outboard wing panel
NOTE lower aft spar fitting
upper or
This section (57-16-01) is applicable to requires replacement or the affected

airplanes serials B-l and after, and BE-1 fitting only. See Chart I In 57-16-00
and after, except airplanes into which for spar and fitting replacement kits.
BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 100-
4007-1S has been installed. Airplanes
structure, contact the. Customer Sup-
incorporating BEECHCRAFT Kit No.
100-4007-1S are covered in Chapter port Department of Beech Aircraft
57-16-02. prior to the next flight for an opera-
tional safety evaluation.
At the Intervals designated in the INSPECTION
SCHEDULE (Chart 201), the wing attach fittings, cen-
ter section and outboard wing spar caps and the I
nacelle
splice plates must be inspected for cracks and
damage. When fastener removal is reguired to
an
I -~I´•´•I
ARNING procedure. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00
for fastener removal instructions
A crack In the center section lower NOTE

If the airplane has been equipped with a
replacement of the lower forward
spar cap, and flttlngs on the center spar bridge or any other type of device
section, and both outboard forward
wing spar assemblies. inspections in this chapter, it must be
removed. Refer to Chapter 57 in the
A crack In an oufboard wing panel King Air 100 Series Maintenance Man-
forward (maln) spar cap or fitting ual for the BEECHCRAFT Manufactured
requires replacement of the outboard Spar Bridge removal and installation
forward spar assembly. procedures.
57-1 6-01
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 28/95
.~.-I----
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES LOWER WING SURFACE
STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL I I I I I I I I
9 1 1 9 1, ,2 ’t
UPPER WING SURFACE
o~1 ~Y O II
o 118 II I 9U 01 qs
o
011 Ilo o
io O O
O
o,
10
o Olo o
o
to o
.o
O O
oo oo a~, Oa3 oO oO
RH RH I I LH
LH
CHART 201
STANDARD FLIGHT PROFILE INSPECTION SCHEDULE 1 5 5 1
7 1 APPLICABLE ONLY TO KING AIR 100 SERIES AIRPLANES WITHOUT BEECHCRAFT
SPAR KIT 100-4007-1S
C93Bt2)7E0~2
Inspection Area Inspection Method Possible Findings Initial Inspection Recurring Inspection Interval Component
Index I Figure
No. No.
Replacement
Schedule
Cracks, corrosion and See note 1,000 hrs 3 yrs, whichever None
1. 201 All wing attach fitting flat surfaces, Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid or
mechanical dam e occurs first

essions, counterbores and bolt bores as

2. 1202 Lower forward wing fitting-to-spar Eddy current and fluorescent liquid or
occurs first
attachment as

3. 203 Spar cap in wheel well Eddy current and fluorescent liquid
as occurs first
4. 204 Spar cap in nacelle, inboard of wheel well Eddy current and fluorescent liquid or
ant as occurs first

5. 205 Lower surface of lower forward spar cap Fluorescent liquid penetrant
occurs first
from nacelle to
6. 205 Four fastener holes in the lower forward Eddy current
at the root occurs first
Visual Cracks and loose See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever None
7. 206 Area under center section floorboard
rivets occurs first
3. 207 Outboard wing lower main spar cap from Fluorescent liquid penetrant
to the tie-down I occurs first
attach
Visual Cracks and corrosion See note Annually None
9. 209 Outboard wing panel upper and lower
main
bolts and nuts Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks and See note 1,000 hrs or 3 yrs, whichever 15,000 hrs or
10. 211 Wing
mechanical damage occurs first 15 yrs,
thru penetrant as specified
whichever
215
occurs first
Visual Cracks 10,000 hrs 1,000 hrs 20,000 hrs

11. Nacelle splice plates (See Chapter
57-16-03)
shown in the recurring

NOTE: The time designated for the Initial inspection has expired. The time
inspection interval column is now effective for this Inspection.
57-1 6-01
Page 202
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
~-kechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
I i
a O
00000
I I
O O
oo
0 000
RH
LOWER
SMALL CRACKS IN SMALL CRACKS IN THE

THE FEATHERED EDGES CENTER SECTION SLOT
THAT MAY BE REMOVED.
OF THE FITTINGS CENTER
OUTBOARD THAT MAY 8E REMOVED SECTION
WING n FITTING
FITTING
O O O oO o o
0000000
0000000
B
O 0 0 0 0 000
0000000
oo ooo

REOUIRE REPLACEMENT OF
VIEW A
AFFECTED COMPONENT.
a. Remove the wing bolt covers and any placards that are affixed to the wing attach fittings. With the wing bolts
In place properly torqued, clean the area to be inspected and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed
and
procedure.

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 6-01
Page 203
B Reissue Feb 281~5
aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
SEGMENT OF FITTING
REMOVED TO SHOW
COUNTERBORE DETAIL
CAREFULLY INSPECT
THIS SECTOR OF THE
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
WING
80LT
HOLE
-e ==e
VIEW B
C9~LJ6rr080(
at a
b, In compliance with the Inspection Schedule (Chart 201), remove and inspect the the wing bolts, one
time, as instructed under the heading WING BOLT, NUT AND SPAR FITTING INSPECTION in this chapter.
depression and
c, As the bolts are removed for inspection, fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the areas coun-
focus extra attention the counterbore

terbores (washerface areas) of all 16 wing attach fittings (see View 8); on
radius,
and from the back
d, It is possible that small cracks may be removed from the feathered edge of the counterbore
of the tub of all fittings and from the slot in the center section fittings. Contact the Customer Support Department
a, Any fitting cracked beyond acceptable limits, as determined Customer Support, must be replaced.
and bolts is completed, replace the placards which were removed for
f. After the inspection of the wing fittings
Ensure that the drain holes in the upper wing attach fittings are unobstructed.
g,

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 6-01
Page 204
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
I
aeed~craft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
O oA
O
oo go
LH UPPER RH
BL 88.50 I
1 I I;R LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP AFT FLANGE
REMOVE THIS FASTENER

LO\NER FORWARD WING ATTACH FITTINGS, THE
SECTION, AND BOTH OUIBOARD WING PANEL LOWER
SPAR CAPS.
VIEWA
LOOKING FORWARD AND DOWN AT FORWARD SPAR
AND LOWER WING ATTACH FITTING THROUGH RH
a, Remove the access covers shown on the locators in this figure.
I WARNING
w~,,,
I
of the
A crack of the type shown in the illustration mandates the replacement
and both outboard wing panel main spar
lower forward center section spar cap
assemblies.
If the original lock bolt is still
b. Remove the aft inboard fastener that secures the wing attach fitting to the spar.
Installed in this position, refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the lock bolt removal procedure.
interior of
c. Eddy current inspect the hole where the fastener was removed. Focus particular attention on the
procedure.
(Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 6-01
Page 205
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
cl~echcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
(I
o a
r II _Ir 1
~o
dbo ot
RH LOWER LH

IN FIGURE 202, SHEET 1) BL 88.50
j)
VIEW B
LOOKING UP AND FORWARD AT LOWER FORWARD
AIRPLANE MODEL). MID
holes to the next larger

d, if cracks, corrosion or oversized holes are found, ream the 3/16-inch-diameter
clean the hale. If this fails to adequately remove the damage,
oversize (1/64 or 1/32 inch) as required to up
of Beech Aircraft, for an evaluation and corrective action
contact the Customer Support Department
recommendations.
NOTE
lubricate the
To prevent moisture from entering the holt hole and causing corrosion,
bolt and fill the bolt hole with G322L siiicone grease (6, Chart 210,91-00-00) or MIL-C-
16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
hole, an
e. Install an NAS464P3A9 bolt in a standard-sized hole, an NAS2903-9 bolt in a 1/64-inch-oversized
NAS3003-9 bolt in a 1/32-inch-oversized hole, an AN960-10 washer and an MS20364-1032
nut in place of the
and torque the nuts to 20-25
fastener removed in step "b". Orient the nut and bolt as shown in the illustration
Inch-pounds.

(Sheet 2 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 6-01
Page 206
B Reissue
Feb 28~95
aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
O
O
0\ I d I b /C]
oO O
LH UPPER RH
UP
OUTBOARD
LOWER FORWARD SPAR’
VIEW C
f, Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method noted in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the exposed
g, Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the accessible areas of the forward flange of the lower forward spat cap
(view C).
h, Clean the liquid penetrant from the areas of inspection and reinstall the covers removed in step a.

(Sheet 3 of 3)
Figure 202
57-1 6-01
Page 207
B Reissue Feb 28/95
ri3eechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
C~ C~ Fwo
i 11 11-~1+1; 1
n
olUO (10
ooo
OUTEDsl 1
i! -I
1!EHL
RH LOWER i
RIVET(60 NOT RIVET(DO NOT

tr REMoVE> 1
c6~
REMOVE)
1
1
BL 68~.5J
c-eL 87.6 I
I 8L_80.6~p-BL 75.32- DRAGLEGSUPPORT J
a
1 II:

111
A q
i r´•´•i
VIEW
t
B.L. 68
I~ LOOKING UP AND FORWARD INTO
RH MAIN GEAR WHEEL WELL --’i

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 203
57-1 6-01
Page 208
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeed´•x=raft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
CAUTION
If required, refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the lock bolt removal procedures. When
a. Remove the fasteners shown in the illustration and eddy current inspect the holes. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00
for the Inspection Instructions.
NOTE
To prevent movement of the drag leg support bracket, eddy current inspect one fas-
tener hole at a time. After the hole has been inspected, install a fastener in the
inspected hole before removing the other fastener.
b, To prevent moisture from entering the holes and causing corrosion, lubricate the bolts and fill the bolt holes
with G322L sillcone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-00) or MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5,
Chart 201, 91-00-00). Install NAS464P3A6 bolts at BL 87.60, 80.68 and BL 75.32. Install an NAS464P3A7 bolt at
BL 68.5. Install AN960-10 washers, and MS20364-1032 nuts on the bolts. Place the nuts on the bottom side of
the spar cap and torque them to 20-25 inch-pounds. If oversized holes are found during the inspection, ream the
holes to the next larger oversize and install NAS2903 (1/64-inch oversize) or NAS3003 (1/32-inch oversize) bolts
as required in the oversized holes.
NOTE
If thenutplate assembly referenced in Figure 208 was not installed during a previous
inspection, it must be installed before installation of the fastener at FS 68.5.
c. Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method referenced in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the
exposed areas of the lower spar cap in the wheel well from BL 68 to BL 88. Focus extra attention on the area of
the fastener holes.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 203
57-1 6-01
Page 209
B Reissue Feb 28/95
--i- ´•I_-
-I
--T
~eechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
’~PBCIR I(,I C\ I’
BL 66.20 o ~cl r~ o
BL 66.80 i 3rp~ ~tn[3 C3

L 65
j ,.,,u ,Q
I ~oo or
LOWER SURFACE OF ME LOWER RH LOWER LH
FORWARD SPAR CAP
BRAZIER HEAD RIVETS OR

r Ir ~13 BLIND
I FWD ~F:
i
I Ic i
VIEW A ,,D
VIEW LOOKING UP AND FORWARD
AT INBOARD SIDE OF RH NACEUE
CAUTION
When removing aluminum rivets, do not drill through the spar cap. Drill onljl-through the
a, Locate the four brazier head rivets (5/32- or 3/16-inch brazier head rivets) on the lower aft side of the spar
cap. Remove all four fasteners from each side of the center section and perform the following steps:
Using the eddy current Chapter 20-00-00, inspect each hole. if cracks, corrosion or
inspection procedure in
oversized holes are indicated, ream the holes to the next larger size (1/64- or 1/32-inch). If reaming to 1/32-inch
oversize fails to clean out the damage, contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation
for consultation.
NOTE
If the rivets were replaced with bolts during an earlier inspection, remove the bolts one

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 204
57´•1 6-01
Page 210
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeeck~craft
KING AIR l(r0 SERIES
MAIN SPAR
INSERT NUTPLATE
LOWER AFT
INBOARD WHEEL ASSEMBLY THROUGH
NUTPLATE ASSEMBLY FLANGE
WELL WALL THIS VOID
REFER TO FIGURE 203 FOR A

VIEW OF THE FASTENER AT
BL 68.5
b. Inspect the lower forward spar cap in the nacelle inboard of the main gear wheel well from BL 68.00 to
62.00. Use the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection outlined in Chapter 20-00-00. Inspect the area
for cracks,
loose rivets and other damage.
NOTE
Disregard step "c" if a nut plate assemblj~ has been installed. These fasteners will now
c. Fabricate a nutplate assembly similar to that shown in Figure 208.
d. Install NAS464P3A7 bolts in the standard holes.
e, Install NAS2903-7 bolts in the 1/64-inch-oversized holes or NAS3003-7 bolts in 1/32-inch oversized holes.
Install an AN960D10 washer under the head of each bolt and torque the bolts to 25-30 inch-pounds. To prevent
silicone
moisture from entering the holes and causing corrosion, coat the bolts and fill the bolt holes with G322L
grease or MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5 or 6, Chart 201, 91-00-00).

(Inboard Side ofNacelle)
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 204
57-1 6-01
Page 211
Feb 28195
B Reissue
aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
IC I
I r
~7 IL I
49~ or
RH LOWER LH

BACKSIDE Of OUTBOARD FASTENERS
BL 32.19
BL 31.44
BL 29.27
BL 30.02
LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP BACKSIDE OF INBOARD FASTENERS
VIEW A
AT RH WING ROOT
a. Remove the fasteners (jo-bolts or screws) that attach the wing root rib to the forward flange of the spar cap.
Eddy current Inspect the holes as described in Chapter 20-00-00. If jo-bolts were the original fasteners, refer to
Chapter 20-00-00 for jo-bolts removal procedures. These holes must be reamed out to 17/64 inch.
b, Install NAS1704-6R screws, AN960-10 washers and M820364-1032 nuts in place of fasteners which were
removed, Torque the screws to 25-30 inch-pounds.
NOTE
fasteners and fill the fastener holes with G322L silicone grease (6, Chart 201, 91-00-
00) or MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
c, Utilizing the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, inspect the exposed
lower surface of the lower foMlard spar cap between each nacelle and the fuselage.
Lower Forward Spar Cap At Wing Root Inspection

Figure 205
57-1 6-01
Page 212
Feb 28~95 B Reissue
aeecIxrraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
O O
O
O o /-1 f’;’
FORWARD SPAR
LH UPPER RH
C~
~L’ i
:t
1 ~j" I
t"--aga
I. W’
,I4
r‘"´•jlj F 5
i :F:
I´•
I´•-I--.
C,
´•-_
g ii:
’F
p~iREAR SPAR :It~l
YIEW A
r’i;e 3 o
MAIN AND REAR SPARS
a, Remove the center aisle floorboards and access panels shown in the illustration, Visually inspect the acces-
sible areas of the lower forward and aft spar assemblies, the centerline skin between the forward and aft spars
and the fuselage formers for loose rivets and cracks,
b, Repair any damage that may may be detected utilizing FAA Advisory Circular 43.13 which provides the
Acceptable Methods, Techniques and Practices for Structural Repairs,

Figure 206
57-1 6-01
Page 213
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
LOWER FORWARD SPAR CAP I

1
O
II
0
00
C]
300
rollP lodb
VIEW LOOKING UP AT
Using the procedure outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed surface of the
to the tie-down lug.
lower main spar cap of the outboard wing panel from the attach fitting

Figure 207
57-1 6-01
Page 214
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
KING AIR ~00 SERIES
NAS1068A3
OR
MS20176L3
NUTPLATES ATTACH NUTPLATES MOUNTING
INSTALL THIS HITH MS20d26AD3-3 PLATE
NUTPLATE FIRST RIVETS
4.5001926
a, Fabricate a mounting plate from .063 aluminum. Draw a line down the center of the bottom side of the plate
to aid fastener alignment.
b, Install a nutplate at the Inboard end of the mounting plate.
NOTE
The four nutplates should be installed at a 45" angle to the mounting plate length.
c, Remove the sealer at the intersection of the aft side of the main spar and keel web.
d, Insert the nutplate assembly through the void created by the sealer removal.
e, Install an NAS464P3A7 bolt and an AN960D10 washer to hold the mounting plate in position,
f, Align the mark on the plate with the centerline of the holes in the spar cap and tighten the bolt sufficiently to
prevent movement of the plate.
g, Utilizing the three open holes, mark the remaining three fastener locations.
f~l CAUTION
If a drill Is used to mark the fastener locations, do not drill through the plate. Drilling
h, Remove the bolt and washer that were used to secure the plate and remove the plate for final assembly.
i, Utilizing a vacuum source and a small hose capable of entering the intersection void, clean out all debris that
may have resulted from the fastener removal procedure.

j, Drill the mounting plate at the three spots previously marked and install NAS1068A3 or MS20176L3 nutplates.
Nutplate Assembly Fabrication Procedure

Figure 208
57-16-01
Page 215
B Reissue Feb 28/95
-~I;---- -r- I--=- ~-i-;_l

’i~echcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES

OUTBOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK as described in the following steps:
performed
The outboard wing main spar caps must be inspected a. Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper
for cracks and corrosion after the first five years of and lower spar caps for any buildup of the whitish,
operation and annually thereafter,
I WARNING
7he entire upper and lower spar cap, preted as corrosion.
from the wing attach fitting to the wash all
b. Utilizing normal cleaning procedures,
wing tip, must be inspected. surfaces of the upper and lower spar caps.
exposed
NOTE
Spacial emphasis should he placed an dis-
caps for paint blisters, raised areas and/or surface
be considered suspect. See Figure 209.
cive to corrosion,

THE. INDICATORS ARE AU SHOWN IN ONE
BOX SECTION SKIN
AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR CLARITY.
O INVESTIGATION.
S´•PAR CAP
RAISED AREAS
CRACKS~ o
o X o
LEADING o
EDGE

BLISTER/ I ON DIFFERENT MODELS
PAINT
css~s-n

Figure 209
57-1 6-01
Page 216
B Reissue
C=eb 28/95
Qeec~frcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
NOTE prevents wing shifting. Draw a line across each pair of

mings with a grease pencil to aid wing alignment, if
Spat cap surface irregularities may be
required.
the surface, or by sighting down the CAUflON
length of the spar cap.

DO NOT SCRISE QR SCRATCH THE
d. If wing main spar replacement becomes neces-
should be FITTINGS.
sary, BEECHCRAFT Kit No. 100-4002-38
CRAFT Kit No. 100-4002-4S for RH spar replace-
ment. BEECHCRAFT Kit No.100-4002-1S provides all If (while using hand-pressure only) wing attach bolt
parts and instructions necessary for spar replacement binding occurs upon either disengagement or installa-
but does not include the spar. tion, loosen the remaining three wing attach bolts and
e. If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be position the wing in a manner that releases binding of
the bolt. If the wing attach fittings are separated or
Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consul- repositioned, the aluminum washers between the
tation. upper wing attach fittings must be replaced with new
washers. Replacement of these washers will not be
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR FI~TT/NG required if the wing attach bolts can be removed one
at a time.
INSPECTION
The preload indicating washer assembly at the lower
NOTE forward attach point must be replaced with a new
These Inspections are applicable only to assembly each time the wing bolt, at this point, is loos-
BEECHCRAFT King Air Model 100 ened or removed.
Series Airplanes which have not been
NOTE
modified by installation of the BEECH-
CkAFT Spar Kit No. 100-4007-1S. Air- Ensure that the 50-105011 washer
planes so modified, are covered in sec- shown in Figure 211, the 90-110032-1
tlon 2 (57-16-02) of this chapter. washer shown in Figure 212, 214, 215,
and the 95-110025-1 washer shown in
Figure 213, have a full complete radius
lw´•-~I
~ARNING
with no sharp edges which could mark
which exhibit an incomplete radius or
All eight wing attach bolts must be sharp edges.
removed and each of the wing attach
fittlngs Inspected. The wing bolts and
nuts are life limited parts and must be FITTING INSPECTION
replaced In compliance with the time wing attach bolt, pre-
Remove each lowerforward
a.
load indicating washer assembly and nut. Using a
nonmetallic brush, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and
removed In compliance with their life
Ilmlt. washers with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2,
Chart 201, 91-00-00).
Only wing attach components b. If the wing attach bolts and nuts do not exceed
obtained from Seech Aircraft or a
their life limit as specified in Chart 201, visually inspect
BEECHCRAFT approved source are
them with a 10-power or stronger magnifying glass for
acceptable for use In BEECHCRAFT cracks and mechanical damage. Scratches and mark-
airplanes. ings in the cadmium plating, and/or localized dsterio-
Before removing any of the wing attach bolts, ensure
that the wing is properly supported in a manner which bolt. The cadmium plating may be discolored and may
57-1 6-01
Page 217
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
aeechc~ft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
have areas exhibiting a rubbed or polished appear- g. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE LOWER FORWARD
ance, usually resulting from the installation procedure. WING ATTACH BOLT AT THIS TIME. Temporarily
If any component exhibits cracks or mechanical dam- snug the bolt down to approximately 1200 inch-
age, replace it with a new part. pounds.
c. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las directed UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER AFT
in Chapter 20-00-00) each inconel wing attach bolt WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION
and nut, If the bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks
and mechanical damage, they may be reused after a´• Ensure that the wing is properly supported for
cleaning,
d, Clean the spar fittings and bolt-bores with naptha
inspection. Perform the inspection as detailed in this
section, then replace and torque the bolt to the value
ing another bolt.
cent ii quid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter
b´• Remove an upper forward, upper aft or lower aft
for condition, focus extra attention at the washer seat wing bolt, nut and washers. When a fastener is loos-
and bolt-bore area. If scoring, corrosion pitting, ened, ensure that the radius on the outer ci~cumfer-
cracks, or washer impressions are found in these ence of the washer faces the radius in the end of the
areas, contact the Customer Support Department of fitting recess (does not apply to P/N MS20002 or
Beach Aircraft for consultation. If the fitting is satisfac- NAS143 washers). If a washer radius is not positioned
tory, clean off the fluorescent liquid penetrant and as applicable illustration contact the Cus-
shown in the
recoat the bolt-bore and washer/nut-bearing faces of tomer Support Department of Beech Aircraft for con-
the fitting with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart sultation. If the washers are properly installed, pro-
201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for approxi- ceed with the remainder of these steps.
mately five minutes. After the time has elapsed, wash c. Clean the spat fitting and bolt-bore with naptha or
the coated areas with water and blow dry (do not methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Do
wipe). Paint the treated areas of the washer seat with not strip the epoxy paint from the fittings. Fluorescent
zinc chromate primer (4, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and liquid penetrant inspect the entire visible surface of the
allow sufficient time for drying. fitting. Focus extra attention on the washer seat and
e, Coat the spar fitting bolt-bores and washer/nut- bolt-bore of the fitting. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for
the fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection procedure.
bearing faces, the complete bolt, nut and new preload
Indicating washer assembly with MIL-C-16173, Grade If scoring, corrosion pitting, cracks or washer Impres-
2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, sions are noted, contact the Customer Support
91-00-00). Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consul-

tation. If the fittings are satisfactory, clean off the fluo-
rescent liquid penetrant and recoat the bolt-bore and
I WARNING
w~,,,
I washer/nut-bearing faces of the fittings with Alodine
1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow
the coating to dwell for approximately five minutes.
7he components of the preload Indl- When the time has elapsed, wash the coated areas
eating assembly constitute a
washer
other preload Indicating washer
201, 31-00-00). Allow the primer to dry before continu-
assembly. It Is essential that the radi- ing.
used outside diameter of the fiat d. If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their life limit
washer portion of the preload Indlcat- as designated in Chart 201, thoroughly clean the bolt,
Ing washer assembly be placed with nut and washers with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1
the radius toward the fitting washer or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and inspect for cracks and
seat. See Figure 211 for proper orlen- mechanical damage with a 1 0-power or stronger mag-
tatlon. nifying glass. Scratches and markings in the cadmium
f. Install a wing attach bolt, new preload indicating plating, and/or localized deterioration of the cadmium
washer assembly and nut into the wing fitting. plating is not reason to reject a bolt. The cadmium
57-1 6-01
Page 218
Peb 28/95 B Reissue
aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
plating may be discolored and may have areas exhib- eating washer assembly and rotate the ring back and
iting a rubbed or polished appearance, usually result- fort~ while tightening the nut. The bolt is tight when
Ing from the installation procedure. If mechanical dam-
age or cracks are found, replace the affected bly can no longer be turned using 30 5 pounds of
component. If the components are acceptable after tangential force applied to the ring as shown in Figure
the visual inspection, perform a fluorescent liquid 210. Do not tighten the nut beyond this point.
penetrant Inspection on each of the bolts and nuts b. After completing the tightening procedure on the
(see Chapter 20-00-00). If the bolts and nuts are free lower forward bolt, coat the bolt threads which pro-
of cracks and mechanical damage, they may be the nut with Mll-C-16173 Grade 2
trude through cor-
reused after cleaning. rosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
e. Coat the spat fittings, bolt-bore and washer nut- Prior to installing the fitting covers, ensure that the
bearing face, the complete bolt, washer and nut with drain holes’ in the upper.forward and aft fittlngs ate
MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive com- unobstructed and can drain freely.
pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
f. Install the wing attach bolt, washers and nut, and
torque the nut to the torque value specified in the At the first scheduled airplane inspection, as des-
applicable illustration. After the nut is properly ignated by the BEECHCRAFT King Air 100 Series
torqued, coat the exposed threads of the wing bolt Maintenance Manual or Inspection Form, after the
with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive com- bolts have been loosened and retorqued or after initial
pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). installation, check the wing bolts for proper torque as
stated in the illustration for the specific location. Check
preload indicating washer at the lower forward
I CAUTION
CPIUPON
t the
attach point as shown in Figure 210.

fitting damage.

PROCEDURE
I -´•I´•´•I
ARNING

time. Remove any wing supports
WHEN 30-c5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL
INDICATOR RING ON THE PRELOAD
I CAUTION
U´•´•´•"
.t INDICATING WASHER, THE BOLT IS TIGHT.
Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does POINT.
a. Insert the pin the tool shown in Figure 210 into

on Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure
one of the holes in the outer ring of the preload indi- Figure 210
57-1 6-01
Page 219
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
---------,_--
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
b. Concurrent with the above step and annually c. Prior to installing the fitting covers, ensure that the
thereafter, coat the exposed bolt threads which pro- drain holes in the upper forward and upper aft attach
trude through the nuts with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 cor- fittings are unobstructed and can drain freely.
roslon preventive compound.
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS

LOWER FORWARD 181784-14-32 or TK1817 922-5 or a 81790-1 414 None

VCC0026 15116inch box-end
wrench modified to
accept a 40-inch
extension
TS1222-7 or 81791-1018 TS1176-1 or
UPPER FORWARD 181785-10-23 or
VCN0003 1/2-inch Alien TS1171-1
(8-1 thru 8-121)
Wrench
TS1222-5 or 81791-1216 TS1176-2 or
UPPER FORWARD 181785-12-23 or
VCN0007 50-590012 or TS1171-2
(8-122 and after,
BE-i and after) 9/1&inch Alien
Wrench
81786-10-18 TS1222-5, 81791-1018 TS1176-1 or
UPPER AND or
VCN0014 50-590012 or TS1171-1
LOWER AFT
S/lbinch Alien
Wrench
which
NOTE: The tools Ilsted on this chart are applicable only to King Air Model 100 Series airplanes
have NOT Incorporated BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 100J1007-1S
57-1 601
Page 220
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
QOOchcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES

61475-14-43.5 PRELOAD INDICATING

WASHER ASSEMBLY
WING FITTING ~-81790-1414
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD NUT
CENTER SECTION
WASHER
CAUTION
WITH O
TOW
IN WING
FITTING
81784-14-32 OR
VCC0026 BOLT
BOLT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE: COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT,NUT, WASHER,WASHER

ASSEMBLY,AND WING FTTTING BOLTBORES WITH Mll-C16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.TIGHTEN THE BOLfWHILEAPPLYINGA TANGENTIALFORCEOF
30 5 POUNDS TO THE INDICATOR RING OF THE PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER, AS SHOWN
IN FIGURE 210. NO FURTHER WRENCHING SHOULD BE APPLIED TO THE BOLT WHEN 30 C 5
POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL FORCEWILL NO LONGER MOVETHE INDICATOR RING.THE
61 475´•1e43.5 PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER ASSEMBLY IS NOT TO BE REUSED AFTER ONCE
BEING LOADED.
+CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS dUTER RADIUS.
100´•31-53
Wing Bolt Installation

Lower Forward
(wlthout BEECHCRAFT Spat Kit No. 100-4007-15 installed)
Figure 211
57-1 6-01
Page 221
Feb 281~5
B Reissue
---c‘--~---I
~-kechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
90´•110032-1 WASHER (POSITION

WITH RADIUS TOWARDS FITnNG)7 +35-105111-3
WASHER (POSITION
**NAS143-10 WASHER WITH COUNTERSINK
AGAINST BOLT HEAD)
81791´•1018 NUT 81785-10-23 OR

VCN0003 BOLT
I
I I II I I I
WING FITTING
I
CENTER SECTION
WING FITTING 105090AO32-10J WASHER DRAIN

DRAIN
OUTBOARD HOLE
HOLE
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED 80LT THREADS WIIH MIL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
jr* AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE
90´•110032-1 WASHER TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT

CAUTION
O
INSPECT THE WING
ATTACH FITTINGS TO
f ENSURE THAT THE DRAIN
L HOLES ARE CLEAR.
(MR( ´•5n
Upper Forward Wing Bolt Installation (B-l thru 8-121)

(wlthout BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 100-4007-1S installed)
Figure 212
57-1 6-01
Page 222
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
+95-110025-1W
+95-110021 WASHER (POSITION WITH
(POSITION WITH RADIUS COUNTERSINK TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
81791-1216 NUT
I
:~LYI
I I
r II I 1 81785-12-22
OR VCN0007 BOLT
II I I
I
WING FITTING
WING FITTING I CENTER SECTION
-OUTBOARD
DRAIN
WASHER--/ ~--105090A032-12K WASHER HOLE
DRAIN HOLE
WING
80LT TORQUE: 2380 TO 2500 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE 80LT. NUT. WASHERS.
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
MS20002-12 WASHERS MAY BE USED AS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE NUT AND 95-110025-1
WASHER 10 PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
UTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
r´•

303(´•57
Upper FoMlard Wing Bolt Installation (8-122 and after, BE-1 and after)
(without BEECHCRAFT Soar Kit No. 100-4007-1S Installed)
Figure 213
5’1-1 6-01
Page 223
B Relasue
Feb 28/95
~echcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
1r90-110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH

r~ NAS143´•10 WASHER I
81791-1018 /-+35-105111-3 WASHER

TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
I
I 81786-10-18 OR
VCN00’4 BOLT
i t
i i´•.:.´•:’ .:1.:::::::’.1 F~
DRAIN
HOLE
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD
WING FITTING HOLE
CENTER SECTION
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT NUT. WASHERS. WING
FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH Mll´•C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
CHECK WASHER F3R A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.

AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE 9(1´•110032-1 WASHER
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

I I I ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
~k

L
WRENCHES AND TOR~UEADAPTERS USED
90.3t-aq
Upper Aft Bolt Instailatlon

Figure 214
57´•1 6-01
Page 224
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
4aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
REFER TO CHART202 FOR THE WING 80LT

r:
n~ I

*90´•110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WI~TH

RADIUS TOWARDS WING R7TING) 81786-10-18 OR
VCN0014 BOLT~
WING FITTING
i 7
OUTBOARD II I II I I I
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
I
81791-1018 NUT
NAS143´•10 WASHER
FITTING BOLT BORES, AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
,+CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
NAS143-10 WASHER MAY 88 USED BETWEEN ME NUT AND THE 9~110032-1 WASHER
´•k+ AN
TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMEM.
90´•31´•5a
Lower Aft Wing Bolt Instaliation

Figure 215
57-1 6-01
Page 225
Feb 28~95
B Reissue
43eechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
CRACK INSPECTION WING ATTACH Refer to theKing Air 100 Series Mainte-
FITTINGS, CENTER SECTION AND nance Manual for removal and installa-
OUTBOARD WING SPAR CAPS tion of the Beech Manufactured Spar
Bridge.
NOTE
This section (57-16-02) is applicable
only to King Air Model 100 airplanes into
which BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 100-
I w~´•I ARNING
4007-1S has been installed.

A crack In an outboard
wing panel
At the intervals designated in the Inspection Outline main spar cap fitting requires
or
(Chart 201), the wing bolts, wing attach fittings, center replacement only of the affected wing
section and outboard wing spar caps, and the nacelle
panel spar assembly.
splice plates must be inspected for cracks, corrosion
and damage. A crack In a center section upper for-
ward orupper or lower ah fitting or a
i CAUTION
cauno# t In an outboard wing panel
fltttngcrack
upper or lower ah wing attach
When fastener removal is required to requires replacement only or the
affected fitting.
an
procedure. Refer to Chapter 20-00-a0
for fastener removal instructions structure, contact the Customer Sup~
NOTE prior to the next flight for an opera-
If the tlonal safety evaluation.
airplane has been equipped with a
spar bridge or any other type of device
.inspections In this chapter, it must be
removed.
57-1 6-02
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 28/95
~eechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
4 31 6 6 13 4
1 4
4 1
O O
U
O O
O O
0000 0000
O 0 0
O 0 00
O O
00
oO O
5 5 1 1 5
5 2
CHART 201
APPLICABLE ONLY TO KING AIR 100 SERIES AIRPLANES INCORPORATING
BEECHCRAFT SPAR KIT 100-4007-1S
Inspection Area Inspection Method Possible Findings Initial Inspection Recurring Inspection Interval Component
index I Figure
No. No. Replacement
Schedule
Cracks, corrosion and See note 3 yrsor 1,000 hrs, whichever None
i. 201 All wing attach fitting flat surfaces, Magnified visual and fluorescent liquid
mechanical occurs first
essions, counterbores and bolt bores as
Cracks, loose rivets See note 3 yrs or 1,000 hrs, whichever None
2. 202 Area under center section floorboard Visual
and occurs first
Cracks See note 3 yrs or 1,000 hrs, whichever None
3. 203 Outboard wing lower main spar cap from Fluorescent liquid penetrant
occurs first
attach to the tie-down
Cracks and See note Annually None
4. 204 Outboard wing panel upper and lower Visual
main corrosion
Cracks and See note 3 yrs of 1,000 hrs, whichever 15 yrs or
5. 207 Wing bolts and nuts Magnified visual fluorescent liquid
mechanical damage occurs first 15,000 hrs,
thru penetrant as specified
whichever
211
occurs first
visual and fluorescent liquid Cracks 10,000 hrs 1,000 hrs 20,000 hrs
6. Nacelle splice plates (See Chapter Magnified
57-16-03) penetrant as specified
NOTE: The time designated for the Initial inspection has expired. The time shown In the recurring
Inspection Interval column Is now effective for this Inspection.
57-1 6-02
Page 202 B Reissue
Feb 28/95
KING AIR 100 SERIES
WING FITTING- CENTER SECTION
CAREFULLY INSPECT THE

RADIUS IMMEDIATELY ABOVE BOLT
WING FITTING OUTBOARD
THE BARREL NUT
NOTE: THIS FITTING IS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AIRPLANES IN-
CORPORATING BEECHCRAFT KIT NO. 90-4077-~ S
SEGMENT OF FITTING
REMOVED TO SHOW DETAIL A
COUNTERBORE DETAIL
CAREFULLY INSPECT
THISSECTOR OFTHE
COUNTERBORE RADIUS
t
UPPER FVVD FITTING
C9201812
a. Remove the wing bolt covers and any decals that may be affixed to the fitting surface. With the wing bolts in
place and properly torqued, clean the area to be inspected and fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed
instructions.
b, In compliance with the Inspection Schedule (Chart 201), remove and inspect the wing bolts one at a time as
detailed under the heading WING BOLT, NUT AND SPAR FITTING INSPECTION.

Figure 201
5’7-1 6-02
Page 203
B Reissue Feb 28~95

KING AIR 100 SERIES
CAREFULLY INSPECT
THIS AREA OF THE
O O
O BACK SIDE OF TUB
COUNTERBORE
FEATHERED
EDGE
FITTING \1 o o o
FLAT
SURFACE
WING BOLT BORE
VIEW B C3dcWSrr3075 3
counterbores of the 14 bathtub style fittings. Focus extra attention on the counterbore radius. Fluorescent liquid
penetrant inspect the the radii at the bottom of the outboard forward fittings ~ivhich house the barrel nuts.
of the bathtub-type fittings and from the slot in the center section fittings. Contact the Customer Support Depart-
ment of Beech Aircraft Corporation prior to initiation of any crack removal procedure.
f, After the Inspection of the wing fittings and bolts is completed, replace the placards which were removed for
the fitting inspections.
g, Ensure that the drain holes in the upper wing attach fittings are unobstructed.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
figure 201
57-1 6-02
Page 204
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
O O
O
´•I
ool A 10
LH UPPER RH
FORWARD SPAR
´•~9 i-
;e,
;Ofq
--1-~
I
REARSPAR P I’Fi‘.
3 -\i
cZ
’r~´• 5
1; "L
VIEWA i \i

MAIN AND REAR SPARS
a, Remove the center aisle floorboards and seat track access panels between the forward and aff spars, Visu-
ally Inspect the accessible areas of the spars, lower fuselage skin panel and fuselage formers for loose rivets,
cracks and damage,
b, Repair any damage that may be detected utilizing FAA Advisory Circular 43.13 which provides the Accept-
able Methods, Techniques and Practices for Structural Repairs,

Figure 202
57-1 6-02
Page 205
B Reissue Feb 28/95
aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
LOWER FORWARD SRAR CAP I ~z>

II
o
[1
o
[7 @Oo
po looS~
~00-604-93
VIEW LOOKING UP AT
a, Utilizing the inspection method outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect the exposed
surface of the lower main spat cap of the outboard wing panel from the wing attach fitting to the tie-down lug.
Outboard Wing Spar Inspection

Figure 200
57´•1 6-02
Page 206
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES

OU7BOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK as described in the following steps:
performed
Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper
The outboard wing main spat caps must be inspected a.
for cracks and corrosion after the first five years of and lower spar caps for any buildup of the whitish,
operation and annually thereafter. salt-like nonmetallic substance indicative of corrosion.

I ARNING
wing tip must be Inspected,
exposed surfaces of the upper and lower spat caps,
NOTE
of the spat cap is extruded flat. Any of the previously

AREAS TO 88 INSPECTED FOR
80X SECTION SKIN AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR CLARITY
INVESTIGATION.
O
SPAR CAP_
o AREAS
2~5
O
~ulP
O X o
-z=C
o a
LEADING o y~p
EDGE

PAINT BLISTER ON DIFFERENT MODELS css´•~sa

Figure 204
57-1 6-02
Page 207
B Reissue
Feb 28~95
_~r -_--;-
~echcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
NOTE the bolt. If the wing attach fittings are separated or

repositioned, the aluminum washers between the
Spar cap surface irregularities may be be replaced with new
the upper wing attach fittings must
detected by sliding the fingers over
of these washers will not be
washers. Replacement
spar surface, by moving a straightedge required wing attach bolts can be removed one
if the
over it, or by sighting down the length
of
at time. The preload indicating washer assembly at
a
the spar cap.
the lower forward attach point must be replaced with a
d, If unusual conditions ale noted which cannot be assembly each time the the wing bolt, at this
resolved locally, contact the Customer Support point, is loosened or removed.
Department of Beech Aircraft far consultation.
.NOTE
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR FITTING Ensure that the 95-110025-1 washer
INSPEC710N shown in Figure 209 and the
90-110032-1 washers shown in Figures
NOTE 208, 210 and 211 have a full complete
These Inspections are applicable only to radius with no sharp edges which could
mark the spat fittings. Replace any
King Air 100 Series airplanes into which
BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 100- washers which exhibit´• an incomplete
radius or sharp edges.
4007-1S has been installed.
I WARNING
w~,,, I FITTING INSPECTION
a. Remove each lower forward wing attach bolt, pre-

AIl eightwing attach baits must be load indicating washer assembly and barrel nut. Using
nut and
removed and each at the wing attach a nonmetallic brush, thoroughly clean the bolt,
fittings Inspected. wing bolts and

The washers with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2,
nuts are life limited parts and must be Chart 201, 91-00-00).
replaced in compliance with the time NOTE
der unserviceable all components The barrel nut must be disassembled for
removed In compliance with their life a thorough inspection of its components.
Ilmlt. Disassembly is accomplished by push-
Ing of
one the roll pins flush with the
New wing attach components must Inner surface of the cradle and separat-
be obtained only from Beech Aircraft ing the nut. Refer to Figure 205.
BEECHCRAFT approved source.
wing attach bolts and nuts do not exceed
or a
b. If the
Before removing any of the wing attach bolts, ensure their specified life limit as noted in Chart 201, visually
that the wing is properly supported in a manner
which inspect them with a I0-power or stronger magnifying
prevents wing shifting. Draw a line across each pair of glass for cracks and mechanical damage. Scratch~s
fittings with a grease pencil to aid wing alignment, if and markings in the cadmium plating, andlor localized
required, deterioration of the cadmium plating is not reason to

reject a bolt. The cadmium plating may be discolored
CAUIION
installation pro-
appearance, usually resulting from the
DO NOT SCRIBE OR SCR4TCH THE cal damage, replace it with a new part.
N’ITINGS.
c. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las directed
bolt in Chapter 20-00-00) each inconel wing bolt and nut.
If(while using hand-pressure only) wing attach
installa- If the bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks and
binding occurs upon either disengagement or
and mechanical damage, they may be reused after clean-
tion, loosen the remaining three wing attach bolts
releases binding of ing.
position the wing in a manner that
57-1 6-02
Page 208 B Reissue
Feb 29/95
--------1-----
~eechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
d. Reassemble the barrel nut as shown in Figure indicating washer assembly with MIL-C-16173, Grade
205, 2 corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201,
91-00-00).
e, Clean the spar fittings and bolt-bores with naptha
I w~,,,
WARNING
i
The components of the preload Indl-
for condition, focusing extra attention at the washer
eating washer assembly constitute a
seat and bolt-bore area. If scoring, corrosion pitting,
crack indications, or washer impressions are found in
these areas, contact the Customer Support Depart- otherpreload indicating washer
ment of Beech Aircraft for consultation. If the fitting is
assembly. It Is essential that the radl-
satisfactory, clean off the fluorescent liquid penetrant used outside diameter of the flat
and recoat the bolt-bore and washer/nut-bearing faces washer portion of the preload Indlcat-
of the fitting with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Ing washer assembly be placed with
Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for the radius toward the fitting washer
approximately five minutes. After the time has seat. See Figure 207 forproper orien-
elapsed, wash the coated areas with water and blow tatlon.
dry (do not wipe). Paint the treated areas of the g. Install a wing attach bolt, new preload indicating
washer seat with zinc chromate primer (4, Chart 201, washer assembly and barrel nut into the wing fitting.
91-00-00) and allow sufficient time for drying. Ensure that the lubrication fittings on the barrel nuts
f, Coat the spar fitting bolt-bores and washer/nut- are positioned in manner that allows access of a lubri-
bearing faces, the complete bolt, nut and new preload cation nonle.
NUT
LUBAICITION
;ji fi ~F------ CRADLE
ROLL PIN .OJO INCH

(80691CF-121
.060 INCH
NUT
(80691CF-1612)
CAUTION
BEVELED AREA NUT MUST 86 BEVELED OR CHAMFERED AS SHOWN
0~I NUT MUST CRADLE TO PREVENT SCORING THE SIDES OF THE BARREL
200-31-0
Barrel NutAssembly
Figure 205
57-16-02
Page 209
B Reissue
Feb 28195
-T-----´•^I-----
--r-
-.-------~-^---I:. ~_--
~teechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
h. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE LOWER FORWARD nut and washers with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (1
WING ATTACH BOLT AT THIS TIME. Temporarily or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and inspect for cracks and
snug the bolt down to approximately 1200 inch- mechanical damage with a 10-power or stronger mag-
pounds, nifying glass. Scratches and markings in the cadmium
plating, and/or localized deterioration of the cadmium
plating is not reason to reject a bolt. The cadmium
plating may be discolored and may have areas exhib-
a, Ensure that the wing is properly supported for iting a rubbed or polished appearance, usually result-
maintenance. Remove only one wing bolt at a time for ing from the installation procedure. if mechanical dam-
inspection. Perform the inspection as detailed in this age or cracks are found, replace the affected
section, then replace and torque the bolt to the value component. If the components are acceptable after
specified in the appropriate illustration before remov- the visual inspection, perform a fluorescent liquid
ing another bolt. penetrant inspection on each of the bolts and nuts
NOTE (see Chapter 20-00-00). If the bolts and nuts are free
of cracks and mechanical damage, they may be
The bushing utilized in the upper forward reused after cleaning.
fittings on airplane serials B-1 thru 8-121
must be removed prior to performing the e. Coat the spar fittings, bolt-bore and washer/nut-
fitting inspection. bearing face, the complete bolt, washers and nut with
MlL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive com-
b. Remove an upper forward, upper aft or lower aft
pound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
wing bolt, nut and washers. When a fastener is loos-
ened, ensure that the radius on the outer circumfer-
of the washers face the radius in the end of the
once
fitting (does not apply to P/N MS20002 or

recess
I ~ING
w~., I
NAS143 washers). If a washer radius is not positioned
as shown in applicable illustration (208, 209, 210 or If a was removed from the
bushing
211), contact the Customer Support Department of upper forward attach flttings It must
Beech Aircraft for consultation. If the washers are be relnstalled prior to Inserting the
properly installed, proceed with the remainder of these bolts.
steps.
c. Clean the spar fitting and bolt-bore with naptha or
methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Do
f. Install the wing attach bolt, washers and nut and
torque the nut to the torque value specified in the
not strip the epoxy paint from the fittings. Fluorescent
liquid penetrant inspect the entire visible surface of the applicable illustration (Figure 208, 209, 210 or 211).
fitting. Focus extra attention on the washer seat and
After the nut is properly torqued, coat the nut and the
bolt threads which protrude through the nut with MI1-
bolt-bore of the fitting. Refer to Chapter 20 for the
fluorescent Ilquid penetrant inspection procedure. If C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (5,
scoring, corrosion pitting, cracks or washer impres-
Chart 201, 91-00-00).
sions are noted, contact the Customer Support
Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consul- r~r,,, t
CAUTION
tatlon. If the fittings are satisfactory, clean off the fluo-
rescent Ilquid penetrant and recoat the bolt-bore and Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does
washer/nut-bearing faces of the fittings with Alodine
1200, 1200S or 1201 (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow Wrench contact with the fitting could
the coating to dwell for approximately five minutes. result in erroneous torque readings and
When the time has elapsed, wash the coated areas fitting damage.
201, 91-00-00). Allow the primer to thoroughly dry g. Prior to installing the fitting covers, ensure that the
before proceeding with the remaining steps. drain holes in the upper forward and aft fittings are
d, If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their life limit, unobstructed and can drain freely.
as specified in Chart 201, thoroughly clean the bolt,
57-1 &02
Page 210
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
aeechcfaft
KING AIR 100 SERIES

CAUTION
PROCEDURE
Ensure that the wing holt wrench does

WARNING Wrench contact with the fitting could
The lower forward wing attach bolts b. Aftercompleting the tightening procedure on the
which were not tightened after lower forward bolt, inject Mll-C-16173 Grade 2 corro-
inspection must be tightened at this sion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00)
time. Remove any wing supports into the barrel nut lubrication fitting with a good quality
before tightening this bolt, grease gun and an Alemite grease notzel (P/N
314150). inject the compound until one of the follow-
a, Insert the tool (shown in Figure 206) into one of ing conditions are noted:
the holes in the outer ring of the preload indicating The compound emerges from between the two
washer assembly and rotate the ring back and forth portions of the barrel nut.
while tightening the nut. The bolt is tight when the
The compound emerges past the locking polllon
outer ring of the preload indicating washer assembly of the nut assembly.
can no longer be turned using 30 ~5 pounds of tan-
The’fitting will acce~pt no additional compound
gential force applied to the ring as shown in Figure
c. Coat the bolt threads which protrude through the
nut with Mll-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive
compound.
a. At the first scheduled airplane inspection as des-

Maintenance Manual or Inspection Form after the
stated in the illustration for the specific location (F~g-
ures 206, 209, 210 or 211). Check the preload ~ndicat-
ing washer at the lower forward attach point as shown

in Figures 206 and 207.

c. At the lower forward attach points, inject MIL-C-

WHEN 30~5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL 16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound into
FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE the barrel nut lubrication fittings until one of the follow-
INDICATOR RING ON THE PRELOAD ing conditions are noted:
INDICATING WASHER, THE BOLT IS TIGHT.
portions of the nut.
POINT.
The compound emerges past the locking portion
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tlllhtenlng Procedure The will accept no additional
fitting compound
Figure 206 after several pumps of the gun.
57-1 6-02
Page 211
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
QeecXlc~t
KING AIR 100 SERIES
d. Prior to installing the fitting covers, ensure that the

drain holes in the upper forward and upper aft attach
fittings are unobstructed and can drain freely.
CHART 202
WING BOLT TOOLS

wrench modified to
accept a 40-inch
extension
(B-1 thru 8-121) VCN0003 1/2-inch Alien TS1171-1

Wrench
(8-122 and after, VCN0007 50-590012 or TS1171-2

BE-i and after) 9/16-inch Alien
Wrench
LOWER AFT VCN0014 50-590012 or TS1171-1

9/18inch Alien
Wrench
NOTE: The tools listed on this chart are applbable only to King Air Model 100 Series airplanes into
which BEECHCRATT Spar Kit No. 100-4007-1S has been Installed.
57-1 6´•02
Page 212
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
KING AIR 100 SERIES

\i I
80691CF1414 BARREL 90-380019-1 WING FITTING

NUT ASSEMBLY
PRELOADINDICATING CENTER SECTION
WASHER ASSEMBLY
81784-14-46 OR
VCC0027 BOLT
LUBRICATION
WING FITTING CAUTION
FITTING
OUTBOARD POSITION WITH
POSITION WITH RADIUS
AGAINST RADIUS COUNTERSINK AGAINST
IN WING FI~TING THE BOLT HEAD RADIUS
BOLT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE; COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NL~ WASHER ASSEMBLY, AND
WING FITTING BOLT BORES WITH Mll-C16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND,
TIGHTEN THEBOLT WHILE APPLYINGA TANGENTIAL FORCEOF30+ SPOUNDSTOTHE
INDICATOR RINGOFTHE PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER,ASSHOWNIN FIGURE 206.NO
FURTHER WRENCHING SHOULD BEAPPUED TO THE BOLT WHEN30~ 5POUNDS OF
TANGENTIAL FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE INDICATOR RING. THE 90-380019-1 PRELOAD
INDICATING WASHER ASSEMBLY IS NOT TO BE REUSED AFTER ONCE BEING LOADED. AFTER
TIGHTENING THE BOLT, USE A HIGH QUALTTY GREASE GUN AND AN ALEMTTE P/N 314150
GREASE NOULE TO INJECT Mll-Ci6173 GRADE 2 IMOTHE LUBRICATION FTTTING ONTHE
BARREL NL~ AND COAT THE MPOSED TH_R~ADS WTTH CORROSION PREVENTNE
XII

(With BEECHCRATT Spar Kit No. 100-4007-15 Installed)
Figure 207
57-1 6-02
Page 213
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Y-)eechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
k90-110032-1 WASHER (POSITION 000-110100-1

WITH RADIUS TOWARDS BUSHING
105090AO32-10J
81791-1018
WASHER
NUT
I
81785-10-23 OR
1 111 1 I
VCN0003 BOLT
DRAIN *35-105111-3
**NAS143- DRAIN
HOLE WASHER WASHER (POSITION
HOLE
WING FITTING WITH COUNTERSINK
OUTBOARD AGAINST 80LT HEAD)
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
80LT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE 80LT. BUSHING. NUT.
WASHERS. WING FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MlL-C-16173
GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
+I AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE

90-110032-1 WASHER TO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
HOLES ARE CLEAR.
z:

WITH THIS WING 80LT AND NUT.
L
30´•31´•5(
Upper Forwaru u\ring Bolt Installation

(8-1 thru 8-121 With BEECHCRATT Kit Spar Kit No. 100-4007-1S Installed)
Figure 208
57-1 6-02
Page 214
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
KING AIR 100 SERIES
STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR nnANLIAL
~95-110025-1 W ~95-110021 WASHER (POSITION WITH

(PO5ITION WITH RADIUS ’COUNTERSINK TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
81791-1216 NUT
I llMt~31
´•´•´•´•UILYI
I I
I I I I I 81785-12-23
i
OR VCN0007 BOLT
I II I I
I II I I WING FITTING
WING FITTING I CENTER SECTION
-OUTBOARD i
;If‘::´•;’--
DRAIN
*+MS20002-12 WASHER-~ ~-105090A032-12K WASHER HOLE
DRAIN HOLE
THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. WASHERS. WING

BOLT TORQUE: 2380 TO 2500 INCH-POUNDS. COAT
BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
FITTING BOLT
RADIUS.
+CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER
THE NUT AND 95-110025-1

MS20002-12 WASHERS MAY BE USED AS REQUIRED BETWEEN
I I INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FlfTINGS TO
´•’‘0~
r
Upper FoMard Wing Bolt Installation
(8-122 and after, BE-i and after With BEECHCRAFT Spar Kit No. 100-4007-1S Installed)
Figure 209
57-1 6-02
Page 215
Feb 28/95
B Reissue
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES

s~ NAS143-10 WASHES
+35-105111-3 WASHER
81791-1018 (POSITION WITH COUNTERSINK
NUT TOWARDS BOLT HEAD)
i 17
I
r
81786-10-18 OR
VCNOOT4 BOLT
DRAIN
HOLE
WING FITTING
HOLE
OUTBOARD WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE

COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. WASHERS. WING
GRADE 2 CORROSION
FITTING BOLT BORES, AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MILC-16173
RADIUS.
WASHER
AN NAS143-10 WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN ME NUT AND THE 90-110032-1
CAUTION
INSPECT THE WING

ATTACH FITTINGS TO
ENSURE MAT ME DRAIN
HOLES ARE CLEAR.

90-31J8

Figure 210
57-1 6-02
Page 216
B Reissue
Feb 28/95
KING AIR 100 SERIES

WITH MIS WING 80LT AND NUT.
z:
B LI
35-105111-3 WASHER (POSTTION WITH

~90´•110032-1 WASHER (POSITION WITH

RADIUS TOWARDS WING FlmNG) 81786-10-18 OR
VCN0014 BOLT
WING FITTING
i 7
OUTBOARD II f II I I I
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
I-
81791-1018 NUT
NAS14310 WASHER
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT ME COMPLETE BOLT. NUT. WASHERS. WING
FITTING 80LT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION
kCHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOT~ CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.

*’rAN NAS14310 WASHER MAY 85 USED BETWEEN ME NUT AND THE 90´•110032-1 WASHER
40´•31´•9~

Figure 211
57-1 6-02
Page 217
B Reissue feb 28~95
43eec~H=raft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
GENERAL NACELLE SPLICE PLATES 203. If cracked splice plate is found, the secondary
a
inspections shown in Figure 202 must be performed

The four nacelle splice plates must be inspected for ,d structural repairs effected as required. When new
cracks at 10,000 hours and every 1,000 hours there- splice plates are installed, the inspection cycle is
after until reaching their life limit of 20,000 hours. At repeated with the first inspection due at 1 0,000 hours.
20,000 hours the splice plates must be removed and If unusual conditions are encountered that cannot be
replaced with new components. resolved locally, or if an alternate splice plate replace-
The splice plate inspection procedure is detailed in ment procedure is desired, contact the Customer Sup-
Figure 201 and the replacement procedure in Figure port Department of Beech Aircraft for consultation.
57-1 6-03
Page 201
Feb 28~95
B Reissue
KING AIR 100 SERIES
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES I NACELLE SPLICE PLATES
O O
O
i I \d/o o I I I o
LH UPPER RH

THE FORWARD TNBOARD EDGE OF THE INBOARD

YIRIA USPLICE PLATES
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON LH

SIDE OF THE CENTER SECTION e9K~R7E0061 C
NOTE
Remove only the access panels shown in this illustration. Removal of the riveted skins
Is not required for inspection of the plates.
a, Remove the access panels shown on the illustration.
b, Using a flashlight and mirror, visually inspect the edges of the splice plates on top of the upper spar cap for-
ward flange.
c, Focus close attention on the area from the nacelle bulkhead to immediately forward of the main spar.
Nacelle Splice Plate inspection

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57-16-03
Page 202
Feb 28/95 B Reissue
KING AIR 100 SERIES
1
I i
110 O
o
oo
O
4Q´• dbo o,
oo
o
O O
o
RH LOWER LH
INSPECT THESE
AREAS IN THE WHEEL WELLS
NACELLE
UPPER SPAR CAP
VIEW A BULKHEAD
FORWARD SIDE
VIEW LOOKING UP INTO THE LH WHEEL WELL AT THE FORWARD SIDE OF THE MAIN SPAR
d. From inside of the wheel well, thoroughly examine the edges of the splice plates from on top of the spar
cap forward flange to the forward ends.
e, If any crachs aredetected in the splice plates, repairs must be affected as outlined in Figure 203 and the sec-
ondary inspections performed as instructed in Figure 202.
f. If no damage is found on the splice plates, and they have not reached their 20,000 hour life limit, replace the
access panels. The splice plate inspection is complete.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 6-03
Page 203
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Beechcr~ft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
INSPECT ALL THE STIFFENERS ALONG THE ~.t.´•´•´•INSPECT THE CHANNEL THAT
FORWARD SIDE OF THE MAIN SPAR I ATTACHES THE FORWARD RIB
TO THE MAIN SPAR
’j
:;i
r´• 2~
"´•.‘M
~U- I 1
´•r
i´•‘-
´•~a-.- _
’INSPECT’THE RIB ---~-TP t’lNSPECT THE RIB:-

AT BL30.63 -1
AT 8L57.44
VIEW LOOKING UP AT THE LOWER SIDE OF ME LH CENTER SECTION
PART NUMBER LOCATION AIRPLANE SERIAL
1 ’50-120158-37 Left Side B-1 and after,

50-120158-38 Right Side BE-i and after.
"50-120077-55 Left Side B-1 thru 8-233.

50-120077-56 Right Side
50-120077-101 Left Side 8-234 and after.
50-120077-78 Right Side
50-120077-77 Left Side BE-1 and after.
50-120077-78 Right Side
"’99-120012-15 Left Side 8-1 thto 8-5.

99-120012-16 Side
99-120012-83 Left Side 8-6 and after,
99-120012-84 Right Side BE-i and after.
a, If a crack Is found in any one of the four nacelle splice plates, the structural components shown in this figure
must be inspected for secondary damage.
b, If the channel that attaches the forward nacelle rib to the main (forward) spar must be replaced with
damaged,
a new part,
c, damage is found In any of the other designated components, they

If may be repaired by utilizing the appro-
priate structural repair procedure shown in Chapter 20-10-00.
Additional Inspections Required When a Cracked Splice Plate Is Found

Figure 202
57-1 6-03
Page 204
Feb 28~95 B Reissue
aeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
1 Fwo
REMOVE THE AFT
NACELLE SKINS
~L1 t SHOWN AS SHADED

AREAS IN THIS
DBTUO...- VIEW
Y C’
c;~"
r\
EW A
MAIN NACELLE
SPAR BULKHEAD I L O O O
INBOARD OUTBOARD
SPLICE SPLICE
PLATE PLATE LH UPPER RH
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON RH

SIDE 01: CENTER SECTION
SPLICE PLATE REMOVAL
I CAUTION
When the nacelle splice plates are to be removed, use a hoist with steel wheels or one
that is mounted to a solid surface. Do not use a hoist with rubber tires or wheels.
a, To prevent unacceptable loading of the nacelle structure when the splice plates are removed, support the
engine with a 50-590141-1 (B-l and after) or 932100910002-650 (BE-l and after) engine sling and an approved
hoist.
b, Remove the fasteners attaching the aft nacelle skin to the center section assembly. Remove the skins shown
as shaded areas in the illustration.
CAUTION
Do NOT drill into the spar cap.
c, Remove the rivets that attach the splice plaf,es to the structure.
NOTE
Remove any plumbing or equipment that may hinder access to the splice plates.
d. Remove the lock bolts that attach the splice plates to the spar. Refer to Chapter 20-00-00 for the proper lock
bolt removal procedure.

Figure 203
57-1 6-03
Page 205
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
P/N SPS TECHNOLOGIES ~II 1..HL64PB87-6-4 Lock Pin Assembly

P/N HUCK MFG CO. /I 1 12 Places

41+
3-13´•
3´• 3´•
´•t-
ri12 PLACES
10
5
PLACESr_
2 Places
3.. HL20PB86-6-7 Lock Pin Assembly or

NAS1466-7 +k Lock Pin LC-C6 Collar
1 Place
3´•1+ f+
2 6
~C- ++3U 4. HL20PB86-6-4 R Lock Pin Assembly or
2 PLACES 2 PLACES
NAS1466-4f* Lock Pin LC-C-6 Collar
NAC STA 125.00 1 -1 8 Places
3 7
-1++ Lock Pin
41~---
PLACE 2 PLACES 5.. HL64PB87-6-4 Assembly
8
10 Places
f+
10 PLACES
f+ 6. HL64PB87-6-7 Lock Pin Assembly
d
2 Places
-f- 8 PLACES
´•t 7.. HL64PB87-6-7 Lock Pin Assembly
YIEYB vrrw C 2 Places
OUTBQARD NACELLE INBOARD NACELLE
SPLICE PLATE SPLICE PLATE
50-980002- 1 17 LH 50-980002- 159 LH 10 Places
50-980002-118 RH 50-980002-160 RH
SPLICE PLATE INSTALLATION
a, Remove all burrs from the fastener holes in the structure and vacuum away all debris that may have been
caused by the fastener removal procedure.
b, Using the old splice plates as templates, drill the fastener holes in the new splice plates with a 3116-inch ~12)
bit,
CAUTION
When using an old splice plate as a template, ensure that it is the one which was
removed from the position for which the new plate is being prepared.
c, Install the fasteners as shown in the illustration.
NOTE
When installing lock bolts in holes that were formerly occupied by rivets, the holes must
be reamed out with a No. 12 ream to ensure a proper fit.

(Sheet 2 of 3)
Figure 203
57-1 6-03
Page 206
Feb 28~95 B Reissue
Y~kechcraft
KING AIR 100 SERIES
d. Employing the fasteners shown on this sheet, install the aft nacelle skins.
e. Install anyplumbing or equipment that was removed for the splice plate replace-
ment procedure.
I\
I- I ’MS20426ADO RIVETS
TT 7
"MS20426AD5 RIVET
I
I
I- NAS 173985
OR
CR2248-5
8LIND RIVETS
’MS20626AD´•2 RIVETS
CRi65-4 OR
NAS173984
MS20426AD4 RIVETS
Permissible to Install NAS1097ADS rivets rn oversize holes.

Permissible to Install NAS1097AD6 nvcls ~n oversize holes.
MS20426AD4 ~le- DlA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET

MS20426AD5 3/32~ DIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET
NAS1097AD5 5132~ OIA ALUMINUM ALLOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET
NAS1097AD6 3/16’ OIA ALUMINUM ALLOOY-COUNTERSUNK RIVET
NASt73985 5/32~ DIA ALLOY STEEL-FLUSH BLIND RIVET-MECHANICALLY
CR2248-5 5/32~ DIA(PIN CHERRY TEXTAON INC) ALUMINUM-FLUSH. BLIND
AIVEI-MECHANICAL~Y LOCKED SPINDLE BULBED
CR763-4 118~ DIA(PIN CHERRY TEXTRON INC) ALUMINUM-FLUSH. 8LIND
RIVET-MECHANICALLY LOCKED SPINDLE BULBED
NAS173984 118’ ALUMINUM-FLUSH BLIND RIVET-MECHANICALLY LOCKED.
SPINDLE BULBED 99-SRU´•6-00´•

(sheet 3 of 3)
Figure 203
57-1 6-03
Page 207
B Reissue Feb 28/95
Qeechcraft
SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES
GENERAL I MAINTENANCE PRACTICES nance in the category of service for which theairplane
(MODEL 200 SERIES) was originally designed; specifically, a pressurized
executive or corporate transportation vehicle wherein
This chapter provides the procedures necessary to th,,,j,,ity of cruise is above 10,000 feet altitude and
Inspect the Super King Air 200 Series wing attach fit- flight duration is more than one hour. Should the air-
tings, bolts and nuts and the outboard wing main spar craft be used for missions other than that intended by
caps for various types of damage. These inspections design, such as an air taxi, commuter air service,
are a supplement to, but do not replace, the normal
pipeline surveillance, livestock/predator animal con-
airplane inspection procedures and intervals of the trol, search and rescue, navigation aids inspection,
8EECHCRAFT Super King Air 200 Series Mainte-
extraordinary service at low altitude or unusually short
nance Manual. The Inspection requirements of this duration flights (less than 30 minutes), the inspections
chapter supersede those of 8EECHCRAFT Service specified in the Standard Flight Profile Inspection
Instructions No. 0514-035 and No. 1140. Schedule (Cftart 201) are not appropriate for cont~n-
Chapter 57-17 is divided according to the main spar ued airworthiness of the airplane structure. In such
types. Section one (57-17-01) covers airplane serials cases, promptly notify the Customer Support Depart-
B~-1 thru BT-30, 8L-1 thru 8L-72, 8N-1 thru 8N-4 and ment of 8eech Aircraft and a special inspection pro-
88-2 thru 88-1192 except except 88-1158 and gram will be established to address the unique
88-1167. This series of airplanes is equipped with requirements of the airplane’s mission.
main spar caps which feature integral-tension-type The stated hours for the "initial
inspection" do not take
wing attach fittlngs. into consideration crack initiation due to structural
Section two (57-17-02) applies to airplane serials damage, e.g. a gear-up landing. If such structural
88-1158, 88-1167, 88-1193 and after; 8N-5 and damage occurs, perform the initial inspection after
after; 8L-73 and after; and 8T-31 and after. These air- repairs are complete then perform the recurring
planes are equipped with a main spar which incorpo- inspections as specified under Recurring Inspection
rates Integral-tension wing attach fittings on the upper Interval.
spar cap and three-element clevis type (shear) attach
fittlngs on the lower spar cap. SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
The inspection schedule (Chart 201) in Chapter Each tool listed in Chart 1 is provided as an example
57-17-01 and 57-17-02 identifies the inspection areas, of the equipment designed to perform a specific func-
fnitfal inspection periods, recurring inspection intervals tion. Generic or locally manufactured tools that are the
and component replacement times. This schedule is equivalent with respect to accuracy, function, and
based on airplane utilization, operation and mainte- craftsmanship may be used In lieu of those listed.
CHART 1

1, Eddy Current Inspection Magnaflux Centurion NDT, Inc. Inspect for cracks in the wing
Instrument Model ED-530 attachfittings.
or ED-530M
2, Eddy Current Probe 6270 1.55 Ideal Specialty Co. Inspect the center radius at the
bottom circumference of the
barrel nut holes.
3. Eddy Current Probe 6270-1 1.55 Ideal Specialty inspect the intersection of the
radius and bottom of the barrel
nut holes.
4. Eddy Current Flex Shaft 6270-3 1.63 Ideal Specialty Inspect the center of the
Probe counterbore radius of the center
section main spar fittings.
57-17-00
Page 1
B1 Dec 8/95
Qeechc~ft
CHART 1
PART NO. SUPPLIER USE
TOOL NAlldE
6270-4 1.68 Ideal Specia~ty Inspect the tangent intersection
5, Eddy Current Flex Shaft
between the counterbore radius
Probe
and the counterbore wall of the
center section fittings. Inspect the
counterbore wall.
132351 Beech Aircraff To verify eddy current instrument
6,Eddy Current Reference
Standard
7, Eddy Current Unit Nortec 19E Staveley Instruments Inspect for structural cracks in
airplane skins and fittings which
cannot be detected
SP03806 Staveley Instruments Inspect cracks in center section

8,Eddy Current Flat Probe
IkHz-lOkHz skin.
9, Eddy Current P/100-500 kHz/ IStaveley instruments Inspect cracks in fastener holes
90" Probe A190.03/6 of wing center section lower
forward
10, Eddy Current P/1.00-500 kHz/ Staveleylnstruments Inspect cracks in fastener holes
A/90.75/6 of wing centersection lower
90" Probe
forward
11, 1/8" Bolt Hole Probe Staveley Instruments Inspect bolt holes for cracks in
rear lower and
12,3~16" Bolt Hole Probe Staveley Inst~uments Inspect bolt holes for cracks In
rear lower and
Staveley instruments inspect bolt holes for cracks in

13, 5/32" Bolt Hole Probe
rear lower and
Nortec Staveley Instruments Verify screendeflection and

14. Eddy Current Standard
SPO-3932 cunent unit.
15,Eddy Current Standard Nortec TB-SI, Staveley Instruments Verify screen deflection and
Aluminum Test Block stock #190250 adjust eddy current unit.
with .020" electrical discharge or equivalent
machined notch
16, Bolt Hole Standard 2014-T6 Beech Aircraft Verify screen deflection and
with 118", 3118", and 5/32" size Aluminum Block I Corporation adjust eddy current unit
holes with EDM notches.020"
EC1006 Beech Aircraft Verify screen

tner ucdna
deflection
unit.
18, Eddy Current Surface Probe S/300 Hr 10 Staveley Instruments Inspect for cracks in the outboard
kHz~62 lower forward
2014-T6 Beech Aircraft Verify screen deflection and
19.Eddy Current Standard
Aluminum Test Block with Corporation adjust eddy current unit.
0,020" EDM Notch
20. Eddy Current P/100-500 kHzl Staveleylnstruments Inspect for cracks in the center
A/90.5/6 section lowerfonn~ard spat cap,
90" Probe
57-1 7-00
Page 2 B1
Dec 8/95
8EECH SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
CRACK INSPE CTION WING ATTACH FITTINGS AND CUTE CARD WING SPAR CAPS
NOTE
Chart 201 is applicable to airplane serials 88-2 thru 88-1157, 88-1 159 thru 88-1 166, 88-1 168 thru
88-1 1 92; 8T-1 thru 8T-30; 8L-I th ru 8L-72; 8N-1 th ru 8N-4 operated in the category of service for
which they were originally designed.
Airplanes which are operating in a category of service other than originally designed, and have Ray-
theon Aircraft Company engineering-approved mission p rofi I es, a re I isted under SPECIAL P U R-
POSE AIRPLANES in Chapter 4 of the 8eech Super King Air 200 Series Maintenance Manual (101-
590010-198) or in the applicable Pilot’s Manual Supplement.
201
B3 57-1 7-01 MayP;lggl:gZ~Page
Qeechcraft
Centurion NDT, Inc., 707 Remington Rd, Suit 9, Schaumburg, IL 60178

Phone: (708) 884-4949
Fax: (708) 884-8772
Ideal Specialty Co., 2531 E. Independence St., Tulsa, OK 74110-5359

Phone: (918) 834-1657
Staveley Instruments, 421 N. Quay, Kennewick, WA 99336

Phone: (509) 735-7550
Beach Aircraft Corporation, 9709 E. Central, P.O.Box 85, Wichita, KS 67201-0085

Phone: (316) 676-7111
57-17-00
Page 3
B1 Dec 8/95
BEECH SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
2,
2.
o lu yl I r I I 1/ ul o
or I I I I I I I I to
2,
UPPER WING SURFACE
2.
2. 3.
4
3,
00009R10 I I II I II ln_o lapoooo

oo oo
o e
2, LOWER WING SURFACE 2.

4 4
LA57E
972375AA
Chart 201 index Numbers

Figure 201
Page 202
May 28, 1999 57-1 7-01 83
SEECH SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
/WARNINGI
WARNING
Prior to reaching 10,000 hours in service, the LH outboard wing spar must be replaced on
airplane serials BE-2 thru BE-161 and the RH outboard wing spar must be replaced on seri-
a is B 8-2 th ru B B-l 49.
CHART 201
(BB-2 THRU 88-1157, BE-1159 THRU DR-1 166, BE-1168 THRU BE-1192;
ST-1 THRU BT-30; BL-l THRU BL-72; BN-l THRU BN-4)
Recurring Component
Index Inspection Area Inspection Possible Initial Inspection Replacement
No. Methods Findings inspection interval Schedule
1 O utboa rd wi ng panel Visual I C racks, 5 Yrs Annually Refe r to the

upper and lower spar corrosion Limitations
caps. I I I I Section of the
appropriate
Figure 202. 1 I I 1 1200/8200
Series Pilot’s
Operating
Handbook
2 1 All wing-attach fitting Magnified Cracks, 5 Yrs 5 Yrs None

flat su rfaces, vis u a I a nd co rros io n and
depressions, fluorescent mechanical
cou nte rbo res, bo it liquid damage
bo res and barre I n ut pe n et ra nt as
recesses. I specified
Figure 203.
3 1 Lower forward fitting Eddy cu rre nt Cracks 20,000 hrs 1 ,200 hrs None
cou nterbo res and
ba rre I n ut ho les.
Figure 204.
4 inconel wing bolts and Magnified Cracks and 5 Yrs 5 Yrs Refer to the
nuts. visual and mechanical Limitations
fluorescent damage Section of the
Figure 206, 207, 208, liquid I I I approp riate
209. pe net ra nt as I I I 200/B200
specified I I I I Series Pilot’s
Operating
Handbook
*Personnel performing the eddy current inspections referenced in this chart must meet, or exceed, level II
requirements of eddy current proficiency in compliance with MIL-STD-410E.
203
B3 57-1 7-01 May 28, 19 Page
BEECH SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND RE PAIR MANUAL
OUTBOA RD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK AND CORROSION INSPEC TION
Th e o utboa rd wi n g main spar cap must be inspected after the first 5 years of operation and evegl year thereafter.
IWARNING
WARNING
The entire upper and lower spar cap from the wing-attach fitting to the wing tip must be in-
spected,
NOTE
Special emphasis should be placed on airplanes that have been operated and/or stored for extend-
ed periods in areas where geographical location and atmospheric conditions are highly conductive
to co rros io n.
a. Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper and lower spar caps for any buildup of a whitish, saltlike non-
metallic substance indicative of corrosion. If any buildup is detected during the visual inspection, the area should be
thoroughly inspected. Do not interpret wax or paint that may be trapped between the edge of the skin and the ex-
posed section of the spar cap as corrosion residue.
b. Wash all exterior surfaces of the upper and lower spar caps by normal cleaning procedures.
c. Visually inspect
all exterior surfaces of the upper and lower spar caps for paint blisters, raised areas and/or un-
evenness and cracks in the metal. The spar caps are extruded flat surfaces and any of these manifestations may
I indicate an area of corrosion. A thorough inspection of any suspect area must be performed. See Figure 202.
NOTE
Areas of unevenness and/or raised areas on the spar caps may be detected by sliding the fingers
over the surface, by moving a straightedge overthe surface, or by sighting down the length of the
spar cap.
d. If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be resolved locally, contact the Raytheon Aircraft Technical Sup-
port Department fo r co ns u itat ion.
May 28, 199957-1 7-01 83

BEECH SU PER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND R E PAI R MAN UAL

BOX SECTION SKIN IN SPECTED FOR INDICATORS OF POSSIB LE
SPAR CAP IN ONE AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR
o
CRACKS
THE INDICATORS ARE CAUSE FOR FURT HER
O
INVESTIGATION
o o~-=-
RAISED AREAS
,o
o O
O
S~iC´• O
,~o o
Q O
o
LEADING
EDGE SKIN
PAINT BLISTER J~ THIS RIVET PATTERN WILL VARY

C958B57E1374
Outboard Wing Panel Spar Inspection

Figure 202
WING BOL T, NUT A ND SPA R FI T~ING INSPECTION
NOTE
The following inspections are applicable to Model 200 Serials BE-2 thru BB-l 157, BE-1159 thru BB-
1 1 66, BB-l 1 68 thru BE-1 1 92; BT-1 thru BT-30; BL-I th ru BL-72; and BN-1 thru BN-4.
IwnRNINal
WARNING
AIleight wing bolts must be removed and each of the wing-attach fittings inspected. The
wing bolts and nuts must be inspected or replaced as directed in Chart 201.
Render unserviceable all components removed in compliance with the time limitations
shown in Chart 201.
New win g-attach components must be obtained only from Raytheon Aircraft or a Raytheon
Aircraft-approved source.
Befo re removi n g any of the wing-attach bolts, e nsu re that the wi ng is p rope rly s u ppo rted to preve nt shifti ng. D raw
a line across each pair of fittings with a grease pencil to aide alignment of the wing, if required.
Page 205
B3 57I17-01 May 28, 1999
BEECH SUP ER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND R E PAI R MAN UAL
I CAUTION I
DO NOT SCRATCH OR SCRIBE THE NTTINGS.
If(while using hand-pressure only) wing-attach-bolt binding occurs upon disengagement or installation, loosen the
remaining three bolts and reposition the wing to release binding of the bolt. If the wing fittings are separated or re-
positioned, the aluminum washers between each of the upper wing-attach fittings must be replaced with new alumi-
num washers. Replacement of these washers will not be required if wing-attach bolts can be removed one at a time.
The preload indicating washer assembly at the lower forward attach point must be re placed with a new assembly
each time the wing bolt is loosened or removed.
NOTE
Ensu re that the radiused washers used at the wi ng -attac h points have a full radius with no sharp
edges that could mark the attach fittings. Replace any imperfect washers.
LOWER FO RWA R D WI N G BO LT, N UT AN D FITTING INSPECTION
LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT INSPECTION
a. Remove each lower forward-wing-attach bolt, preload indicating washer assembly and barrel nut assembly. Us-
I ing anonmetallic brush, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and washers with solvent (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
The barrel nut must be disassembled before the inspection can be performed. This may be accom-
plished by moving one of the roll pins flush with the inside of the cradle and removing the nut. See
I Figure 203.
b. If the bolts and nuts have not reached their life limit, visually inspect the wing-attach bolts and nuts with a 10X
or stronger magnifying glass for cracksor mechanical damage. Scratches and markings in the cadmium plating, and
or localized deterioration of the cadmium plating is not sufficient reason to reject a bolt. The cadmium plating may
be discolored and may have areas exhibiting a rubbed or polished appearance, usually resulting from the installation
procedures. If cracks or mechanical damage is detected, replace the component.
c. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect each inconel wing bolt and nut las outlined in Chapter 20-00-00). If the bolts
and nuts prove to be free of cracks and mechanical damage, they may be reused after cleaning. Assemble the nuts
I into the cradles as shown in Figure 203.
LOWER FORWARDWI N G-ATTAC H-FITTIN G I N S P ECTI ON S
WING A TTA CH FITTING-FIVE YEAR FLUORESCENT LIQUID PENETRANT INSPECTION
I a. Clean the spar fittings and bolt bores with solvent (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Do not strip the epoxy paint
from this area.
b. Fluorescent
liquid penetrant inspect the complete surface of each fitting for condition las instructed in Chapter
20-00-00); focus
special attention at the washer-seat and bolt-bore areas. If cracks, scoring, corrosion pitting or
washer impressions are discovered, contact the Raytheon Aircraft Technical Support Department for consultation.
Page
20657-1 7-01 B3
BEECH SU P ER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MAN UAL
c. fitting is satisfactory, recoat the bolt bore and washer/nut bearing faces
If the of the fitting with coating (3, Chart
201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for approximately five minutes.
d. After the dwell time has elapsed, wash the coated areas with water and blow dry (do not wipe dry).
e. Paint the treated areas of the washer seat with primer (4, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and allow to dry.
NOTE
If the Eddy Current inspections are due at this time, skip the remaining steps in this inspection. If
not, proceed with the remaining steps.
f. Coat thespar-fitting bolt bores and washer/nut bearing faces, the complete bolt, nut, and new preload-indicating
washer assembly with corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
IWARNINO)
WARNING
Pay particular attention to the preload indicating washer assembly. It is a matched set and
its components must not be interchanged with other preload indicating washer assemblies.
It is essential that the radiused outside diameter of the flat washer portion of the preload-
indicating washer assembly be placed with the radius toward the fitting washer-seat. See
Figure 206 for proper washer orientation.
g. Install a wing-attach bolt, new preload-indicating washer assembly, and barrel nut assembly into the wing fitting.
NUT CRADLE
LUBRICATION FITTING
NUT
ROLL PIN .040 INCH

(80691CF-1216)
.060 INCH
(80691CF-1612)
CAUTION

MATCH CONTOUR CRADLE
NUT HOLE IN THE SPAR IF NOT REPLACE NUT
C95B857E1375 C
Barrel N ut Assem bly

Figure 203
Page 207
B3 57-1 7-01 May 28, 1999
BEECH SU PER KI NG AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MAN UAL
NOTE
When installing a barrel nut assembly, ensure that the lubrication fitting is accessible.
h. Do not
tighten the lower forward wing-attach bolt at this time. Temporarily snug it down to approximately 1,200
inch-pounds.
COUNTERBORE AND BARREL NUT HOLE EDDY CURRENT INSPECTIONS
NOTE
This inspection is mandatory when the airframe has accru ed 20,000 hou rs and m u st be re peate d
at 1 ,200 he u r i nte rvals th e reafte r.
Clean the counterbore area of the wing fitting with solvent (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Perform the following eddy
current inspections with equipment setup as instructed in Chapter 20-00-00.
INSPE CTION AREAS
I FIGU RE 204
IN BOARD WING (CE NTER SECTION) LOWER FORWARD FITTINGS
The center of the counterbore radius located at the bottom of the wing bolt counterbore.
The tangent of the counterbore radius at the side of the wing bolt counterbore, where the radius intersects
the cou nterbore wall.
The wing bolt counterbore wall, from the tangent intersection with the counterbore radius to a distance 1/4-
inch inboard.
a. Counterbore Radius Center With the eddy current instrument and flex shaft probe (P/N 6270-3 1.68) setup
as described in
Chapter 20-00-00, insert the probe into the counterbore. With the probe coil in contact with the sur-
face of the center section cou nterbore radius, slowly rotate the probe through mu itiple 360" revelutions wh ile ob-
serving the meter. Downscale movement of the indicator may signify a crack.
NOTE
On the lower side of the counterbore, the counterbore wall is interrupted by the cutout for the bath-
tub section of the wing fitting. Deflection of the indicator will occur as the probe coil passes across
the i nte rru pted area.
b. Tangent of Counterbore radius Insert the (P/N 6270-4 1.68) probe into the counterbore. With the probe coil
in contact with the surface of the counterbore wall at the tangent of the counterbore radius, slowly rotate the probe
th rou gh multiple 360" revolutions while observing the meter. Downscale movement of the indicator may be indica-
tive of cracking.
NOTE
tub section of thewing fitting. Deflection of the indicator will occur as the probe coil passes across
the interrupted area.
Page
57-17-01 B3
BEECH SU PER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
TANGENT OF THE COUNTERBORE

RADIUS AT THE
SIDE OF THE COUNTERBORE
CENTER OF THE
COUNTERBORE RAOIUS
A
TAN GENT OF THE RADIUS LOWER FORWARD FITTING CENTER SECTION
--~L RADIUS CTR
THE COUNTERBORE WALL FROM

THE RADIUS TANGENT TO
1/4 INCH INBOARD
LOWER FORWARD FITTING OUTBOARD WING
COUNTERBORE FACE
___J
DETAIL A
LJ57E972 127 C
Lower Forward Wing Fitting Eddy Current Inspections

Figure 204
Page 209
B3 57-1 7-01 May 28, 1999
c. Counterbore Wall inboard of the Radius Tangent Fabricate four 1/16-inch-thick washer-type
spacers of
phenolic, cardboard or some other non-metallic substance, shaped to fit over the end of the probe (P/N 6270-4 1 .68)
and rest against the surf ace that contacts the counterbore face. Place one of the washers on the end of the
probe
and insert the probe into the counterbore. With the probe coil in contact with the counterbore wall,
slowly rotate the
probe through multiple 360" revolutions while observing the meter’s indicator. Repeat this step, successively adding
one spacer to the end of the probe, until the inspection is complete with a total of fou r
spacers. Downscale movement
of the indicator may be indicative of cracking.
NOTE
tub section of thewing fitting. Deflection of the indicator will occur as the probe coil passes across
the interrupted area.
OUTBOARD WING FITTING INSP ECTIONS
Locations on the lower forward outboard wing fitting that require eddy current inspection are:
The center of the radius at the bottom of the barrel nut hole.
The tangent where the radius at the bottom of the barrel nut hole intersects the bottom face of the hole.
a. Barrel Nut Hole Bottom Radius Center with the eddy current instrument and (P/N 6270 1.55) probe setup
as described inChapter 20-00-00, insert the probe into the barrel nut hole. With the probe coil in contact with the
ce nter of the hole bottom radius, slowly rotate the probe
through mu iti pie 360" revolutions while monitoring the
meter. Down scale movement of the indicator may be indicative of cracking.
b. Tangent of the Radius at the Barrel Nut Hole Bottom Utilizing the equipment set up as in the previous step,
insert the probe (P/N 6270-1 1.55) into the barrel nut hole. With the probe coil in contact with the surface of the tan-
gent of the radius at the bottom of the hole, slowly rotate the probe through multiple 360" revolutions while monitor-
ing the meter. Downscale movement of the indicator may be indicative of cracking.
NOTE
If any crack indications are noted during the eddy current inspections, contact the Raytheon Aircraft
Technical Support Department for consultation.
c. If the fitting eddy current inspection

results are acceptable, coat the spar fitting bolt bores and washer/nut bear-
ing faces,THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT AND NEW PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER ASSEMBLY with corrosion
I preventive compound (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
IWARNINO)
WARNING
Pay particular attention to the preload indicating washer assembly. It is a matched set and
its components must not be interchanged with other preload indicating washer assemblies.
It is essential that the radiused outside diameter of the flat washer portion of the
preload in-
dicating washer assembly be placed with the radius toward the fitting washer-seat. See Fig-
I ure 206 for proper orientation.
d. Install a wing-attach bolt, new preload indicating washer assembly and barrel nut assembly into the wing fitting.
May 28, 57-17-01 B3

BE ECH SU P E R KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MAN UAL
NOTE
When installing barrel nut assemblies, ensure that the lubrication fittings are accessible.
e. Tighten the bolts as instructed, in this chapter under Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure.
UPPER FORWAR D, U P PE R AND LOWER AFT WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INS PE CTION
CAUTION t
I CAVTION
When removing an upper forward or upper aft wing bolt, ensure that the wing is suppo~fed in a man-
ner which will
preclude the possibility of any movement of the upper wing-attach fittings.
a. Remove only one bolt at a time for inspection. After the inspection is performed, replace and torque the bolt as
specified in the applicable illustration before removing another bolt. Refer to Figure 207, 208 or 209. 1
b. Remove an upper forward, upper rear, or lower aft wing attachment bolt, nut and washers. When a fastener is
loosened, ensure that the radius on the outer circumference of each washer adjacent to the wing attachment fitting
in the outer wing panel and in the wing center section is facing the radius in the end of the wing fitting recess (does
not apply to P/N MS2OO02 or NAS143 washers). If a radius is not oriented as shown in the applicable illustration,
co ntactthe Raytheon Aircraft Technical Support Department for consultation. Refer to Figure 207, 208 or 209. If I
properly oriented, proceed with the remainder of these steps.
NOTE
The barrel nut must be disassembled before the inspection can be performed. This may be accom-
plished by moving one of the roll pins flush with the inside of the cradle and removing the nut.
c. Clean the spar fittings and bolt bores with solvent (1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Do not strip the epoxy paint
I
from this area. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter 20-00-00) the entire visible surf ace of
the flat surfaces, depressions, washer-seat areas and bolt bore areas for cracks, scoring, corrosion pit-
wing fitting
ting or washer
impressions. If these conditions are discovered during the inspection contact the Raytheon Ai re raft
Technical Support Department for consultation. If the fitting is satisfactory, recoat the bolt bore and washer/nut bear-
ing faces of the fitting with coating (3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for five minutes. After the I
dwell time has elapsed, wash the coated areas with water and blow dry with air (do not wipe dry). Paint the treated
areas with primer (4, Chart 201, 91-00-00) and allow to dry.
I
d. If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their
specified life limit, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and washers with sol-
ve nt (1 or 2, Chart 201 91-00-00) and inspect for cracks and mechanical damage with a 1 OX or stronger magnifying I
glass. Scratches and markings in the cadmium plating, and/or localized deterioration of the cadmium plating is not
sufficient reason to reject a bolt. The cadmium plating may be discolored and may have areas exhibiting a rubbed
or polished appearance, usually resulting from the installation procedures. If mechanical damage or cracks are
found, replace the affected component.
e. Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect each wing bolt and nut las outlined in Chapter 20-00-00). If the bolts and
nuts prove to be free of cracks and mechanical damage, they may be reused after cleaning.
f. Coat the spar fittings, bolt bores and washer/nut bearing faces and THE COMPLETE BOLT, WASH ER AND
N UT with co rros io n preventive compound (5, Chart 201 91 -OO-O0).
1
211
83 57-1 7-01 May 28, 19 Page
BEECH SU P E R KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MAN UAL
I CAUTION
CAVTIOFI 1
ENSURE THA T THE WING BOLT WRENCH DOES NOT BOTTOM OUT AGAINST THE WING
FITTING. THIS COULD RESUL T IN ERRONEOUS TORQUE REA DINGS AND FITTING DAM-
AGE.
g. Install the wing bolt, washer and nut and torque the nuts (bolt at the upper forward attach point) to the proper
torque as specified in the applicable illustration. Refer to Figure 207, 208 or 209. After torquing the upper forward
I bolt, app ly co rros io n preventive compound (5, Chart 201 91-00-00) to the lubrication fitting on the upper forward
barrel nut assembly. Use a good quality grease gun and an Aiemite grease nozzle (P/N 314150). Apply the corrosion
preventive compound until one of the following conditions is met:
Corrosion preventive compound emerges from the locking portion of the barrel nut assembly.
The fitting will not accept corrosion p reventive compou nd after several actuations of the grease gun.
NOTE
I Coat the exposed threads which protrude through the nuts with corrosion preventive compound (5,
Chart 201, 91-00-00).
h. Prior to installation of the wing bolt covers, ensure that the drain holes in the upper forward and aft fittings are
unobstructed and can drainfreely.
LOWER FORWARD WING BOLT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE
IWARN INO(
WARNING
The lower forwa rd wing-attach bolts wh ich

were not tightened after the lower forward bolt,
nut and fitting inspection, should be tightened at this time. Remove any wing support before
tightening the lower forward wing-attach bolt.
I cnuTloN
CAUTION 1
TO PREVENT FITTING DAMA GE, ENSURE THA T THE WING BOL T WRENCH DOES NOT BOT-
TOM OUTAGAINST THE WING FITTING.
NOTE
Refer to Chart 202, WING BOLT TOO LS, for wi ng bo it too I id ent ificatio n.
I a. To tighten the lower forward wing-attach bolts, insert the pin of the tool shown in Figure 205 into one of the holes
in the outer ring of the preload indicating washer assembly and rotate the ring back and forth while tightening the
bolt. The bolt is tight when the outer ring of the preload indicating washer assembly can no longer be tu med using
1 30 ~1;5 pounds tangential force applied to the ring as shown in Figure 205. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE BOLT BEYOND
THIS POINT.
Pa ge 21
y28,
aM2 1999 57-1 7-01 B3
SEECH SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND RE PAIR MANUAL
b. After tightening the lower forward wing-attach bolt, apply corrosion preventive compou nd (5, Chart 201 91 -00-
00) to the barrel nut lubrication fitting. Use a good quality grease gun and an Alemite grease nozzle (P/N 314150).
Apply the corrosion preventive compound until one of the following conditions is met:
Corrosion preventive compou nd emerges from the locking portion of the wing-attach bolt.
The fitting will not accept corrosion preventive compound after several actuations of the grease gun.
c. Coat the exposed threads which protrude through the nuts with corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart 201,
91-00-00).
WHEN 30 +5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL FORCE

WILL NO LONGER MOVE THE INDICATOR RING
ON THE PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER, THE
BOLT IS TIGHT. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE
BOLT BEYOND THIS POINT
C958857E2532 C
Lower Forward Wing Bolt Tightening Procedure
Figure 205
Page 213
83 57-1 7-01 May 28, 1999
WING BOL T MAINTENA NCE
a. At the first scheduled normal airplane inspection las designated by the Beech Super King Air 200 Series Main-
tenance Manual) after the bolts have been loosened and retorqued or after initial installation, check the bolts for
proper torque. Refer to Figures 207, 208, and 209. Check the preload indicating washer at the lower forward attach
poi nt. Refe r to Figure 205 for the p ro pe r c hecki ng procedure.
b. Concurrent with the bolt torque check and annually thereafter, inject corrosion preventive compound (5, Chart
201, 91-00-00) into the barrel nut lubrication fittings with a Alemite grease nozzle (P/N 314150). Inject the compound
I until one of the following conditions are met:
Corrosion preventive compound emerges from the locking portion of the barrel nut.
The fitting will not accept corrosion preventive compound after several actions of the grease gun.
threads which
.exposed
Coat the protrude through the nuts with corrosion Chart
I
c.
)00- 00-19preventive
,1 compound (5,
02
d. Prior to installing the wing bolt covers, ensure that the drain holes in the upper fittings are unobstructed and can
drai n free ly.
CHART 202
WING BO LT TOOLS
BE-2 THRU BE-1 1 57, B B-1 159 TH RU B B-i 1 66, B B-l 168 TH R U B B-l 1 92;
BT-l THRU BT-30; BL-l TH RU BL-72; BN-l THRU BN-4
POSITION BOLT PART WRENCH PART N UT PA RT N UT TO R QU E

UPPER FORWARD 81784-1 2-32 TS1176-6 80691 CF-1 216 None

or (ba rre I n ut)
VCC0025
LOWER FORWARD 81784-16-44 50-590014 80691-1612 None

or or (barrel nut)
VCC0028 a 1 1 /1 6- i nch
box-end wre nch with
a 40- i nch exte nsi on
UPP ER AND 81 786-1 0-20 TS 1222-5 81783-1 018 TS1176-11

LOWER REAR or or
VCN0018 50-590012
May 28, 199957-1 7-01 B3


WING BOLT WRENCHES AND
WING FITTING POSITION WITH RADIUS POSITION WITH THE WING FITTING
OUTBOARD AGAINST RADIUS IN COUNTERSINK AGAINST CENTER SECTION
THE WING FITTING THE BOLT HEAD RADIUS
80691CF-1612 OR
BARREL NUT LUBRICATION VCC0028 BOLT
ASSEMBLY FITTING
101-380024-1
PRELOAD INDICATING
WASHER ASSEMBLY
80LT TIGHTENING PROCEDURE: COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT NUT WASHER ASSEMBLY AND WING
FITTING BOLT BORES WITH MIL-C-16173 GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. TIGHTEN
THE BOLT WHILE APPLYING ATANGENTIAL FORCE OF 30t-5 POUNDS TO THE INDICATOR RING OF
THE PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER. AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 204. NO FURTHER WRENCHING SHOULD
BE APPLIED TO THE BOLT WHEN 30+5 POUNDS OF TANGENTIAL FORCE WILL NO LONGER MOVE
THE INDICATOR RING. THE 101-380024-1 PRELOAD INDICATING WASHER IS NOT TO BE REUSED
AFTER ONCE BEING LOADED. AFTER TIGHTENING THE BOLT. USE A HIGH QUALITY GREASE GUN
AND AN ALEMITE P/N 314150 GREASE NOZZLE TO INJECT MIL-C-ibi73 GRADE 2 INTO THE
LUBRICATION FITTING ON THE BARREL NUT AND COAT THE EXPOSED THREADS WITH CORROSION
P RE VE NT I VE COMPOUND
C958857E1749
Figure 206
Page 215
B3 57-1 7-01 May 28, 1999
80691CF-1216
NAS578-12B BARREL NUT
LUBRICATION
RETAINER ASSEMBLY
FITTING
´•101-10001 I-i WASHER
81784-12-32 OR
VCC0025 BOLT
WING FITTING DRAIN 101-110023-3 WING FITTING DRAIN

OUTBOARD HOLE WASHER CENTER SECTION
HOLE
WASHER. AND WING FITTING BOLT BORES WITH MIL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORRO-
SION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. AFTER TORQUING THE BOLT USE A HIGH QUALITY
GREASE GUN AND AN ALEMITE P/N 314150 GREASE NOZZLE TO INJECT MII-C-
16173. GRADE 2 INTO THE LUBRICATION FITTING IN THE BARREL NUT AND
COAT THE EXPOSED THREADS WITH CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.
POSITION THE 101-100011-1 WASHER WITH THE COUNTERSINK AGAINST THE

BOLT HEAD RADIUS AND THE OUTER RADIUS AGAINST THE RADIUS IN THE WING
FITTING CHECK THE WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONT IN UOUS OUTER RADIUS.

QI
CAUTION

C958857E1748

Figure 207
Page 216
May 28, 1999 57-1 7-01 B3
BEECH SU PER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AN D REPAIR MANUAL
´•90-1 1 0032- 1 WASHER POSITION WITH

RADIUS TOWARD THE WING FITTINGI
35-105111-3 WASHER
(INSTALL WITH COUNTERSINK
TOWARD BOLT HEAD)
81783-1018 1, I I I I 1 81786-10-20 OR
NUT IL_1/ I I I I ~e VCNOO 18 BOLT
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD
´•´•MS20002-IO
WASHER
WING FITTING
DRAIN 101-110023-1 DRAIN CENTER SECTION
HOLE WASHER HOLE
BOLT TORQUE: I 1 80 10 1 300 INCH-POUNDS COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT

AN MS20002- IO WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE RADIUS ED

CAUTION

C958857E1747
Figure 208
Page 217
B3 57I 17-01 May 28, 1999
BEECH SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MAN UAL

´•90-1 1 0032- 1 WASHER POSITION WITH

RADIUS TOWARD THE WING FITTING)
´•35-1051 1 1-3 WASHER
TOWARD BOLT HEAD)
81783-1018 81786-10-20 OR
NUT VCN0018 BOLT
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD I WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
MS20002-10
WASHER
BOLT TORQUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT,
WASHERS WING FITTING BOLT BORES AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND [5, CHART 201, 91-00-00).
CHE CK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONT I NUOU S OUTER RAD IUS
AN MS20002- IO WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE RADIUSED
OETAIL A
BB57E
991224AA

Figure 209
Page 218
May 28, 1999 57-1 7-01 B3
Raytheon Aircraft
8EECH SUPER K1NG AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
CAPS
NOTE: This chart Is applicable to airplane serials 8B-1158, 88-1167, BE-1193 and after; 8L-73 and CHART 201
after; 8N-5 and after, and 87-31 and after operated in the category of service for which they were STANDARD FLIGHT PROFILE
originally designed, INSPECTION SCHEDULE
9, WARNING: Personnel performing the eddy current inspections referenced in this chart must meet, or
3 10 2.
2. exceed, level II requirements of eddy
B 8
current proficiency in compliance with MIL-STD-410E.
10
Index Inspection Area I pig Inspection Possible Initial Recurring Component

O a_nlllll I I Illlln, o o No. Methods findings Inspection I Inspection Replacement
I I j I I I intervals Schedule
3 Center section lower i 204 i Eddy current Cracks 18,000 hrs 1 3,000 hrs None
4 forward
5
7 6 7 4 Center section belly 205 Eddycurrent Cracks j 22,500 13,000 hrs None
6 LOWER
I I, skin
12 12
5 Center section lower 1206 i
aft seat cap I I Ihrs
6 Center section iwr 207 1 Eddy current Cracks 27,000 hrs 1,500 hrs None
aft soar
ii.
12 12
7 IOutboard wing 208 1 Eddy current Cracks 27,000 hrs /1,j00 hrs None
8
panel, aft spar,
B
lower fitti
a Outboard wing panel (209 IVisuai Cracksand Syrs Annually Refer to Chapter 4
h~ P YI i ’1 I 1~ 4 d upper and lower corrosion of the 6200 Series
main spar caps I I I I I Ihnaintenance
PI II I I I I I i_ JP
Manual
(101-590010-19)
9 Lower forward main 211 Visual Cracks, 5 yrs 5 L.rs None
spar clevis fittings corrosion
I I I. and
12 12 c
mechanical
UPPER
dam
10 Lower forward wing 211 Not applicable Not Not Not Refer to Chapter 4
index Inspection Area Fig Inspection Possible Initial
Recurring Component bolt applicable applicable applicable of the 5200 Series
No, Methods findings Inspection Inspection Repracement Maintenance
Intervals Schedule Manual
1 Lower forward (main (202 Visual and Cracks 15,000 hrs 6,000 hrs None
(101-590010-19)
spar) lugs fluorescent or j yrs, If IFlat surfaces, 212, IVisual and Cracks, S yrs 5 yrs None
iTquid penetrant whichever
depressions, 213, Iffuorescent corrosion,
occurs first
counterbores, and 214 liquid penetrantland
2 Outboard wing 203 Eddycurrent Cracks 15,000 hrs 13,000 hrs None bolt bores at the mechanical
panel, lower, forward upper forward, upper damage
soar cap and lower aft wing
P/N 101-110085
points
68-1542 and after,
BL-141 and after,
12 IWing 8olts at the 212, IVisual and Cracksand Syrs J yrs Refer to Chapter 4
and earlier serials upper forward, upper 1 213, 1 fluorescent mechanical of the 5200 Series
and lower aft wing 214 1 liquid penetrant damage Maintenance
incorporating this
joining points I i I I I IManual
spar cap
(101-590010-19
57-1 7a2
Page 201
82
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
CHECK THE UPPER AFT NUT

FOR 1180 TO 1300

CHECK THE LOWER AFT NUT

FOR 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS
OF TORQUE
4, 1
DETAfL B
c,
z----, I
--J
r
Ir
"ooo 40 o~
IT WILL NOT 8E NECESSARY

TO CHECK THE NUT TORaUE
AT THIS POINT
DETAIL A
C

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57´•1 742
Page 202
82
Sep 10/97
Raytheon Aircraft
REPAIR MANUAL
BEECH SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND
At the first scheduled normal airplane inspection las designated by

the Beech Super King Air 200 Series Mainte- I
loosened and retorqued or after installation, check the bolts far proper
nance Manual) after the bolts have been
torque as shown in the illustration.
NOTE
It will not be necessary to perform a torque check on the lower fonnrard bolt used in the
clevis fitting.
NOTE
The 314150 grease noule required for the following step may be obtained from Ray-
theon Aircraft or a Raytheon Aircraft approved vendor.
Grade 2 corrosion preven-
a. Concurrent with the bolt torque check and annually thereafter, inject MIL-C-16173
tive compound into the barrel nuts with a 314150 grease noael and a grease gun capable of approximately
into the banel nut fitting until one of the following con-
20,000 psi injection pressure. injectthe compound grease
ditions is met:
which protrudes through
Corrosion preventive compound emerges from the threaded portion of the wing bolt
The fitting will additional corrosion preventive compound after several actuations of the grease
accept no
Qun,
b. Coat the exposed threads which protrude through the nuts with MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive
compound.
wing bolt removed, inspect the fittings to ensure that the
c, After maintenance and anytime the upper covers are

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-17-02
Page 203
B2 Sep 10197
Raytheon Aircraft
CEI\ITER
SECTION
SPAR
"a I~
’e"~ a
a
´•o
WING
,oo~
w.S. SPAR
i os. oo
SMEAR W.S.
0_
a a
FITTING 121.8
Q~Q a
a
ELEMENTS A
LUG INSPECTION
FLUORESCENT LIOUID W.S.

SMEAR 135.00
PENETRANT INSPECT THE
FITTING
FACES AND ACCESSIBLE EDGES
ELEMENTS
QF EACH OF THE 5 LUGS.
a, The inspection intervals shown in Chart 201 are valid for aircraft serials BE-1335 and after, BT-34 and after,
BL-133 and after, BN-5 and after, and all prior serials which have been inspected and had bushings replaced by
kit 101-4050-1 or 101-4050-3 The installation of the kits must performed at, or prior to 9500 hrs of airframe time.
NOTE
If the history of the wing structure cannot be verified or if the bushings have not been
replaced, contact the Customer Support Department of Raytheon Aircraft Company for
consuitation.
b, Detach the wing as detailed in Chapter 57 of the Beech Super King Air 200 Sen’es Maintenance Manual.
c, Thoroughly clean the lugs with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00), and fluo-
rescent liquid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter 20-00-00) the forward and aft faces of each of the fitting
lugs,
d. If any mechanical damage or cracks are found during the inspection, contact the Customer Support Depart-
ment of Raytheon Aircraft.
a, If the fittings are satisfactory after inspection, reinstall the wing.
NOTE
The bolts washers and nuts at the lower forward attach points must be replaced with
Main Spar Lower Fitting Lugs at the Bolt Bore
Figure 202
57´•1 7-02
Page 204
82
Sep 10/91
Raytheon Aircraft
SUSPECTED CRACK AFT EDGE OF WS 135.00

LOCATION FWD SKIN
WS 291.74
FORWARD MAIN
I
SPAR/ A
FWD EDGE OF
AFT SKIN
BOTTOM VIEW OF RIGHT WING
EDDY-CURRENT SURFACE PROBE

P/N S300 Ht-lO kHz/.62
VIRIA-A
a. Clean the spar cap with naptha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
The following settings for the Nortec 198 eddy current unit (refer to 7 Chart 1,
are
57-17-00). Other instruments should be set up to obtain a minimum 10% screen deflec-
tion when scanning the reference standard.
b. Set the eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq) 1.5 kHz, Horizontal Decibels (HdB) 59.0, Vertical
Decibels OldB) 82.5, Phase Rotation (Rot) 101, Probe Drive (P Drive) High, Low Pass Filter (LPF) 25.
c, Check the eddy current unit set up against the eddy current standard (refer to 17, Chart 1, 57-17-00) to verify
a minimum 10% screen deflection. If not, adjust the unit as required to obtain a 10% screen deflection.
d. Slide the eddy current surface probe (refer to 18, Chart 1, 57-17-00) along the forward and aft edges of the
outboard wing panel lower spar cap for its entire length from WS 135.0 to WS 291.74. The probe should be on
the flat portion of the spar close to the forward skin when scanning the forward edge and close to the aft skin when
scanning th~ aft edge. The edge of the probe should be even with the edge of the spar flat and must not overlap
onto the hinge area. The suspect cracks will run forward to aft or aft to forward.
e. Report any crack indications to the Customer Support Department of Raytheon Aircraft Company.
Outboard Lower Forward Spar Cap Eddy Current Inspection

Figure 203
57-17-92
Page 205
82 Sep 10/97
SUPER KING A1R 200 SERIES
WS 88.69
WS 117.31
LOOKING UP Af THE BOTTOM

INSPECT THIS AREA

FOR CRACKS AFT SIDE I-IU FWD SIDE
EDDY CURRENT
PROBE
MAIN SPAR
FRONT SPAR
EDDY’ LOWER CAP
EDDY
CURRENT CURRENT
PROBE PROBE
LWS 109.0 TO RWS 109.0
vmB
vlpwA
WHEELWELL SKIN
SLIDE PROBE
ALONG THIS
SURFACE
INSPECTION OF AREA COVERED 8Y WHEELWELL SKIN
Center Section Lower Forward (Main) Spar Cap Inspection

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 204
57-1 7-02
Page 206
Dec 8/95 B1
Raytheon Aircraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
SEECH SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION
NOTE
88-1193
Kit No. 101-1200-1 must be installed on airplane serials 88-1158, 88-1187,
8L-124 thru 8L-141; and 8T-31 thru BT-38 pn’or to conducting this
thru 88-1512;
inspection,
Remove the ten screws and the left and right inboard nacelle access panels from the airplane to inspect the
a.
lower main spar.

with naptha methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart
b. Clean all dirt and grease from the inspection area or
201, 91-00-00),
NOTE
Chart 1,
following settings are for a Nortec 198 eddy current unit (refer to 7,
The
be set to obtain minimum 10% screen deflec-
57-17-00). Other instruments should up a
notch the eddy current standard aluminum test block

tion when scanning the EDM on
(refer to 15, Chart 1, 57-17-00) or equivalent).

Set the Eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq) 100.0 kHz, Horizontal Decibels (HdS) 73,2, Verti-
c,
cal Decibels (Vdb) 81.1, Phase Rotation (Rot) 251, Probe Drive (P Drive) Low, Lov~ Pass Filter (LPF) 30.
current standard aluminum test black and adjust

d, Verifythe eddy current unit settings on the notch in the eddy
the unit to obtain a minimum 10% screen deflection.
Chart 1, 57-17-0) along the
e, lower spar cap by slowly sliding the eddy current probe (refer to 20,
Inspect the
forward and aft edge of the lower spar cap for its entire length from left wing station (LWS) 109.0 to right wing
be close to the forward skin when scanning the forward edge and close
station (RWS) 109.0. The probe should
to the´•aft skin when scanning the aft edge.
from WS 88.69 to WS 117.31. Using the
f, Inspect the area in the left and right inboard and outboard keel area
the forward and aft edge of the lower spar cap and slide the
90D probe (refer to 20, Chart i, 57-17-00) inspect
probe around the fasteners in the vertical flange.
covered by the skin attach angle, the inspection can be periormed by sliding a
g. For the 1/2-inch area which is
the spar lower flange edge from both
900 probe (refer to 9, Chart 1, 57-17-00) along the forward and aft edge of
cracks the lower flange will propagate in a forward and aft direction.
the inboard and outboard side. Suspect on
will in and down direction.

Suspect cracks in the vertical flange run an up
h. If any crads are indicated durmg

craft Company.
the inspection, comactthe CusMler Support Dspamnent
of Raylheon Aii-
I
I, Install the left and right inboard nace’lle access panels and secure with ten screws.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 204
57-17-02
Page 207
B2
Sep 10~97
aeechcraft
TEST STANDARD
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
NORTEC SPO-3932
---r SCAN DIRECTION
000000
POSITION PROBE HERE FOR NULL

HOLE #9
HOLE #I
tPX~M7Bc?J35 C
NOTE
The following settings are for a Nortec 19E eddy current unit (refer to 7, Chart 1,
57-17-00). Other instruments must be calibrated to obtain similar results for second
layer crack detection. Minor adjustments of the following parameters may be necessary
to optimize this test.
a. Set the eddy current ~nit (refer to 7, Chart 1, 57-17-00) as follows: Frequency (Freq) 2.0 kHz; Horizontal
Decibels (HdB) =52.0; Vertical Decibels (Vdb) 60.9; Phase Rotation (Rot) 220"; Probe Drive (P Drive) High;
Low Pass Frequency (LPF) 30; High Pass Frequency 0.
b. Check the setup against the Nortec eddy current calibration standard (refer to 1 4, Chart 1, 57-17-00) as fol-
lows:
Position the standard with the identification number at the upper RH corner. Positioned in this manner, riv-
ets No, 1 and No. 7 will not have EDM notches.
Position the probe (refer to 8, Chart 1, 57-17-00) between the No. 1 and No. 2 fasteners on the test stan-
dard and null the instrument. The green arrow on the probe should be near fastener No. 2 and the red arrow
should be near fastener No. 1.
Scan the standard in the direction of the green arrow from left of the No. 1 fastener.
Center Section Belly Skin

(Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 205
57-17-02
Page 208
Dec 8/95 B1
Qeed~craft
i~ts
NUMBERS CORRESPOND TO SIGNAL RE~PONSE FROM
CORFIESPONDING FASTENER IN REFERENCE
STANDARD SPO-3932
#2 t3
tl #7
the eddy cunent unit shown. Adjust the instrument as

c. The second layer EDM notches should register on as
required to obtain optimum indications.

(Sheet 2 of 3)
Figure 205
57-17-02
Page 209
Dec 8/95
B1
Raytheon Aircraft
WS 88.69
FWD SPAR
FS 190.60
AFT SPAR
FS 227.00
WING WING
STATION STATION
29.06 29.06
LOOKING UP AT THE BOTTOM

SIDE OF THE CENTER SECTION CENTER SECTION OUTER
BELLY SKIN SKIN
LOWER
FUSELAGE OUTBOARD 10 f ’3’
SKIPI
,I
)I
SKIN POSSIBLE
CRACK
IN
1.0 f I
SKIN
,,6, B I)I~REWOL
CURRENT WINF
PROBE DETAIL A SKIN O
VIEW LOOKING AFT DETAIL B
C
d, Utilizing naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2 Chart 201, 91-00-00), clean the area to be inspected.
e, Position the probe between two fasteners on the airplane skin, and if necessary, to obtain a screen indication,
adjust the eddy current instrument horizontal and vertical positioning. Do not renull the instrument. Scan the lower
wing skin in the same manner as the standard. Ensure that the probe is positioned directly over the skin fasten-
ers when scanning. Utilization of a non-metallic (plastic, phenolic, etc) straight edge for guidance is recommended.
f, Scan the entire row of fasteners. Any cracks which may exist, will run fwd to aff.
g, If any crack Indications are detected during the inspection, notify the Customer Support Department of Ray-
I theon Aircraft Company,

(Sheet 3 of 3)
Figure 205
57-1 792
Page 210
Sap 10/97 82
~kechmft
SUPER KING A(R 200 SERIES
CHART 202
FASTENERS TO BE REMOVED FROM THE LOWER AFT SPAR FOR THE EDDY CURRENT
INSPECTIONS
WING STATION ATTACHED COMPONENT FASTENER FASTENER FASTENER

QUANTIN SIZE PART NO.
PER SIDE
SPAR AFT FLANGE
WS 102.0 THRU
HLRH)
(0.601 Flap Track Support 6 1/8"
IYS20425AD4
6
WS 45.0
&RH)
0.94 FlapI rack Support
11"" iL1S20426AD4
WS 115.2 120.2 Center Section Bathtub Fitting 7 5/16" MS20470A06 (6)

(LH RH) MS20470AD4
1 Inbd Hole)
WS
HL(5.21-0 Outboard Wing Panel Bathtub 5
15115" MS20426AD6
SPAR FORWARD
FLANGE
WS 28.5 Root Rib 2 3/16"
WS 12.5 -14.7 Stringer/ Flange 4 3/16 NAS.1 097AD4
(LH RH)
WS 103.0 er 1 1/8" MS2042SA05
LWS 1.0 RWS 2.0 er/ 4 3/16" NAS1097A04
WS 5.2 -8.5 ILH ger/ 4 3/16" NAS1097AD4
WS 22.0 &R er 1 3/16" NAS1097AD4
SPAR VERTICAL
FLANGE
WS 28.5 (LH RH) Root Rib 1 3/16" NAS1466
or
NAS1 080-6
wS 37.0 RH) 1 5132" MS20470AD6
\EIS 47.0 Track 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
WS 53.0 58.0 Support 8 1/8" (5) 8 MS20470AOD5,
(LH 1/4" (3) MS20470AD08
wS 66.0 (LH R 1 3/16" MS20470AD6
WS 75.0 &R 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
WS 85.50 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
WS 92.0 (LH RH) Nacelle Rib 1 3/16" NAS1303-6 Bolt,
AN960-10
Washer,
NAS679-A3 Nut
WS 93.0 (LH e,RH) Nacelle Rib 1 3/16" NAS1303-7 Bolt,
AN960-1 0,
NAS679-A3 Nut
WS 104.0 Web 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
WS 112.5 (LH RH) Nacelle Rib Angle 1 3/16" NAS1303-6 801t,
AN960-10
Washer,
NAS679-A3 Nut
WS 27.5 (LH PI-i) Root Rib Angle 1 13/16" MS20470AD6
57-1 7-02
Page 211
B1 Dec 8195
88ytfreon Aircraft
A
iiwsiws21.50i 0.00
122,68~wSJwsiwsJ
113.00
104.50
28.28
37.00
FLAP TRACK WS
WS 46.50
93.00 FLAP TRACK
wS I I I LwS
as.oo I 1 -56.00
WS HS
75.50 -65.50
VERTICAL
FLANGE
POSSIBLE CRACK POSSIBLE CRACK

LOCATIONS LOCATIONS
AFf FLANGE
FWD FLANGE
~SI
TYPICAL SPAR CAP SECTION
MYA
Cg~R131J
Aft Spar Lower Cap Eddy Current Inspection

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 206
57´•1 7-02
Page 212 82
Sep 10/97
RaytheonAircraft
a, Remove all the center section access panels on the lower skin adjacent to the rear spar.
b. Clean any dirt and grease from the rear spar lower cap with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2,
Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
tion when scanning the EDM notch on the eddy current standard aluminum test block
(refer to 15, Chart 1, 57-17-00) or bolt hole standard (refer to 16, Chart 1, 57-17-00).
c. Set the eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq) 100 kHz, Horirontal Decibels (HdB) 73.2, Vertical
Decibels O/dB) 31.1, Phase Rotation (Rot) 251, Probe Drive (8 Drive) tow, Low Pass Filter (LPF) 30.
d. Verify the eddy current unit settings on the notch in the eddy current standard aluminum test block or bolt hole
standard (refer to 16, Chart 1, 57-17-00). and assure a minimum 10% screen deflection.
e. Use an eddy probe (refer to 9 and 10, Chart 1, 57-17-00)
current or bolt hole probe of the appropriate size to
scan the rear spar flanges from LWS 114 to RWS 114.
f, Refer to Chart 202 and remove the fasteners from the rear spar lower cap.
g. In the areas where the fasteners have been removed, use the appropriate eddy current bolt hole probe (refer
to 11, 12, or 13, Chart 1, 57-17-00) to inspect the hole by inserting the probe into the hole and rotating the probe I
360 degrees.
h. In areas around the remaining fastener holes where there is access on the surface of the spat, an eddy cur-
rent probe (refer to 9 or 10, Chart 1, 57-17-00) can be used Slide the probe along the forward and aft edges of
the fastener from an inboard to outboard direction. The suspect cracks will propagate outward from the fastener
hole.
craft ftjg~.ynapmoC
are indicated during the ean~actths Cusiomsr Suppnt DepaNnent of RayVleon Alr-
I
I. Install either production fasteners or removable fasteners as supplied in the Kit. Contact the Customer Support
Department of Raytheon Aircraft Company for the kit number and avaiiabili~
k. Install the access panels that were removed in step "a".

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 206
57-17-02
Page 213
82 Sep 10~97
Raytheon Aircraft
CENTER SECTION AFT SPAR LOWER FITTING
8 DENOTES FASTENERS TO BE REMOVED
~B
\___,,,,,,,,,,
O Q
r--
,I´•--ii
--1
L--
8 Q
________,,,,,
O
TYPICAL
CRACK
LOCATION
a, Remove the wing bolt cover from over the fittings.

b, Clean fitting with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (reier to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
The following settings are for a Nortec 198 eddy current unit (refer to 7, Chart 1,
57-17-00). Other instruments should be set up to obtain a minimum 100/0 screen deflec-
(r.efer to 15, Chart 1, 57-17-00) or bolt hole standard (refer to 16, Chart 1, 57-17-00).
c, eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Frec~ 100 kHz, Horizontal Decibels (HdB) 73.2, Vertical
Set the
Decibels (VdB) 81,1, Phase Rotation (Rot) 251, Probe Drive (P Drive) Low, Low Pass Filter (LPF) 30,
d, Remove the fasteners from the outboard lower Mting one at a time.
probe (refer to 11, 12 13; Chart i; 57-17-00) to insert into the hole.
I a. Select the appropriate holt hole or
f, Insert the probe into the hole and rotate the probe 360" to internally scan for cracks initiating from the hole.
NOTE
This inspection will also be used to scan the bolt holes in the spar. An indication of lift-
off will be noted as the probe passes from the spar surface to the fitting surface.
Contact the Customer Support Department of Raytheon Aircraft for the removable fas-
tener kit number and kit availability.
detailed in the Kit Drawing prior to removing the next
g, Install a production fastener or removable fastener as
fastener from the fitting, Repeat the previous steps until all the holes in the fitting have been scanned.
h, After completing the inspection, reinstall the wing bolt cover.
I, If any crack indications noted during the inspection, contact the Customer Support Department of Raytheon
I
are
Aircraft Co.
Outboard Wing Panel Aft Spar Lower Fitting Inspection

Figure 208
57´•1 792
Page 214 82
Sep 10/97
RaytheonAircraft
INSPECTION AND REPAIR MANUAL
BEECH SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL
OUTBOARD AFT SPAR LOWER FITTING

TYPICAL
CRACK
LOCATION
I g
OI~B
8 8
I I
I
--~I
I II
QII~´•I O O O
8
O O
8
g
TYPICAL DENOTES FASTENERS TO BE REMOVED

CRACK
LOCATION
a. Removethewing boltcoverfrom overthefittings.

b. Clean fitting with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2 Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
unit (refer to 7, Chart 1,
The following settings are for a Nortec 19E eddy current
should be set to obtain a minimum 10% screen deflec-
57-1 7-00). Other instruments up
the EDM notch the eddy current standard aluminum test block
tion when scanning on
to 15, Chart 1, 57-17-00).
(refer to 15, Chart 1, 57-17-00) or bolt hole standard (refer
Vertical
c. Set the eddy Frequency (Freq) 100 kHz, Hon’zontal Decibels (HdB) 73.2,
current unit as follows:
Low Pass Filter (LPF) 30.
Decibels OldB) 81.1, Phase Rotation (Rot) 251, Probe Drive (P Drive) Low,
at a time.
d, Remove the fasteners from the outboard lower fitting one
13; Chart 1; 57-17-a0) to insert into the hole.

a. Select the appropriate bolt hole probe (refer to 11, 12, or
into the hole and rotate the probe 360" to internally scan for cracks initiating from the hole.
f. Insert the probe
NOTE
This inspection will also be used to scan the bolt holes in the spar. An
indication of lift-
from the surface tothe fitting surface.
off will be noted as the probe passes spar
Contact the Customer Support Department of Raytheon Aircraft for the removable fas-

the next
removable fastener as detailed in the Kit Drawing prior to removing
g, Install aproduction fastener or scanned.
holes in the fitting have been
fastener from the fitting. Repeat the previous steps until all
the
h, After completing inspection, reinstall the wing bolt cover.

the
of Raytheon
I. If any crack indications are noted during the inspection, contact the Customer Support Department
Aircraft Co,
Outboard Wing Panel Att Spat Lower Fitting Inspection

Figure 208
57-17-02
Page 215
82
Sep 10~97
Qeechcraft
OUTBOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK like nonmetaliic substance indicative of corrosion. If
buildup is detected
dun‘ng the visual inspection,
AND CORROSION INSPECTION any
the area thoroughly inspected. Do not inter-
should be
The outb’oard wing main spar cap must be inspected pret wax or paint´• that may be trapped between the
after the first 5 years of operation and annually there- edge of the skin and the exposed section of the spar
sfter. cap as corrosion.
I WARNING
w,,,,,
I spar caps by normal cleaning procedures.

7he entire upper and lower spar cap
and/or unevenness and cracks in the metal. The spar
wing tip must be inspected,
festations may indicate an area of corrosion. A thor-
NOTE ough inspection of any suspect area must be per-
formed. Refer to Figure 209.
airplanes that have been operated NOTE
Areas of unevenness and/or raised
ducive to corrosion,
a. Visually inspect the exterior surfaces of the upper face or by sighting down the length of
and lower spar caps for any buildup of a whitish, salt- the spar cap.
THIS ILLUSTRAIION REPRESENTS A TYPICAL

sox SECTION SKIN INSPECTED FOR INDICATORS OF POSSIBLE
SPAR CAP, \4 IN ONE AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR
CRACKS _/ O
THE INDICATORS ARE CAUSE FOR FURTHER
o INVESTIGATION
o~s-´•
RAISED AREAS
LEADING
EDGE SKIN o
PAINT BLISTER THIS RIVET PATTERN WILL VARY

C

Figure 209
57-1 7-02
Page 216
B1
Dec 8/95
IitaythsooAircraft
REPAIR MANUAL
BEECH SUPER KING AIR 200 SERIES STRUCTURAL INSPECTION AND
d, If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be

LOWER FORWARD WING FITTING INSPECTION
of Raytheon Aircraft Co. for consultation. AND BOLT REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
I Department
WING FGLT, NUTAND SPAR FITTING NOTE
INSPECTION The bolt, washers and nut must be
replaced with new components when
WARNING reaching 5 years of installed time or any-
time the bolt is removed from the fitting
forany reason regardless of time in ser-
All eight wing-attach bolts must be vice.

removed and each of the wing attach the bolt head
a Cut and remove the safety wire from
fittlngs Inspected. The wing bolts and
and nut.
nuts must be inspected or replaced
directed In Chart 201. b. Remove the attaching bolts and clips from over
as
Render unserviceable all components the bolt head and nut.

removed in compliance with the time c. Hold the bolt head immobile and remove the nut.
limitations shown In Chart 201.
New wing-stiach components must t UUIIION
CAUTION t
be obtained 4nly from Raytheon Alr~
I craft or a Raytheon Aircraft approved Ei~ercise extreme care when drSving the
source,
bolt and aligning pin out of the fittings.
Before removing any wing-attach bolts, ensure that Use only the Raytheon Aircraft approved
the wing is properly supported to prevent shifting. pin for bolt removal.
Draw a line across each pair of fittings with a grease
pencil to aid wing alignment, if required. As the bolt is being driven from the fit-
tings, periodically check the bolt head
I CAUTION
UUIBON f side of the fittings to ensure that the
bushings in the bolt bore are not being
driven out with the bolt
DO NOT SCRATCH OR SCRIBE THE
d. Utilizing the Raytheon Aircraft approved aligning
bo~t pin (P/N 10996, available from Raytheon Aircraft
If(while using hand-pressure only) wing-attach
Authorized Outlets) and rawhide mallet, carefully
binding occurs upon disengagement or reinstallation,
a
has
the remain- drive the bolt out of the frttings. When the bolt
support the outboard wing panel, loosen
release bind- been removed, drive the aligning pin out of the fittings
ing three bolts and reposition the wing to
with a flat end pin of a smaller diameter.
ing of the bolt Even though the lower forward wing
bolts must be driven from the fittings with a pin, exces- e. Clean the fittings with naphtha or methyl ethyl
this bolt.
sive force should not be necessary to or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Utilizing
remove
ketone (refer to 1
wing attach fittings are separated or repositioned

If the a 10-power or stronger magnifying glass, visually
surfaces of the fittings and bushings
during this procedure, the aluminum washers between inspect the visible
each upper wing aiid center section fittings must be in the bolt bore for cracks, corrosion and mechanical
replaced with new aluminum washers. New aluminum damage.
washers should not be required if the wing-attach
NOTE
bolts are removed one at a time.
NOTE If any of the conditions stated in step "e"
Ensure that the radiused washers used Department of Raytheon Aircraft for con- I
at the wing-attach points have full radii sultation.
with no sharp edges that could mark the
attach fittings. Replace any imperfect
f. Ifthefitting surface and bolt bore is satisfactory,
with Alodine
washers, coat the exposed surface of the fittings
n-1792
Page 217
Sep 10197
82
Raytheon Aircraft
1200, 1200S or 1201 (refer to 3, Chart 201- 91-00-00). prior toremoving the next bolt. As the bolts are
Allow the coating to dwell for approximately five min- removed for inspection, ensure that the radiused
utes. After the dwell time has elapsed, wash the washers are positioned with the radius toward the fit-
coated areas with water and blow dry. Do not wipe ting and that the countersunk washers are positioned
dry. with the countersink toward the bolt head (does not
g. Install new wing-attach components, torque the apply to MS20002 washers). Refer to Figure 212, 213 1
or 214. If a radius is not oriented as illustrated in the
nuts, and Install the safety wire and clips. Refer to
Figure 211. applicable illustrations, contact the Customer Support
Department, of Raytheon Aircraft Company If properly I
UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER AFT oriented, proceed with the remainder of these steps.
b. Clean the sparfittings and bolt bores with naphtha
or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201,
t CAUTION
U´•,,,, t 91-00-00). Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las
instructed in Chapter 20-00-00) the wing fitting flat sur-
When removing an upper forward or faces, depressions, washer seat areas and bolt bore
upper aft wing bolt, ensure that the wing areas for cracks, scon’ng, corrosion pitting or washer
Is supported in a manner which will pre- impressions. Do not strip epo~cy paint from this area. If
elude the possibility of any movement of any damage is found during the inspection, contact
the upper wing-attach fitting, the Customer Support Department of Raytheon Air-
craft Co. for consultation. If the fitting is satisfacto~y, 1
a. Remove only one bolt at a time for
inspection. recoat the bolt bore and washer/nut bearing faces of
Perform the Inspection as outlined below, Replace the fitting with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (refer to
and torque the bolt to the designated torque value 3, Chart 201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for
LUBRICATION FITTING
NUT
.Od0(80691CF-IINCH
ROLL PIN
216)
,060 INCH
(80691CF-1612)
CAUTION
BEVELED AREA NUT MUST 8E BEVELED OR CHAMFERED AS SHOWN
CRADLE
C9388mlSR C
Barrel Nut Assembly

Figure 210
57-1792
Page 218
82
Sep 10/97
--I--------------------´•--
-´•.------_
RaytheonAircraft
approximately five minutes. After the dwell time has of Stewart Warner) and a good quality grease gun.
coated areas with water and blow Inject the corrosion preventive compound until one the
elapsed, wash the have been achieved:
wipe dry). Paint the treated areas following objectives
dry with air (do not
with zinc chromate primer (refer to 4, Chart 201, Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
91-00-00) and allow the primer to dry. between the two portions of the barrel nut assembly.
c, If the bolts and nuts do not exceed their specified Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
life limit, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut and washers the locking portion of the barrel nut.
with methyl ethyl ketone or naphtha (refer to 1 or 2,
Chart 201, 91-00-00) and inspect for mechanical dam- The fitting will not accept any additional corro-
age and cracks with a lOX or stronger magnifying sion prevent’Ne compound after several actuations of
glass. Scratches and markings in the cadmium plating the grease gun.
is not reason to reject a bolt. The cadmium plating NOTE
areas exhibiting a
may be discolored and may have Coat the exposed threads which pro-
rubbed or polished appearance, usually resulting from trude through the nuts with MIL-C-16173
the installation procedures. If any mechanical damage Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound
or cracks are found in any of the components (nut, (5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
bolt, washer), replace the affected component
9´• Prior to installation of the wing bolt covers,
NOTE ensure that the drain holes in the upper forward
and
aft fittings are unobstructed and can drain freely.
The barrel nut must he disassembled
before inspection. This may be accom-
pllshed by moving one of the roll pins
flush with the inside of the cradle and a. At the first scheduled normal airplane inspection
separating the nut,
las designated by the Beech Super King Air 200 1
outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, Series Maintenance Manual) after the bolts have been
d, Using the procedure
fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect each wing bolt and loosened and retorqued or after initial installation,
nut. If the´•bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks and check the bolts for proper torque as stated in the
mechanical damage, they may be reused after clean- applicable figure for each location. Refer to Figures
Ing. 212, 213 and 214. Concurrent with the bolt torque
check, inspect the upper wing-attach fittings to ensure
e,Coat the spar f~tings, bolt bores and washer/nut unobstructed and can drain
that the drain holes are
freely.
AND NUT, with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 conosion pre-
ventive compound (refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). NOTE
It will not be necessary to recheck the
at the
CAUTION torque of the shear bolt used
lower forward attach point (clevis fitting).
Ensure that the wing bolt wrench does b. Concurrent with the bolt torque check, and annu-
not bottom out against the wing fitting. ally thereafter, inject MIL-C16173 Grade 2 corrosion
This could result in erroneous torque
preventive compound (refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00)
readings and damage to the wing fitting. into the barrel nut lubrication fittings with a 314150
t Install the wing bolt, washers and nut Torque the ~‘rease noule (P/N of Alemite Tool, a division of Stew-
nuts on the aft fittings and the bolt an the upper for- art Warner) and a good quality grease gun. Inject the
ward fitting to the torque values specified on the appli- compound until one of the following conditions are
cable illustration for each attach point. Refer to F=ig- met:
ures 212, 213 and 214. After torquing

the upper Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
forward wing bolt, inject Mll-C-16173 Grade 2 corro-
between the two portions of the barrel hut assembly,
compound (refer to 5, Chart 201,
sion preventive
barrel nut lubrication fitting with a ´•’Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
91-00-00) into the
314150 grease noPle (P/N of Alemite Tool, a division the locking portion of the barrel nut.
57-1 7-02
Page 219
82 Sep 10~97
Raytheon Aircraft
Thefitting will not accept any additional corro- d. installing the wing bolt covers, ensure that
Prior to
sion preventive compound after several actuations of the drain holes in the upper fittings are unobstructed
the grease gun. and can drain freely.

the nuts with MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preven-
tive compound.
CHART 203
WING BOLT TOOLS

UPPER FORWARD 81784-12-32 or TS1176-6 80691CF-1216 None
VCC0025
LOWER FORWARD 11309098175 1 1/4-inch box-end 1309091\146 11001
wrench
UPPER AND 81786-10-20 or T51222-5 or 81783-1018 TS1176-11
LOWER REAR VCN0018 50-590012
NOTE: The tools listed on this chart are applicable to airplane serials: 88-1158, 88-1167, 88-1193 and
after; BL´•73 and after; BN´•5 and after; 8T-31 and after.
57-1 7-02
Page 220
Sap 10/97 82
Qeechcraft
13109098175
ili~-kroo,o
BOLT
I´•.
´•O
CENTER
SECTION
SPAR
NAS1515H14 ‘´•-j´•
A
WASHER
CENTER
SECTION
AN960PD1416L
SPAR
WASHER
.070 INCH
WING SPAR
DIA HOLE
vmA MS20995C41
SAFETY WIRE
.070 INCH DIA HOLE ~II ,RETAINER

CLIP
MS20995C41
SAFETY WIRE
RETAINER CLIP
130909N46
NUT
NAS1515H14
AN960PD ldl 6L WING SPAR WASHER
WASHER AN960PDld16L
NAS1515Hld
WASHER
WASHER
vnwB (AS REOUIRED)
COAT THE SPAR BUSHING 80RES.BOLT. NUT. METAL WASHERS AND THE 10996 ALIGNING
PIN
RAWHIDE MALLET.
WITH MIL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. USING A
METAL
DRIVE THE 10996 ALIGNING PIN INTO THE FIT~INGS. INSTALL AN AN960PD1416L
WASHER MUST BE
WASHER AND AN NAS 1515Hlb (NYLONI WASHER ON THE 80LT. THE METAL
UNDER THE
DIRECTLY UNDER THE BOLT HEAD AND THE NYLON WASHER MUST BE POSITIONED
DRIVE THE
METAL WASHER. POSITION THE BOLT ON THE FORWARD SIDE OF THE FITTINGS.
AGAINST THE
BOLT INTO THE FITTINGS UNTIL THE WASHERS AND 80LT HEAD REST FIRMLY
THE 80LT IS
FITTINGS. THE ALIGNING PIN WILL BE DRIVEN OUT OF THE FITTINGS AS
THE THREADED
DRIVEN IN. INSTALL AN NAS1515H14 EIYLON WASHER AND THE NUT ONTO
AND
PORTION OF THE 80LT. HOLD THE BOLT HEnD IMMOBILE WITH A 80X END WRENCH
TOROUE WRENCH.
TOROUE THE NUT TO 30 TO 50 INCH-POUNDS WITH A 11001 ADAPTER AND
WIRE HOLE IN THE
THE SLOTS IN THE CASTELLATED NUT MUST ALIGN WITH THE SAFETY
REMOVE THE
80LT. IF ALIGNMENT CANNOT BE ATTAINED WITHIN THE TOROUE LIMITATIONS.
AND RETOROUE TO
NUT AND INSTALL AN AN960PD1416L (METAL) WASHER. INSTALL THE NUT
80LT HEAD AND NUT
30 TO 50 INCH-POUNDS. INSTALL THE RETAINER CLIPS AND SAFETY THE
TO THEIR RESPECTIVE CLIPS WITH MS20995Cdi SAFETY WIRE.
(39988~760176 C

Figure 211
57-17-02
Page 221
Dec 8/95
81
Qeechcraft
~´•1 B
o a
I: ´•I II
o" 0000~
´•6
1´•
"X ~3
o
io
A
vnwA
´•101-10001 1-1
WASHER
8069 1CF-1216\ 1O1-1 10023-3 1 r VCC0025
OR WASHER OR
SL4092-1 2 1 81786-12-32
BARREL NUT BOLT
ASSEMBLY
FJAS578- 128
RETAINER
NIARDELOH
DRAIN
HOLE
OUTBOARD WING
PANEL FITTING
vnwB CENTER SECTION
WING FITTING
INSTALL THE WASHER WITH THE RADIUS TOWARD THE FITTING SURFACE.
THE UPPER FOREWARD WING BOLTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AS FOLLOWS: COAT THE SPAR
FITTINGS BOLT BORE. WASHER BEARING SURFACES. THE COMPLETE 80LT. NUT ASSEMBLY
AND WASHER WITH MIL-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. TOROUE
THE BOLT 10 2380-2500 INCH-POUNDS. INJECT MIL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION
PREVENTIVE COMPOUND INTO THE BARREL NUT LUBRICATION FITTING WITH A GREASE GUN
(CAPABLE OF 2000 TO 4000 PSI) EOUIPPED WITH A NO. 314150 ~P/N OF ALEMITE TOOL.
A DIVISION OF STEWART WARNER) GREASE NOZZLE. COAT THE EXPOSED THREADS OF THE
BOLT WITH MIL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. ASSURE THAT THE
DRAIEI HOLES IN THE FITTINGS ARE OPEN AND FREE TO DRAIN.
cs~sesrrol77 c
Upper FonnrardWing Bolt Installation

Figure 212
57-17-02
Page 222
Dec 8/95 B1
o-
CAUTION
35-105111-3 WASHER (INSTALL

WITH COUNTERSINK TOWARD BOLT
´•95-110025-3 (POSITION WITH RADIUS HEADI CHECK THE WASHER FOR A
TOWARD THE WING FITTING) SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS)
81783-1018
NUT BOLT P/N
81786-10-20 OR
VCN0018
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD 2--,
J
DRAIN
´•´•MS20002-IO
WASHER
I""""’~
101-110023-1 DRAIN
WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
HOLE WASHER ~aLE
DETAIL A
80LT TOROUE1 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT,
WASHERS. WING FITTING BOLT BORES, AND EXPOSED 80LT THREADS WITH MIL-
´•CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
´•´•AN MS20002-10 WASHER MAY 8E USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE RADIUSED
WASHER TO PROVIDE THE PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT. C

Figure 2~3
57-1 7-02
Page 223
B1 Dec 8/95
----?------x-
Qeechcraft
D
L´•t
A
.90-110032-1 WASHER USED PRIOR TO

8T-31, 8L-73, 8N-5 AND 88-1193.
EXCEPT 88-1158 AND 88-1167.
95-110025-3 WASHER USED 8T-31 AND AFTER: 35-105111-3 WASHER [INSTALL
8L-73 AND AFTER: 8N-5 AND AFTER: WITH COUNTERSINK TOWARD BOLT
88-1158,88-1167. 88-1193 AND AFTER. HEAD: CHECK WASHER FOR A
SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS)
81783-1018
NUT BOLT P/N
81786-10-20 OR
VCN0018
WING FITTING
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD
CENTER SECTION
´•´•MS20002-IODETAfLA
BOLT TOROUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT,
THREADS WITH MIL-
WASHERS, WING FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT
´•CHECK WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.
NUT AND THE RADIUSED

´•´•AN MS20002-IO WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE
C9L1B8~7E1577 C

Figure 214
57-17-02
Page 224 B1
Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

I should the aircraft be used for missions other than
MODEL 300 AND 8300 (350) SERIES that intended by design, such as an air taxi, commuter
air service, pipeline surveillance, livestock/predator
This chapter the procedures necessary to
provides animal control, search and rescue, navigation aids
inspect the wing attach bolts and nuts and the out- inspection, extraordinary service at low altitude or
board wing main spar caps for cracks and corrosion. unusually short duration flights (less than 30 minutes),
These Inspections are a supplement to, but do not the inspections specified in the Standard Flight Profile
replace, the normal airplane inspection procedures Inspection Schedule (Chart 201) are not appropriate
and intervals of the BEECHCRAFT Super King Air f,,,,,tinued airworthiness of the airplane structure,
300 or 8300 Series Maintenance Manual. In such cases, promptly notify the Customer Support
Section one chapter (57-18-01) provides the

of this Department of 8eech Aircraft and a special Inspection
wing structure inspections and inspection intervals for program will be established to address the unique
the Model 300 Super King Air Series Airplanes. The requirements of the airplane’s mission.
8300 (350) Series wing structure inspections are cov- The stated hours for the "initiai inspection" do not take
ered in the second section of this chapter (57-18-02). into consideration crack initiation due to structural
The inspection schedules (Charts 201) in section one

damage, e.g. a gear-up landing. If such structural
and two of this chapter identifies the inspection areas,
damage perform the initial inspection after
occurs,
initial inspection periods, recurring inspection intervals

repairs arecomplete then perform the recurring
and component replacement times. These schedules inspections as specified under Recurring Inspection
Intervals noted in Chart 201.
are based on airplane utilization, operation and main-
tenance In the category of service for which these air- Each tool listed in Chart 1 is provided as an example
planes were originally designed; specifically, pres-
a of the equipment designed to perform a specific func-
surized executive or corporate transportation vehicles tion. Generic or locally manufactured tools that are the
wherefn the majority of cruise is above 10,000 feet equivalent with respect to accuracy, function, and
altitude and flight duration is more than one hour. craffsmanship may be used in lieu of those listed.
CHART 1
1, Eddy Current Unit Nortec 198 Staveley Instruments Inspect for structural cracks in
airplane skins and fittings which
cannot be detected
Current Flat Probe SP03806 Staveley Instruments Inspect cracks in center section
2. Eddy
IkHz-lOkHz skin.
3. Eddy Current P/100-500 kHz/ i Staveley Instruments Inspect cracks in fastener holes
90" Probe A/90.03/6 of wing center section lower
forward
4, Eddy Current P/100-500 kHz/ IStaveley Instruments Inspect cracks in fastener holes
90" Probe A/90.75/6 of wing center section lower
forward
rear lower and
rear lower and
7. 5/32" Bolt Hole Probe Staveley Instruments Inspect bolt holes for cracks in
rear lower and
8. Eddy Current Standard Nortec Staveley Instruments Verify screen deflection and
SPO-3932 adjust eddy current unit.
57-1&00
Pagel
Dec 8~95
81
aeechcraft
CHART 1
I SUPPUER I USE
TOOL NAME PART NO.
Staveley Instruments Verifyscreen deflection and
Current Standard Nortec TB-SI,
9. Eddy current unit.
Aluminum Test Block stock #190250 adjust eddy
with ,020" electrical discharge or equivalent
machined notch
201 4-T6 Beech Aircraft Verify screen deflection and
10. Bolt Hole Standard
with 1/3", 3116", and 5/32" size Aluminum Block I Corporation adjust eddy current unit.
holes with EDM notches.020"
Current Standard EC1(ICG

11. Eddy
Inspect for cracks in the outboard
12, Eddy Current Surface Probe S/300 Hz -10 Staveley Instruments
kHz1.62 lower forward
2014-T6 Beech Aircraft Verify screen deflection and
13. Eddy Current Standard
Alumfnum Test Block with Corporation adiust eddy current unit.
0.020" EDM Notch
14, Eddy Current Shielded P/100-500 kHzl IStaveley Instruments Inspect for cracks in the center
IVso.sls section lower forward spar cap.
Probe
99336
Staveley Instruments, 421 N. Quay, Kennewick, WA
Phone: (509) ’735-7550
KS 67201-0085
Beach Aircraft Corporation, 9709 E. Central, P.O.Box 85, Wichita,
Phone: (316) 676-7111
57-1 &00
Page 2 B1
Dec 8/95
~eechcraft

CAPS
CHART 201
INSPECTION SCHEDULE
Inspection Area Applicable Applicable Serials Inspection Possible Findings Initial Inspection Recurring Component Replacement Schedule
Methods Ins
and 201 Torque check Incorrect torque First scheduled First scheduled Refer to Chapter 4 of the Super King
Upper forward, upper
lower aft wing bolts inspection after the inspection after wing IAir 300/300LW Maintenance Manual
date on the bolt replacement (101-590097-9)
airplane’s Standard
Airworthiness Certif-
ificate.
Lower forward (main) spar lugs 1202 Visual and Cracks 15,000 hrs 6,000 hrs or 5 yrs, None
(wing station 121.8) fluorescent liquid whichever occurs
penetrant first
Outboard wing panel lower 203 FA-231 and after, and earlier Eddy current Cracks 15,000 hrs 3,000 hrs None
forward spar cap 101-110085 serials incorporating the
101-110085
Center section lower forward 204 Eddy current Clacks 18,000 hrs 3,000 hrs None
Center section belly skin 205 Eddy current Cracks 22,500 hrs 3,000 hrs None
Center section lower aft spar 206 Eddy current Cracks 27,000 hrs 1,500 hrs None
Center section lower aft spar 207 Eddy current Cracks 27,000 hrs 1,500 hrs None
fitt
Outboard wing panel aft spar 208 Eddy current Cracks 27,000 hrs 1,500 hrs None
lower
Outboard wing panel upper 209 Visual Cracks and corrosion 5 yrs Annually None
forward main
Outboard wing panel lower 209 Visual Cracks and corrosion 5 yrs Annually Refer to Chapter 4 of the Super King
forward (main) Spar caps Air 300/300LW Maintenance Manual
101-590097-9
Lower forward main spar 211 Visual Cracks, corrosion, and 5 yrs 5 yrs None
fitti mechanical
Lower forward wing bolt 211 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Refer to Chapter 4 of the Super King
Air 300/300LW Maintenance Manual
101-590097-
Flat surfaces, depressions, 212, 213, 214 Visual and Cracks, corrosion, and 5 yrs 5 yrs None
counterbores and bolt bores at fluorescent liquid mechanical damage
the upper forward, upper and penetrant
lower aft wi attach
Wing bolts at the upper 212, 213, 214, 1* Visual and Cracks and mechanical 5 yrs 5 yrs Refer to Chapter 4 of the Super King
forward, upper and lower aft fluorescent liquid damage Air 300/300LW Maintenance Manual
wing attach points penetrant (101-590097-9)
I
8-01
This chart Is applicable only to Super King Air 300 Serials FA-2 and after. 8/957-1 201
Page
WARNING: Personnel performing the eddy current inspections referenced in Dec
B1 this chart must meet, or exceed, level II requirements of eddy current proficiency
in compliance with MIL-STD-410E.
Qeechcraft
SUPER KING A(R 300 SERIES

FOR 1180 TO 1300
OF TOROUE
A~ U~ ~K :NM-POUNOS


OF TOROUE
I
DETAIL B
c,
1
a o o o i i a~ i 400

TO CHECK THE NUT TOROUE
AT THIS POINT
DETAIL A

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 8-01
Page 202
B1
Dec 8/95
Qeedmaft
Air 300 Series

At the first scheduled normal airplane inspection las designated by the BEECHCRAFT Super King
after the bolts have been loosened and retorqued or after installation, check the bolts for
Maintenance Manual)
proper torque as shown in the illustration.
NOTE
it will not be necessary to perform a torque check on the lower forward bolt used in the
clevis fitting.
NOTE
The 314150 grease nozzle requiredfor the following step may be obtained from Seech
Aircraft or a BEECHCRAFT approved vendor.
a. Concurrent with the bolt torque check and annually thereafter, inject Mll-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preven-
tivecompound into the barrel nuts with a 314150 grease nozzel and a grease gun capable of approximately
20,000 psi injection pressure. Inject the compound into the barrel nut grease fitting until one of the following con-
ditions is met:
Corrosion preventive compound emerges from the threaded portion of the wing bolt which protrudes through
The fitting will accept no additional corrosion preventive compound after several actions of the grease gun.
b. Coat the exposed threads which protrude through the nuts with Mll-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive
compound.
After maintenance and anytime the upper wing bolt covers are removed, inspect the fittings to ensure that the
c.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 8-01
Page 203
Dec 8/95
CENTER
SECTION
SPAR
QQ I~
’Q"Q m
a
WING
aOO"
W.S, ´•O SPAR
I os, cc
~3_
SMEAR W.S. Q Qg
121.8 a
FITTING
ELEMENTS
aa.q rr A
LUG INSPECTION [jl
W.S.
QF EACH OF THE 5 LUGS.
the shear fitting bushings have been removed,

a. The inspection intervals shown in Chart 201 are only valid if 101-4050. This
in BEECHCRAFT Kit Drawing No.
the lugs inspected, and the bushings replaced as instructed
of airframe hours.
procedure must be performed at, or prior to, the accumulation 9,500
NOTE
not been
If the history of the wing structure cannot be verified or if the bushings have
for consultation.
replaced, contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft
detailed in Chapter 57 of the Super King Air 300 Maintenance Manual.

b. Detach the wing as
to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00), and fluo-

c, Thoroughly clean the lugs with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer
the forward and aft faces of each of the fitting
rescent liquid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter 20-00-00)
lugs.
contact the Customer Support Department
d. If any cracks or mechanical damage is found during the inspection,
for consultation.
e, If the fittings are satisfactory after inspection, reinstall the wing.
NOTE
must be replaced with
The bolts, washers, and nuts at the lower forward attach points
new components anytime the installed
bolt is removed, regardless of time in service.
Main Spat Lower Fitting Lugs At The Bolt Bore

Figure 202
57-1 8-01
Page 204 B1
Dec 8/95
SUSPECTED CRACK
AFT EDGE OF WS 135.00
LOCATION
FWD SKIN
WS 291.74
FORWARD MAIN
I
SPAR/ -I A
FWD EDGE OF
AFT SKIN
BOTTOM VIEW OF RIGHT WING

P/N 3300 Hz-lO kHz/.62
vnwA-A C3X~E1331
a. Clean the spar cap with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
The following settings are for the Nortec 19E eddy current unit (refer to 1, Chart 1,
tion when scanning the referenced standard.
b. Set the eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq) 1.5 kHz, Hon’zontal Decibels (HdB)= 59.0, Vertical
Decibels (VdB) 82.5, Phase Rotation (Rot) 101, Probe Drive (P Drive) High, Low Pass Filter (LPF) 25.
c. Check the setup against the eddy current standard (refer to 11, Chart 1, 57-18-00) to verify a minimum 10%
screen deflection. If not, adjust the unit as required to obtain a 10% screen deflection.
d. Slide the eddy current surface probe (refer to 12, Chart 1, 57-18-00) along the forward and aft edges of the
outboard wing panel lower spar cap for its entire length from WS 135.0 to WS 291.74. The probe should be on
the flat portion of the spar close to the forward skin when scanning the forward edge and close to the aft skin when
scanning the aft edge. The edge of the probe should be even with the edge of the spar cap flat and must not
overlap onto the hinge area. The suspect cracks will run forward to aft or aft to forward.
e. Report any crack indications to the Customer Support Department of Seech Aircraft Corporation.

Figure 203
57-1 8-01
Page 205
B1 Dec 8/95
Qee~craft
WS 88.69
WS 117.31

INSPECT THIS AREA

FOR CRACKS AFT SIDE CICI FwD SIDE
EDDY CURRENT
PROBE
MAIN SPAR
FRONT SPAR
EDDY LOWER CAP
EDDY
CURRENT
CURRENT
PROBE
PROBE
LWS 109.0 TO RWS 109.0
vmB MYA
WHEELWELL SKIN
SLIDE PROBE
ALONG THIS
SURFACE
INSPECTION OF AREA COVERED BY WHEELWELL SKIN

C

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 204
57-1 8-01
Page 206
B1
Dec 8/95
Qeec~craft
NOTE
Beechcraft Kit No. 101-1200-1 must be installed on airplane sen’als FA-2 thru FA-230
prior to conducting this inspection.

and the left and n’ght inboard nacelle access panels from the airplane to inspect the
a. Remove the ten screws
lower main spar.

b. Clean all dirt and grease from the inspection area with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart
201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
The following settings for a Nortec 19E eddy current unit (refer to 1, Chart 1,
are
deflec-
57-18-00). Other instruments should be set up to obtain a minimum 10% screen
notch the eddy current standard aluminum test block
tion when scanning the EDM on
(refer to 1, Chart 1, 57-18-00).

Decibels (HdB) 73.2, Verti-
c. Eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq) 100.0 kHz, Horizontal
Set the
cal Decibels (Vdb) 81.1, Phase Rotation (Rot) 251, Probe Drive (P Drive) Low, Low Pass Filter (LPF)= 30.
d. Verify the eddy current unit settings on the notch in the eddy cunent
standard aluminum test block and adjust
Chart 1, 57-18-00) along the
e. Inspectthe lowersparcap by slowly sliding the eddy current probe (refer to 14,
forward and aft edge of the lower spar cap for its entire length from left wing station (LWS) 109.0 to right wing
skin when scanning the forward edge of the spat
station (RWS) 109.0. The probe should be close to the forward
the aft edge.
cap and.close to the aft skin when scanning
keel area from WS 88.69 to WS 117.31 Using the
f. Inspect the area in the left and right inboard and outboard
of the lower spar cap and slide the
90" probe (refer to 14, Chart 1, 57-18-00) inspect the forward and aft edges
covered by the skin attach angle, the inspection can be performed by sliding a
g. For the 1/2-inch area which is
of the spar from both the
900 probe (refer to 3, Chart 1, 57-18-00) along the forward and aft lower flange edge
in forward and aft direction. Sus-
inboard and outboard side. Suspect cracks on the lower flange will propagate a
direction.
pect cracks in the vertical flange will run in an up and down
of Seech Aircraft
h. If any cracks are indicated dun~ng the inspection, contact the Customer Support Department
for consultation.
i. Install the left and right inboard nacelle access panels and secure with ten screws.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 204
57-1 8-01
Page 207
Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
TEST STANDARD
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
SCAN DIRECTION NORTEC SPO-3932
000000

HOLE #9
HOLE #I
.C911F~JS82;iJ3 C
NOTE
a~ Set the eddy current unit (refer to 1, Chart 1, 57-18-00) as follows: Frequency (Freq) 2.0 kHz; Horizontal
Decibels (HdB) =52.0; Vertical Decibels (Vdb) 60.9; Phase Rotation (Rot) 220"; Probe Drive (P Drive) High;
b, Check the setup against the Nortec eddy current calibration standard (refer to 8, Chart 1, 57-18-00) as fol-
lows:
ets No. 1 and No. 7 will not have EDM notches.
Position tile probe (refer to 2, Chart 1, 57-18-00) between the No. 1 and No. 2 fasteners on the test stan-
dard and null the instrument. The green a~row on the probe should be near fastener No. 2 and the red anew

(Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 205
57-1 &01
Page 208
Dec 8~95 B1
Qeechcraft
i~s
#5
NUMBERS CORRESPOND TO SIGNAL RESPONSE FROM

#d
CORRESPONDING FASTENER IN REFERENCE
STANDARD SPO-3932
W2 #3
fl
~ici #7
c. The second layer EDM notches should register on the eddy current unit as shown. Adjust the instrument as

(Sheet 2 of 3)
Figure 205
57-1 8-01
Page 209
Dec 8/95
B1
Qeechcraft
SUPER KING A1R 300 SERIES
WS 88.69
FWD SPAR
FS 190.60
AFT SPAR
FS 227,00
WING WING
STATION STATION
29.06 29.06

SIDE OF THE CENTER SECTION CENTER SECTION OUTER
BELLY SKIN SKIN
LOWER
FUSELAGE OUTBOARD 0 I 1
I
SKIN
,I
DDEN )i
SKIN POSSIBLE
CRACK
LOCATIONS
IN FUSELAGE
~O I I I~
~r SKIN
I )I
E06Y B LOIER i i I!
CURRENT
PROBE DETAIL A
WING
SKIN
O
VIEW LOOKING AFT DETAIL B
C
methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2 Chart 201, 91-00-00), clean the area to be inspected.
d. Utilizing naphtha or
to obtain a screen indication,

e, Position the probe between two fasteners on the airplane skin, and if necessary,
horizontal and vertical positioning. Do not renull the instrument. Scan the lower
adjust the eddy current instrument
the probe is positioned directly over the skin fasten-
wing skin in the same manner as the standard. Ensure that
ers when scanning. Utilization of a non-metallic (plastic, phenolic, etc) straight
edge for guidance is recommended.
of fasteners. Any cracks which may exist, will run fwd to aft.
f. Scan the entire row
Support Department of seech

g. If any crack indications are detected during he inspection, notify the Customer
Aircraft Corporation.

(Sheet 3 of
3)
Figure 205
57-1 8-01
Page 210 B1
Dec 8/95
CHART 202
INSPECTIONS

QUANTTTY SIZE PART NO.
PER SIDE
SPAR AFT FLANGE
WS 102.0 THRU 106.0 Flap Track Support 6 1/8" MS20426AD4
WS 45.0 49.0 Flap Track Support 6 1/8" MS20426AD4
WS 115.2 120.2 Center Section Bathtub Fitting 7 5/16" MS20470AD6 (6)

(LH RH) MS20470AD4
1 Inbd Hole
WS 120.5 -125.5 Outboard Wing Panel Bathtub 5 5/16" MS20426AD6
SPAR FORWARD
FLANGE
WS 28.5 Root Rib 2 3/16"
WS 12.5- 14.7 Stninger/ Flange 4 3/16 NAS1 097AD4
WS 103.0 1 1/8" MS20426AD5

LWS 1.0 RWS 2.0 4 3/16" NAS1097AD4
WS 5.2 -8.5 8 4 3/16" NAS1097AD4
WS 22.0 1 3/16" NAS1097AD4
SPAR VERTICAL
FLANGE
WS 28.5 (LH RH) Root Rib 1 3/16" NAS1466
or
NAS1 080-6
WS 37.0 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
WS 47.0 Track 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
WS 53.0 58.0 Support 8 1/8" (5)& MS20470ADD5,
8 1/4" MS20470ADD8
WS 66.0 1 3/16" MS20470AD6
WS 75.0 R 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
WS 85.50 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
AN960-10
Washer,
NAS679-A3 Nut
AN960-1 0,
NAS679-A3 Nut
WS 104.0 Spar Web 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
WS 112.5 (LH RH) Nacelle Rib Angle 1 3/16" NAS1303-6 Bolt,
AN960-10
Washer,
NAS679-A3 Nut
WS 27.5 (LH RH) Root Rib Angle 1 3/16" MS20470AD6
57-1 8-01
Page 211
B1 Dec 8/95
Qee~craft
A
iwswsL..21.50I0.00
122.685,1ws1ws1
113,00
104.50 37.00
28.28
FLAP TRACK WS
WS 46.50
93.00 FLAP TRACK
ws I i I Lws
85.00 I 1 56.00
WS I LWS
75.50 65.50
VERTICAL
FLANGE
POSSIBLE CRACK
POSSIBLE CRACK
LOCATIONS
LOCATIONS
AFT FLANGE
FWD FLANGE
TYPICAL SPAR CAP SECTION
vawA

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 206
57-1 8-01
Page 212
B1
Dec 8/95
Qeed~raft
a. Remove all the center section access panels on the lower skin adjacent to the rear spar.
Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
c. eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq)
Set the 100 kHz, Hon’zontal Decibels (HdB) 73.2, Vertical
Decibels (VdB) 81.1, Phase Rotation (Rot) 251, Probe Drive (P Drive) Low, Low Pass Filter (LPF) 30.
d. eddy current unit settings on the notch in the eddy current standard aluminum test block (refer to
Verify the
9, Chart 1, 57-18-00) or bolt hole standard (refer to 10, Chart 1, 57-18-00) and assure a minimum 10% screen
deflection.
e. Use an eddy currentprobe (refer to 3 or 4, Chart 1, 57-18-00) or bolt hole probe of the appropn’ate size to
scan the rear spar flanges from LWS 114 to RWS 114.
f. Refer to Chart 202 and remove the fasteners from the rear spar lower cap.
g. In the areaswhere the fasteners have been removed, select the appropn’ate eddy current bolt hole probe and
inspect the hole by inserting the probe into the hole and rotating the probe 360 degrees.
h. In areas remaining fastener holes where there is access on the surface of the spar, an eddy cur-
around the
rent shielded probe (refer to 3 or 4, Chart 1, 57-18-00) can be used. Slide the probe along the forward and aft
edges of the fastener from an inboard to outboard direction. The suspect cracks will propagate outward from the __
fastener hole.
i. If any cracks are indicated during the inspections, contact the Customer Support Department of Seech Aircraft

j. Install either production fasteners or removable fasteners as supplied in the Seech Kit. Contact the Customer
Support Department of Seech Aircraft Corporation for the kit number and availability.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 206
57-1 8-01
Page 213
81 Dec 8/95
Qeechc~ft
O DENOTES FASTENERS TO BE REMOVED
8 O
QD Q ~B Q Q ~B
r--
I,,_______________________
"1
L,,
Q ~B ~B ~B
0 8
TYPICAL
CRACK
LOCATION
C308857E13~1
a. Remove the wing bolt access cover over the lower aft fittings.
b. Clean the fitting with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
57-18-00). Other instruments should be setup to obtain a minimum 10% screen deflec-
(;efer to 9, Chart 1; 57-18-00) or bolt hole standard (refer to 10, Chart 1, 57-18-00).
Vertical
c. eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq) 100 kHz, Horizontal Decibels (HdB) 73.2,
Set the
d. Remove the fasteners one at a time and inspect the holes.
e. Select the appropriate bolt hole probe (refer to 5, 6, or 7; Chart 1; 57-18-00) to insert into the hole.
into the hole and rotate the probe 360" to intemally scan for cracks initiating from the hole.
f. Insert the probe
NOTE
This inspection will also be used to scan the bolt holes in the spar. A lift-off indication
will be noted as the probes passes from the spar surface to the fitting surface.
Contact the Customer Support Department of Seech Aircraft for the removable fas-
fastener as detailed in the Beech Kit Drawing, prior to removing the
g. Install a producticn fastener or removable
scanned.
next fastener from the fitting. Repeat these steps until all the holes in the fitting have been
h. After completing the inspections replace the wing bolt cover.
noted during the inspections, contact the Customer Support Department of seech
i. If any crack indications are
Aircraft for Consultation.
Center Section Aft Spar Lower Fitting Inspection

Figure 207
57-1 8-01
Page 214
B1
Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
Q DENOTES FASTENERS TO 8E REMOVED
O O Q 8
r--
"1
L--
O O
Q Q
TYPICAL
CRACK
LOCATION
a. Remove the wing bolt cover from over the fittings.

b. Clean fitting with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
c. eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq)
Set the 100 kHz, Hon’zontal Decibels (HdB) 73.2, Vertical
d. Remove the fasteners from the outboard lower fitting one at a time.
e. Select the appropriate bolt hole probe (refer to 5, 6, and 7; Chart 1; 57-18-00) to insert into the hole.
f. Insert the probe into the hole and rotate the probe 360" to internally scan for cracks initiating from the hole.
NOTE
This inspection will also be used to scan the bolt holes in the spar. a lift-off indication
will be noted as the probe passes from the spar surface to the fitting surface.
Contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft for the removable fas-
g. Install a production fastener or removable fastener, as detailed in the Seech Kit Drawing, prior to removing
the next fastener from the fitting. Repeat the previous steps until all the holes in the fitting have been scanned.
h. After completing the inspection reinstall the wing bolt cover.
i. If any crack indications are noted during the inspection, contact the Customer Support Department of Beech
Aircraft Corporation for consultation.

Figure 208
57-1 8-01
Page 215
B1 Dec 8/95
OU7BOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK a. Wash all exterior surfaces of the upper and lower
AND CORROSION INSPEC71ON spar caps by normal cleaning procedures.
The outboard wing main spar caps must be inspected

b. Visually inspect all exten’or surfaces of the upper
after the first five years of operation and annually
and/or unevenness and cracks in the metal. The spar
thereafter,
caps are extruded fiat surfaces and any of these mani-
festations may indicate an area of corrosion. A thor-
1´•´•´•1´•-1
WARNING inspection of any suspect area must be per-
209.ough
formed. See Figure
7he entire upper and lower spar cap NOTE

from the wing attach fitting to the Areas of unevenness and/or raised
wing tip must be inspected, areas on the spar caps may be detected
NOTE by sliding the fingers over the surface,

Special emphasis should be placed on faceor by sighting down the length of
airplanes that have been operated the spar cap.

areas where geographical location and c. If unusual conditions are noted which cannot be
atmospheric conditions are highly con- resolved locally, contact the Customer Support
ducive to corrosion. Department of Seech Aircraft for consultation.

ear SECTION SKIN INSPECTED FOR INDICATORS OF POSSIBLE
SPAR CAP, IN ONE AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR
O
INVESTIGATION
RAISED AREAS
O
\O
LEADING
EDGE SKIN
PAINT BLISTER~ THIS RIVET PATTERN WILL VARY

C9J88~X1371 C
Outboard Wing Panel Spar Cap Inspection

Figure 209
57-18-01
Page 216
B1
Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR LOWER FORWARD F~TING INSPECTION AND

WING BOLT REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
IIVSPEC710N
NOTE
I ~I´•´•I
WARNING The bolt, washers and nut must be
replaced when reaching 5 years of
installed time or anytime the bolt is
All eight wing bolts must be removed removed from the fitting for any reason,
and each of the wing bolt fittings regardless of time in service.
must be inspected. The wing bolts
a. Cut and remove the safety wire from the bolt head
must be inspected or replaced as
directed in Chart 201. and nut.
b. Remove the attaching bolts and clips from over
Render unserviceable all components the bolt head and nut.

removed in compliance with the time c. Hold the bolt head immobile and remove the nut.
limitations.
New wing attach components must CAUTION

be obtained only from Beech Aircraft
Corporation or a Beech Aircraft Cor-
Exercise extreme care when driving the
poratlon approved sovrce. bolt and aligning pin out of the fittings.
Use only the BEECHCRAFT approved
that the wing is properly supported to prevent shifting, aligning pin forbolt removal.
Draw a line across each pair of fittings with a grease
pencil to aid wing alignment if required.
As the bolt is being driven from the fit-
tings, periodically check the bolt head
C~UTION
bushings in the fitting bolt bore are not
DO NOT SCRATCH OR SCRISE THE being driven out with the bolt.
~ITTINGS.
d. Utilizing the BEECHCRAFT approved aligning pin
(P/N 10996, available from BEECHCRAFT Authorized
If(while using hand pressure only) wing attach bolt and rawhide mallet, carefully drive the bolt
or reinstallation,
Outlets) a
binding occurs upon disengagement
the remain-
out of the fittings. When the bolt has been removed,
support the outboard wing panel, loosen
release bind-
drive the aligning pin out of the fittings with a flat end
ing three bolts and reposition the wing to
Of smaller diameter.
the lower forward wing Pi" a
ing of the bolt. Even though
bolts must be driven from the fittihgs with a pin, exces- e. Clean the fittings with naphtha or methyl ethyl
sive force should not be required to remove these ketone (refer to I or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00). With the
aid of a 10X or stronger magnifying glass, visually
bolts.
inspect the visible surfaces of the fittings and the bolt
If the wing fittings are loosened or repositioned, the bore bushings for cracks, corrosion and mechanical
aluminum washers between each of the upper wing
damage.
fittings must be replaced with new washers. Replace-
ment of these washers will not be required if the wing NOTE
bolts be removed one at a time.
can
If any of the conditions stated in step "e"
NOTE are found, contact the Beech Aircraft
Customer Support Department for con-
Ensure that the radiused washers used sultation.
at thewing attach points have a full com-
f. If the fitting surfaces and bolt bore bushings are
plete radius with no sharp edges that
could mark the attach fittings. Replace satisfactory, coat the exposed surfaces of the fittings
washers. with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (refer to 3, Chart
any imperfect
57-1 8-01
Page 217
Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
to dwell for approxi- removed, ensure that the radiused washers are posi-
201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating
dwell time has elapsed, tioned with the radius toward the fitting and that the
mately five minutes. After the
wash the coated areas with water and blow dry. Do countersunk washers are positioned with the counter-
sink toward the bolt head (refer to Figures 212, 213,
not wipe dry.
and 214). If a washer is found that is not positioned as
g. Install new wing attach components, torque the
illustrated, contact the CustomerSupport Department
nut, and install the safety wire and clips (refer to Fig- of Beech Aircraft Corporation for consultation.
ure 211).
UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER AFT or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201,
WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECT(ON 91-00-00). Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las
instructed in Chapter 20-00-00) the entire visible sur-
face of the fittings. Focus extra attention on the
CAUTION
washer seat and bolt bore areas. Do not strip the
epoxy paint from these areas. If cracks, scon’ng,
cor-
When removing an upper forward or rosion pitting or washer impressions are discovered in
upper aft wing bolt, ensure that the wing the washer seat orbolt bore area, contact the Cus-
Is supported in a manner which will pre- tomer Support Department of Beech Aircraft for con-
clude the possibility of any movement of sultation. If the fitting is satisfactory, reroat the bolt
the upper wing attach fittings. bore and washer/nut bean’ng faces of the fitting with
Alodine 1200, 12003 or 1201 (refer 3, Chart 201,
to
a, Remove only one bolt at a time for inspection.
91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for five minutes.
Perform the inspection as outlined below and replace
After the dwell time has elapsed, wash the coated
the bolt before moving to the next one. When a bolt is
NUT CRADLE
LUBRICATION FITTING
NUT
ROLL PIN
.Od0 INCH
(80691CF-1216)
i
.060 INCH
(80691CF-1612)
CAUTION
BEVELED AREA NUT MUST 89 BEVELED OR CHAMFERED AS SHOWN
CRADLE NUT HOLE IN THE SPAR, IF NOT, REPLACE NUT
MATCH CONTOUR
OF NUT CRADLE OR REWORK NUT AS SHOWN. C
Barrel Nut Assembly

Figure 210
57-18-01
Page 218 B1
Dec 8/95
Qeecaxxaft
areas with water and blow dry with air (do not wipe quality grease gun. Inject the corrosion preventive
dry). Paint the treated areas with zinc chromate primer compound until one of the following objectives have
been achieved:
and allow to dry.
life limit, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut, and washers
with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
Chart 201, 91-00-00). Using a 10X or stronger magni- th, locking portion of the barrel nut.
fying glass, inspect the attach components for cracks
and mechanical damage. Scratches and markings in
The fitting will not accept any additional corro-
the cadmium plating, and/or localized deten’oration of
sion preventive compound after several actions of the
the cadmium plating is not sufficient reason to reject a grease gun.
bolt. The cadmium plating may be discolored and may NOTE
have exhibiting a rubbed or polished appear-
areas
Coat the exposed threads which pro-
dures. If mechanical damage or cracks are found on trude through the nuts with Mll-C-16173
any component, replace the affected component.
(refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
g. Pn~or to installation of the wing bolt covers, ensure
The barrel nut must be disassembled that the drain holes in the upper forward and aft fit-
before inspection. This may be accom- tings are unobstructed and can drain freely.
flush with the inside of the cradle and WING BOLT MAINTENANCE
removing the nut (see Figure 210).
a. At the first scheduled normal airplane inspection
d. Using the procedure outlined in Chapter20-00-00, las designated by the BEECHCRAFT Super King Air
fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect each wing bolt and 300 Sen’es Maintenance Manual) after the bolts have
nut. If the bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks and been loosened and retorqued or after initial installa-
mechanical damage, they may be reused after clean- tion, check the bolts for proper torque as stated in the
ing. applicable figure for each specific location (Figure
212, 213 and 214). Inject MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corro-
e. Coat the spar fittings, bolt bores, and washer/nut
sion preventive compound into the barrel nut lubrica-
bearing faces, the entire bolt, washer or washers, and tion fittings with a good quality grease gun and a
nut with MIL-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive
314150 grease noule (P/N of Alemite Tool, A Division
compound (refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
of Stewart Wamer). Inject the compound until one of
the following objectives are met:
U\UnOK~1
CAUTION Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
Do not allow the wing bolt wrenches to
bottom out on the wing attach fittings.
the locking portion of the barrel nut.
Such an occurrence could result in erro-
neous torque readings and damage to The fitting will not accept any additional corro-
the spar fitting, sion preventive compound after several actions of the
grease gun.
f. Install the wing bolt, washer or washers and nut.
Torque the nuts on the aft fittings and the bolt on the b. exposed threads which protrude through
Coat the
in the nuts with MIi-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preven-
upper forward fitting to the torque values specified
the applicable illustration for each attach point. After tive compound.
torquing the upper forward wing bolt, inject MIL-C- NOTE

16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (refer
to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00) into the barrel nut lubrica- It will not be necessary to check the bolt
tion fitting with a No. 314150 (P/N of Alemite Tool, a torque at the lower forward wing attach,
division of Stewart Warner) grease noule and a good clevis fitting.
57-1 8-01
Page 219
Dec 8/95
---;---------I´•
Qeechcraft
c. Prior to installing the wing bolt covers, ensure that

the drain holes in the upper fittings are unobstructed
CHART 203
WING BOLT TOOLS
Bolt Part Number Wrench Part Nut Part Number Nut Torque
Position
Number
81784-12-32 TS1176-6 80691CF-1216 None
UPPER FORWARD or
VCC0025 Required
1309098175 1-1/4 inch box-end 130909N46 11001
LOWER FORWARD
wrench
81786-10-20 TS1222-5 81783-1018 TS1176-11
UPPER AND LOWER or
AFT VCN0018
300 Serials FA-2 and after and FF1 an after.

NOTE: Tools In this chart are applicable to Super King Air
57-1 8-01
Page 220 B1
Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
O
I´•
a~i
jL~i
5718909031TLOB
IIB I´•.
I´•.
CENTER
A
O
SECTION
SPAR
RETAINER
NAS1515Hld A
WASHER
CLIP CENTER SUPER KING AIR 300
AN960PD1616L SECTION
WASHER SPAR
WING SPAR .070 INCH

MYA DIA HOLE
MS20995C41
SAFETY WIRE
.070 INCH DIA HOLE ~n ,RETAINER

CLIP
MS20995C41
SAFETY WIRE
RETAINER CLIP
130909N46
NUT
NAS1515H14
AN960PD lb16L~ WING SPAR WASHER
WASHER
AN960PDIP16L
NAS15)5Hld
WASHER
WASHER
vnwB (AS REOUIRED)
COAT THE SPAR BUSHING BORES.BOLT. NUT. METAL WASHERS AND THE 10996 ALIGNING PIN
DRIVE THE 10996 ALIGNING PIN INTO THE FITTINGS. INSTALL AN AN960P01416L METAL
WASHER AND AN NAS 1515Hlb (NYLON) WASHER ON THE BOLT. THE METAL WASHER MUST BE
DIRECTLY UNDER THE 80LT HEAD AND THE NYLON WASHER MUST BE POSITIONED UNDER THE
METAL WASHER. POSITION THE BOLT ON THE FORWARD SIDE OF THE FITTINGS. DRIVE THE
80LT INTO THE FITTINGS UNTIL THE WASHERS AND BOLT HEAD REST FIRMLY AGAINST THE
FITTINGS. THE ALIGNING PIN WILL BE DRIVEN OUT OF THE FITTINGS AS THE BOLT IS
DRIVEN IN. INSTALL AN NAS1515H14 NYLON WASHER AND THE NUT ONTO THE THREADED
TOROUE THE NUT 10 30 TO 50 INCH-POUNDS WITH A 11001 ADAPTER AND TOROUE WRENCH.
THE SLOTS IN THE CASTELLATED NUT MUST ALIGN WITH THE SAFETY WIRE HOLE IN THE
EIUT AND INSTALL AN AN960PDld16L (METAL) WASHER. INSTALL THE NUT AND RETOROUE TO
30 TO 50 INCH-POUNDS. INSTALL THE RETAINER CLIPS AND SAFETY THE BOLT HEAD AND NUT
TO THEIR RESPECTIVE CLIPS WITH MS20995Cdi SAFETY WIRE.
C99FA57E1149C

Figure 211
57-1 8-01
Page 221
B1 Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
80691CF-1216
NAS578-128 BARREL NUT LUBRICATION
RETAINER ASSEMBLY FITTING
´•101-10001 1-1 WASHER
81784-12-32 OR
VCC0025 BOLT
(USE TS1176-6
TOROUE WRENCH
ADAPTER)
101-110023-3 WING FITTING

WING FITTING DRAIN
WASHER CENTER SECTION
OUTBOARD HOLE
80LT TOROUE: 2380 TO 2500 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT.
WASHER, AND WING FITTING BOLT BORES WITH MIL-C-16173. GRADE 2 CORRO-
SION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. AFTER TOROUING THE BOLT USE A HIGH OUALITY
GREASE GUN AND AN ALEMITE P/N 314150 GREASE NOZZLE TO INJECT MIL-C- r
16173. GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND INTO THE BARREL NUT LUB-
RICATION FITTING. COAT THE THREADS WHICH PROTRUDE THROUGH THE NUT
WITH CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND.

FITTING: CHECK THE WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.

o
rl:
,a

Figure 212
57-1 8-01
Page 222
B1
Dec 8/95
95-1 10025-3 WASHER (POSITION WITH

RADIUS TOWARD WING
TH~ FITTING). 35-105111-3 WASHER
[INSTALL WITH COUNTERSINK
TOWARD BOLT HEAD)
81783- 1018\ IC~ I I 11 1_~81786-10-20 OR

NUT I~ I II r vCNoo 18 BOLT
WING FITTING
OUTBOARD
MS20002-IO
WASHER
WING FITTING
DRAIN 1O1-1 10023-1 DRAIN CENTER SECTION
HOLE WASHER HOLE
BOLT TOROUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE 80LT, NUT.
AN MS20002-IO WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE RADIUSED
WASHER fO PROVIDE A PROPER BOLT GRIP ADJUSTMENT.

a CAUTION

C31)FW7E0180 C

ngure 213
57-1 8-01
Page 223
Dec 8/95
B1
---´•.-i
Qeechcraft

95-1 10025-3 WASHER (POSITION WITH

35-105111-3 WASHER
TOWARD BOLT HEAD)
81783-1018 81786-10-20 OR
NUT VCN0018 BOLT

OUTBOARD
CENTER SECTION
MS20002-10
WASHER
BOLT TOROUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT.
WING FITTING BOLT BORES, AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-
WASHERS.
RADIUS.
WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE

RADIUSED
AN MS20002-IO
Lower Aft Wing Bolt Instalation

Figure 214
57-1 8-01
Page 224
B1
Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
SUPER KING AIR B300 SERIES

CAPS
CHART 201
INSPECTION SCHEDULE
Inspection Possible Findings Initial Inspection Recurring Component Replacement Schedule
Inspection Area Applicable Applicable Serials tion
Fi Methods
Incorrect torque First scheduled First scheduled Refer to Chapter 4 of the Super King
and 201 Torque check
Upper forward, upper inspection after the inspection after wing Air 350/350(= Maintenance Manual
lower aft wing bolts date on the bolt replacement Manual (130-590031-11)
airplane’s Standard
AiM/orthiness Certif-
ificate.
Cracks 15,000 hrs 6,000 hrs or 5 yrs, None
Visual and
Lower forward (main spar) lugs 1202 occurs
fluorescent liquid
(wing station 121.8)
penetrant
Cracks 15,000 hrs 3,000 hrs None

203 FL-126 and after, FM-9 and Eddy current
Outboard wing panel lower
forward spar cap (101-110085) after, and earlier serials
incorporating the 101-110085
cap
204 Eddy current
Center section lower forward

205 Eddy current
Center section belly skin
15,000 hrs 1,500 hrs None
206 Eddy current Cracks
Center section lower aft spar
Cracks 15,000 hrs 1.500 hrs None

207 Eddy current
Center section lower aft spar

Outboard wing panel aft spar 208 Eddy current
lower None
Visual Cracks and corrosion 5 yrs Annually
Outboard wing panel upper 209
forward (main Refer to Chapter 4 of the Super King
Visual Cracks and corrosion 5 yrs Annually
Outboard wing panel lower 209 Air 350/350C Maintenance Manual
forward (main) Spar caps 130-590031-11
5 yrs None
Visual Cracks, corrosion, and 5 yrs
Lower forward main spar 211
mechanical
fitti Refer to Chapter 4 of the Super King
Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Lower forward wing bolt 211 Air 350/350(= Maintenance Manual
130-590031-11
5 yrs None
Visual and Cracks, corrosion, and 5 yrs
Flat surfaces, depressions, 212, 213, 214
fluorescent liquid mechanical damage
counterbores and bolt bores at
the upper forward, upper and penetrant
lower ah attach ints
5 yrs Refer to Chapter 4 of the Super King
Visual and Cracks and mechanical 15 yrs
Wing bolts at the upper 212, 213, 214, Air 350/350(3 Maintenance Manual
fluorescent liquid danlage
forward, upper and lower aft (130-590031-11)
wing attach points penetrant
I
57-1 8-02
’This chart is applicable to FL-I and after and FM-1 and after. Page 201
in
WARNING: Personnel performing the eddy current inspections referenced Dec 8/95
81 this chart must meet, or exceed, level II requirements of eddy current
proficiency in compliance with MIL-STD-4I0E.
’i~eechcraft

FOR 1180 TO 1300
INCH-POUNDS OF TORQUE

80LT FOR 2380 TO 2500
INCH-POUNDS OF TORQUE

OF TORQUE
I
#TAn B
L,
1
I
~ooorI "o~

TQ CHECK THE NUT TORQUE
AT THIS POINT
DR~n A
C3LIFWrrla91 C

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 &02
Page 202
Dec 8~95 B1
Qeechcraft
At the first scheduled normal airplane inspection las designated by the BEECHCRAFT Super King Air 8300 Series
Maintenance Manual) after the bolts have been loosened and retorqued or after installation, check the bolts for
proper torque as shown in the illustration.
NOTE
It will not be necessary to perform a torque check on the lower forward bolt used in the
clevis (shear) fitting.
EIOTE
The 314150 grease nozzle required for the following step may be obtained from Seech
Aircraft or a SEECHCRAFT approved vendor.
a. Concurrent with the bolt torque check and annually thereafter, inject MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preven-
tivecompound into the barrel nuts with a 314150 grease nonel and a grease gun capable of appproximate~
20,000 psi injection pressure. Inject the compound into the barrel nut grease fitting until one of the following con-
ditions is met:
Conosion preventive compound emerges from the threaded portion of the wing bolt which protrudes through
The fitting will accept no additional corrosion preventive compound after several actions of the grease gun.
b. Coat the exposed threads which protrude through the nuts with MIl-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive
com pound.
c, After maintenance and anytime the upper wing bolt covers are removed, inspect the fittings to ensure that the
Wing Boit Maintenance

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 201
57-1 8-02
Page 203
B1 Dec 8/95
CENTER
SECTION
SPAR
"a I~
a a
a WING
sPOq
´•o
SPAR
W.S.
109.09
Q, ~3
W.S. a
SMEAR
FITTING 121.8 BQQ
ELEMENTS

LUG INSPECTION
W.S.
OF EACH OF THE 5 LUGS.
valid if the shear fitting bushings have been removed,

a. TheInspection intervals shown in Chart 201 are only
instructed in BEECHCRAFT Kit Drawing No. 101-4050. This pro-
the lugs inspected, and the bushing replaced as
cedure must be performed at, or prior to, the
accumulation of 9,500 airframe hours.
NOTE
structure cannot be verified or if the bushings have not been
If the history of the wing
contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft for consultation.
replaced,
(B300/B300C) Maintenance Man-
b, Detach the wing as detailed in Chapter 57 of the Super King Air 3501350C
ual,
to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00), and nuo-
c, Thoroughlycleanthe lugswith naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer aft faces of each of the fitting
the forward and
rescent liquid penetrant inspect las instructed in Chapter 20-00-00)
lugs,
mechanical damage is found during the inspection, contact
the Customer Support Department
d. If any cracks or
for consultation,
e, If the fittings are satisfactory after inspection, reinstall the wing.

NOTE
attach points must be replaced with
The bolts, washers, and nuts at the lower forward
Main Spar Lower Fitting Lugs At The Bolt Bore

Figure 202
57-1 &02
Page 204 B1
Dec 8/95
Qeeck~craft
SUSPECTED CRACK AFT EDGE OF WS 135:00

LOCATION FWD SKIN
WS 291.74
FORWARD MAIN
SPAR A
FWD EDGE OF
AFT SKIN
BOTTOM VIEW Of RIGHT WING

P/N 3300 Hz-lO kHz/.62
MwA-A E9KMX1~?13
a. Clean the spar cap with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
to 1, Chart 1,
The following settings are for the Nortec 19E eddy current unit (refer
deflec-
57-17-00). Other instruments should be set up to obtain a minimum 10% screen
tion when scanning the referenced standard.
b. Set the eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq) 1.5 kHz, Horizontal Decibels (HdB)= 59.0, Vertical
Pass Filter (LPF)= 25.
Decibels (VdB) 82.5, Phase Rotation (Rot)= 101, Probe Drive (P Drive)= High, Low
to verify a minimum 10%
c. Checkthe setup against the eddy current standard (refer to 11, Chart 1, 57-18-00)
screen deflection. If not, adjust the unit as required
to obtain a 10% screen deflection.
the forward and aft edges of the

d. Slide the eddy current surface probe (refer to 12, Chart 1, 57-18-00) along
291.74. The probe should be on
outboard wing panel lower spar cap for its entire length from WS 135.0 to WS
and close to the aft skin when
the flat portion of the spar close to the forward skin when scanning the forward edge
scanning the aft edge. The edge of the probe should be even with the edge
of the spar cap flat and must not
area. The cracks will run forward to aft or aft to forward.
overlap onto the hinge suspect
e. Report any crack indications to the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation.

Figure 203
57-1 8-02
Page 205
Dec 8/95
B1
Qeechcraft
WS 88.69
WS 117.31

INSPECT THIS AREA

FOR CRACKS AFT SIDE FWD SIDE
EDDY CURRENT
PROBE
MAIN SPAR
FRONT SPAR
EDDY’ LOWER CAP
EDDY
CURRENT CURRENT
PROBE PROBE
LWS 109.0 TO RWS 109.0
Mwts vmA
r
WHEELWELL SKIN
SLIDE PROBE
ALONG THIS
SURFACE
SKIN
INSPECTION OF AREA COVERED BY WHEELWELL C

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 204
57-1 8-02
Page 206 81
Dec 8/95
Qeed~craft
NOTE
Beechcraft Kit No, 101-1200-1 must be installed on airplane sen’als FL-1 thru FL-127
prior to conducting this inspection.

nacelle panels from the airplane to inspect the
a. Remove the ten screws and the left and right inboard access
lower main spar.

with naphtha methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart
b. Clean all dirt and grease from the inspection area or
201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
unit (refer to 1, Chart 1,
Thefollowing settings are for a Nortec 19E eddy current
minimum 10% screen deflec-
57-18-00). Other instruments should be set up to obtain a
current standard aluminum test block
tion when scanning the EDM notch on the eddy
(Refer to 9, Chart 1, 57-18-00).
100.0 kHz, Horizontal Decibels (HdB)= 73.2, Verti-
c. Set the Eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq)
Low Pass Filter (LPF) 30.
cal Decibels (Vdb) 81.1, Phase Rotation (Rot)= 251, Probe Drive (P Drive)= Low,
notch in the eddy current standard aluminum test block and adjust
d. Verify the eddy current unit settings on the
e. Inspect the lower spar cap by slowly sliding

the probe (refer to 14, Chart 1, 91-00-00) along the
eddy current
entire length from left wing station (LWS) 109.0 to right wing
forward and aft edge of the lower spar cap for its
the forward skin when scanning the forward edge of the spar
station (RWS) 109.0. The probe should be close to
skin when scanning the aft edge.
cap and close to the aft
the
and outboard keel area from WS 88.69 to WS 117.31. Using
f. Inspect the area in the left and right inboard and slide the
the forward and aft edges of the lower spar cap
90" probe (refer to 14, Chart 1, 57-18-00) inspect
can be performed by sliding a
which is covered by the skin attach angle, the inspection
g, For the 1/2-inch area both
the forward and aft edges of the spar lower flange edge from
90" probe (refer to 3, Charrt 1, 57-18-00) along and aft direction.
in the lower flange will propagate in a forward
the inboard and outboard sides. Suspect cracks
Vertical flange will run in an up and down direction,
Suspect cracks in the
Aircraft
contact the Customer Support Department of Seech
h. If any cracks are indicated during the inspection,
for consultation.
panels and secure with ten screws.
i. Install the left and right inboard nacelle access

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 204
57-1 8-02
Page 207
Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
TEST STANDARO
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
NORTEC SPO-3932
----r SCAN OIRECTION
000000

HOLE #9
HOLE #I
C3?lf~82533 C
NOTE
a. Set theeddy current unit (refer to 1, Chart 1, 57-18-00) as follows: Frequency (Freq) 2.0 kHz; Horizontal
Decibels (HdB) =52.0; Vertical Decibels Oldb) 60.9; Phase Rotation (Rot) 2200; Probe Drive (P Drive)= High;
b. Check the setup against the Nortec eddy current calibration standard (refer to 8, Chart 1, 57-18-00) as fol-
lows:
ets No. 1 and No. 7 will not have EDM notches.
Position the probe (refer to 2, Chart 1, 57-18-00) between the No. 1 and No. 2 fasteners on the test stan-
dard and null the instrument. The green arrow on the probe should be near fastener No. 2 and the red arrow

(Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 205
57-1 8-02
Page 208
B1
Dec 8/95
i~s
#5
NUMBERS CORRESPOND TO SIGNAL RE~PONSE FROM
CORRESPONDING FASTENER IN REFERENCE
STANDARD SPO-3932
i~2 a3
#I #7
The second layer EDM notches should register on the eddy current unit as shown. Adjust the instrument as
c.

(Sheet 2 of 3)
Figure 205
57-1 8-02
Page 209
Dec 8/95
B1
-----_--.
Qeechcraft
WS 88.69
WS 117.31
FWD SPAR
FS 190.60
AFT SPAR
FS 227.00
;JI~uG
STATION S;X~IGh
29.06 29.06
LOOKING UP AT TRE BOT;,M

SIDE OF THE CENTER SEZTTSN CENTER SECTION OUTER
BELLY SKIN SKIN
LOWER
FUSELAGE
SKIN
OUTBOARD O I
-I
,I
IDDEN
Il
IN POSSIBLE
LCC~TIONS
IN ;USELAGE
~O
~P SKIN
t~I) I
E06Y B LOWER
CURREEIT WING
PR88E DETAIL A SKIN O I
I
vIEW LOOKING AFT DETAIL B

C
d, Utilizing naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (1 or 2 Chart 201, 91-00-00), clean the area to be inspected.
e, position the probe between two fasteners on the airplane skin, and if necessary, to obtain a screen indication,
adjust the eddy current instrument horizontal and vertical positioning. Do not renull the instrument. scan the lower
wing skin in the same manner as the standard. Ensure that the probe is positioned directly over the skin fasten-
ers when scanning. Utilization of a non-metallic (plastic, phenolic, etc) straight edge for guidance is recommended.
~f, Scan the entire row of fasteners. Any cracks which may exist, will run fwd to aft.
during the inspection, notify the Customer Support Department of Seech

g, If any crack indications are detected
Aircraft Corporation.

(Sheet 3 of 3)
Figure 205
57-1 &02
Page 210
Dec 8/95 81
aeetahcraft
CHART 202
INSPECTIONS

QUANTIPI SIZE PART NO.
PER SIDE
SPAR AFT FLANGE
WS 102.0THRU 106.0 FlapTrackSupport 6 1/8" MS20426AD4
WS 45.0 49.0 Flap Track Support 6 1/8" MS20426AD4
WS 115.2 120.2 Center Section Bathtub Fitting 7 5/16" MS20470AD6 (6)

MS20470AD4
(LH RH)
1 Inbd
WS 120.5 125.5 Outboard Wing Panel Bathtub 5 5/16" MS20426AD6
SPAR FORWARD
FLANGE
WS 28.5 &R Root Rib 2 3/16"
WS 12.5-14.7 Stringer/ Flange 4 3/16 NAS1 097AD4
WS 103.0 1 1/8" MS20426AD5
LWS 1.0 RWS 2.0 4 3/16" NAS1097AD4
WS 5.2 -8.5 4 3~16" NAS1097AD4
WS 22.0 1 3/16" NAS1097AD4
SPAR VERTICAL
FLANGE
Root Rib 1 3/16" NAS1466
WS 28.5 (LH RH)
or
NAS1 080-6
WS 37.0 &R 1 fi132" MS20470AD6
WS 47.0 &R Track 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
WS 53.0 58.0 Support 8 1/8" (5) MS20470ADD5,

1/4" MS20470ADD8
WS 66.0 &R 1 3/16" MS20470AD6

f 5/32" MS20470AD6
WS 75.0
WS 85.50 R 1 5/32" MS20470AD6
Nacelle Rib 1 ~116" NAS1303-6 Bolt,
WS 92.0 (LH RH)
AN960-10
Washer,
NAS679-A3 Nut
Nacelle Rib 1 3/16" NAS1303-7 Bolt,

WS 93.0 (LH RH)
AN960-1 0,
NAS679-A3 Nut
WS 104.0 Web Angle 1 5/32" MS20470AD6

Nacelle Rib Angle 1 3/16" NAS1303-6 Bolt,
WS 112.5 (LH RH)
AN960-10
Washer,
NAS679-A3 Nut
Root Rib Angle 1 3/16" MS20470AD6
WS 27.5 (LH RH)
57-1 8-02
Page 211
Dec 8~95
B1
aeechcraft
A
’0.00
1.1WS1.. 21.50
122.685WS1WSiWSj
113.00
104.50
28.28
37.00
FLAP TRACK WS
WS
46.50
93.00
FLAP TRACK
WS I I I LWS
as.oo I 1 -56.00
\JS I I_ WS
75.50 65.50
VERTICAL
FLANGE
POSSIBLE CRACK
POSSIBLE CRACK
LOCATIONS
LOCATIONS
AFT FLANGE
FWD FLANGE
TYPICAL SPAR CA~ SECTION
vmrA
C

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 206
57-1 &02
Page 212
Dec 8~95 B1
Qeecaxlraft
a. Remove ail the center section access panels on the lower skin adjacent to the rear spar.
Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
(refer to 9, Chart, 57-18-00) or bolt hole standard (refer to 10, Chart 1, 57-18-00).
c. Set the eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq) 100 kHz, Horizontal Decibels (HdB) 73.2, Vertical
Decibels OldB) 81.1, Phase Rotation (Rot) 251, Probe Drive (P Drive) Low, Low Pass Filter (LPF) 30.
d. Verify eddy current unit settings on the notch in
the the eddy current standard aluminum test block (refer to
9, Chart t, 57-18-00) or bolt hole standard (refer to 10 Chart 1, 57-18-00) and assure a minimum 10% screen
deflection.
e. Use aneddy current bolt hole probe of the appropriate size (refer to 3 or 4, Chart 1, 57-18-00) to scan the
rear spar flanges from LWS 114 to RWS 114.
f. Refer to Chart 202 and remove the fasteners from the rear spar lower cap.
g. In the areas where the fasteners have been removed, select the appropriate eddy current bolt hole probe and
Inspect the hole by inserting the probe into the hole and rotating the probe 360 degrees.
h. In areas around the remaining fastener holes where there is access on the surface of the spar, an eddy cur-
rent shielded probe (refer to 3 or 4, Chart t, 57-18-00) can be used. Slide the probe along the forward and aft
edges ofthe fastener from an inboard to outboard direction. The suspect cracks will propagate outward from the
fastener hole.
i, If any cracks are indicated during the inspections, contact the Customer Support Department of Seech Aircraft
j. Install either production fasteners or removable fasteners as supplied in the Beech Kit. Contact the Customer
Support Department of Beech Aircraft Corporation for the kit number and availability.

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 206
57-1 8-02
Page 213
B1 Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
CENTER SECTION ~FT SPAR LOWER FITTING
DENOTES FASTENERS TO BE REMOVED

8 8
8 4~ ~3 8
r--
"1
L,,
O d
B 8 O
TYPICAL
CRACK
LOCATION
C3988~7EIJJI t
a, Remove the wing bolt access cover over the lower aft fittings.
b. Clean the fitting with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
NOTE
The following settings are for a Nortec 198 eddy current unit (refer to 1, Chart 1,
57-18-00). Other instruments should be setup to obtain a minimum 10% screen deflec-
c. Set the eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq) 100 kHz, Horizontal Decibels (HdB)= 73.2, Vertical
Decibels (VdB) 81.1, Phase Rotation (Rot) 251, Probe Drive (P Drive) Low, Low Pass Filter (LPF)= 30.
d. Remove the fasteners one at a time and inspect the holes.
a. Select the appropriate shielded probe (refer to 3 or 4, chart 1, 57-18-00) or bolt hole probe to insert into the
hole.
f. Insert the probe into the hole and rotate the probe 360" to internally scan for cracks initiating from the hole.
NOTE
This inspection will also be used to scan the bolt holes in the spar. A lift-off indication
will be noted as the probe passes from the the spar surface to the fitting surface.
Contact the Customer Support Department of Beech Aircraft for the removable fas-
g. Install a production fastener or removable fastener, as detailed in the 8eech Kit Drawing, prior to removing
the next fastener from the fitting. Repeat these steps until ail the holes in the fitting have been scanned.
h. After completing the inspections replace the wing bolt cover.
i. If any crack indications are noted during the inspections, contact the Customer Support Department of Beech
Aircraft for Consultation.
Center Section Aft Spar Lower Fitting Inspection

Figure 207
57-18-02
Page 214
Dec 8/95 81
Qeechcraft
OUTBOARD AFT SP~R LOWER FITTING
TYPICAL
CRACK
LOCATION
O
Q 8 Q
dI3
´•1--
I I
I 111
I
\I O O O O O
TYPICAL i~ DENOTES FASTENERS TO BE REMOVED

CRACK
LOCATION
a. Remove the wing bolt cover from over the fittings.

with naphtha methyl ethyl ketonel (refer to I or 2, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
b. Clean fitting or
NOTE
The following settings are for a Nortec 19E(refer to Chart 1, 57-18-

eddy current unit
minimum 10% screen deflection
00). Other instruments should be set up to obtain a
standard aluminum test block (refer
when scanning the EDM notch on the eddy current
to 9, Chart 1, 57-18-00) or bolt hole standard (refer
to 10, Chart 1, 57-18-00).
the Horizontal Decibels (HdB) 73.2, Vertical
c. Set eddy current unit as follows: Frequency (Freq) 100 kHz, 30.
Decibels (VdB) 81.1, Phase Rotation (Rot) 251, Probe Drive (P Drive)= Low, Low Pass Filter (LPF)=
at a time.
d. Remove the fasteners from the outboard lower fitting one
to insert into the hole.
a. Select the appropriate bolt hole probe (refer to 3. or 4, Chart 1, 57-18-00)
for cracks initiating from the hole.
f. Insert the probe into the hole and rotate the probe 360" to internally scan
NOTE
in the spar. A lift-off indication will
This inspection will also be used to scan the holes
the fitting surface.
be notes as the probe passes from the soar surface to
Aircraft for the removable fas-
Contact the Customer Support Department of Seech
or removable fastener, as detailed

in the Seech Kit Drawing, prior to removing
g. Install a production fastener
the next fastener from the fitting. Repeat the previous steps
until all the holes in the fitting have been scanned.
the inspection reinstall the wing bolt cover.
h, After completing
inspection, contact the Customer Support Department of Beech
i. If any crack indications are noted during the
Aircraft Corporation for consultation.

Figure 208
57-1 8-02
Page 215
Dec 8/95
B1
45eechcraft
OUTBOARD WING MAIN SPAR CRACK like nonmetailic substance indicative of corrosion. If
any buildup is detected during the visual inspection,
T~e outboard wing main spar caps must be inspected pret wax or paint that may be trapped between the
after the first five years of operation and annually edge of the skin and the exposed section of the spar
thereafter cap as corrosion residue.

spar caps by normal cleaning procedures.
I ~´•I
WARNING
7he entire upper and louver spar cap
and/or unevenness and cracks in the metal, ihe spar
frcm the wing attach fitting to, the
wing tip must be Inspected. festations may indicate an area of corrosion. A thor-
NOTE ough inspection of any suspect area must be per-

formed. See Figure 209.
airplanes that have been operated NOTE
and/or stored for extended periods in Areas of unevenness and/or raised
duclve to corrosion.
a. the exterior surfaces of the upper
Visually inspect face, or by sighting down the length of
and lower spar caps for any buildup of a whitish, salt- the spar cap.

BOX SECTION SKIN INSPECTED FOR INDICATORS OF POSSIBLE
SPAR IN ONE AREA AND ARE EXAGGERATED FOR
INVESTIGATION
RAISED AREAS
´•u
LEADING
EDGE SKIN o
PAINT BLISTER THIS RIVET PATTERN WILL VARY

C948897E131~ C
Outboard Wing Panel Spar Cap Inspection

figure 209
57-1 8-02
Page 216
B1
Dec 8/95
~eechcraft
If unusual conditions noted which cannot be LOWER FORWARD FITTING INSPECTION AND
d, are
resolved locally, contact the Customer Support WING BOLT REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
Department of Beech Aircraft for consultation.

NOTE
WING BOLT, NUTAND SPAR FITTING The bolt, washers and nut must be
INSPECTION replaced when reaching 5 years of
installed time or anytime the bolt is
I WARNING
w*a.Ne I removed from the fitting for any reason,
regardless of time in service.
a. Cut and remove the safety wire from the bolt head
All eight wing bolts must be removed
and nut.
and each of the wing bolt flttlngs
must be Inspected. The wing bolts b. Remove the attaching bolts and clips from over
must be Inspected or replaced as the bolt head and nut.

directed In Chart 201. Hold the bolt head immobile and remove the nut.
c.
Render unserviceable all components
removed In compliance with the time
limitations.
CAUTION t
New wing attach components must
~uercise extreme care when driving the
be obtained only from Beech Aircraft
bolt and aligning pin out of the filtings.
Corporation or a Beech Aircraft Cor-
Use only the BEECHCRAFT approved
poratlon approved source, aligning pin for bolt removal.
that the wing is properly supported to prevent shifting.
Draw a line across each pair of fittings with a grease As the bolt is being driven from the fit-
pencil to aid alignment, if required. tings, periodically check the bolt head
CAUTION bushings in the fitting bolt bore are not
being driven out with the bolt.
DO IVOT SCRATCH OR SCRISE THE d. Utilizing the BEECHCRAFT approved aligning pin
(10996, available from BEECHCRAFT Authorized
If (while using hand pressure only) wing attach bolt Outlets) a rawhide mallet, carefully drive the bolt
and
binding occurs upon disengagement or reinstallation, out of the mings. When the bolt has been removed,
support the outboard wing panel, loosen the remain- drive the aligning pin out of the fittings with a flat end
ing three bolts and reposition the wing to release bind- pin of a smaller diameter.
ing of the bolt. Even though the lower forward wing e. Clean the or methyl ethyl
fittings with naphtha
bolts must be driven from the fittings with a pin, exces- to 1 91-00-00). With the
2, Chart 201,
ketone (refer or
sive force should not be required to remove these aid of a 10X or stronger magnifying glass, visually
bolts,
inspect the visible surfaces of the fittings and the bolt
If the wing fittings are loosened or repositioned, the bore bushings for cracks, corrosion and mechanical
aluminum washers between each of the upper wing damage.
fittfngsmust be replaced with new washers. Replace-
NOTE
ment of these washers will not be required if the wing
bolts can be removed one at a time. If any of the conditions stated in step "e"
NOTE are found, contact the Beech Aircraft
Customer Support Department for con-
Insure that the radiused washers used at sultation.
the wing attach points have a full com-
plete radius with no sharp edges that
f. fitting surfaces and bolt bore bushings are
If the
could mark the attach fittings. Replace satisfactory, coat the exposed surfaces of the fittings
with Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (refer to 3, Chart
any imperfect washers.
57-1 8-02
Page 217
Dec 8/95
’j3eechcraft
201, 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for approxi- removed, assure that the radiused washers are posi-
mately five minutes. After the dwell time has elapsed, tioned with the radius toward the frtting and that the
wash the coated areas with water and blow dry. Do countersunk washers are positioned with the counter-
not wipe dry. sink toward the bolt head. Refer to Figures 212, 213,
and 214. If a washer is found that is not positioned as
g, Install new wing attach components, torque the
illustrated, contact the Customer Support Department
nut, and install the safety wire and clips (refer to Fig-
of Seech Aircraft Corporation for consultation.
ure 211).
UPPER FORWARD, UPPER AND LOWER AFT or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, Chart 201,
WING BOLT, NUT AND FITTING INSPECTION 91-00-00). Fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect las
instructed in Chapter 20-00-00) the entire visible sur-
face of the fittings. Focus extra attention on the
t~-fCAUTION
washer seat and bolt bore areas. Do not strip the
epoxy paint from these areas. If cracks, scoring, cor-

When removing an upper forward .or rosion pitting or washer impressions are discovered in
upper aft wing bolt, ensure that the wing the washer seat or bolt bore area, contact the Cus-
is supported in a manner which will pre-
tomer Support Department of Beech Aircraft for con-
clude the possibility of any movement of
sultation. If the fitting is satisfactory, recoat the bolt
the upper wing attach fittings,
bore and washer/nut bearing faces of the fitting with
a. Remove only one bolt at a time for inspection. Alodine 1200, 1200S or 1201 (refer to 3, Chart 201,
Perform the inspection as outlined below and replace 91-00-00). Allow the coating to dwell for five minutes.
the bolt before moving to the next one. When a bolt is When the dwell time has elapsed, wash the coated
LUBRICATION FITTING
NUT
ROLL PIN
.040
INCHipsUk,~l16) )L
.060 INCH
[80691CF-16121
CAUTION
BEVELED AREA NUT MUST 8E BEVELED OR CHAMFERED AS SHOWN
CRADLE
MATCH CONTOUR NUT HOLE IN THE SPAR, IF NOT. REPLACE NUT
OF NUT CRADLE OR REWORK NUT AS S~WN.
E95B8~7E1315 C
Barrel Nut Assembly

Figure 210
57-1 &02
Page 218
81
Dec 8/95
aeec~craft
areas with water and blow dry with air (do not wipe 314150 (P/N of Alemite Tool, a division of Stewart
Paint the treated areas with zinc chromate primer Warner) grease noule. Inject the corrosion preventive
dry).
and allow to dry, compound until one of the following objectives have
been achieved:
life limit, thoroughly clean the bolt, nut, and washers Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
with naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (refer to 1 or 2, between the two portions of the barrel nut assembly,
Chart 201, 91-00-00). Using a stronger magni-
10X or
the attach components for cracks Corrosion preventive compound emerges from
fying glass, Inspect
and mechanical damage. Scratches and markings in the locking portion of the barrel nut.
the cadmium plating, and/or localized deterioration of
the cadmium plating is not sufficient reason to reject a
bolt. The cadmium plating may be discolored and may sion preventive compound after several actions of the
grease gun.
have areas exhibiting a rubbed or polished appear-
NOTE
dures. If any cracks or mechanical damage is noted
on any of the wing attach components, replace the Coat the exposed threads which pro-
affected component. trude through the nuts with MIL-C-16173
Grade 2 corrosion prevent’Ne compound
NOTE
(refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00).
The barrel nut must be disassembled
before inspection. This may be accom- WING BOLT MAINTENANCE
a. At the first scheduled normal airplane inspection
flush with the inside of the cradle and
removing the nut (see Figure 210). las designated by the BEECHCRAFT Super King Air
8300 (350) Series Maintenance Manual) after the
d, Using the procedure outlined in Chapter 20-00-00, bolts have been loosened and retorqued or after initial
fluorescent liquid penetrant inspect each wing bolt and installation, check the bolts for proper torque as stated
nut. If the bolts and nuts prove to be free of cracks, i, the applicable figure for each specific location (refer
and mechanical damage, they may be reused after to figures 212, 213 and 214). Inject MIl-C-16173
cleaning. Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound into the bar-
e, Coat the spar fittings, bolt bores, and washer/nut rel nut lubrication a good quality grease
fittings with
bearing faces, the entire bolt, washer or washers, and gun and a 314150 grease noule (P/N of Alemite Tool,
nut with Mll-C-16173, Grade 2 corrosion preventive A Division of Stewart Warner). Inject the compound
compound (refer to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00). until one of the following objectives are met:

CAUIION between the two portions of the barrel nut assembly.

Do not allow the wing bolt wrenches to
the locking portion of the nut.
bottom out on the wing attach fittings.
Such an occurrence could result in erro-
neous torque readings and damage to after several actions of the
sion preventive compound
the spar fitting.
grease gun.
f. Install the wing bolt, washer or washers and nut. b. Coat the exposed threads which protrude through
the nuts with MIL-C-16173 Grade 2 corrosion preven-
Torque the nuts on the aft fittings and the bolt on the
upper forward fitting to the torque values specified
in tive compound.
the applicable illustration for each attach point. After
NOTE
torquing the upper forward wing bolt, inject MIL-C-
16173 Grade 2 corrosion preventive compound (refer It will not be necessary to check the bolt
to 5, Chart 201, 91-00-00) into the barrel nut lubrica- torque at the lower forward wing attach,
t[on fittings with a good quality grease gun and a No. clevis fitting.
57-1 8-02
Page 219
Dec 8/95
Qeechcraft
c. Prior to installing the wing bolt covers ensure that

the drain holes in the upper fittings are unobstructed
CHART 203
WING BOLT TOOLS
Position Bolt Part Number Wrench Part Nut Part Number Nut Torque
Number Ada
UPPER FORWARD 81784-12-32 or TS1176-6 80691CF-1216 None

VCC0025 (barrel nut)
LOWER FORWARD 1309098175 1-1/4 inch box-end 130909N46 11001
wrench
UPPER AND LOWER 81786-10-20 or TS1222-5 81783-1018 TS1176-11
AFT VCN0018
NOTE: Tools in this chart are applicable to Super King Air 8300 (350) Serials FL-1 and after, PM-1 and
I after and FN-1 and after.
57-1 8-02
Page 220
B1
Dec 8/95
Qeechc~ft
O :5
I´•
~3i C‘8
o
t:
1309098175
BOLT
CENTER
D,
SECTION
SPAR
NAS1515H14
A
RETAINER WASHER CENTER SUPER KING AIR 8300
CLIP
SECTION
AN960PO1416L
SPAR
WASHER
.070 INCH
WING SPAR
DIA HOLE
YDEYA MS20995C41
SAFETY WIRE
.070 INCH DIA HOLE e(n., RETAINER

CLIP
MS20995C41
SAFETY WIRE
RETAINER CLIP
130909Nd6
NUT
NAS1515H14
AN960PD 1416L i WING SPAR WASHER
WASHER AN960PD1416L
NAS1515H14
WASHER
WASHER
MYB (AS REOUIREDI
COAT THE SPAR BUSHING BORES.BOLf, NUT. METAL WASHERS AND THE 10996 ALIGNING PIN
DRIVE THE 10996 ALIGNING PIN INTO THE FITTINGS. INSTALL AN AN960PD1416L METAL
WASHER AND AN NAS 15151-114 (NYLON) WASHER ON THE BOLT. THE METAL WASHER MUST 88
DIRECTLY UNDER THE BOLT HEAD AND THE NYLON WASHER MUST BE POSITIONED UNDER THE
METAL WASHER. POSITION THE BOLT ON THE FORWARD SIDE OF THE FIfTINGS. DRIVE THE
BOLT INTO THE FITTINGS UNTIL THE WASHERS AND BOLT HEAD REST FIRMLY AGAINST THE
FITTINGS. THE ALIGNING PIN WILL BE DRIVEN OUT OF THE FITTINGS AS THE BOLT IS
DRIVEN IN. INSTALL AN NAS1515H14 NYLON WASHER AND THE NUT ONTO THE THREADED
TOROUE THE NUT TO 30 TO 50 INCH-POUNDS WITH A 11001 ADAPTER AND TOROUE WRENCH.
THE SLOTS IN THE CASTELLATED NUT MUST ALIGN WITH THE SAFETY WIRE;CIOLE IN THE
NUT AND INSTALL AN AN960PD1416L (METAL] WASHER. INSTALL THE NUT AND RETOROUE TO
30 TO 50 INCH-POUNDS. INSTALL THE RETAINER CLIPS AND SAFETY THE BOLT HEAD AND NUT
TO THEIR RESPECTIVE CLIPS WITH MS20995Cb1 SAFETY WIRE.
C93FLJnl~OQ C

Figure 211
57-1 8-02
Page 221
B1 Dec 8!95
’I~echcraft
80691CF-1216
NAS578-12B 8ARREL NUT LUBRICATION
RETAINER ASSEMBLY FITTING
´•101-10001 1-1 WASHER
81784-12-32 OR
VCC0025 BOLT
(USE TS1176-6
TOROUE WRENCH
ADAPTER)
101-110023-3 WING FITTING

WING FI~TING
WASHER CENTER SECTION
OUTBOARD
BOLT TOROUEr 2380 TO 2500 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT, NUT,
WASHER, AND WING FITTING 80LT BORES WITH MIL-C-16173, GRADE 2 CORRO-
SION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND. AFTER TOROUING THE BOLT USE A HIGH DUALITY
GREASE GUN AND AN ALEMITE P/N 314150 GREASE NOZZLE TO INJECT MIL-C-
16173, GRADE 2 CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND INTO THE LUBRICATION
FITTING IN THE BARREL NUT. COAT THE EXPOSED THREADS WITH CORROSION

FTTTINGI CHECK THE WASHER FOR A SMOOTH CONTINUOUS OUTER RADIUS.

~Q
o a
i.
ZI I´•.
,´•Q
L1´•i~’F t3n~7E0178 C
’2;2.:

Figure 212
57-18-02
Page 222
B1
Dec 8/95
Qeecla~craft
95- 1 10025-3 WASHER [POSITION WITH

35-105111-3 WASHER
(INSfALL WITH COUNTERSINK
TOWARD 80LT HEAD)
81783- 1018~ Ic--e I I 11 1_~81786-10-20 OR

NUT Ir~ I I II r VCNoo 18 BOLT
WING FITTING~2
OUTBOARD
MS20002-IOWASHER
WING FITTING
DRAIN 1O1-1 10023-1 DRAIN CENTER SECTION
HOLE WASHER HOLE
BOLT TOROUE: 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE BOLT. NUT,
WASHERS, WING FITTING BOLT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-
AN MS20002-10 WASHER MAY 8E USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE RADIUSED

CAUTION
THE GRAIN HOLES ARE CLEAR
t9XL3TEa179 C
Upper Aft Wing Bolt installation

Figore 213
57-1 8-02
Page 223
B1 Dec 8/95
Qeectrcraft

WITH THIS WING 80LT AND NUT.
95- 1 10025-3 WASHER IPOSITION WITH

RADIUS TOWARD THE WING FITTING)
35-105111-3 WASHER
TOWARD 80Lf HEAD)
81783-1018 81786-10-20 OR
NUT VCN0018 BOLT
WING FITTING
OUf80ARD I WING FITTING
CENTER SECTION
MS20002-10
WASHER
BOLT TOROUEI 1180 TO 1300 INCH-POUNDS. COAT THE COMPLETE 80LT. NUT,
WASHERS. WING FITTING 80LT BORES. AND EXPOSED BOLT THREADS WITH MIL-
AN MS20002-IO WASHER MAY BE USED BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE RADIUSED
C9?fAlrr0181 C

Figure 214
57-1 &02
Page 224
Dec 8/95 B1
CHAPTER
CHARTS
Qeechcraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHAPTER 91 CHARTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT PAGE
91-00100
Chart
Consummable Materiars 201
91-Contents
Page 1
Feb 28~95
aeechcraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHAPTER 91 CHARTS
LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVln/
91-Effectivity 1 Feb 25/94
91-Contents
1 Feb 25~94
91-00-00
201 Feb 25/94
91-Effectivity
Page 1
Feb 28/95
~echcraft
AND REPAIR MANUAL
CHARTS CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
Only the basic number of each Military Specification is included in the Consumable Materials Chart. No attempt
has been made to update the basic number with the letter suffix that designates the current issue of the various
specifications. It is the responsibility of the operator/user to determine the current issue of the applicable Military
Specification prior to usage of the item. This determination may be made by contacting the vendor of a specific
Item.
Vendors listed meeting Federal and Military Specifications are provided as reference only and are not speciii-
as
cally recommended by Beach Aircraft; consequently, any product conforming to a specific listed specification may
be used. The products listed below have been tested and approved for aviation usage by Seech Aircraft, by the
vendor, or by compliance with an applicable specification. Other products that are locally procurable which con-
form to the requirements of the applicable Military Specification may be used even though not specifically included
in the following list.
CHART 201
Material I Specification Product Vendor

1,INaPhtha I TT-N-95 1 IObtain
2, IMethyl Ethyl Ketone TT-M-261 Obtain
3. Coating 8585 Alodine 1200, Amchem Products Inc.,
1200S, or 1201 Spring Garden Street,
Ambler, Pennsylvania 19002
4. Primer MIL-P-16173 Zinc Chromate Obtain
5. Corrosion Preventive I MIL-C-16173, Grade IBraycote 137 Bray Oil Co.,
Compound 2 1925 Marianna St., Los Angeles,
California 90032
Petrotech 1-4 Penreco, P.O. Box 671, Buttler,
Pennsylvania 16001
6. Lubricant G322L Silicone General Electric Co.,
Lubricating Silicone Products Dept.,
Grease Waterford, New York 12188
7, Cement Permatex No. 1 Permatex Co. Inc.,
Division of Loctite Corp.,
West Palm Beach, Flordia 33402
8, 1 Fluorescent Liquid Mil-1-25135 SKC-S Cleaner, Magnaflux Corp.,
Penetrant ZL-27A Penetrant, 17300 W Lawrence Ave., Chicago, III
ZP-SF Developer 60656
or SKD-S2
Developer
91-00-00
Page 201
B Reissue Feb 28/95

706 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

706 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ATP

INDEX COPYRIGHT 2002

COPYRIGHT IS NOT CLAIMED AS TO ANY PART OF AN ORIGINAL WORK

"ATP" is a registered trademark of Aircraft Technical Publishers. All original

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. NO PART OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE

ATP G r i d Index to Ma n u fa ct u re r s P ubl i c at i on s

Beech Ai rcra ft Corp

20.00.00 STANDARD PRACTICES AIRFRAME

32.00.00 LANDING GEAR

10 /04/99 Copyr i ght Ai rcra ft Techni cal Publ i s hers Page 1 of 2

57.13. 00 MODEL 90 SERIES

91. 00. 00 CHARTS

10 i 04 i 99 C opyr i ght Ai r c ra ft Techn i cal Pu hi i s her s P a ge 2 of 2

Super King Air, 350 (B300 Series)

STRU CTURAL INSPE CTION

NOTE: This manual was formerly called the Beechcraft Structural

57-14-01 57 -14 -O 2 5 7 -17 -O 1

1 57-17-01 1 051_2 8 /9 9 llgC1819 9 1 ATP/KS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE REVISIONS

Always destroy superseded pages when you insert revised pages.

Title Page May 28, 1999

PA RT N U M B E R DATE CHAPTERS AFFECTED

98-39006 December 1, 1982 Original issue

98-39006B February 25, 1995 Reissue

98-39006B1 December 8, 1995 20-00-00, 20-10-00, 57-17-00,

98-39006B2 September 10, 1997 introduction, 20-00-00, 57-14-00,

98-3900683 May 28, 1999 57-17-01

NOTE: A List of Effective pages will be in the front of each chapter. B3

ATP REV INSERT DATE REV REMOVE

P/N 98-39006, REVISION B3, MAY 28/99

Chapter/Section Description of Change

Revised Figure 209.Changed washer part number from 95-110025-3 to 90-110032-1,

REMOVE CHAPTER INSERT CHAPTER DATED

Title Page Title Page May 28/99

"A" Page "A" Page B3

ALL 57-17-01 201 57-17-01 May 28/99

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY

CHAPTER-SEC7I0N-SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Introduction-Effectivity 1 Sep 10/97

INTRODUCTION This manual provides details on the inspection, repair,

particle, and fluorescent liquid penetrant test proce-

I in seech airplane applications. Parts

or in/ury caused by use of non~ changed, or if an illustration is new, it will be so noted

EFF%C71VITY It shall be the responsibility of the owner/

CHAPTER 20 STANDARD PRACTICES-AIRFRAME

Standard Practices Airframe 201

Standard Structural Repair Procedures 201

LIST OF PAGE EFFECTIVITY

CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJECT PAGE DATE

20-Eflectlvity 1 Sep 10~97

STANDARD PRACTICES AIRFRAME (black) light. Indications of damage can be found

FLUORESCEN7 LIQUID PENETRANT ing systems characterized by the penetrant being

Do not remove paint or primer from minimum temperature of 60"F is required.

t POST INSPECTION CLEANING After comple-

remove the developer coating and any remaining

I calling Flight Safety International, Raytheon Aircraft

NOTE Remove Lift-Off Paper Remove the probe from the

Indicator in a downscale direction should be consid- punch.

SLIP WASHER OVER COLLAR

AFTER THE LOCK BOLT COLLAR

AN960-() WASHER MODIFIED

Lock Bolt Removal Procedure

T .032 INCH .050 INCH